-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, BWgS+HjhLX6Fsr3AdX9Y7G6MFC3fT84lZxAKQ7t6ye2+gmd8nSkkazWYS+28z/p8 dl6TxdapkvuDLs033LSyHQ== 0001047469-03-036526.txt : 20031107 0001047469-03-036526.hdr.sgml : 20031107 20031107170806 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001047469-03-036526 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-Q PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 14 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20030930 FILED AS OF DATE: 20031107 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP /CA/ CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001102112 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: NATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANKS [6021] IRS NUMBER: 330885320 STATE OF INCORPORATION: CA FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-Q SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-30747 FILM NUMBER: 03985973 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 6110 EL TORDO CITY: RANCHO SANTA FE STATE: CA ZIP: 92067 BUSINESS PHONE: 8587563023 10-Q 1 a2121280z10-q.htm FORM 10-Q
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-Q


ý

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2003

OR

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                             to                              

Commission File Number: 00-30747


FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

CALIFORNIA
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
33-0885320
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

6110 El Tordo, P.O. Box 2388, Rancho Santa Fe, California
(Address of principal executive offices)

92067
(Zip Code)

(858) 756-3023
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ý    No o

        As of November 3, 2003 there were 15,862,441 shares of the registrant's common stock outstanding.





TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page
PART I—FINANCIAL INFORMATION    
 
ITEM 1.

 

Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

3
    Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets   3
    Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income   4
    Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income   5
    Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows   6
    Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements   7
  ITEM 2.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   15
  ITEM 3.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk   34
  ITEM 4.   Controls and Procedures   34

PART II—OTHER INFORMATION

 

35
 
ITEM 1.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

35
  ITEM 2.   Changes in Securities   35
  ITEM 3.   Defaults Upon Senior Securities   35
  ITEM 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   35
  ITEM 5.   Other Information   35
  ITEM 6.   Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K   36

SIGNATURES

 

38

2



PART I—FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1. Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  September 30,
2003

  December 31,
2002

 
 
  (In thousands, except
per share data)

 
Assets:              
Cash and due from banks   $ 93,925   $ 97,666  
Federal funds sold     32,500     26,700  
   
 
 
  Total cash and cash equivalents     126,425     124,366  
Interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions     367     1,041  
Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost     12,488     6,991  
Securities held-to-maturity (fair value of $6,943 at December 31, 2002)         6,684  
Securities available-for-sale (amortized cost of $432,189 at September 30, 2003 and $309,681 at December 31, 2002)     429,395     312,183  
   
 
 
  Total securities     441,883     325,858  
Gross loans     1,550,722     1,429,328  
Deferred fees and costs     (4,058 )   (4,932 )
   
 
 
Loans, net of deferred fees and costs     1,546,664     1,424,396  
Allowance for loan losses     (25,768 )   (24,294 )
   
 
 
  Net loans     1,520,896     1,400,102  
Premises and equipment, net     14,513     13,397  
Other real estate owned, net         3,117  
Deferred tax assets, net     16,092     15,673  
Accrued interest receivable     7,488     6,961  
Goodwill     199,956     168,573  
Core deposit intangible     22,760     19,477  
Cash surrender value of life insurance     49,731     27,923  
Other assets     8,319     9,389  
   
 
 
  Total Assets   $ 2,408,430   $ 2,115,877  
   
 
 
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity:              
Liabilities:              
Noninterest-bearing deposits   $ 777,238   $ 657,443  
Interest-bearing deposits     1,194,180     1,081,178  
   
 
 
  Total deposits     1,971,418     1,738,621  
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities     33,808     21,741  
Short-term borrowings     14,000     1,223  
Trust preferred securities     58,000     38,000  
   
 
 
  Total Liabilities     2,077,226     1,799,585  
Shareholders' Equity:              
Preferred stock; authorized 5,000,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding          
Common stock, no par value; authorized 30,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 15,857,510 and 15,297,037 at September 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002     307,501     291,803  
Retained earnings     39,159     23,039  
Unearned equity compensation     (13,836 )    
Accumulated other comprehensive income:              
  Unrealized (losses) gains on securities available-for-sale, net     (1,620 )   1,450  
   
 
 
  Total Shareholders' Equity     331,204     316,292  
   
 
 
  Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity   $ 2,408,430   $ 2,115,877  
   
 
 
Book value per share   $ 20.89   $ 20.68  

See "Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements."

3


UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
  Three Months Ended
September 30,

  Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 
  2003
  2002
  2003
  2002
 
  (In thousands, except per share data)

Interest income:                        
  Interest and fees on loans   $ 25,179   $ 19,843   $ 76,146   $ 47,257
  Interest on interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions     2     3     11     9
  Interest on investment securities     2,510     2,291     6,873     6,091
  Interest on federal funds sold     299     230     577     674
   
 
 
 
  Total interest income     27,990     22,367     83,607     54,031
   
 
 
 
Interest expense:                        
  Interest expense on deposits     2,158     2,848     7,558     7,827
  Interest expense on short-term borrowings     54     87     87     125
  Interest expense on convertible debt         9         23
  Interest expense on trust preferred securities     712     677     1,982     1,777
   
 
 
 
  Total interest expense     2,924     3,621     9,627     9,752
   
 
 
 
Net interest income     25,066     18,746     73,980     44,279
  Provision for loan losses             300    
   
 
 
 
  Net interest income after provision for loan losses     25,066     18,746     73,680     44,279
   
 
 
 
Noninterest income:                        
  Service charges and fees on deposit accounts     2,219     1,546     6,632     3,890
  Other commissions and fees     1,104     504     3,052     1,389
  Gain on sale of loans     135     54     721     263
  Gain on sale of securities             1,756    
  Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance     523     169     1,345     484
  Other income     896     260     1,515     1,482
   
 
 
 
  Total noninterest income     4,877     2,533     15,021     7,508
   
 
 
 
Noninterest expense:                        
  Salaries and employee benefits     8,082     6,906     24,141     16,965
  Occupancy     2,567     1,694     7,004     3,999
  Furniture and equipment     817     836     2,404     2,218
  Data processing     1,168     841     3,665     2,321
  Other professional services     723     668     1,822     1,948
  Business development     316     275     737     762
  Communications     613     509     1,672     1,235
  Stationery and supplies     175     237     477     557
  Insurance and assessments     410     280     1,137     789
  Cost of real estate owned         8     168     79
  Core deposit intangible amortization     632     238     1,807     577
  Other     1,517     1,271     4,055     2,794
   
 
 
 
  Total noninterest expense     17,020     13,763     49,089     34,244
   
 
 
 
Income before income taxes     12,923     7,516     39,612     17,543
Income taxes     5,182     3,034     15,995     7,039
   
 
 
 
  Net income   $ 7,741   $ 4,482   $ 23,617   $ 10,504
   
 
 
 
Per share information:                        
Number of shares (weighted average)                        
  Basic     15,401.9     11,792.4     15,367.6     8,628.0
  Diluted     15,897.1     12,234.8     15,819.5     8,983.1
Net income per share                        
  Basic   $ 0.50   $ 0.38   $ 1.54   $ 1.22
  Diluted   $ 0.49   $ 0.37   $ 1.49   $ 1.17
  Dividends declared per share   $ 0.1875   $ 0.15   $ 0.4875   $ 0.39

See "Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements."

4


UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
  Three Months Ended
September 30,

  Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 
  2003
  2002
  2003
  2002
 
  (In thousands)

Net income   $ 7,741   $ 4,482   $ 23,617   $ 10,504
Other comprehensive income, net of related income taxes:                        
  Unrealized gains (losses) on securities:                        
    Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period     (2,662 )   731     (2,431 )   1,975
    Less reclassifications of realized gains included in income             639    
   
 
 
 
Other comprehensive (loss) income     (2,662 )   731     (3,070 )   1,975
   
 
 
 
Comprehensive income   $ 5,079   $ 5,213   $ 20,547   $ 12,479
   
 
 
 

See "Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements."

5


UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 
 
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (In thousands)

 
Cash flows from operating activities:              
  Net income   $ 23,617   $ 10,504  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:              
  Depreciation and amortization     6,709     3,116  
  Provision for loan losses     300      
  Gain on sale of OREO     (345 )   (148 )
  Gain on sale of loans     (721 )   (263 )
  Gain on sale of securities     (1,756 )    
  Real estate valuation adjustments     153      
  Gain on sale of premises and equipment     (6 )   (1 )
  Amortization of unearned compensation related to restricted stock     446      
  (Increase) decrease in other assets     (13,532 )   5,012  
  Decrease in accrued interest payable and other liabilities     (3,195 )   (28,454 )
  Dividend on FHLB stock     (59 )   (27 )
   
 
 
  Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     11,611     (10,261 )
   
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:              
  Net cash and cash equivalents acquired in acquisition of:              
    Bank of Coronado     372      
    Verdugo Banking Company     (1,178 )    
    Pacific Western Bank         1,401  
    WHEC         24,853  
    Upland Bank         (2,970 )
    Marathon Bancorp         11,351  
    First National Bank         48,900  
  Net decrease (increase) in loans outstanding     84,185     (159,571 )
  Proceeds from sale of loans     6,804     2,736  
  Net decrease in interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions     774     813  
  Securities held-to-maturity:              
    Proceeds from sale     3,452      
    Maturities     3,360     2,348  
  Securities available-for-sale:              
    Proceeds from sale     179,916      
    Maturities     148,764     144,307  
    Purchases     (449,722 )   (89,845 )
  Net (purchases) sales in FRB and FHLB stock     (5,013 )   621  
  Proceeds from sale of OREO     3,309     1,911  
  Purchases of premises and equipment, net     (3,237 )   (1,990 )
  Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment     7     893  
   
 
 
  Net cash used in investing activities     (28,207 )   (14,242 )
   
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:              
  Net increase (decrease) in deposits:              
    Non interest-bearing     54,074     36,979  
    Interest-bearing     (62,116 )   (61,379 )
  Proceeds from issuance of trust preferred securities     20,000     10,000  
  Proceeds from rights offering         112,348  
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options     1,417     694  
  Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings     12,777     (57,029 )
  Convertible debt payment         (114 )
  Cash dividends paid     (7,497 )   (3,433 )
   
 
 
  Net cash provided by financing activities     18,655     38,066  
   
 
 
  Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     2,059     13,563  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     124,366     104,703  
   
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 126,425   $ 118,266  
   
 
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:              
  Cash paid during period for interest   $ 9,634   $ 10,666  
  Cash paid during period for income taxes     11,111     2,235  
  Transfer from loans to other real estate owned         1,443  
  Conversion of convertible debt         557  
  Transfer from loans to loans held-for-sale     6,353     2,473  

6



NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2003

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Organization and Nature of Operations.

        First Community Bancorp ("First Community" on a parent-only basis and the "Company", "we" or "our" on a consolidated basis) is the holding company for First National Bank ("First National") and Pacific Western National Bank ("Pacific Western" and together with First National, the "Banks"). The Banks are full-service community banks offering a broad range of banking products and services including: originating commercial loans, real estate and construction loans, Small Business Administration ("SBA") loans and consumer loans, along with accepting demand and time deposits and providing other services including foreign exchange services. We extend credit to customers located primarily in the counties we serve and, through certain programs, we also extend credit to businesses located in Mexico. We focus on providing commercial banking services to small and medium-sized businesses through 32 full-service banking offices located in Los Angeles, Orange, Riverside, San Bernardino and San Diego counties. The Company, through the Banks, derives its income primarily from the interest received on the various loan products, interest on investment securities, and fees from providing deposit services and extending credit.

        We have completed seven acquisitions since December 31, 2001. All the acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase accounting method and accordingly the results of operations for each acquisition have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the dates of the respective acquisitions. All acquisitions were undertaken for the purpose of increasing our market share and presence in the communities we serve in addition to the expectation that they will be accretive to our earnings once the acquired banks have been fully integrated with our operations.

Consolidation and Basis of Presentation.

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of First Community and its subsidiaries. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company included herein have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Our financial statements reflect all adjustments, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary to present a fair statement of the results for the interim periods indicated. Certain reclassifications have been made to the consolidated financial statements for 2002 to conform to the 2003 presentation. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for the remainder of the year.

        The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company's Annual Report filed on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.

Use of Estimates.

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions. Such estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various other factors and circumstances. We believe that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable for such circumstances;

7



however, actual results may differ significantly from these estimates and assumptions which could have a material impact on the carrying value of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet dates and our results of operations for the reporting periods. Material estimates subject to change include, among other items, the allowance for loan losses and the carrying value of other real estate owned, deferred tax assets, goodwill and core deposit intangible.

NOTE 2—ACQUISITIONS

        The Company has made the following acquisitions since January 1, 2002:

Acquisition
  Pacific
Western
National Bank

  WHEC, Inc.
  Upland
Bank

  Marathon
Bancorp

  First
National
Bank

  Bank of
Coronado

  Verdugo
Banking
Company

 
Date Acquired
  January
2002

  March
2002

  August
2002

  August
2002

  September
2002

  January
2003

  August
2003

 
Assets Acquired:                                            
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 38,026   $ 24,853   $ 3,812   $ 18,056   $ 123,409   $ 11,974   $ 33,075  
  Interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions         450     594         336     100      
  Investment securities     20,644     24,393     1,750     25,721     151,015     2,699      
  Loans     193,042     92,526     101,956     61,611     384,627     63,891     147,471  
  Premises and equipment     3,042     1,185     214     176     3,918     261     82  
  Goodwill     19,275     13,803     10,039     11,100     106,431     7,250     22,117  
  Core deposit intangible     3,646     4,182     994     2,243     9,681     714     4,376  
  Other assets     3,922     4,320     4,006     7,141     24,185     1,601     4,601  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets acquired     281,597     165,712     123,365     126,048     803,602     88,490     211,722  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities Assumed:                                            
  Noninterest-bearing deposits     (42,662 )   (47,030 )   (28,377 )   (36,312 )   (157,288 )   (17,079 )   (48,642 )
  Interest-bearing deposits     (196,204 )   (87,768 )   (65,598 )   (60,941 )   (395,044 )   (56,007 )   (119,111 )
  Accrued interest payable and other liabilities     (6,106 )   (6,391 )   (9,885 )   (6,027 )   (95,653 )   (3,802 )   (9,716 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities assumed     (244,972 )   (141,189 )   (103,860 )   (103,280 )   (647,985 )   (76,888 )   (177,469 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total consideration paid   $ 36,625   $ 24,523   $ 19,505   $ 22,768   $ 155,617   $ 11,602   $ 34,253  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Total consideration paid:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Cash paid for common stock   $ 36,625         6,782     6,705     74,509     11,602     34,253  
  Fair value of common stock issued for common stock       $ 24,523     12,723     16,063     81,108          
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total consideration paid   $ 36,625   $ 24,523   $ 19,505   $ 22,768   $ 155,617   $ 11,602   $ 34,253  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Pacific Western National Bank Acquisition.

        On January 31, 2002, we acquired Pacific Western National Bank. References to Pacific Western National Bank refer to the bank acquired on January 31, 2002. The shareholders and option holders of Pacific Western National Bank were paid approximately $36.6 million in cash. Upon completion of the acquisition, Pacific Western National Bank and First Community Bank of the Desert were merged with First Professional Bank. The resulting bank operates as Pacific Western and is headquartered in Santa Monica, California. When we refer to Pacific Western, we are referring to the surviving bank formed

8



through the merger of Pacific Western National Bank, First Community Bank of the Desert and First Professional Bank.

W.H.E.C., Inc. Acquisition.

        On March 7, 2002, we acquired W.H.E.C., Inc. ("WHEC"), the holding company of Capital Bank of North County ("Capital Bank"). The Company issued 1,043,999 shares of our common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding common shares and options of WHEC. The total purchase price was approximately $24.5 million. At the time of the merger, Capital Bank was merged into Rancho Santa Fe National Bank, First National's predecessor.

Upland Bank Acquisition.

        On August 22, 2002, we acquired Upland Bank. We issued 419,059 shares of our common stock and $6.8 million in cash in exchange for all of the outstanding shares and options of Upland Bank. The aggregate purchase price of Upland Bank amounted to $19.5 million. At the time of the merger, Upland Bank was merged into Pacific Western.

Marathon Bancorp Acquisition.

        On August 23, 2002, we acquired Marathon Bancorp, the holding company of Marathon Bank. We issued 537,770 shares of our common stock and $6.7 million in cash in exchange for all of the outstanding shares and options of Marathon Bancorp. The aggregate purchase price of Marathon Bancorp amounted to $22.8 million. At the time of the merger, Marathon Bank was merged into Pacific Western.

First National Bank Acquisition.

        On September 10, 2002, we acquired First National Bank. We issued 2,762,540 shares of our common stock and $74.5 million in cash in exchange for all of the outstanding preferred shares, common shares, warrants and options of First National Bank. The aggregate purchase price of First National Bank amounted to approximately $155.6 million. At the time of the merger, First National Bank was merged into Rancho Santa Fe National Bank and renamed First National Bank. When we refer to First National, we are referring to the surviving bank formed through the merger of First National Bank and Rancho Santa Fe National Bank.

Bank of Coronado Acquisition.

        On January 9, 2003, we acquired Bank of Coronado. We paid $11.6 million in cash in exchange for all of the outstanding common shares and options of Bank of Coronado. At the time of the merger, Bank of Coronado was merged into First National.

Verdugo Banking Company Acquisition.

        On August 22, 2003, we acquired Verdugo Banking Company. We paid approximately $34.3 million in cash for all outstanding shares of common stock and options. At the time of the merger, Verdugo Banking Company was merged into Pacific Western.

9



Proforma Information for Purchase Acquisitions.

        The following table presents our unaudited pro forma results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002 as if the acquisitions of Pacific Western National Bank, WHEC, Upland Bank, Marathon Bancorp, First National Bank, Bank of Coronado and Verdugo Banking Company had been effective at the beginning of each period presented. The unaudited pro forma combined summary of operations is intended for informational purposes only, is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred had these acquisitions been in effect for the periods presented and does not include any adjustments for cost savings.

 
  Three Months Ended
September 30,

  Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 
  2003
  2002
  2003
  2002
 
  (In thousands, except per share information)

Interest income   $ 29,354   $ 35,130   $ 89,903   $ 102,185
Interest expense     3,302     6,115     11,382     23,032
   
 
 
 
  Net interest income     26,052     29,015     78,521     79,153
Provision for loan losses     120     255     780     3,110
   
 
 
 
  Net interest income after provision for loan losses     25,932     28,760     77,741     76,043
Noninterest income     4,962     5,249     15,406     18,024
Noninterest expense     18,418     23,146     53,057     69,283
   
 
 
 
  Income before income taxes     12,476     10,863     40,090     24,784
Income taxes     5,000     4,489     16,386     9,720
   
 
 
 
  Net income from continuing operations   $ 7,277   $ 6,374   $ 23,704   $ 15,064
   
 
 
 

Net income per share from continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Basic   $ 0.47   $ 0.42   $ 1.54   $ 0.99
  Diluted   $ 0.46   $ 0.41   $ 1.50   $ 0.97

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Basic     15,401.9     15,189.8     15,367.6     15,171.6
  Diluted     15,897.1     15,632.2     15,819.5     15,526.7

10


NOTE 3—NET INCOME PER SHARE

        The following is a summary of the calculation of basic and diluted net income per share for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002:

 
  Three Months Ended
September 30,

  Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 
  2003
  2002
  2003
  2002
 
  (In thousands, except per share data)

Net income used for basic net income per share   $ 7,741   $ 4,482   $ 23,617   $ 10,504
Convertible debt interest expense, net of taxes         5         13
   
 
 
 
Adjusted net income used for diluted net income per share   $ 7,741   $ 4,487   $ 23,617   $ 10,517
   
 
 
 

Weighted average shares outstanding used for basic net income per share

 

 

15,401.9

 

 

11,792.4

 

 

15,367.6

 

 

8,628.0
Effect of dilutive stock options, warrants and restricted stock     495.2     442.4     451.9     355.1
   
 
 
 
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding     15,897.1     12,234.8     15,819.5     8,983.1
   
 
 
 
Net income per share:                        
  Basic   $ 0.50   $ 0.38   $ 1.54   $ 1.22
  Diluted   $ 0.49   $ 0.37   $ 1.49   $ 1.17

NOTE 4—STOCK COMPENSATION

Stock Options.

        The Company adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock options effective January 1, 2003, using the prospective method of transition specified in Statement of Financial Accounting Standard ("SFAS") No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123. The cost of all stock options granted on or after January 1, 2003, is based on their fair value and is included as a component of salaries and employee benefits expense over the vesting period for such options. The effect of adoption had no material effect on either the Company's financial condition or results of operations. For stock options granted prior to January 1, 2003, the Company continues to apply the intrinsic value-based method of accounting under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, under which compensation cost is recognized only when the option exercise price is less than the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant.

        Had we determined compensation expense based on the fair value at the grant date for all of our stock options granted under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, our net income

11



and related earnings per share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated in the table below.

 
  Three Months
Ended
September 30,

  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

 
 
  2003
  2002
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (In thousands, except per share data)

 
Reported net income   $ 7,741   $ 4,482   $ 23,617   $ 10,504  
Add: Stock based compensation expense included in net income, net of tax     267         267      
Deduct: All stocked based compensation expense, net of tax     (372 )   (145 )   (719 )   (295 )
   
 
 
 
 
Pro forma net income   $ 7,636   $ 4,337   $ 23,165   $ 10,209  
   
 
 
 
 
Basic net income per share as reported   $ 0.50   $ 0.38   $ 1.54   $ 1.22  
Pro forma basic net income per share   $ 0.50   $ 0.37   $ 1.51   $ 1.18  
Diluted net income per share as reported   $ 0.49   $ 0.37   $ 1.49   $ 1.17  
Pro forma diluted net income per share   $ 0.48   $ 0.35   $ 1.46   $ 1.14  

Restricted Stock.

        During the third quarter of 2003, the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors awarded aggregate grants of 200,000 shares of restricted common stock and 245,000 shares of performance common stock to officers of the Company and its subsidiaries, pursuant to the Company's 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). The granted shares of restricted common stock will vest over a service period of three to four years. The granted shares of performance common stock will vest in full or in part on the date the Compensation Committee, as Administrator of the Plan, determines that the Company achieved certain financial targets determined by the Compensation Committee. The granted shares of performance common stock expire seven years from the date of grant. Prior to vesting of the restricted common stock or performance common stock, each grant recipient is entitled to dividend and voting rights with respect to the shares of granted stock, subject to termination of such rights under the terms of the Plan.

        At the time the shares of restricted and performance common stock were granted, the fair market value of the common stock was approximately $14.3 million. Such amount was recorded within shareholders' equity by increasing common stock and recording unearned equity compensation. The unearned equity compensation is being amortized to compensation expense over the vesting periods by use of the straight-line method. Performance stock vesting could be over a shorter period if related financial targets are met earlier than anticipated. Compensation expense related to the restricted and performance stock awards approximated $446,000 during the three months ended September 30, 2003, and is included in salaries and employee benefits expense in the accompanying statement of income.

NOTE 5—BORROWINGS

Trust Preferred Securities.

        The Company had an aggregate of $58.0 million in trust preferred securities outstanding at September 30, 2003. Each of the series of trust preferred securities issued has a maturity of thirty years from its date of issue. These securities are considered Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes and the

12



proceeds from the issuance of the securities were used primarily to fund several of our acquisitions. The following table summarizes the terms of each issuance.

Series

  Date issued
  Amount
  Maturity
Date

  Earliest
Call Date
By Company
Without Penalty

  Fixed or
Variable
Rate

  Rate Adjuster
  Current
Rate

  Next
Reset Date

 
  (Dollars in thousands)

   
Trust I   9/7/2000   $ 8,000   9/7/2030   9/7/2020   Fixed   N/A   10.60 % N/A
Trust II   12/18/2001     10,000   12/18/2031   12/18/2006   Variable   6-month LIBOR +3.75%   4.81 % 12/8/2003
Trust III   11/28/2001     10,000   12/8/2031   12/8/2006   Variable   3-month LIBOR +3.60   4.66 % 12/18/2003
Trust IV   6/26/2002     10,000   6/26/2032   6/26/2007   Variable   3-month LIBOR +3.55   4.56 % 12/26/2003
Trust V   8/15/2003     10,000   9/17/2033   9/17/2008   Variable   3-month LIBOR +3.10   4.24 % 12/17/2003
Trust VI   9/3/2003     10,000   9/15/2033   9/15/2008   Variable   3-month LIBOR +3.05   4.19 % 12/15/2003

Short-Term Borrowings.

        During the third quarter of 2003 we amended and restated our revolving credit facility, which has a limit of $12.5 million, and added a new revolving credit line, which has a limit of $17.5 million. The facilities mature in one year, include automatic renewal provisions, and carry floating rates of the lenders' Federal funds rate plus 1.50%. The Company borrowed an aggregate of $24.0 million from the facilities to help finance the Verdugo acquisition in August 2003. As of September 30, 2003 we had $14.0 million outstanding on these facilities.

NOTE 6—GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        We adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, or SFAS No. 142, on January 1, 2002. Goodwill and intangible assets arise from purchase business combinations and SFAS No. 142 requires all business combinations to be accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. SFAS No. 142 addresses the initial recognition and measurement of goodwill and other intangible assets acquired as a result of a business combination and the recognition and measurement of those assets subsequent to acquisition. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and other intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are no longer amortized, but instead are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently, whenever certain events occur. We performed our annual test for impairment as of June 30, 2003, and concluded that there was no impairment in our goodwill at that time.

        SFAS No. 142 also requires intangible assets with definite lives, such as core deposit intangibles, to be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values and reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of. We determined the value of a core deposit intangible related to each of the acquisitions of Pacific Western National Bank, WHEC, Upland Bank, Marathon Bancorp, First National Bank, Bank of Coronado and Verdugo Banking Company. We recorded the

13


aggregate value of the core deposit intangible separate from goodwill and we are amortizing these core deposit intangible assets over their estimated useful lives of 10 years. The amortization expense represents the estimated decline in the value of the underlying deposits acquired. We recorded an expense of $632,000 and $1.8 million for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2003, and $238,000 and $577,000 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2002. We estimate the expense for core deposit intangibles will range from $2.5 million to $2.7 million per year for the next five years.

        The changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill and core deposit intangible for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 are as follows:

 
  Goodwill
  Core Deposit
Intangible

 
 
  (In thousands)

 
Balance as of December 31, 2002   $ 168,573   $ 19,477  
2003 acquisitions     29,367     5,090  
Core deposit intangible amortization         (1,807 )
Increase for 2002 acquisitions related to liabilities for severance, contractual obligations and vacant premises     2,016      
   
 
 
Balance as of September 30, 2003   $ 199,956   $ 22,760  
   
 
 

NOTE 7—DIVIDEND APPROVAL

        On October 22, 2003, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.1875 per common share payable on November 26, 2003 to shareholders of record on November 14, 2003.

NOTE 8—IMPACT OF RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

        The FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51, in January, 2003. This Interpretation addressed the consolidation of variable interest entities as defined in the Interpretation. The Interpretation was effective immediately for variable interest entities either created or acquired after January 31, 2003, and the FASB recently announced that the Interpretation would be effective on December 31, 2003 for variable interest entities created or acquired before February 1, 2003. Application of this Interpretation is not expected to have a material effect on our financial statements. There has been some discussion in the accounting profession of trust preferred securities and whether this Interpretation would require companies that have issued trust preferred securities to deconsolidate the related entities. Although this matter of deconsolidation of trust preferred securities is not yet settled, we have determined that deconsolidation of our trust preferred securities entities would not have a material impact on either the Company's financial position or results of operations.

14


ITEM 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Forward-Looking Information

        This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (the "Quarterly Report") includes, and from time to time our management may make, statements that are "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. When we make statements that are not based on historical facts or are forward-looking, including when we use or incorporate by reference in this Quarterly Report the words "anticipate," "will," "estimate," "expect," "project," "intend," "commit," "believe" and similar expressions, such statements contain forward-looking information. Such statements are subject to certain risks and assumptions about future events, which by their nature are inherently uncertain and out of our control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in our forward-looking statements. Such risks, uncertainties and assumptions, include, but are not limited to, those discussed in our Form 10-K for fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, under Item 1 "Business—Certain Business Risks", as well as the following factors:

    Expected cost savings or revenue enhancements from completed acquisitions may not be fully realized or realized within the expected time frame.

    Successful completion and integration of acquisitions.

    Competitive pressure in the banking industry and changes in the regulatory environment.

    Changes in the interest rate environment and volatility of rate sensitive loans and deposits.

    A decline in the health of the economy nationally or regionally which could reduce the demand for loans or reduce the value of real estate collateral securing most of our loans.

    Credit quality deterioration, which could cause an increase in the provision for loan losses.

    Dividend restrictions.

    Regulatory discretion and legislation or regulatory changes which adversely affect the Company's operations or business.

    Changes in the securities markets.

    Asset/liability repricing risks and liquidity risks.

    Continuing effects on the economy from the terrorist attacks in the United States on September 11, 2001 and the ongoing war on terrorism.

    Natural disasters which could reduce the value of real estate collateral securing our loans or impair the ability of our borrowers to repay our loans.

        We undertake no obligation to revise or publicly release the results of any revision to these forward-looking statements.

Overview

        First Community Bancorp ("First Community" on a parent-only basis and the "Company", "we" or "our" on a consolidated basis) is the holding company for First National Bank ("First National") and Pacific Western National Bank ("Pacific Western" and together with First National, the "Banks"). The Banks are full-service community banks offering a broad range of banking products and services including: originating commercial loans, real estate and construction loans, Small Business Administration ("SBA") loans, and consumer loans, along with accepting demand and time deposits and providing other services including foreign exchange services. We extend credit to customers located primarily in the counties we serve and, through certain programs, we also extend credit to businesses located in Mexico. We focus on providing commercial banking services to small and medium-sized

15



businesses through 32 full-service banking offices located in Los Angeles, Orange, Riverside, San Bernardino and San Diego counties. The Company, through the Banks, derives its income primarily from the interest received on the various loan products, interest on investment securities, and fees from providing deposit services and extending credit.

        At September 30, 2003, we had total assets of $2,408.4 million, gross loans of $1,550.7 million, deposits of $1,971.4 million and shareholders' equity of $331.2 million. We have completed seven acquisitions since December 31, 2001. All acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase accounting method and accordingly the results of operations from each acquisition have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of the respective acquisition. All acquisitions were undertaken for the purpose of increasing our market share and presence in the communities we serve in addition to the expectation that they will be accretive to our earnings once the acquired banks have been fully integrated with our operations.

        The 2003 comparisons to 2002 are affected by the acquisitions of Upland Bank, Marathon Bancorp, First National Bank, Bank of Coronado, and Verdugo Banking Company, which were completed subsequent to the second quarter of 2002 and whereby First Community acquired aggregate assets totaling approximately $1.4 billion and aggregate deposits totaling $984.4 million. Further, the year-over-year comparisons are also affected by the acquisitions of Pacific Western National Bank, and WHEC accomplished during the first quarter of 2002, through which First Community acquired aggregate assets totaling $447.3 million and aggregate deposits totaling $373.7 million.

        Since December 31, 2002, our total assets have increased by approximately $292.6 million, or 13.8%, which is attributable to the assets acquired in the Bank of Coronado and the Verdugo Banking Company acquisitions. Loans, net of deferred fees and costs, increased by $122.3 million, or 8.6%, since year-end 2002. This increase is due primarily to the acquisitions of Bank of Coronado and Verdugo Banking Company, offset by planned loan run-off. Our total deposits increased by approximately $232.8 million, or 13.4%, since year-end 2002 and represents deposits acquired in the Bank of Coronado and Verdugo Banking Company acquisitions plus organic growth of noninterest-bearing deposit balances of $54.1 million offset by a decline in interest-bearing balances of $62.1 million. The decline in interest-bearing balances was expected due to the lowering of interest rates paid on interest-bearing deposit accounts. Noninterest-bearing deposit accounts as a percentage of total deposits were 39.4% at September 30, 2003 compared to 37.8% at December 31, 2002 deposit mix. Our loan-to-deposit ratio at September 30, 2003 was 78.5% compared to 81.9% as of December 31, 2002.

        During the third quarter, the Company issued an aggregate of $20.0 million of trust preferred securities, via two $10.0 million offerings. The proceeds from the first offering were used to help finance the acquisition of Verdugo Banking Company. The proceeds from the second offering were used to pay down the Company's revolving lines of credit.

        The following sections contain tables and data setting forth certain statistical information relating to the Company as of September 30, 2003, and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto as of September 30, 2003 included herein, and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in our consolidated financial statements filed on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.

Critical Accounting Policies.

        The accounting policies that involve significant estimates and assumptions by management and which may have a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities are considered critical accounting policies. We have identified our policy for the allowance for loan losses and our estimates of the fair values of financial instruments and goodwill and other intangible assets as critical accounting policies. Please see the sections entitled "—Allowance for Loan Losses" and "Note 6—

16



Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" in the Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for information related to these policies. Our significant and critical accounting policies and practices are also described in further detail in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements filed on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.

Results of Operations

        The following table presents our key performance indicators for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002 and the basis for calculating these indicators:

 
  Three Months Ended
September 30,

  Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 
 
  2003
  2002
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (In thousands, except percentages and
per share data)(1)

 
Net interest income   $ 25,066   $ 18,746   $ 73,980   $ 44,279  
Noninterest income     4,877     2,533     15,021     7,508  
   
 
 
 
 
Revenues     29,943     21,279     89,001     51,787  
Provision for loan losses             300      
Noninterest expense     17,020     13,763     49,089     34,244  
Income taxes     5,182     3,034     15,995     7,039  
   
 
 
 
 
Net income   $ 7,741   $ 4,482   $ 23,617   $ 10,504  
   
 
 
 
 
Average assets   $ 2,306,089   $ 1,539,295   $ 2,219,539   $ 1,250,106  
Average equity   $ 327,766   $ 210,058   $ 323,282   $ 128,350  
Share information:                          
Weighted average basic number of shares     15,401.9     11,792.4     15,367.6     8,628.0  
Weighted average diluted number of shares     15,897.1     12,234.8     15,819.5     8,983.1  
Profitability measures:                          
Basic net income per share   $ 0.50   $ 0.38   $ 1.54   $ 1.22  
Diluted net income per share   $ 0.49   $ 0.37   $ 1.49   $ 1.17  
Return on average assets     1.33 %   1.16 %   1.42 %   1.12 %
Return on average equity     9.37 %   8.53 %   9.77 %   10.91 %
Efficiency ratio (Noninterest expense / Revenues)     56.84 %   64.68 %   55.16 %   66.12 %

(1)
Our quarterly and nine month results include Pacific Western National Bank subsequent to January 31, 2002; WHEC subsequent to March 7, 2002; Upland Bank subsequent to August 22, 2002; Marathon Bancorp subsequent to August 23, 2002; First National Bank subsequent to September 10, 2002; Bank of Coronado subsequent to January 9, 2003; and Verdugo Banking Company subsequent to August 22, 2003.

        Third quarter analysis.    Consolidated net income for the three months ended September 30, 2003 was $7.7 million, or $0.49 per diluted share, an increase of $3.3 million, or 73%, over the same period of 2002. Net income for the three months ended September 30, 2002 was $4.5 million or $0.37 per diluted share. Our return on average assets was 1.33% for the third quarter of 2003 versus 1.16% for the third quarter of 2002. Average assets increased $766.8 million, or 50%, for the third quarter of 2003 when compared to the same period of 2002. The efficiency ratio is a measure of how effective we are at managing our expense dollars. A lower or declining ratio indicates improving efficiency. The efficiency ratio improved to 56.8% during the third quarter of 2003 compared to 64.7% for the same period in 2002. The improvement resulted from our revenues increasing 40.7% while our noninterest expense grew only 23.7% for the third quarter of 2003 when compared to the third quarter of 2002.

        The increases in revenues and noninterest expenses are due to acquisitions. For further information on our acquisitions, see Note 2 of Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere herein.

17


        Net income for the quarter ended September 30, 2003 was affected by the following items which are discussed more fully below:

    Additional interest income of $365,000 ($219,000 after tax) on one loan restored to accrual status;

    An insurance settlement on a legal matter of $650,000 ($389,000 after tax) included in other noninterest income;

    Noncash accrued compensation expense of $446,000 ($267,000 after tax) related to grants of performance and restricted stock awards; and

    Noncash accrued retrofit costs of $220,000 ($132,000 after tax) included in occupancy expense related to contractual obligations at the end of certain leases.

        Nine month analysis.    Consolidated net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 was $23.6 million, or $1.49 per diluted share, an increase of $13.1 million, or 124.8%, for the same period of 2002. Net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2002 was $10.5 million or $1.17 per diluted share. Our return on average assets was 1.42% for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 versus 1.12% for the same period of 2002. Again, the increase in diluted net income per share and return on average assets for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 compared to the same period of 2002 relates primarily to the accretive nature of our acquisition activity. The efficiency ratio improved to 55.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 versus 66.1% for the same period in 2002. The improvement in our efficiency ratio for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 when compared to the same period of 2002, is due primarily to acquisitions increasing our revenues by 71.9% and our controlling the increase in our noninterest expense to 43.4%.

        Net Interest Income.    Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on assets and interest paid on liabilities. Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. We believe our balance sheet is asset sensitive, and, as such, a falling interest rate environment places downward pressure on our net interest margin while, conversely, our net interest margin tends to expand in a rising interest rate environment.

18



        The following table provides information concerning average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and yields and rates thereon for the three months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002. Nonaccrual loans are included in the average interest-earning assets amounts.

 
  Three Months Ended September 30,
 
 
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Average
Balance

  Interest
Income or
Expense

  Average
Yield or
Cost

  Average
Balance

  Interest
Income or
Expense

  Average
Yield or
Cost

 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)

 
ASSETS                                  
Interest-earning assets:                                  
Loans, net of deferred fees and costs   $ 1,471,050   $ 25,179   6.79 % $ 1,058,296   $ 19,843   7.44 %
Investment securities(1)     348,914     2,510   2.85 %   247,089     2,291   3.68 %
Federal funds sold     121,559     299   0.98 %   54,145     230   1.69 %
Other earning assets     616     2   1.29 %   506     3   2.35 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total interest-earning assets     1,942,139     27,990   5.72 %   1,360,036     22,367   6.52 %
Noninterest-earning assets:                                  
Other assets     363,950               179,259            
   
           
           
  Total assets   $ 2,306,089             $ 1,539,295            
   
           
           
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                                  
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                  
Deposits                                  
  Interest-bearing demand   $ 165,796     27   0.06 % $ 105,907     54   0.20 %
  Money market     600,113     827   0.55 %   397,233     1,297   1.30 %
  Savings     78,796     65   0.33 %   45,867     79   0.69 %
  Time     304,244     1,238   1.61 %   230,871     1,418   2.44 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total interest-bearing deposits     1,148,949     2,157   0.75 %   779,878     2,848   1.45 %
Other interest-bearing liabilities     54,069     767   5.62 %   43,278     773   7.09 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,203,018     2,924   0.96 %   823,156     3,621   1.75 %
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                                  
  Demand deposits     748,837               482,896            
  Other liabilities     26,468               23,185            
   
           
           
  Total liabilities     1,978,323               1,329,237            
Shareholders' equity     327,766               210,058            
   
           
           
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity   $ 2,306,089             $ 1,539,295            
   
           
           
Net interest income         $ 25,066             $ 18,746      
         
           
     
Net interest spread               4.76 %             4.77 %
               
             
 
Net interest margin               5.12 %             5.47 %
               
             
 

(1)
Includes tax-exempt securities. The tax equivalent computation is excluded as the impact is not significant.

        Third quarter analysis.    Net interest income increased 33.7%, or $6.3 million, to $25.1 million for the third quarter of 2003 from $18.7 million for the third quarter of 2002 due largely to a 42.8%, or $582.1 million, increase in average earning assets to $1,942.1 million for the third quarter of 2003. This increase is largely the result of the earning assets acquired through our acquisition activity. Average

19



loans, net of deferred fees and costs, increased by 39.0%, or $412.8 million to $1,471.1 million for the third quarter of 2003 from $1,058.3 million for the same period of 2002. This increase is also largely the result of loans acquired through acquisition activity.

        Interest income increased 25.1%, or $5.6 million, to $28.0 million for the third quarter 2003 compared to $22.4 million for the third quarter of 2002 and is the result of the increase in interest-earning assets offset partially by a decline in the yield on earning assets. The yield on total interest-earning assets decreased by 80 basis points to 5.72% for the third quarter of 2003 from 6.52% for the same period of 2002 and is attributable to the decline in the overall interest rate environment. The decrease is also due to the change in our asset mix, as our higher yield products such as average loans decreased to 75.7% of average earning assets for the third quarter of 2003 from 77.8% for the same period of 2002, while our lower yield investments such as federal funds sold increased to 6.26% of average earning assets in the third quarter of 2003 from 3.98% for the same period of 2002. The yield on average loans declined to 6.79% for the third quarter of 2003 from 7.44% for the same period of 2002, which is not unexpected given the decrease in market interest rates that has occurred since June 30, 2002 and the resultant refinancings. The yield on investment securities decreased by 83 basis points to 2.85% for the third quarter of 2003 from 3.68% for the same period of 2002 as the result of prepayment in securities and declining yields available in the market.

        Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits decreased by $691,000 to $2.2 million for the third quarter of 2003 when compared to the same period of 2002. This decrease occurred despite an increase of 47.3%, or $369.1 million, in average interest-bearing deposits. Interest expense on other interest-bearing liabilities decreased by less than 1% to $767,000 for the third quarter of 2003 when compared to the same period of 2002. Total interest-bearing liabilities increased 46.1%, or $379.9 million, to $1,203.0 million for the third quarter of 2003 from $823.2 million for the same period of 2002. The increase in total interest-bearing liabilities is largely the result of our acquisition activity. The cost of our average interest-bearing liabilities declined to 0.96% for the third quarter of 2003 from 1.75% for the same period of 2002. This 79 basis point decline is due largely to our ability to decrease the rates we pay for deposits given the declining interest rate environment as well as our ability to reduce the percentage of higher cost time deposits in our deposit portfolio. As a percentage of average interest-bearing deposits, time deposits declined to 26.5% for the third quarter of 2003, down from 29.6% for the same period of 2002. A substantial percentage of our funding sources are noninterest-bearing demand deposits which represented 39.5% of average total deposits for the third quarter of 2003 and 38.2% for the same period of 2002. Increasing the percentage of noninterest-bearing demand deposits to total deposits to over 39%, coupled with the decline in the cost of interest-bearing deposits, lowered our overall cost of deposits to 0.45% for the third quarter of 2003 from 0.89% for the same period of 2002.

        The net interest margin for the third quarter of 2003 was 5.12% and represents a decrease of 35 basis points from the net interest margin of 5.47% for the third quarter 2002.

20


        The following table provides information concerning average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and yields and rates thereon for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002. Nonaccrual loans are included in the average interest-earning assets amounts.

 
  Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Average
Balance

  Interest
Income or
Expense

  Average
Yield or
Cost

  Average
Balance

  Interest
Income or
Expense

  Average
Yield or
Cost

 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)

 
ASSETS                                  
Interest-earning assets:                                  
Loans, net of deferred fees and costs   $ 1,469,124   $ 76,146   6.93 % $ 857,211   $ 47,257   7.37 %
Investment securities(1)     320,019     6,873   2.87 %   177,546     6,091   4.59 %
Federal funds sold     72,439     577   1.06 %   54,357     674   1.66 %
Other earning assets     1,432     11   1.03 %   404     9   2.98 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total interest-earning assets     1,863,014     83,607   6.00 %   1,089,518     54,031   6.63 %
Noninterest-earning assets:                                  
Other assets     356,525               160,588            
   
           
           
  Total assets   $ 2,219,539             $ 1,250,106            
   
           
           
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                                  
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                  
Deposits                                  
  Interest-bearing demand   $ 164,413     179   0.15 % $ 97,837     211   0.29 %
  Money market     568,108     2,755   0.65 %   321,372     3,141   1.31 %
  Savings     78,509     320   0.54 %   44,116     187   0.57 %
  Time     307,836     4,303   1.87 %   197,095     4,288   2.91 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total interest-bearing deposits     1,118,866     7,557   0.90 %   660,420     7,827   1.58 %
Other interest-bearing liabilities     45,196     2,070   6.12 %   36,036     1,925   7.14 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,164,062     9,627   1.11 %   696,456     9,752   1.87 %
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                                  
  Demand deposits     704,189               405,607            
  Other liabilities     28,006               19,693            
   
           
           
    Total liabilities     1,896,257               1,121,756            
Shareholders' equity     323,282               128,350            
   
           
           
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity   $ 2,219,539             $ 1,250,106            
   
           
           
Net interest income         $ 73,980             $ 44,279      
         
           
     
Net interest spread               4.89 %             4.76 %
               
             
 
Net interest margin               5.31 %             5.43 %
               
             
 
(1)
Includes tax-exempt securities. The tax equivalent computation is excluded as the impact is not significant.

        Nine month analysis.    Net interest income increased 67.1%, or $29.7 million, to $74.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 from $44.3 million for the same period of 2002 and is due mostly to the increase in average earning assets, largely as the result of our acquisition activity. Average earning assets increased by 71.0%, or $773.5 million, to $1,863.0 million for the nine months ended

21



September 30, 2003 when compared to the same period of 2002. Average loans, net of deferred fees and costs, increased by 71.4%, or $611.9 million, to $1,469.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 from $857.2 million for the same period of 2002. This increase is also largely the result of loans acquired through acquisition activity.

        Interest income increased 54.7%, or $29.6 million, to $83.6 million for the nine month period ended September 30, 2003 compared to $54.0 million for the same period of 2002 and is the result of the increase in interest-earning assets. The yield on total interest-earning assets decreased by 63 basis points to 6.00% for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 from 6.63% for the same period of 2002. The yield on average loans declined to 6.93% for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 from 7.37% for the same period of 2002. The yield on investment securities decreased by 172 basis points to 2.87% for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 from 4.59% for the same period of 2002. All these decreases experienced in the first nine months of 2003, when compared to the same period of 2002, are attributable to the decline in the overall interest rate environment and the resultant refinancings.

        Interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 1.3%, or $125,000 to $9.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 from $9.8 million for the same period of 2002. Interest-bearing liabilities during the same period increased by 67.1%, or $467.6 million. Again, this increase in interest-bearing liabilities is largely the result of our acquisition activity. The cost of our average interest-bearing liabilities declined to 1.11% for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 from 1.87% for the same period of 2002. This 76 basis point decline is due largely to the same reasons noted above. As a percentage of average interest-bearing deposits, time deposits declined to 27.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2003, down from 29.8% for the same period of 2002. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits represented 38.6% of average total deposits for the nine months ended September 30, 2003, a slight increase over the 38.0% average for the same period of 2002. We lowered our overall cost of deposits to 0.55% for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 from 0.98% for the same period of 2002.

        The net interest margin for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 was 5.31% and represents a decrease of 12 basis points from the net interest margin of 5.43% for the same period of 2002.

    Noninterest Income.

        The following table summarizes noninterest income by category for the periods indicated:

 
  Three Months Ended(1)
 
  September 30,
2003

  June 30,
2003

  March 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

  September 30,
2002

 
  (In thousands)

Service charges and fees on deposit accounts   $ 2,219   $ 2,279   $ 2,134   $ 2,190   $ 1,546
Other commissions and fees     1,104     884     1,064     1,290     504
Gain on sale of loans     135     448     138     125     54
Gain on sale of securities         1,756         1,608    
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance     523     510     312     252     169
Other income     896     187     92     222     260
Gain on sale of OREO         22     318     124    
Loss on sale of indirect dealer loans                 (703 )  
   
 
 
 
 
  Total noninterest income   $ 4,877   $ 6,086   $ 4,058   $ 5,108   $ 2,533
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
Our quarterly results include Pacific Western National Bank subsequent to January 31, 2002; WHEC subsequent to March 7, 2002; Upland Bank subsequent to August 22, 2002; Marathon Bancorp subsequent to August 23, 2002; First National Bank subsequent to September 10, 2002; Bank of Coronado subsequent to January 9, 2003; and Verdugo Banking Company subsequent to August 22, 2003.

22


        Third quarter analysis.    Total noninterest income increased to $4.9 million for the third quarter of 2003, compared to $2.5 million for the same period of 2002. The increase in noninterest income is due primarily to the increase in our deposit base coupled with the addition of several new revenue sources resulting from acquisitions completed since the second quarter of 2002. Service charges and fees on deposits increased by 43.5%, or $673,000, to $2.2 million for the third quarter 2003 when compared to the same period of 2002. Other commissions and fees increased by 119.0%, or $600,000, to $1.1 million for the third quarter of 2003 over the same period of 2002. Included in this category is income derived from foreign exchange fees which we are now generating due to the First National Bank acquisition. The noninterest income realized through the increase in cash surrender value of life insurance increased by 209.5%, or $354,000, for the third quarter of 2003 when compared to the same period of 2002 as the result of our additional investments in life insurance policies.

        Total noninterest income decreased by $1.2 million for the third quarter of 2003 from $6.1 million for the second quarter of 2003. Second quarter of 2003 included $1.8 million in security gains while third quarter 2003 includes income of $650,000 related to an insurance settlement on a legal matter.

        Nine month analysis    Total noninterest income increased to $15.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2003, compared to $7.5 million for the same period of 2002. Both nine month periods ended September 30, 2003 and 2002 include gains on the sale of assets. Noninterest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2002 included a $934,000 gain on the sale of the merchant card portfolio while the same period of 2003 included $650,000 related to an insurance settlement recorded during the third quarter and the aforementioned securities gains. Other increases in noninterest income categories are due primarily to the increase in the size of our Company as the result of our acquisitions.

Noninterest Expense.

        The following table summarizes noninterest expense by category for the periods indicated:

 
  Three Months Ended(1)
 
 
  September 30,
2003

  June 30,
2003

  March 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

  September 30,
2002

 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)

 
Salaries and employee benefits   $ 8,082   $ 8,050   $ 8,009   $ 9,775   $ 6,906  
Occupancy     2,567     2,093     2,344     2,442     1,694  
Furniture and equipment     817     815     772     746     836  
Data processing     1,168     1,204     1,293     1,386     841  
Other professional services     723     554     545     914     668  
Business development     316     221     200     282     275  
Communications     613     519     540     962     509  
Stationery and supplies     175     137     165     251     237  
Insurance and assessments     410     400     327     364     280  
Cost of OREO         11     157     435     8  
Other     1,517     1,278     1,260     1,808     1,271  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total noninterest expense before intangible amortization     16,388     15,282     15,612     19,365     13,525  
Core deposit intangible amortization     632     587     588     692     238  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total noninterest expense   $ 17,020   $ 15,869   $ 16,200   $ 20,057   $ 13,763  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Efficiency ratio     56.8 %   52.0 %   56.8 %   65.2 %   64.7 %
Noninterest expense as a percentage of average assets     2.93 %   2.93 %   2.96 %   3.68 %   3.55 %

(1)
Our quarterly results include Pacific Western National Bank subsequent to January 31, 2002; WHEC subsequent to March 7, 2002; Upland Bank subsequent to August 22, 2002; Marathon Bancorp subsequent to August 23, 2002; First National Bank subsequent to September 10, 2002; Bank of Coronado subsequent to January 9, 2003; and Verdugo Banking Company subsequent to August 22, 2003.

23


        Third quarter analysis.    Noninterest expense totaled $17.0 million for the third quarter of 2003, compared to $13.8 million for the same period of 2002 and $15.9 million for the second quarter of 2003. Noninterest expense increased $3.2 million in the third quarter of 2003 as compared to the third quarter of 2002 due primarily to the five acquisitions completed since August 1, 2002. Noninterest expense increased by $1.2 million from the second quarter of 2003. During the third quarter of 2003 we recognized noncash accrued compensation expense of $446,000 related to the grants of restricted and performance stock awards. These stock grants took place during the third quarter and replace the practice of granting stock options. We estimate the compensation expense for the stock awards to approximate $600,000 per quarter for the remainder of 2003 and for calendar 2004 based on current vesting schedules. However, performance stock vesting could be over a shorter period if related financial targets are met earlier than anticipated. Also during the third quarter, we recognized noncash accrued retrofit costs of $220,000 included in occupancy expenses related to our contractual obligation to retrofit certain leased premises at the end of the lease in compliance with SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations. Noninterest expense for the third quarter of 2003 includes core deposit intangible amortization expense of $632,000 compared to $238,000 for the same period of 2002 and which relates to the underlying deposits from the acquisitions of Pacific Western National Bank, Capital Bank, Upland Bank, Marathon Bank, First National Bank, Bank of Coronado and Verdugo Banking Company. We estimate the amortization expense for 2003 will range between $2.5 million and $2.7 million. The amortization recorded in the third quarter of 2002 represents a cumulative 2002 adjustment as the core deposit intangible assets relating to the Pacific Western National Bank and WHEC acquisitions were quantified during the third quarter of 2002.

        The ratio of noninterest expense to average assets was 2.93% in the third quarter of 2003, 2.96% in the first quarter of 2003 and 3.55% in the third quarter of 2002. We converted First National Bank to our operating platform in the first quarter of 2003, and converted Bank of Coronado to our operating platform in the second quarter of 2003. Verdugo Banking Company was converted to our operating platform simultaneously with our legal close of the transaction in the third quarter.

        Nine month analysis.    Noninterest expense totaled $49.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2003, compared to $34.2 million for the same period of 2002. Noninterest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 includes core deposit intangible amortization expense of $1.8 million compared to $577,000 for the same period of 2002. As with noninterest income, the increase in noninterest expenses for the first nine months ended September 30, 2003, when compared to the same period of 2002, is due primarily to the increase in the size of our Company as a result of our acquisitions.

        Income Taxes.    Our normal effective income tax rate is approximately 42.0%, representing a blend of the statutory Federal income tax rate of 35.0% and the California income tax rate of 10.84%. Due to the deductibility of income on certain investments our actual effective income tax rates were 40.1% and 40.4% for the three months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002, and 40.4% and 40.1% for the nine months September 30, 2003 and 2002.

Balance Sheet Analysis

        Loans.    Our net income is dependent on several factors including loan growth. The Company remains optimistic regarding opportunities for loan growth in our primary market areas. Nonetheless, the demand for loans is tempered by the highly competitive banking marketplace, our desire to

24


maintain strong credit quality standards and concerns regarding the national economy. The following table presents the balance of each major category of loans at the dates indicated:

 
  At September 30, 2003
  At December 31, 2002
 
 
  Amount
  % of loans
  Amount
  % of loans
 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)

 
Loan Category:                      
Domestic:                      
  Commercial   $ 411,648   27 % $ 382,584   27 %
  Real estate, construction     343,235   22 %   354,296   25 %
  Real estate, mortgage     680,783   44 %   578,556   40 %
  Consumer     34,030   2 %   35,393   3 %
Foreign:                      
  Commercial     66,944   4 %   59,995   4 %
  Other     14,082   1 %   18,504   1 %
   
     
     
Gross loans     1,550,722   100 %   1,429,328   100 %
Less: allowance for loan losses     (25,768 )       (24,294 )    
Less: deferred fees and costs     (4,058 )       (4,932 )    
   
     
     
Total net loans   $ 1,520,896       $ 1,400,102      
   
     
     

        The net increase in net loans is the result of acquisitions, which added approximately $211.4 million offset by net loan pay-downs and run-off of approximately $84.2 million. We expect some loan run-off to continue during the fourth quarter of 2003.

        Allowance for Loan Losses.    We have established a monitoring system for loans in order to identify impaired loans and potential problem loans and to permit our periodic evaluation of impairment and the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The monitoring system and allowance for loan losses methodology have evolved over a period of years, and loan classifications have been incorporated into the determination of the allowance for loan losses. This monitoring system and allowance methodology include a loan-by-loan analysis for all classified loans as well as loss factors for the balance of the portfolio, that are based on migration analysis relative to our unclassified portfolio. This analysis includes such factors as historical loss experience, current portfolio delinquency and trends and other inherent qualitative risk factors such as acquisition risk, economic conditions, portfolio concentration risk, internal loan review and management oversight.

25



        The following table presents the changes in our allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated:

 
  As of or for the Periods Ended
 
 
  9 Months
9/30/03

  6 Months
6/30/03

  3 Months
3/31/03

  Year
12/31/02

  9 Months
9/30/02

 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)

 
Balance at beginning of period   $ 24,294   $ 24,294   $ 24,294   $ 11,209   $ 11,209  
Loans charged off:                                
  Commercial     (3,226 )   (2,484 )   (1,131 )   (2,764 )   (1,840 )
  Real estate—construction                      
  Real estate—mortgage                 (537 )   (537 )
  Consumer     (916 )   (708 )   (538 )   (1,488 )   (1,101 )
  Foreign                      
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total loans charged off     (4,142 )   (3,192 )   (1,669 )   (4,789 )   (3,478 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Recoveries on loans charged off:                                
  Commercial     2,214     1,455     1,199     2,036     563  
  Real estate—construction                      
  Real estate—mortgage     81     65         737     734  
  Consumer     392     326     161     418     319  
  Foreign                 6      
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total recoveries on loans charged off     2,687     1,846     1,360     3,197     1,616  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net loans charged off     (1,455 )   (1,346 )   (309 )   (1,592 )   (1,862 )
Provision for loan losses     300     300     120          
Additions due to acquisitions     2,629     633     633     14,677     14,677  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at end of period   $ 25,768   $ 23,881   $ 24,738   $ 24,294   $ 24,024  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Ratios:                                
Allowance for loan losses to loans, net     1.67 %   1.67 %   1.68 %   1.71 %   1.59 %
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans and leases     271.0 %   245.6 %   179.9 %   237.8 %   234.3 %
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming assets     271.0 %   242.2 %   163.3 %   182.2 %   160.1 %
Annualized net charge offs to average loans     0.13 %   0.18 %   0.08 %   0.10 %   0.29 %

        Net charge offs were $1.5 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2003 resulting from charge offs of $4.1 million and recoveries of $2.7 million during the period. The allowance for loan losses increased by $1.5 million to $25.8 million at September 30, 2003 from $24.3 million at December 31, 2002. The amount of allowance acquired through the Bank of Coronado and the Verdugo Banking Company acquisitions in 2003 totaled $2.6 million. The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to nonperforming assets stood at 271.0% as of September 30, 2003 compared to 182.2% as of December 31, 2002. The increase in this ratio is largely attributable to the reduction in other real estate owned (OREO) from $3.1 million at December 31, 2002 to none at September 30, 2003.

        The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonaccrual loans was 271.0% at September 30, 2003 compared to the December 31, 2002 ratio of 237.8%. The percentage of allowance for loan losses to loans, net of deferred fees and costs, was 1.67% at September 30, 2003 versus 1.71% at December 31, 2002. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses at September 30, 2003 is adequate.

26


        We maintain an allowance for loan losses at an amount which we believe is sufficient to provide adequate protection against losses in the portfolio. Management's periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on such factors as the Company's past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, the estimated value of underlying collateral, and general economic conditions. Management utilizes information currently available to evaluate the allowance for loan losses, however, the allowance for loan losses is subjective in nature and may be adjusted in the future depending on changes in economic conditions or other factors. Although management has established an allowance for loan losses that it considers adequate, there can be no assurance that the established allowance for loan losses will be sufficient to offset losses on loans in the future.

        Credit Quality.    We define nonperforming assets to include (i) loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing; (ii) loans which have ceased accruing interest which we refer to as "nonaccrual loans"; and (iii) assets acquired through foreclosure, including other real estate owned. "Impaired loans" are loans for which it is probable that we will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. Nonaccrual loans may include impaired loans and are those on which the accrual of interest is discontinued when collectibility of principal or interest is uncertain or payments of principal or interest have become contractually past due 90 days.

        Management is not aware of any additional significant loss potential that has not already been included in the estimation of the allowance for loan losses. Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest represent loans which are past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal, but not included in the nonaccrual or restructured categories. As of September 30, 2003, we had no loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest.

27



        The following table shows the historical trends in our loans, allowance for loan losses, nonperforming assets and key credit quality statistics as of and for the periods indicated:

 
  As of or for the Periods Ended
 
 
  9 Months
9/30/03

  6 Months
6/30/03

  3 Months
3/31/03

  Year
12/31/02

  9 Months
9/30/02

 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)

 
Loans, net of deferred fees and costs   $ 1,546,664   $ 1,432,423   $ 1,475,062   $ 1,424,396   $ 1,505,049  
Allowance for loan losses     25,768     23,881     24,738     24,294     24,024  
Average loans, net of deferred fees and costs     1,469,124     1,468,145     1,482,473     1,023,699     857,211  
Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing   $   $   $   $   $  
Nonaccrual loans     9,509     9,725     13,750     10,216     10,254  
Other real estate owned         136     1,401     3,117     4,751  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Nonperforming assets   $ 9,509   $ 9,861   $ 15,151   $ 13,333   $ 15,005  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans, gross   $ 9,509   $ 9,725   $ 13,750   $ 10,216   $ 10,254  
Allocated allowance for loan losses     (2,358 )   (1,791 )   (2,855 )   (3,027 )   (2,250 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net investment in impaired loans   $ 7,151   $ 7,934   $ 10,895   $ 7,189   $ 8,004  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Charged-off loans year-to-date   $ 4,142   $ 3,192   $ 1,669   $ 4,789   $ 3,478  
Recoveries year-to-date     (2,687 )   (1,846 )   (1,360 )   (3,197 )   (1,616 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net charge-offs   $ 1,455   $ 1,346   $ 309   $ 1,592   $ 1,862  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses to loans, net of deferred fees and costs     1.67 %   1.67 %   1.68 %   1.71 %   1.59 %
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans and leases     271.0 %   245.6 %   179.9 %   237.8 %   234.3 %
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming assets     271.0 %   242.2 %   163.3 %   182.2 %   160.1 %
Nonperforming assets to loans and OREO     0.61 %   0.69 %   1.03 %   0.93 %   0.99 %
Annualized net charge offs to average loans, net of deferred fees and costs     0.13 %   0.18 %   0.08 %   0.10 %   0.29 %
Nonaccrual loans to loans, net of deferred fees and costs     0.61 %   0.68 %   0.93 %   0.72 %   0.68 %

        Nonperforming assets decreased by $3.8 million to $9.5 million at September 30, 2003 from $13.3 million at December 31, 2002. This decrease includes the sale of three OREO properties totaling $3.1 million and a $707,000 decrease in nonaccrual loans during the first nine months of 2003, despite acquiring $2.8 million in nonaccrual loans in the Bank of Coronado and Verdugo Banking Company acquisitions. The ratio of nonperforming assets to total loans and OREO declined to 0.61% at September 30, 2003 from 0.93% at December 31, 2002. Nonaccrual loans totaled $9.5 million at September 30, 2003 versus $10.2 million at December 31, 2002 and $13.8 million at March 31, 2003. The percentage of nonaccrual loans to loans, net of deferred fees and costs, was 0.61% at September 30, 2003, a decrease from the December 31, 2002 percentage of 0.72% and the March 31, 2003 percentage of 0.93%. As of September 30, 2003, we had approximately $9.5 million of loans considered impaired, all of which were on nonaccrual status. The allowance for loan losses at September 30, 2003 includes approximately $2.4 million allocated to certain impaired loans.

28



        Deposits.    The following table presents the balance of each major category of deposits at the dates indicated:

 
  At
September 30, 2003

  At
December 31, 2002

 
 
  Amount
  % of deposits
  Amount
  % of deposits
 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)

 
Noninterest-bearing   $ 777,238   39 % $ 657,443   38 %
Interest-bearing:                      
  Interest checking     166,822   9     148,221   9  
  Money market accounts     618,629   31     547,941   32  
  Savings     76,320   4     71,713   4  
  Time deposits under $100,000     128,706   7     127,591   7  
  Time deposits over $100,000     203,703   10     185,712   10  
   
     
     
Total interest-bearing     1,194,180         1,081,178      
   
     
     
Total deposits   $ 1,971,418   100 % $ 1,738,621   100 %
   
 
 
 
 

        Noninterest-bearing deposits increased 18.2%, or $119.8 million, to $777.2 million and total deposits increased 13.4%, or $232.8 million, to $1,971.4 million at September 30, 2003 from year-end 2002. These increases are partially attributable to the deposits acquired in the Bank of Coronado and Verdugo Banking Company acquisitions less the anticipated run-off of higher yielding deposits, most notably time deposits.

        Regulatory Matters.    The regulatory capital guidelines as well as the actual capital ratios for First National, Pacific Western, and the Company as of September 30, 2003, are as follows:

 
  Regulatory Requirements
(Greater than or equal
to stated percentage)

  Actual
 
 
  Adequately
Capitalized

  Well
Capitalized

  First
National

  Pacific
Western

  Company
Consolidated

 
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio   4.00 % 5.00 % 8.61 % 9.55 % 8.49 %
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   4.00 % 6.00 % 10.61 % 10.40 % 9.82 %
Total risk-based capital   8.00 % 10.00 % 11.87 % 11.63 % 11.08 %

        Liquidity.    The goals of our liquidity management are to ensure the ability of the Company and our Banks to meet their financial commitments when contractually due and to respond to other demands for funds such as the ability to meet the cash flow requirements of customers who may be either depositors wanting to withdraw funds or borrowers who may need assurance that sufficient funds will be available to meet their credit needs. We have an Asset/Liability Management Committee responsible for managing balance sheet and off-balance sheet commitments to meet the needs of customers while achieving our financial objectives. Our Asset/Liability Management Committee meets regularly to review funding capabilities, current and forecasted loan demand and investment opportunities. The Company's off-balance sheet commitments relate primarily, but not exclusively, to unfunded loan commitments and collectively totaled $552.8 million as of September 30, 2003.

        Historically, the overall liquidity source of the Banks is their core deposit base. The Banks have not relied on large denomination time deposits. To meet short-term liquidity needs, the Banks maintain what we believe are adequate balances in Federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions and investment securities having maturities of five years or less. On a consolidated basis, liquid assets (cash, Federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions and

29



investment securities available-for-sale) as a percent of total deposits were 28.2% and 25.2% as of September 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002.

        As an additional source of liquidity, the Banks maintain lines of credit of $100.0 million with correspondent banks for the purchase of overnight funds. These lines are subject to availability of funds. The Banks have also established secured borrowing relationships with the Federal Home Loan Bank which would allow the Banks to borrow approximately $320 million in the aggregate. Historically, the Banks have used these borrowing capabilities infrequently.

        On a stand-alone basis, the Company's sources of liquidity include dividends from the Banks, and our ability to raise capital, issue trust preferred securities and secure outside borrowings. The ability of the Company to obtain funds for the payment of dividends to our shareholders and for other cash requirements is largely dependent upon the Banks' earnings. The amount of dividends that the Banks may pay to the Company is restricted by regulatory guidelines. The Company has issued $58.0 million in trust preferred securities including $20.0 million issued in the third quarter of 2003 to help finance the Verdugo acquisition. The Company has established two revolving lines of credit totaling $30.0 million with substantially the same borrowing terms. The Company is able to borrow at a rate equal to the lending banks' federal funds rate plus 1.50% and as of September 30, 2003, the Company had an aggregate of $14.0 million in debt outstanding under these revolving lines of credit. These facilities were used to finance the Verdugo acquisition and general operating costs of the holding company.

        Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Sensitivity.    In addition to managing an adequate liquidity position for the Company and Banks', asset/liability management involves maintaining an appropriate balance between interest-sensitive assets and interest-bearing liabilities at the Banks and for the Company on a consolidated basis. Interest rate sensitivity management seeks to avoid fluctuating interest margins and to enhance consistent growth of net interest income through periods of changing interest rates.

        Market risk sensitive instruments are generally defined as derivatives and other financial instruments. At December 31, 2002 and September 30, 2003, we had not used any derivatives to alter our interest rate risk profile. However, both the repricing characteristics of our fixed rate loans and floating rate loans which have reached their floors, as well as our significant percentage of noninterest-bearing deposits compared to earning assets, may influence our interest rate risk profile. The Company's financial instruments include loans receivable, Federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions, Federal Reserve Board and Federal Home Loan Bank stock, investment securities, deposits, short-term borrowings, and trust preferred securities. At December 31, 2002, we had approximately $1,778.0 million in interest-sensitive assets and approximately $1,120.4 million in interest-sensitive liabilities. At September 30, 2003, our interest sensitive assets totaled approximately $1,821.0 million while interest-sensitive liabilities totaled approximately $1,266.2 million. Both interest-sensitive assets and interest-sensitive liabilities remained fairly stable over the first nine months of 2003.

        The yield on interest-sensitive assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the nine month period ended September 30, 2003 was 6.00% and 1.11%, respectively, compared to 6.63% and 1.87%, respectively, for the nine month period ended September 30, 2002. The decrease in the yield on interest-sensitive assets along with the decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities is primarily a result of the declining interest rate environment coupled with a shift in the composition of interest-bearing deposits from higher cost certificates of deposit to lower cost products, such as money market accounts. In addition, certificate of deposits continue to mature and reprice in the current lower interest rate environment.

        Our interest-sensitive assets and interest-sensitive liabilities were reported to have estimated fair values of $1,753.9 million and $1,780.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2002. Because of the

30



floating and short-term nature of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities and the use of purchase accounting for the acquisition completed in 2003, management believes that there has been no material change in the difference between the book value of the interest-sensitive assets and liabilities and their estimated fair values.

        We evaluated the results of our net interest income simulation and market value of equity model prepared as of September 30, 2003 for interest rate risk management purposes. Overall, the model results indicate that the Company's interest rate risk sensitivity is within limits set by the Company's Board of Directors and the Company's balance sheet is asset sensitive. An asset sensitive balance sheet suggests that in a rising interest rate environment, our net interest margin would increase and during a falling interest rate environment, our net interest margin would decrease.

        Net interest income simulation.    We used a simulation model to measure the estimated changes in net interest income that would result over the next twelve months from an immediate and sustained change in interest rates as of September 30, 2003. This model is an interest rate risk management tool and the results are not necessarily an indication of the Company's future net interest income. The model has inherent limitations and these results are based on a given set of rate changes and assumptions at one point in time. We have assumed no growth in the interest-sensitive assets or liabilities over the next 12 months; therefore, the results reflect an interest rate shock to a static balance sheet. In order to arrive at the base case, we extend our balance sheet at September 30, 2003 one year and reprice any assets and liabilities that would contractually reprice or mature during that period using the product's pricing as of September 30, 2003. Based on such repricings, we derive our estimated net interest income and net interest margin. The effects of certain balance sheet attributes, such as fixed rate loans, floating rate loans that have reached their floors, and the volume of noninterest-bearing deposits as a percentage of earning assets, impact our assumptions and consequently the results of our interest rate risk management model. Changes that vary significantly from our assumptions, including loan and deposit growth or contraction, changes in the mix of our earning assets or funding sources, and future asset/liability management decisions, may have significant effects on our net interest income.

        The following table presents forecasted net interest income and net interest margin using a base market rate and the estimated change to the base scenario, given an immediate and sustained upward and downward movement in interest rates of 100 basis points, 200 basis points and 300 basis points.

Interest rate scenario

  Estimated
Net
Interest Income

  Percentage
Change
From Base

  Estimated
Net Interest
Margin

  Net Interest
Margin Change
From Base

 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)

 
Up 300 basis points   $ 114,075   13.5 % 5.62 % 0.67 %
Up 200 basis points   $ 108,090   7.6 % 5.32 % 0.37 %
Up 100 basis points   $ 102,677   2.2 % 5.06 % 0.11 %
BASE CASE   $ 100,478     4.95 %  
Down 100 basis points   $ 97,369   (3.1 )% 4.79 % (0.15 )%
Down 200 basis points   $ 91,414   (9.0 )% 4.50 % (0.45 )%
Down 300 basis points   $ 85,573   (14.8 )% 4.21 % (0.73 )%

        Our simulation results as of September 30, 2003 indicate our interest rate risk position was asset sensitive as the simulated impact of an immediate upward movement in interest rates of 100 basis points, 200 basis points and 300 basis points would result in a 2.2%, 7.6%, and 13.5% increase in net interest income over the subsequent 12 month period while an immediate downward movement in interest rates of 100 basis points would result in a 3.1% decrease in net interest income over the next 12 months. We tend to discount the simulated results of the other downward rate shock scenarios as not realistic, given we are currently in an extremely low interest rate environment. The simulation

31



results indicate that a 100 basis point upward shift in interest rates would result in a 11 basis point increase in our net interest margin, assuming all other variables remained unchanged. The simulation results suggest that a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates would cause a 15 basis point decline in our net interest margin.

        Market value of equity.    We measure the impact of market interest rate changes on the net present value of estimated cash flows from our assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items, defined as the market value of equity, using a simulation model. The projections are by their nature forward-looking and therefore inherently uncertain, and include various assumptions regarding cash flows and interest rates. Actual results may vary significantly from the results suggested by the market value of equity table. The base case is determined by applying the current market discount rate to the estimated cash flows from assets, liabilities and off balance sheet items existing at September 30, 2003. The following table shows our projected change in the market value of equity for the set of rate shocks presented as of September 30, 2003.

Interest rate scenario

  Market Value
  Percentage
change
From Base

  Percentage of
total assets

  Percentage of
Book Value
of Equity

 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)

 
Up 300 basis points   $ 500,749   12.1 % 20.8 % 151.2 %
Up 200 basis points   $ 488,174   9.3 % 20.3 % 147.4 %
Up 100 basis points   $ 472,616   5.8 % 19.6 % 142.7 %
BASE CASE   $ 446,751     18.6 % 134.9 %
Down 100 basis points   $ 414,852   (7.1 )% 17.2 % 125.3 %
Down 200 basis points   $ 388,181   (13.1 )% 16.2 % 117.2 %
Down 300 basis points   $ 362,493   (18.9 )% 15.1 % 109.5 %

        The results of our market value of equity model indicate that an immediate and sustained upward movement in interest rates of 100 basis points, 200 basis points or 300 basis points would increase the market value of portfolio equity by 5.8%, 9.3% or 12.1% while a 100 basis point decline in interest rates would decrease the market value of portfolio equity by 7.1%. At September 30, 2003, our market value of equity exposure was within the current Board-approved guidelines.

32


        Gap analysis.    As part of the interest rate management process we use a gap analysis. A gap analysis provides information about the volume and repricing characteristics and relationship between the amounts of interest-sensitive assets and interest-bearing liabilities at a particular point in time. An effective interest rate strategy attempts to match the volume of interest-sensitive assets and interest-bearing liabilities repricing over different time intervals. The main focus of this interest rate management tool is the gap sensitivity identified as the cumulative one year gap.

 
  At September 30, 2003
Amounts Maturing or Repricing In

 
  3 Months
Or Less

  Over 3 Months
to 12 Months

  Over 1 Year
to 5 Years

  Over
5 Years

  Nonrate-
Bearing(1)

  Total
 
  (Dollars in thousands)

ASSETS                                    
  Cash and deposits in other financial institutions   $ 77   $ 290   $   $   $ 93,925   $ 94,292
  Federal funds sold     32,500                     32,500
  Investment securities     36,489     29,831     323,114     52,449         441,883
  Loans, net of deferred fees and costs     928,891     178,583     335,227     103,963         1,546,664
  Other assets                     293,091     293,091
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total assets     997,957     208,704     658,341     156,412     387,016     2,408,430
   
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                                    
  Noninterest-bearing demand deposits                     777,238     777,238
  Interest-bearing demand, money market and savings     861,769                     861,769
  Time certificates of deposit     164,798     145,930     21,550     133         332,411
  Short term debt     14,000                             14,000
  Long term debt     50,000             8,000         58,000
  Other liabilities                     33,808     33,808
  Shareholders' equity                     331,204     331,204
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total liabilities and shareholders' equity   $ 1,090,567   $ 145,930   $ 21,550   $ 8,133   $ 1,142,250   $ 2,408,430
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Period Gap   $ (92,610 ) $ 62,774   $ 636,791   $ 148,279   $ (755,234 )    
  Cumulative interest rate-sensitive assets   $ 997,957   $ 1,206,661   $ 1,865,002   $ 2,021,414            
  Cumulative interest rate-sensitive liabilities   $ 1,090,567   $ 1,236,497   $ 1,258,047   $ 1,266,180            
  Cumulative Gap   $ (92,610 ) $ (29,836 ) $ 606,955   $ 755,234            
  Cumulative gap as a percent of:                                    
    Total assets     (3.8 )%   (1.2 )%   25.2 %   31.4 %          
  Interest earning assets     (4.6 )%   (1.5 )%   30.0 %   37.4 %          

(1)
Assets or liabilities which do not have a stated interest rate.

        The preceding table indicates that as of September 30, 2003, we had a negative one year cumulative gap of $29.8 million, or 1.2% of total assets. This gap position suggests that we are liability-sensitive and if interest rates were to increase, our net interest margin would most likely decrease. As

33



discussed below, the gap table has inherent limitations. Actual results may vary significantly from results suggested by the gap table. The section "—Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Sensitivity—Net interest income simulation" indicates, however, that our net interest margin would rise with a 100 basis point increase in rates even though the gap table suggests liability sensitivity at the one year horizon. This inconsistency is largely due to the different assumptions incorporated in the net interest income simulation versus the assumptions underlying the gap table.

        We believe the Company is asset-sensitive, notwithstanding the position suggested by the gap table, because of certain factors that a gap table is unable to incorporate fully. The gap table assumes a static balance sheet, like the net interest income simulation, and, accordingly, looks at the repricing of existing assets and liabilities without consideration of new loans and deposits that reflect a more current interest rate environment. Unlike the net interest income simulation, however, the interest rate risk profile of certain deposit products and floating rate loans which have reached their floors cannot be captured effectively in a gap table. Although the table shows the amount of certain assets and liabilities scheduled to reprice in a given time frame, it does not reflect when or to what extent such repricings actually occur. For example, interest-bearing demand, money market and savings deposits are shown to reprice in the first 3 months, but we may choose to reprice these deposits more slowly and incorporate only a portion of the movement in market rates based on market conditions at that time. Alternatively, a loan which has reached its floor may not reprice even though market rates change causing such loan to act like a fixed rate loan regardless of its scheduled repricing date. For example, a loan already at its floor would not reprice if the adjusted rate was less than the floor. The gap table as presented, however, cannot factor in our flexibility in repricing deposits or the floors on our loans. Consequently, given the sustained low interest rate environment, expectation of continued growth in new loans and core deposits, the Company's discretion in repricing deposits and our use of interest rate floors in several floating rate loan products, we believe that if interest rates were to increase, our net interest margin would most likely increase.

        We believe the estimated effect of a change in interest rates is better reflected in our net interest income simulation and market value of equity simulation under "—Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Sensitivity" which incorporates many of the factors mentioned above.

ITEM 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

        Please see the section above titled "Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Sensitivity" in "Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" which provides an update to our quantitative and qualitative disclosure about market risk. This analysis should be read in conjunction with text under the caption "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk" in our report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, which text is incorporated herein by reference. Our analysis of market risk and market-sensitive financial information contains forward-looking statements and is subject to the disclosure at the beginning of Item 2 regarding such forward-looking information.

ITEM 4. Controls and Procedures

        As of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was carried out by the Company's management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, these disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

        There have been no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) during our most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

34



PART II—OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1. Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, the Company and the Banks are party to claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Management of the Company evaluates the Company's and/or the Banks' exposure to the cases individually and in the aggregate and provides for potential losses on such litigation if the amount of the loss is determinable and the loss is probable.

        Management of the Company and of the Banks believes that there are no material litigation matters at the current time. However, litigation is inherently uncertain and no assurance can be given that any current or future litigation will not result in any loss which might be material to the Company and/or the Banks.

ITEM 2. Changes in Securities

        None.

ITEM 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities

        None.

ITEM 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

        None.

ITEM 5. Other Information

        None.

35



ITEM 6. Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

(a) Exhibits.

Exhibit
Number

  Description
  3.1   Articles of Incorporation of First Community Bancorp, as amended to date (Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2002 and incorporated herein by this reference).

  3.2

 

Bylaws of First Community Bancorp, as amended to date (Exhibit 4.2 to Form S-3 filed on June 11, 2002 and incorporated herein by this reference).

  4.5

 

Indenture between First Community Bancorp, as Issuer and U.S. Bank, N.A., as Trustee, dated as of August 15, 2003.

  4.6

 

Indenture between First Community Bancorp and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, dated as of September 3, 2003.

10.3

 

Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2003, by and between First Community Bancorp and The Northern Trust Company.

10.4

 

Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2003, by and between First Community Bancorp and U.S. Bank, N.A..

10.5

 

Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2003, between First Community Bancorp and The Northern Trust Company.

10.6

 

Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of First Community/CA Statutory Trust V by and among U.S. Bank, N.A. as Institutional Trustee, First Community Bancorp, as Sponsor and Matthew P. Wagner, Lynn M. Hopkins and Jared M. Wolff, as Administrators dated as of August 15, 2003.

10.7

 

Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI among First Community Bancorp as Depositor, The Bank of New York as Property Trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware) as the Delaware Trustee, and the Administrative Trustees named therein, dated as of September 3, 2003.

10.18

 

Guarantee Agreement by and between First Community Bancorp and U.S. Bank, N.A. dated as of August 15, 2003.

10.19

 

Guarantee Agreement between First Community Bancorp and The Bank of New York, dated as of September 3, 2003.

31.1

 

Certification of Matthew P. Wagner, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2

 

Certification of Victor R. Santoro, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1

 

Certification of Matthew P. Wagner, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2  

 

Certification of Victor R. Santoro, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

36


(b) Reports on Form 8-K.

        On July 9, 2003, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K including a press release announcing the appointment of Robert M. Borgman as President and Chief Executive Officer of First National Bank and of John M. Eggemeyer as Chairman of the Board of First National Bank.

        On July 22, 2003, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K including a press release, dated July 21, 2003, announcing the hiring of Victor R. Santoro as the Company's Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, effective September 2, 2003.

        On July 25, 2003, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K including (i) the press release, dated July 23, 2003, announcing results of operations and financial condition for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2003 and (ii) the press release, dated July 23, 2003, announcing a 25% increase in the quarterly dividend.

37



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

    FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP

 

 

 
Date:    November 7, 2003   /s/  VICTOR R. SANTORO      
Victor R. Santoro
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

38




QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I—FINANCIAL INFORMATION
PART II—OTHER INFORMATION
SIGNATURES
EX-4.5 3 a2121280zex-4_5.htm EX-4.5

Exhibit 4.5

 

 

 

FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP,

as Issuer

 

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of August 15, 2003

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

 

 

FLOATING RATE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST DEBENTURES

 

 

DUE 2033

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1.

Definitions

 

 

ARTICLE II. DEBENTURES

 

Section 2.1.

Authentication and Dating

Section 2.2.

Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

Section 2.3.

Form and Denomination of Debentures

Section 2.4.

Execution of Debentures

Section 2.5.

Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debentures

Section 2.6.

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debentures

Section 2.7.

Temporary Debentures

Section 2.8.

Payment of Interest and Additional Interest

Section 2.9.

Cancellation of Debentures Paid, etc

Section 2.10.

Computation of Interest

Section 2.11.

Extension of Interest Payment Period

Section 2.12.

CUSIP Numbers

 

 

ARTICLE III. PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

 

Section 3.1.

Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the Debentures

Section 3.2.

Offices for Notices and Payments, etc

Section 3.3.

Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office

Section 3.4.

Provision as to Paying Agent

Section 3.5.

Certificate to Trustee

Section 3.6.

Additional Sums

Section 3.7.

Compliance with Consolidation Provisions

Section 3.8.

Limitation on Dividends

Section 3.9.

Covenants as to the Trust

Section 3.10.

Additional Junior Indebtedness

 

 

ARTICLE IV. SECURITYHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

 

Section 4.1.

Securityholders’ Lists

Section 4.2.

Preservation and Disclosure of Lists

 

 

ARTICLE V. REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

 

Section 5.1.

Events of Default

Section 5.2.

Payment of Debentures on Default; Suit Therefor

Section 5.3.

Application of Moneys Collected by Trustee

Section 5.4.

Proceedings by Securityholders

Section 5.5.

Proceedings by Trustee

Section 5.6.

Remedies Cumulative and Continuing; Delay or Omission Not a Waiver

Section 5.7.

Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Securityholders

 

i



 

Section 5.8.

Notice of Defaults

Section 5.9.

Undertaking to Pay Costs

 

 

ARTICLE VI. CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

 

Section 6.1.

Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee

Section 6.2.

Reliance on Documents, Opinions, etc

Section 6.3.

No Responsibility for Recitals, etc

Section 6.4.

Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agents, Transfer Agents or Registrar May Own Debentures

Section 6.5.

Moneys to be Held in Trust

Section 6.6.

Compensation and Expenses of Trustee

Section 6.7.

Officers’ Certificate as Evidence

Section 6.8.

Eligibility of Trustee

Section 6.9.

Resignation or Removal of Trustee

Section 6.10.

Acceptance by Successor Trustee

Section 6.11.

Succession by Merger, etc

Section 6.12.

Authenticating Agents

 

 

ARTICLE VII. CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS

 

Section 7.1.

Action by Securityholders

Section 7.2.

Proof of Execution by Securityholders

Section 7.3.

Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners

Section 7.4.

Debentures Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding

Section 7.5.

Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound

 

 

ARTICLE VIII. SECURITYHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

Section 8.1.

Purposes of Meetings

Section 8.2.

Call of Meetings by Trustee

Section 8.3.

Call of Meetings by Company or Securityholders

Section 8.4.

Qualifications for Voting

Section 8.5.

Regulations

Section 8.6.

Voting

Section 8.7.

Quorum; Actions

 

 

ARTICLE IX. SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

Section 9.1.

Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Securityholders

Section 9.2.

Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders

Section 9.3.

Effect of Supplemental Indentures

Section 9.4.

Notation on Debentures

Section 9.5.

Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to be Furnished to Trustee

 

 

ARTICLE X. REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

 

Section 10.1.

Optional Redemption

Section 10.2.

Special Event Redemption

Section 10.3.

Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debentures

Section 10.4.

Payment of Debentures Called for Redemption

 

ii



 

ARTICLE XI. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE

 

Section 11.1.

Company May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms

Section 11.2.

Successor Entity to be Substituted

Section 11.3.

Opinion of Counsel to be Given to Trustee

 

 

ARTICLE XII. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

 

Section 12.1.

Discharge of Indenture

Section 12.2.

Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust by Trustee

Section 12.3.

Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held

Section 12.4.

Return of Unclaimed Moneys

 

 

ARTICLE XIII. IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

 

Section 13.1.

Indenture and Debentures Solely Corporate Obligations

 

 

ARTICLE XIV. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 14.1.

Successors

Section 14.2.

Official Acts by Successor Entity

Section 14.3.

Surrender of Company Powers

Section 14.4.

Addresses for Notices, etc

Section 14.5.

Governing Law

Section 14.6.

Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent

Section 14.7.

Table of Contents, Headings, etc

Section 14.8.

Execution in Counterparts

Section 14.9.

Separability

Section 14.10.

Assignment

Section 14.11.

Acknowledgment of Rights

 

 

ARTICLE XV. SUBORDINATION OF DEBENTURES

 

Section 15.1.

Agreement to Subordinate

Section 15.2.

Default on Senior Indebtedness

Section 15.3.

Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy

Section 15.4.

Subrogation

Section 15.5.

Trustee to Effectuate Subordination

Section 15.6.

Notice by the Company

Section 15.7.

Rights of the Trustee; Holders of Senior Indebtedness

Section 15.8.

Subordination May Not Be Impaired

 

Exhibit A

Form of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture

 

iii



 

THIS INDENTURE, dated as of August 15, 2003, between First Community Bancorp, a California corporation (the “Company”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America, as debenture trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the issuance of its Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2033 (the “Debentures”) under this Indenture to provide, among other things, for the execution and authentication, delivery and administration thereof, and the Company has duly authorized the execution of this Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement according to its terms, have been done and performed;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, This Indenture Witnesseth:

 

In consideration of the premises, and the purchase of the Debentures by the holders thereof, the Company covenants and agrees with the Trustee for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective holders from time to time of the Debentures as follows:

 

ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1.                                DefinitionsThe terms defined in this Section 1.1 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.1.  All accounting terms used herein and not expressly defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and the term “generally accepted accounting principles” means such accounting principles as are generally accepted in the United States at the time of any computation.  The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

 

Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

 

Additional Junior Indebtedness” means, without duplication and other than the Debentures, any indebtedness, liabilities or obligations of the Company, or any Subsidiary of the Company, under debt securities (or guarantees in respect of debt securities) initially issued after the date of this Indenture to any trust, or a trustee of a trust, partnership or other entity affiliated with the Company that is, directly or indirectly, a finance subsidiary (as such term is defined in Rule 3a-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940) or other financing vehicle of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in connection with the issuance by that entity of preferred securities or other securities that are eligible to qualify for Tier 1 capital treatment (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the Company (or, if the Company is not a bank holding company, such guidelines applied to the Company as if the Company were subject to such guidelines); provided, however, that the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the Additional Junior Indebtedness as Tier 1 capital shall not disqualify it as Additional Junior Indebtedness if such inability results from the Company having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve now or may hereafter accord Tier 1 capital treatment (including the Debentures) in excess of the amount which may qualify for treatment as Tier 1 capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines.

 

1



 

Additional Sums” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6.

 

Affiliate” has the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act or any successor rule thereunder.

 

Authenticating Agent” means any agent or agents of the Trustee which at the time shall be appointed and acting pursuant to Section 6.12.

 

Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

Board of Directors” means the board of directors or the executive committee or any other duly authorized designated officers of the Company.

 

Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in New York City or Hartford, Connecticut are permitted or required by any applicable law or executive order to close.

 

Capital Securities” means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust which rank pari passu with Common Securities issued by the Trust; provided, however, that upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default (as defined in the Declaration), the rights of holders of such Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of such Capital Securities.

 

Capital Securities Guarantee” means the guarantee agreement that the Company enters into with U.S. Bank National Association, as guarantee trustee, or other Persons that operates directly or indirectly for the benefit of holders of Capital Securities of the Trust.

 

Capital Treatment Event” means the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or as the result of any official or administrative pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Company will not, within 90 days of the date of such opinion, be entitled to treat an amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as “Tier 1 Capital” (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the Company (or if the Company is not a bank holding company, such guidelines applied to the Company as if the Company were subject to such guidelines); provided, however, that the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as Tier l Capital shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Treatment Event, if such inability results from the Company having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve or OTS, as applicable, may now or hereafter accord Tier 1 Capital treatment in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines; provided further, however, that the distribution of Debentures in connection with the liquidation of the Trust shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event.

 

2



 

Certificate” means a certificate signed by any one of the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company.

 

Common Securities” means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust which rank pari passu with Capital Securities issued by the Trust; provided, however, that upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default (as defined in the Declaration), the rights of holders of such Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of such Capital Securities.

 

Company” means First Community Bancorp, a California corporation, and, subject to the provisions of Article XI, shall include its successors and assigns.

 

Coupon Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.

 

Debenture” or “Debentures” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture.

 

Debenture Register” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5.

 

Declaration” means the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Default” means any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Defaulted Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.

 

Distribution Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.

 

Determination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

 

Event of Default” means any event specified in Section 5.1, continued for the period of time, if any, and after the giving of the notice, if any, therein designated.

 

Extension Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

 

Federal Reserve” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or its designated district bank, as applicable, and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of bank holding companies.

 

Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented, or both.

 

Institutional Trustee” has the meaning set forth in the Declaration.

 

Interest Payment Date” means March 17, June 17, September 17 and December 17 of each year during the term of this Indenture, or if such day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day, commencing with December 17, 2003.

 

Interest Rate” means for the period beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) December 17, 2003 the rate per annum of 4.23% and for each Distribution Period thereafter, the Coupon Rate.

 

3



 

Investment Company Event” means the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of a change in law or regulation or written change (including any announced prospective change) in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within 90 days of the date of such opinion will be considered an “investment company” that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of the issuance of the Debentures.

 

Liquidation Amount” means the stated amount of $1,000.00 per Trust Security.

 

Maturity Date” means September 17, 2033.

 

Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Vice Chairman, the President, any Managing Director or any Vice President, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Comptroller, an Assistant Comptroller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.  Each such certificate shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.6 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such Section.

 

Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, or may be other counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.  Each such opinion shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.6 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such Section.

 

OTS” means the Office of Thrift Supervision and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of savings and loan holding companies.

 

The term “outstanding,” when used with reference to Debentures, means, subject to the provisions of Section 7.4, as of any particular time, all Debentures authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent under this Indenture, except:

 

(a)                                  Debentures theretofore canceled by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

 

(b)                                 Debentures, or portions thereof, for the payment or redemption of which moneys in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any paying agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own paying agent); provided, however, that, if such Debentures, or portions thereof, are to be redeemed prior to maturity thereof, notice of such redemption shall have been given as provided in Section 10.3 or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice; and

 

(c)                                  Debentures paid pursuant to Section 2.6 or in lieu of or in substitution for which other Debentures shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.6 unless proof satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee is presented that any such Debentures are held by bona fide holders in due course.

 

Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Predecessor Security” of any particular Debenture means every previous Debenture evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Debenture; and, for purposes of this

 

4



 

definition, any Debenture authenticated and delivered under Section 2.6 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Debenture shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Debenture.

 

Principal Office of the Trustee,” or other similar term, means the office of the Trustee, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which at the time of the execution of this Indenture shall be 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut  06103.

 

Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

 

Redemption Price” means 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Debentures to the Redemption Date.

 

Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Principal Office of the Trustee, including any vice-president, any assistant vice-president, any secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Principal Trust Office of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time or any successor legislation.

 

Securityholder,” “holder of Debentures,” or other similar terms, means any Person in whose name at the time a particular Debenture is registered on the register kept by the Company or the Trustee for that purpose in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Senior Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Company, (i) the principal, premium, if any, and interest in respect of (A) indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by securities, debentures, notes, bonds or other similar instruments issued by the Company; (ii) all capital lease obligations of the Company; (iii) all obligations of the Company issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of the Company and all obligations of the Company under any title retention agreement; (iv) all obligations of the Company for the reimbursement of any letter of credit, any banker’s acceptance, any security purchase facility, any repurchase agreement or similar arrangement, any interest rate swap, any other hedging arrangement, any obligation under options or any similar credit or other transaction; (v) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above of other Persons for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor or otherwise; and (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above of other Persons secured by any lien on any property or asset of the Company (whether or not such obligation is assumed by the Company), whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Senior Indebtedness” shall not include (1) any Additional Junior Indebtedness, (2) Debentures issued pursuant to this Indenture and guarantees in respect of such Debentures, (3) trade accounts payable of the Company arising in the ordinary course of business (such trade accounts payable being pari passu in right of payment to the Debentures), or (4) obligations with respect to which (a) in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such obligations are pari passu, junior or otherwise not superior in right of payment to the Debentures and (b) the Company, prior to the issuance thereof, has notified (and, if then required under the applicable guidelines of the regulating entity, has received approval from) the Federal Reserve (if the Company is a bank holding company) or the OTS (if the Company is a savings and loan holding company).  Senior Indebtedness shall continue to be Senior

 

5



 

Indebtedness and be entitled to the subordination provisions irrespective of any amendment, modification or waiver of any term of such Senior Indebtedness.

 

Special Event” means any of a Capital Treatment Event, an Investment Company Event or a Tax Event.

 

Special Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

 

Special Redemption Price” means the price set forth in the following table for any Special Redemption Date that occurs on the date indicated below (or if such day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day), expressed as the percentage of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed:

 

Special Redemption Date

 

Special Redemption Price

 

 

 

 

 

December 17, 2003

 

104.625

%

 

 

 

 

March 17, 2004

 

104.300

%

 

 

 

 

June 17, 2004

 

104.000

%

 

 

 

 

September 17, 2004

 

103.650

%

 

 

 

 

December 17, 2004

 

103.350

%

 

 

 

 

March 17, 2005

 

103.000

%

 

 

 

 

June 17, 2005

 

102.700

%

 

 

 

 

September 17, 2005

 

102.350

%

 

 

 

 

December 17, 2005

 

102.050

%

 

 

 

 

March 17, 2006

 

101.700

%

 

 

 

 

June 17, 2006

 

101.400

%

 

 

 

 

September 17, 2006

 

101.050

%

 

 

 

 

December 17, 2006

 

100.750

%

 

 

 

 

March 17, 2007

 

100.450

%

 

 

 

 

June 17, 2007

 

100.200

%

 

 

 

 

September 17, 2007 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Debentures to the Special Redemption Date.

 

6



 

Subsidiary” means with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation at least a majority of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any general partnership, joint venture or similar entity, at least a majority of the outstanding partnership or similar interests of which shall at the time be owned by such Person, or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries and (iii) any limited partnership of which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a general partner.  For the purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means shares, interests, participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such Person having ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the directors (or the equivalent) of such Person, other than shares, interests, participations or other equivalents having such power only by reason of the occurrence of a contingency.

 

Tax Event” means the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, field service advice, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement, including any notice or announcement of intent to adopt such procedures or regulations) (an “Administrative Action”) or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Company or the Trust and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification, change, Administrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that:  (i) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debentures; (ii) interest payable by the Company on the Debentures is not, or within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Company, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes; or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties or other governmental charges.

 

3-Month LIBOR” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

 

Telerate Page 3750” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

 

Trust” shall mean First Community/CA Statutory Trust V, a Connecticut statutory trust, or any other similar trust created for the purpose of issuing Capital Securities in connection with the issuance of Debentures under this Indenture, of which the Company is the sponsor.

 

Trust Securities” means Common Securities and Capital Securities of the Trust.

 

Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association, and, subject to the provisions of Article VI hereof, shall also include its successors and assigns as Trustee hereunder.

 

ARTICLE II.
DEBENTURES

 

Section 2.1.                                Authentication and DatingUpon the execution and delivery of this Indenture, or from time to time thereafter, Debentures in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $10,310,000.00 may be executed and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and make available for delivery said Debentures to or upon the written order of the Company, signed by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer, Vice Chairman, the President, one of its Managing Directors or one of its Vice Presidents without any

 

7



 

further action by the Company hereunder.  In authenticating such Debentures, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Debentures, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 6.1) shall be fully protected in relying upon:

 

(a)                                  a copy of any Board Resolution or Board Resolutions relating thereto and, if applicable, an appropriate record of any action taken pursuant to such resolution, in each case certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, as the case may be; and

 

(b)                                 an Opinion of Counsel prepared in accordance with Section 14.6 which shall also state:

 

(1)                                   that such Debentures, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in each case in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, subject to or limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, conservatorship, receivership, moratorium and other statutory or decisional laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights or the reorganization of financial institutions (including, without limitation, preference and fraudulent conveyance or transfer laws), heretofore or hereafter enacted or in effect, affecting the rights of creditors generally; and

 

(2)                                   that all laws and requirements in respect of the execution and delivery by the Company of the Debentures have been complied with and that authentication and delivery of the Debentures by the Trustee will not violate the terms of this Indenture.

 

The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Debentures under this Section if the Trustee, being advised in writing by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to existing holders.

 

The definitive Debentures shall be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Debentures, as evidenced by their execution of such Debentures.

 

Section 2.2.                                Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.  The Trustee’s certificate of authentication on all Debentures shall be in substantially the following form:

 

This is one of the Debentures referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee

 

By

 

 

Authorized Signer

 

Section 2.3.                                Form and Denomination of Debentures.  The Debentures shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.  The Debentures shall be in registered, certificated form without coupons and in minimum denominations of $100,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00 in excess thereof.  Any attempted transfer of the Debentures in a block having an aggregate principal amount of less than $100,000.00 shall be deemed to be void and of no legal effect whatsoever.  Any such purported transferee shall be deemed not to be a holder of such Debentures for any purpose, including, but not limited to the receipt of payments on such Debentures, and such purported transferee shall be deemed to have no interest whatsoever in such Debentures.  The Debentures shall be numbered, lettered, or otherwise

 

8



 

distinguished in such manner or in accordance with such plans as the officers executing the same may determine with the approval of the Trustee as evidenced by the execution and authentication thereof.

 

Section 2.4.                                Execution of Debentures.  The Debentures shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Company by the manual or facsimile signature of its Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer, Vice Chairman, President, one of its Managing Directors or one of its Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents or Vice Presidents.  Only such Debentures as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form herein before recited, executed by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of an authorized signer, shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.  Such certificate by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent upon any Debenture executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the Debenture so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

 

In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Debentures shall cease to be such officer before the Debentures so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, or disposed of by the Company, such Debentures nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the Person who signed such Debentures had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Debenture may be signed on behalf of the Company by such Persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Debenture, shall be the proper officers of the Company, although at the date of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such an officer.

 

Every Debenture shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

Section 2.5.                                Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debentures.  The Company shall cause to be kept, at the office or agency maintained for the purpose of registration of transfer and for exchange as provided in Section 3.2, a register (the “Debenture Register”) for the Debentures issued hereunder in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration and transfer of all Debentures as in this Article II provided.  The Debenture Register shall be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time.

 

Debentures to be exchanged may be surrendered at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency to be maintained by the Company for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2, and the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor the Debenture or Debentures which the Securityholder making the exchange shall be entitled to receive.  Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2, the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Debenture for a like aggregate principal amount.  Registration or registration of transfer of any Debenture by the Trustee or by any agent of the Company appointed pursuant to Section 3.2, and delivery of such Debenture, shall be deemed to complete the registration or registration of transfer of such Debenture.

 

All Debentures presented for registration of transfer or for exchange or payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent duly executed by the holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

9



 

No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Debentures, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

 

The Company or the Trustee shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Debenture for a period of 15 days next preceding the date of selection of Debentures for redemption.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Debentures may not be transferred except in compliance with the restricted securities legend set forth below, unless otherwise determined by the Company, upon the advice of counsel expert in securities law, in accordance with applicable law:

 

THIS SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW.  NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY

 

10



 

INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING.  ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

 

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF.  ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

Section 2.6.                                Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debentures.  In case any Debenture shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company shall execute, and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, a new Debenture bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Debenture, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Debenture so destroyed, lost or stolen.  In every case the applicant for a substituted Debenture shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company and the Trustee evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debenture and of the ownership thereof.

 

The Trustee may authenticate any such substituted Debenture and deliver the same upon the written request or authorization of any officer of the Company.  Upon the issuance of any substituted Debenture, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith.  In case any Debenture which has matured or is about to mature or has been called for redemption in full shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Debenture, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Debenture) if the applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless and, in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence satisfactory to the Company and to the Trustee of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debenture and of the ownership thereof.

 

Every substituted Debenture issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.6 by virtue of the fact that any such Debenture is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Debenture shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all

 

11



 

other Debentures duly issued hereunder.  All Debentures shall be held and owned upon the express condition that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debentures and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

 

Section 2.7.                                Temporary Debentures.  Pending the preparation of definitive Debentures, the Company may execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery temporary Debentures that are typed, printed or lithographed.  Temporary Debentures shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the definitive Debentures in lieu of which they are issued but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Debentures, all as may be determined by the Company.  Every such temporary Debenture shall be executed by the Company and be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the definitive Debentures.  Without unreasonable delay the Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent definitive Debentures and thereupon any or all temporary Debentures may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee or at any office or agency maintained by the Company for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2, and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange for such temporary Debentures a like aggregate principal amount of such definitive Debentures.  Such exchange shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor except that in case of any such exchange involving a registration of transfer the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto.  Until so exchanged, the temporary Debentures shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Debentures authenticated and delivered hereunder.

 

Section 2.8.                                Payment of Interest and Additional Interest.  Interest at the Interest Rate and any Additional Interest on any Debenture that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Debentures shall be paid to the Person in whose name said Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment except that interest and any Additional Interest payable on the Maturity Date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid.

 

Each Debenture shall bear interest for the period beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) December 17, 2003 at a rate per annum of 4.23%, and shall bear interest for each successive period beginning on (and including) December 17, 2003, and each succeeding Interest Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (each, a “Distribution Period”) at a rate per annum equal to the 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described in Section 2.10, plus 3.10% (the “Coupon Rate”); provided, however, that prior to September 17, 2008, the Coupon Rate shall not exceed 11.75%, applied to the principal amount thereof, until the principal thereof becomes due and payable, and on any overdue principal and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law (without duplication) on any overdue installment of interest (including Additional Interest) at the Interest Rate in effect for each applicable period compounded quarterly.  Interest shall be payable (subject to any relevant Extension Period) quarterly in arrears on each Interest Payment Date with the first installment of interest to be paid on December 17, 2003.

 

Any interest on any Debenture, including Additional Interest, that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered holder on the relevant regular record date by virtue of having been such holder; and such Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Company to the Persons in

 

12



 

whose names such Debentures (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner: the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing at least 25 days prior to the date of the proposed payment of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Debenture and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided.  Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall not be more than 15 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment.  The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Securityholder at its address as it appears in the Debenture Register, not less than 10 days prior to such special record date.  Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Debentures (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such special record date and shall be no longer payable.

 

The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on any Debentures in any other lawful manner after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment method; provided, however, the Trustee in its sole discretion deems such payment method to be practical.

 

Any interest (including Additional Interest) scheduled to become payable on an Interest Payment Date occurring during an Extension Period shall not be Defaulted Interest and shall be payable on such other date as may be specified in the terms of such Debentures.

 

The term “regular record date” as used in this Section shall mean the close of business on the 15th calendar day next preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date.

 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Debenture delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Debenture shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Debenture.

 

Section 2.9.                                Cancellation of Debentures Paid, etc.  All Debentures surrendered for the purpose of payment, redemption, exchange or registration of transfer, shall, if surrendered to the Company or any paying agent, be surrendered to the Trustee and promptly canceled by it, or, if surrendered to the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent, shall be promptly canceled by it, and no Debentures shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture.  All Debentures canceled by any Authenticating Agent shall be delivered to the Trustee.  The Trustee shall destroy all canceled Debentures unless the Company otherwise directs the Trustee in writing.  If the Company shall acquire any of the Debentures, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Debentures unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.10.                         Computation of Interest.  The amount of interest payable on December 17, 2003 will be calculated by applying the Interest Rate to the principal amount outstanding as of the date hereof on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed from the date hereof to (but not including) December 17, 2003 divided by 360.  The amount of interest payable for each succeeding Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Interest Rate to the principal amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period on the basis of the actual number of days in the Distribution

 

13



 

Period concerned divided by 360.  All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debentures will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

 

(a)                                  3-Month LIBOR” means the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month, U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Trustee in the following order of priority:

 

(1)                                  the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (as defined below).  “Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits;

 

(2)                                  if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date.  If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations;

 

(3)                                  if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (2) above, the Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date.  If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and

 

(4)                                  if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (3) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period.

 

If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

 

(b)                                 The Interest Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

 

(c)                                  Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the particular Distribution Period for which a Coupon Rate is being determined.

 

(d)                                 The Trustee shall notify the Company, the Institutional Trustee and any securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which the Capital Securities are listed, of the Coupon Rate and the Determination Date for each Distribution Period, in each case as soon as practicable after the determination thereof but in no event later than the thirtieth (30th) day of the relevant Distribution Period.  Failure to notify the Company, the Institutional Trustee or any securities exchange or interdealer

 

14



 

quotation system, or any defect in said notice, shall not affect the obligation of the Company to make payment on the Debentures at the applicable Coupon Rate.  Any error in the calculation of the Coupon Rate by the Trustee may be corrected at any time by notice delivered as above provided.  Upon the request of a holder of a Debenture, the Trustee shall provide the Coupon Rate then in effect and, if determined, the Coupon Rate for the next Distribution Period.

 

(e)                                  Subject to the corrective rights set forth above, all certificates, communications, opinions, determinations, calculations, quotations and decisions given, expressed, made or obtained for the purposes of the provisions relating to the payment and calculation of interest on the Debentures and distributions on the Capital Securities by the Trustee or the Institutional Trustee will (in the absence of willful default, bad faith and manifest error) be final, conclusive and binding on the Trust, the Company and all of the holders of the Debentures and the Capital Securities, and no liability shall (in the absence of willful default, bad faith or manifest error) attach to the Trustee or the Institutional Trustee in connection with the exercise or non-exercise by either of them or their respective powers, duties and discretion.

 

Section 2.11.                         Extension of Interest Payment PeriodSo long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, from time to time, and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures at any time and from time to time during the term of the Debentures, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest (including Additional Interest) shall be due and payable (except any Additional Sums that may be due and payable).  No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date.  During an Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate in effect for such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “Additional Interest”).At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided, however, that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date; provided further, however, that during any such Extension Period, the Company shall not and shall not permit any Affiliate to (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s or such Affiliate’s capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (ii) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (i) or (ii) above, (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks

 

15



 

pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, or (f) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee).  Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date.  Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements.  No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest to the extent permitted by applicable law.  The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin or extend an Extension Period at least 5 Business Days prior to the regular record date (as such term is used in Section 2.8) immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date with respect to which interest on the Debentures would have been payable except for the election to begin or extend such Extension Period.  The Trustee shall give notice of the Company’s election to begin a new Extension Period to the Securityholders.

 

Section 2.12.                         CUSIP NumbersThe Company in issuing the Debentures may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Debentures or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Debentures, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.  The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

 

ARTICLE III.
PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

 

Section 3.1.                                Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the Debentures.

 

(a)                                  The Company covenants and agrees that it will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid the principal of and premium, if any, and interest and any Additional Interest and other payments on the Debentures at the place, at the respective times and in the manner provided in this Indenture and the Debentures. Each installment of interest on the Debentures may be paid (i) by mailing checks for such interest payable to the order of the holders of Debentures entitled thereto as they appear on the registry books of the Company if a request for a wire transfer has not been received by the Company or (ii) by wire transfer to any account with a banking institution located in the United States designated in writing by such Person to the paying agent no later than the related record date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of this Debenture is the Institutional Trustee, the payment of the principal of and interest on this Debenture will be made in immediately available funds at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Institutional Trustee.

 

(b)                                 The Company will treat the Debentures as indebtedness, and the amounts payable in respect of the principal amount of such Debentures as interest, for all United States federal income tax purposes.  All payments in respect of such Debentures will be made free and clear of United States withholding tax to any beneficial owner thereof that has provided an Internal Revenue Service Form W8 BEN (or any substitute or successor form) establishing its non-United States status for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

(c)                                  As of the date of this Indenture, the Company has no present intention to exercise its right under Section 2.11 to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by commencing an Extension Period.

 

16



 

(d)                                 As of the date of this Indenture, the Company believes that the likelihood that it would exercise its right under Section 2.11 to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by commencing an Extension Period at any time during which the Debentures are outstanding is remote because of the restrictions that would be imposed on the Company’s ability to declare or pay dividends or distributions on, or to redeem, purchase or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of its outstanding equity and on the Company’s ability to make any payments of principal of or interest on, or repurchase or redeem, any of its debt securities that rank pari passu in all respects with (or junior in interest to) the Debentures.

 

Section 3.2.                                Offices for Notices and Payments, etcSo long as any of the Debentures remain outstanding, the Company will maintain in Hartford, Connecticut, an office or agency where the Debentures may be presented for payment, an office or agency where the Debentures may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange as in this Indenture provided and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Debentures or of this Indenture may be served.  The Company will give to the Trustee written notice of the location of any such office or agency and of any change of location thereof.  Until otherwise designated from time to time by the Company in a notice to the Trustee, or specified as contemplated by Section 2.5, such office or agency for all of the above purposes shall be the office or agency of the Trustee.  In case the Company shall fail to maintain any such office or agency in Hartford, Connecticut, or shall fail to give such notice of the location or of any change in the location thereof, presentations and demands may be made and notices may be served at the Principal Office of the Trustee.

 

In addition to any such office or agency, the Company may from time to time designate one or more offices or agencies outside Hartford, Connecticut, where the Debentures may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange in the manner provided in this Indenture, and the Company may from time to time rescind such designation, as the Company may deem desirable or expedient; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain any such office or agency in Hartford, Connecticut, for the purposes above mentioned.  The Company will give to the Trustee prompt written notice of any such designation or rescission thereof.

 

Section 3.3.                                Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s OfficeThe Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 6.9, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.

 

Section 3.4.                                Provision as to Paying Agent.

 

(a)                                  If the Company shall appoint a paying agent other than the Trustee, it will cause such paying agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provision of this Section 3.4,

 

(1)                                  that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Debentures (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any other obligor on the Debentures) in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Debentures;

 

(2)                                  that it will give the Trustee prompt written notice of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor on the Debentures) to make any payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Debentures when the same shall be due and payable; and

 

17



 

(3)                                  that it will, at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such paying agent.

 

(b)                                 If the Company shall act as its own paying agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest or other payments, if any, on the Debentures, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Debentures a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium, interest or other payments so becoming due and will notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor under the Debentures) to make any payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest or other payments, if any, on the Debentures when the same shall become due and payable.

 

Whenever the Company shall have one or more paying agents for the Debentures, it will, on or prior to each due date of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Debentures, deposit with a paying agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal, premium, interest or other payments so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto and (unless such paying agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure to act.

 

(c)                                  Anything in this Section 3.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge with respect to the Debentures, or for any other reason, pay, or direct any paying agent to pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or any such paying agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained.

 

(d)                                 Anything in this Section 3.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section 3.4 is subject to Sections 12.3 and 12.4.

 

Section 3.5.                                Certificate to TrusteeThe Company will deliver to the Trustee on or before 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, so long as Debentures are outstanding hereunder, a Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any default during such fiscal year by the Company in the performance of any covenants contained herein, stating whether or not they have knowledge of any such default and, if so, specifying each such default of which the signers have knowledge and the nature and status thereof.

 

Section 3.6.                                Additional SumsIf and for so long as the Trust is the holder of all Debentures and the Trust is required to pay any additional taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges as a result of a Tax Event, the Company will pay such additional amounts (“Additional Sums”) on the Debentures as shall be required so that the net amounts received and retained by the Trust after paying taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges will be equal to the amounts the Trust would have received if no such taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges had been imposed.  Whenever in this Indenture or the Debentures there is a reference in any context to the payment of principal of or interest on the Debentures, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of payments of the Additional Sums provided for in this paragraph to the extent that, in such context, Additional Sums are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph and express mention of the payment of Additional Sums (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Sums in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made; provided, however, that the deferral of the payment of interest during an Extension Period pursuant to Section 2.11 shall not defer the payment of any Additional Sums that may be due and payable.

 

18



 

Section 3.7.                                Compliance with Consolidation ProvisionsThe Company will not, while any of the Debentures remain outstanding, consolidate with, or merge into, or merge into itself, or sell or convey all or substantially all of its property to any other Person unless the provisions of Article XI hereof are complied with.

 

Section 3.8.                                Limitation on DividendsIf Debentures are initially issued to the Trust or a trustee of such Trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities by the Trust (regardless of whether Debentures continue to be held by such Trust) and (i) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default, (ii) the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Capital Securities Guarantee, or (iii) the Company shall have given notice of its election to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period as provided herein and such period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, then the Company shall not, and shall not allow any Affiliate of the Company to, (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (y) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (x) and (y) above,  (1) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, if any, (2) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (3) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (4) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (5) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, or (6) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee).

 

Section 3.9.                                Covenants as to the TrustFor so long as the Trust Securities remain outstanding, the Company shall maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities; provided, however, that any permitted successor of the Company under this Indenture may succeed to the Company’s ownership of such Common Securities.  The Company, as owner of the Common Securities, shall, except in connection with a distribution of Debentures to the holders of Trust Securities in liquidation of the Trust, the redemption of all of the Trust Securities or certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration, cause the Trust  (a) to remain a statutory trust, (b) to otherwise continue to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes, and (c) to cause each holder of Trust Securities to be treated as owning an undivided beneficial interest in the Debentures.

 

Section 3.10.                         Additional Junior Indebtedness.  The Company shall not, and it shall not cause or permit any Subsidiary of the Company to, incur, issue or be obligated on any Additional Junior Indebtedness, either directly or indirectly, by way of guarantee, suretyship or otherwise, other than Additional Junior Indebtedness (i) that, by its terms, is expressly stated to be either junior and subordinate

 

19



 

or pari passu in all respects to the Debentures, and (ii) of which the Company has notified (and, if then required under the applicable guidelines of the regulating entity, has received approval from) the Federal Reserve, if the Company is a bank holding company, or the OTS, if the Company is a savings and loan holding company.

 

ARTICLE IV.
SECURITYHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS
BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

 

Section 4.1.                                Securityholders’ ListsThe Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or caused to be furnished to the Trustee:

 

(a)                                  on each regular record date for the Debentures, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Securityholders of the Debentures as of such record date; and

 

(b)                                 at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;

 

except that no such lists need be furnished under this Section 4.1 so long as the Trustee is in possession thereof by reason of its acting as Debenture registrar.

 

Section 4.2.                                Preservation and Disclosure of Lists.

 

(a)                                  The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Debentures (1) contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in Section 4.1 or (2) received by it in the capacity of Debentures registrar (if so acting) hereunder.  The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 4.1 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

 

(b)                                 In case three or more holders of Debentures (hereinafter referred to as “applicants”) apply in writing to the Trustee and furnish to the Trustee reasonable proof that each such applicant has owned a Debenture for a period of at least 6 months preceding the date of such application, and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with other holders of Debentures with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under such Debentures and is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall within 5 Business Days after the receipt of such application, at its election, either:

 

(1)                                  afford such applicants access to the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.2, or

 

(2)                                  inform such applicants as to the approximate number of holders of Debentures whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.2, and as to the approximate cost of mailing to such Securityholders the form of proxy or other communication, if any, specified in such application.

 

If the Trustee shall elect not to afford such applicants access to such information, the Trustee shall, upon the written request of such applicants, mail to each Securityholder whose name and address appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.2 a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which is specified

 

20



 

in such request with reasonable promptness after a tender to the Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless within five days after such tender, the Trustee shall mail to such applicants and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, if permitted or required by applicable law, together with a copy of the material to be mailed, a written statement to the effect that, in the opinion of the Trustee, such mailing would be contrary to the best interests of the holders of all Debentures, as the case may be, or would be in violation of applicable law.  Such written statement shall specify the basis of such opinion.  If said Commission, as permitted or required by applicable law, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections specified in the written statement so filed, shall enter an order refusing to sustain any of such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining one or more of such objections, said Commission shall find, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that all the objections so sustained have been met and shall enter an order so declaring, the Trustee shall mail copies of such material to all such Securityholders with reasonable promptness after the entry of such order and the renewal of such tender; otherwise the Trustee shall be relieved of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their application.

 

(c)                                  Each and every holder of Debentures, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any paying agent shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Debentures in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section 4.2, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under said subsection (b).

 

ARTICLE V.
REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS
UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

 

Section 5.1.                                Events of Default.  “Event of Default,” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

(a)                                  the Company defaults in the payment of any interest upon any Debenture when it becomes due and payable, and fails to cure such default for a period of 30 days; provided, however, that a valid extension of an interest payment period by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Indenture shall not constitute a default in the payment of interest for this purpose; or

 

(b)                                 the Company defaults in the payment of all or any part of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Debentures as and when the same shall become due and payable either at maturity, upon redemption, by declaration of acceleration or otherwise; or

 

(c)                                  the Company defaults in the performance of, or breaches, any of its covenants or agreements in this Indenture or in the terms of the Debentures established as contemplated in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debentures, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

 

(d)                                 a court of competent jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,

 

21



 

sequestrator (or similar official) of the Company or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

 

(e)                                  the Company shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; or

 

(f)                                    the Trust shall have voluntarily or involuntarily liquidated, dissolved, wound-up its business or otherwise terminated its existence except in connection with (i) the distribution of the Debentures to holders of such Trust Securities in liquidation of their interests in the Trust, (ii) the redemption of all of the outstanding Trust Securities or (iii) certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the Debentures, then, and in each and every such case, unless the principal of the Debentures shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding hereunder, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Securityholders), may declare the entire principal of the Debentures and the interest accrued thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable.

 

The foregoing provisions, however, are subject to the condition that if, at any time after the principal of the Debentures shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, (i) the Company shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all the Debentures and the principal of and premium, if any, on the Debentures which shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon such principal and premium, if any, and Additional Interest) and such amount as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.6, if any, and (ii) all Events of Default under this Indenture, other than the non-payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on Debentures which shall have become due by acceleration, shall have been cured, waived or otherwise remedied as provided herein -- then and in every such case the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all defaults and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or shall impair any right consequent thereon.

 

In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of such rescission or annulment or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken.

 

Section 5.2.                                Payment of Debentures on Default; Suit ThereforThe Company covenants that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or Section 5.1(b) then, upon demand of the Trustee, the Company will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the

 

22



 

Debentures the whole amount that then shall have become due and payable on all Debentures for principal and premium, if any, or interest, or both, as the case may be, with Additional Interest accrued on the Debentures (to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law and, if the Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of such Trust, without duplication of any other amounts paid by the Trust or a trustee in respect thereof); and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including a reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6.  In case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any actions or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or any other obligor on such Debentures and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor on such Debentures wherever situated the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.

 

In case there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization of the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures under Bankruptcy Law, or in case a receiver or trustee shall have been appointed for the property of the Company or such other obligor, or in the case of any other similar judicial proceedings relative to the Company or other obligor upon the Debentures, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of the Debentures shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration of acceleration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.2, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise,

 

(i)                                     to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Debentures,

 

(ii)                                  in case of any judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6), and of the Securityholders allowed in such judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on behalf of the holders of the Debentures in any election of a trustee or a standby trustee in arrangement, reorganization, liquidation or other bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or Person performing similar functions in comparable proceedings,

 

(iii)                               to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and

 

(iv)                              to distribute the same after the deduction of its charges and expenses.

 

Any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization is hereby authorized by each of the Securityholders to make such payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6.

 

23



 

Nothing herein contained shall be construed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Debentures or the rights of any holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.

 

All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Debentures, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Debentures, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall be for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Debentures.

 

In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party), the Trustee shall be held to represent all the holders of the Debentures, and it shall not be necessary to make any holders of the Debentures parties to any such proceedings.

 

Section 5.3.                                Application of Moneys Collected by TrusteeAny moneys collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article V shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution of such moneys, upon presentation of the several Debentures in respect of which moneys have been collected, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

 

First:  To the payment of costs and expenses incurred by, and reasonable fees of, the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and of all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6;

 

Second:  To the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company if and to the extent required by Article XV;

 

Third:  To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon Debentures for principal (and premium, if any), and interest on the Debentures, in respect of which or for the benefit of which money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due on such Debentures (including Additional Interest); and

 

Fourth:  The balance, if any, to the Company.

 

Section 5.4.                                Proceedings by SecurityholdersNo holder of any Debenture shall have any right to institute any suit, action or proceeding for any remedy hereunder, unless such holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default with respect to the Debentures and unless the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding shall have given the Trustee a written request to institute such action, suit or proceeding and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred thereby, and the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity shall have failed to institute any such action, suit or proceeding.

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, however, the right of any holder of any Debenture to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, on such Debenture when due, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder and by accepting a Debenture hereunder it is expressly understood, intended and covenanted by the taker and holder of every Debenture with every other such taker and holder and the Trustee, that no one or more holders of Debentures shall have any right in any manner whatsoever by virtue or by availing itself of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of the holders of any other Debentures, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other

 

24



 

such holder, or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all holders of Debentures.  For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section, each and every Securityholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

 

Section 5.5.                                Proceedings by TrusteeIn case of an Event of Default hereunder the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such rights, either by suit in equity or by action at law or by proceeding in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

 

Section 5.6.                                Remedies Cumulative and Continuing; Delay or Omission Not a WaiverExcept as otherwise provided in Section 2.6, all powers and remedies given by this Article V to the Trustee or to the Securityholders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the holders of the Debentures, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture or otherwise established with respect to the Debentures, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any holder of any of the Debentures to exercise any right, remedy or power accruing upon any Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right, remedy or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default or an acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of Section 5.4, every power and remedy given by this Article V or by law to the Trustee or to the Securityholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee (in accordance with its duties under Section 6.1) or by the Securityholders.

 

Section 5.7.                                Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of SecurityholdersThe holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures affected (voting as one class) at the time outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to such Debentures; provided, however, that (subject to the provisions of Section 6.1) the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee shall determine that the action so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the holders not taking part in such direction or if the Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall determine that the action or proceedings so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all of the Debentures waive (or modify any previously granted waiver of) any past default or Event of Default, and its consequences, except a default (a) in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debentures, (b) in respect of covenants or provisions hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Debenture affected, or (c) in respect of the covenants contained in Section 3.9; provided, however, that if the Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of such trust, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver, provided, further, that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture is required, such waiver shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver.  Upon any such waiver, the default covered thereby shall be deemed to be cured for all purposes of this Indenture and the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder,

 

25



 

respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.  Whenever any default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by this Section, said default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Debentures and this Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing.

 

Section 5.8.                                Notice of DefaultsThe Trustee shall, within 90 days after the actual knowledge by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of the occurrence of a default with respect to the Debentures, mail to all Securityholders, as the names and addresses of such holders appear upon the Debenture Register, notice of all defaults with respect to the Debentures known to the Trustee, unless such defaults shall have been cured before the giving of such notice (the term “defaults” for the purpose of this Section 5.8 being hereby defined to be the events specified in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of Section 5.1, not including periods of grace, if any, provided for therein); provided, however, that, except in the case of default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debentures, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Securityholders.

 

Section 5.9.                                Undertaking to Pay CostsAll parties to this Indenture agree, and each holder of any Debenture by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 5.9 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder, or group of Securityholders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Debentures outstanding, or to any suit instituted by any Securityholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Debenture against the Company on or after the same shall have become due and payable.

 

ARTICLE VI.
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

 

Section 6.1.                                Duties and Responsibilities of TrusteeWith respect to the holders of Debentures issued hereunder, the Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debentures and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred, with respect to the Debentures, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.  In case an Event of Default with respect to the Debentures has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

 

No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(a)                                  prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to Debentures and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred

 

(1)                                  the duties and obligations of the Trustee with respect to Debentures shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations with respect to the

 

26



 

Debentures as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee, and

 

(2)                                  in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture;

 

(b)                                 the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(c)                                  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith, in accordance with the direction of the Securityholders pursuant to Section 5.7, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture.

 

None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or liability is not assured to it under the terms of this Indenture or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against such risk is not reasonably assured to it.

 

Section 6.2.                                Reliance on Documents, Opinions, etcExcept as otherwise provided in Section 6.1:

 

(a)                                  the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, note, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

 

(b)                                 any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any Board Resolution may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company;

 

(c)                                  the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and any advice or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel;

 

(d)                                 the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Securityholders, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby;

 

(e)                                  the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; nothing contained herein shall, however, relieve the Trustee of the obligation, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debentures (that has not been cured or waived) to

 

27



 

exercise with respect to Debentures such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and to use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs;

 

(f)                                    the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debentures affected thereby; provided, however, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such expense or liability as a condition to so proceeding;

 

(g)                                 the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents (including any Authenticating Agent) or attorneys, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent or attorney appointed by it with due care; and

 

(h)                                 with the exceptions of defaults under Sections 5.1(a) or 5.1(b), the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Debentures unless a written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures or by any holder of the Debentures.

 

Section 6.3.                                No Responsibility for Recitals, etcThe recitals contained herein and in the Debentures (except in the certificate of authentication of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee and the Authenticating Agent assume no responsibility for the correctness of the same.  The Trustee and the Authenticating Agent make no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Debentures.  The Trustee and the Authenticating Agent shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Debentures or the proceeds of any Debentures authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Section 6.4.                                Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agents, Transfer Agents or Registrar May Own DebenturesThe Trustee or any Authenticating Agent or any paying agent or any transfer agent or any Debenture registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Debentures with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, paying agent, transfer agent or Debenture registrar.

 

Section 6.5.                                Moneys to be Held in TrustSubject to the provisions of Section 12.4, all moneys received by the Trustee or any paying agent shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purpose for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.  The Trustee and any paying agent shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company.  So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all interest allowed on any such moneys shall be paid from time to time upon the written order of the Company, signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Managing Director, a Vice President, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Company.

 

Section 6.6.                                Compensation and Expenses of TrusteeThe Company covenants and agrees to pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the

 

28



 

reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence or willful misconduct.  For purposes of clarification, this Section 6.6 does not contemplate the payment by the Company of acceptance or annual administration fees owing to the Trustee pursuant to the services to be provided by the Trustee under this Indenture or the fees and expenses of the Trustee’s counsel in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture.  The Company also covenants to indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee (and its officers, agents, directors and employees) for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim of liability.  The obligations of the Company under this Section 6.6 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder.  Such additional indebtedness shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the Debentures upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular Debentures.

 

Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 5.1(d), Section 5.1(e) or Section 5.1(f), the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law.

 

The provisions of this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the defeasance or other termination of this Indenture.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture or any Debenture to the contrary, the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to advance funds to pay any principal of or interest on or other amounts with respect to the Debentures or otherwise advance funds to or on behalf of the Company.

 

Section 6.7.                                Officers’ Certificate as EvidenceExcept as otherwise provided in Sections 6.1 and 6.2, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such certificate, in the absence of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

 

Section 6.8.                                Eligibility of TrusteeThe Trustee hereunder shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or of the District of Columbia or a corporation or other Person authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having (or whose obligations under this Indenture are guaranteed by an affiliate having) a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000.00) and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, territorial, or District of Columbia authority.  If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.8 the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent records of condition so published.

 

The Company may not, nor may any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company, serve as Trustee.

 

29



 

In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.8, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 6.9.

 

If the Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of §310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner described by this Indenture.

 

Section 6.9.                                Resignation or Removal of Trustee

 

(a)                                  The Trustee, or any trustee or trustees hereafter appointed, may at any time resign by giving written notice of such resignation to the Company and by mailing notice thereof, at the Company’s expense, to the holders of the Debentures at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debenture Register.  Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee or trustees by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of its Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor Trustee.  If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the mailing of such notice of resignation to the affected Securityholders, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee, or any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debenture or Debentures for at least six months may, subject to the provisions of Section 5.9, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor Trustee.  Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor Trustee.

 

(b)                                 In case at any time any of the following shall occur —

 

(1)                                  the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of Section 6.8 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debenture or Debentures for at least 6 months, or

 

(2)                                  the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.8 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Securityholder, or

 

(3)                                  the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

 

then, in any such case, the Company may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor Trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 5.9, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debenture or Debentures for at least 6 months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.  Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint successor Trustee.

 

(c)                                  Upon prior written notice to the Company and the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee and nominate a successor Trustee, which shall be deemed appointed as successor Trustee unless within 10

 

30



 

Business Days after such nomination the Company objects thereto, in which case, or in the case of a failure by such holders to nominate a successor Trustee, the Trustee so removed or any Securityholder, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in subsection (a) of this Section 6.9 provided, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor.

 

(d)                                 Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee as provided in Section 6.10.

 

Section 6.10.                         Acceptance by Successor TrusteeAny successor Trustee appointed as provided in Section 6.9 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations with respect to the Debentures of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Trustee herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor Trustee, the Trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.6, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights and powers of the Trustee so ceasing to act and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee thereunder.  Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights and powers.  Any Trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a lien upon all property or funds held or collected by such Trustee to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.6.

 

If a successor Trustee is appointed, the Company, the retiring Trustee and the successor Trustee shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto which shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Debentures as to which the predecessor Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the predecessor Trustee, and shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the Trust hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee.

 

No successor Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 6.8.

 

In no event shall a retiring Trustee be liable for the acts or omissions of any successor Trustee hereunder.

 

Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee as provided in this Section 6.10, the Company shall mail notice of the succession of such Trustee hereunder to the holders of Debentures at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debenture Register.  If the Company fails to mail such notice within 10 Business Days after the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee, the successor Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Company.

 

Section 6.11.                         Succession by Merger, etcAny corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee

 

31



 

hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible and qualified under this Article.

 

In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Debentures shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee, and deliver such Debentures so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Debentures shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Debentures either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Debentures or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have; provided, however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Debentures in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

 

Section 6.12.                         Authenticating AgentsThere may be one or more Authenticating Agents appointed by the Trustee upon the request of the Company with power to act on its behalf and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of Debentures issued upon exchange or registration of transfer thereof as fully to all intents and purposes as though any such Authenticating Agent had been expressly authorized to authenticate and deliver Debentures; provided, however, that the Trustee shall have no liability to the Company for any acts or omissions of the Authenticating Agent with respect to the authentication and delivery of Debentures.  Any such Authenticating Agent shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state or territory thereof or of the District of Columbia authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000.00 and being subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, territorial or District of Columbia authority.  If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or the requirements of such authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.12 the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect herein specified in this Section.

 

Any corporation into which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of any Authenticating Agent, shall be the successor of such Authenticating Agent hereunder, if such successor corporation is otherwise eligible under this Section 6.12 without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or such Authenticating Agent.

 

Any Authenticating Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company.  The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of any Authenticating Agent with respect to the Debentures by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company.  Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible under this Section 6.12, the Trustee may, and upon the request of the Company shall, promptly appoint a successor Authenticating Agent eligible under this Section 6.12, shall give written notice of such appointment to the Company and shall mail notice of such appointment to all holders of Debentures as the names and addresses of such holders appear on the Debenture Register.  Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all rights, powers, duties and responsibilities with respect to the Debentures of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Authenticating Agent herein.

 

32



 

The Company agrees to pay to any Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services.  Any Authenticating Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any action taken by it as such in accordance with the directions of the Trustee.

 

ARTICLE VII.
CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS

 

Section 7.1.                                Action by SecurityholdersWhenever in this Indenture it is provided that the holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action) the fact that at the time of taking any such action the holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by such Securityholders in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (b) by the record of such holders of Debentures voting in favor thereof at any meeting of such Securityholders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII, or (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of such Securityholders or (d) by any other method the Trustee deems satisfactory.

 

If the Company shall solicit from the Securityholders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, the Company may, at its option, as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate, fix in advance a record date for such Debentures for the determination of Securityholders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so.  If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same may be given before or after the record date, but only the Securityholders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Securityholders for the purposes of determining whether Securityholders of the requisite proportion of outstanding Debentures have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, and for that purpose the outstanding Debentures shall be computed as of the record date; provided, however, that no such authorization, agreement or consent by such Securityholders on the record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than 6 months after the record date.

 

Section 7.2.                                Proof of Execution by SecurityholdersSubject to the provisions of Section 6.1, 6.2 and 8.5, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Securityholder or his agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee.  The ownership of Debentures shall be proved by the Debenture Register or by a certificate of the Debenture registrar.  The Trustee may require such additional proof of any matter referred to in this Section as it shall deem necessary.

 

The record of any Securityholders’ meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 8.6.

 

Section 7.3.                                Who Are Deemed Absolute OwnersPrior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture, the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any paying agent, any transfer agent and any Debenture registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Debenture shall be registered upon the Debenture Register to be, and may treat him as, the absolute owner of such Debenture (whether or not such Debenture shall be overdue) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debenture and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any paying agent nor any transfer agent nor any Debenture registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.  All such payments so made to

 

33



 

any holder for the time being or upon his order shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Debenture.

 

Section 7.4.                                Debentures Owned by Company Deemed Not OutstandingIn determining whether the holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Debentures have concurred in any direction, consent or waiver under this Indenture, Debentures which are owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination; provided, however, that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent or waiver, only Debentures which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.  Debentures so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this Section 7.4 if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to vote such Debentures and that the pledgee is not the Company or any such other obligor or Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any such other obligor.  In the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee.

 

Section 7.5.                                Revocation of Consents; Future Holders BoundAt any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 7.1, of the taking of any action by the holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any holder (in cases where no record date has been set pursuant to Section 7.1) or any holder as of an applicable record date (in cases where a record date has been set pursuant to Section 7.1) of a Debenture (or any Debenture issued in whole or in part in exchange or substitution therefor) the serial number of which is shown by the evidence to be included in the Debentures the holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 7.2, revoke such action so far as concerns such Debenture (or so far as concerns the principal amount represented by any exchanged or substituted Debenture).  Except as aforesaid any such action taken by the holder of any Debenture shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders and owners of such Debenture, and of any Debenture issued in exchange or substitution therefor or on registration of transfer thereof, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Debenture or any Debenture issued in exchange or substitution therefor.

 

ARTICLE VIII.
SECURITYHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

Section 8.1.                                Purposes of MeetingsA meeting of Securityholders may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII for any of the following purposes:

 

(a)                                  to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee, or to give any directions to the Trustee, or to consent to the waiving of any default hereunder and its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by Securityholders pursuant to any of the provisions of Article V;

 

(b)                                 to remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee pursuant to the provisions of Article VI;

 

(c)                                  to consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.2; or

 

34



 

(d)                                 to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of such Debentures under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law.

 

Section 8.2.                                Call of Meetings by TrusteeThe Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Securityholders to take any action specified in Section 8.1, to be held at such time and at such place as the Trustee shall determine.  Notice of every meeting of the Securityholders, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be mailed to holders of Debentures affected at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debentures Register and, if the Company is not a holder of Debentures, to the Company.  Such notice shall be mailed not less than 20 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

 

Section 8.3.                                Call of Meetings by Company or SecurityholdersIn case at any time the Company pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures, as the case may be, then outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Securityholders, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have mailed the notice of such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such request, then the Company or such Securityholders may determine the time and the place for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized in Section 8.1, by mailing notice thereof as provided in Section 8.2.

 

Section 8.4.                                Qualifications for VotingTo be entitled to vote at any meeting of Securityholders a Person shall (a) be a holder of one or more Debentures with respect to which the meeting is being held or (b) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a holder of one or more such Debentures.  The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Securityholders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

 

Section 8.5.                                RegulationsNotwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Securityholders, in regard to proof of the holding of Debentures and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall think fit.

 

The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Securityholders as provided in Section 8.3, in which case the Company or the Securityholders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman.  A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by majority vote of the meeting.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.4, at any meeting each holder of Debentures with respect to which such meeting is being held or proxy therefor shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000.00 principal amount of Debentures held or represented by him; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Debenture challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding.  The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Debentures held by him or instruments in writing as aforesaid duly designating him as the Person to vote on behalf of other Securityholders.  Any meeting of Securityholders duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.2 or 8.3 may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of those present, whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

 

35



 

Section 8.6.                                VotingThe vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of holders of Debentures with respect to which such meeting is being held shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of such holders or of their representatives by proxy and the serial number or numbers of the Debentures held or represented by them.  The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in triplicate of all votes cast at the meeting.  A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Securityholders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more Persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was mailed as provided in Section 8.2.  The record shall show the serial numbers of the Debentures voting in favor of or against any resolution.  The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting.

 

Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

 

Section 8.7.                                Quorum; ActionsThe Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Securityholders; provided, however, that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which may be given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding, the Persons holding or representing such specified percentage in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding will constitute a quorum.  In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Securityholders, be dissolved.  In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting.  In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting.  Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 8.2, except that such notice need be given only once not less than 5 days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened.  Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding which shall constitute a quorum.

 

Except as limited by the provisos in the first paragraph of Section 9.2, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding; provided, however, that, except as limited by the provisos in the first paragraph of Section 9.2, any resolution with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which this Indenture expressly provides may be given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a not less than such specified percentage in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding.

 

Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of holders of Debentures duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Securityholders, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

 

36



 

ARTICLE IX.
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

Section 9.1.                                Supplemental Indentures without Consent of SecurityholdersThe Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto, without the consent of the Securityholders, for one or more of the following purposes:

 

(a)                                  to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, or successive successions, and the assumption by the successor Person of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Company, pursuant to Article XI hereof;

 

(b)                                 to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions or conditions for the protection of the holders of Debentures as the Board of Directors shall consider to be for the protection of the holders of such Debentures, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a default in any of such additional covenants, restrictions or conditions a default or an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Indenture as herein set forth; provided, however, that in respect of any such additional covenant restriction or condition such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such default;

 

(c)                                  to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture, or to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; provided that any such action shall not materially adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Debentures;

 

(d)                                 to add to, delete from, or revise the terms of Debentures, including, without limitation, any terms relating to the issuance, exchange, registration or transfer of Debentures, including to provide for transfer procedures and restrictions substantially similar to those applicable to the Capital Securities as required by Section 2.5 (for purposes of assuring that no registration of Debentures is required under the Securities Act); provided, however, that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Debentures then outstanding (it being understood, for purposes of this proviso, that transfer restrictions on Debentures substantially similar to those that were applicable to Capital Securities shall not be deemed to materially adversely affect the holders of the Debentures);

 

(e)                                  to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Debentures and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee;

 

(f)                                    to make any change (other than as elsewhere provided in this paragraph) that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder in any material respect; or

 

(g)                                 to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of the Debentures, to establish the form of any certifications required to be furnished pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or the Debentures, or to add to the rights of the holders of Debentures.

 

The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be

 

37



 

therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer and assignment of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 9.1 may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the holders of any of the Debentures at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 9.2.

 

Section 9.2.                                Supplemental Indentures with Consent of SecurityholdersWith the consent (evidenced as provided in Section 7.1) of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding affected by such supplemental indenture (voting as a class), the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Debentures; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall without the consent of the holders of each Debenture then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the fixed maturity of any Debenture, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium thereon, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof or make the principal thereof or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Debentures, or impair or affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for payment thereof or impair the right of repayment, if any, at the option of the holder, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debentures the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture; provided further, however, that if the Debentures are held by a trust or a trustee of such trust, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities shall have consented to such supplemental indenture; provided further, however, that if the consent of the Securityholder of each outstanding Debenture is required, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities shall have consented to such supplemental indenture.

 

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Securityholders as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

 

Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, a notice, prepared by the Company, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture, to the Securityholders as their names and addresses appear upon the Debenture Register.  Any failure of the Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Securityholders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

 

Section 9.3.                                Effect of Supplemental IndenturesUpon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of Debentures shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such

 

38



 

modifications and amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

 

Section 9.4.                                Notation on DebenturesDebentures authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX may bear a notation as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture.  If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine, new Debentures so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent and delivered in exchange for the Debentures then outstanding.

 

Section 9.5.                                Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to be Furnished to TrusteeThe Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2, shall, in addition to the documents required by Section 14.6, receive an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant hereto complies with the requirements of this Article IX.  The Trustee shall receive an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article IX is authorized or permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Article IX and that it is proper for the Trustee under the provisions of this Article IX to join in the execution thereof.

 

ARTICLE X.
REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

 

Section 10.1.                         Optional RedemptionThe Company shall have the right (subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval (i) if the Company is a bank holding company, from the Federal Reserve, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve or (ii) if the Company is a savings and loan holding company, from the OTS, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the OTS) to redeem the Debentures, in whole or in part, but in all cases in a principal amount with integral multiples of $1,000.00, on any Interest Payment Date on or after September 17, 2008 (the “Redemption Date”), at the Redemption Price.

 

Section 10.2.                         Special Event RedemptionIf a Special Event shall occur and be continuing, the Company shall have the right (subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval (i) if the Company is a bank holding company, from the Federal Reserve, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve or (ii) if the Company is a savings and loan holding company, from the OTS, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the OTS) to redeem the Debentures in whole, but not in part, at any Interest Payment Date, within 120 days following the occurrence of such Special Event (the “Special Redemption Date”) at the Special Redemption Price.

 

Section 10.3.                         Notice of Redemption; Selection of DebenturesIn case the Company shall desire to exercise the right to redeem all, or, as the case may be, any part of the Debentures, it shall cause to be mailed a notice of such redemption at least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date to the holders of Debentures so to be redeemed as a whole or in part at their last addresses as the same appear on the Debenture Register.  Such mailing shall be by first class mail.  The notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice.  In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the holder of any Debenture designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Debenture.

 

Each such notice of redemption shall specify the CUSIP number, if any, of the Debentures to be redeemed, the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as applicable, the Redemption Price or the Special Redemption Price, as applicable, at which Debentures are to be redeemed, the place or places

 

39



 

of payment, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Debentures, that interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in said notice, and that on and after said date interest thereon or on the portions thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue.  If less than all the Debentures are to be redeemed the notice of redemption shall specify the numbers of the Debentures to be redeemed.  In case the Debentures are to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed and shall state that on and after the date fixed for redemption, upon surrender of such Debenture, a new Debenture or Debentures in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued.

 

Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more paying agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as applicable, all the Debentures so called for redemption at the appropriate Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price.

 

If all, or less than all, the Debentures are to be redeemed, the Company will give the Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 60 days, respectively, prior to the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, as to the aggregate principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed and the Trustee shall select, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate and fair, the Debentures or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000.00) to be redeemed.

 

Section 10.4.                         Payment of Debentures Called for RedemptionIf notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 10.3, the Debentures or portions of Debentures with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price and on and after said date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Debentures at the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable) interest on the Debentures or portions of Debentures so called for redemption shall cease to accrue.  On presentation and surrender of such Debentures at a place of payment specified in said notice, such Debentures or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price.

 

Upon presentation of any Debenture redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Debenture or Debentures of authorized denominations, in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Debenture so presented.

 

ARTICLE XI.
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE

 

Section 11.1.                         Company May Consolidate, etc., on Certain TermsNothing contained in this Indenture or in the Debentures shall prevent any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Company) or successive consolidations or mergers in which the Company or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of the property or capital stock of the Company or its successor or successors as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Company, or its successor or successors) authorized to acquire and operate the same; provided, however, that the Company hereby covenants and agrees that, upon any such consolidation, merger (where the Company is not the surviving corporation), sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all of the Debentures in accordance with their terms, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be kept or performed by the Company,

 

40



 

shall be expressly assumed by supplemental indenture satisfactory in form to the Trustee executed and delivered to the Trustee by the entity formed by such consolidation, or into which the Company shall have been merged, or by the entity which shall have acquired such property or capital stock.

 

Section 11.2.                         Successor Entity to be SubstitutedIn case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition and upon the assumption by the successor entity, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Debentures and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed or observed by the Company, such successor entity shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the Company, and thereupon the predecessor entity shall be relieved of any further liability or obligation hereunder or upon the Debentures.  Such successor entity thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue in its own name, any or all of the Debentures issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent; and, upon the order of such successor entity instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver any Debentures which previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company, to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for authentication, and any Debentures which such successor entity thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for that purpose.  All the Debentures so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Debentures theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Debentures had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

 

Section 11.3.                         Opinion of Counsel to be Given to TrusteeThe Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2, shall receive, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel required by Section 9.5, an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, and any assumption, permitted or required by the terms of this Article XI complies with the provisions of this Article XI.

 

ARTICLE XII.
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

 

Section 12.1.                         Discharge of IndentureWhen

 

(a)                                  the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Debentures theretofore authenticated (other than any Debentures which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.6) and not theretofore canceled, or

 

(b)                                 all the Debentures not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable within 1 year or are to be called for redemption within 1 year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and the Company shall deposit with the Trustee, in trust, funds, which shall be immediately due and payable, sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all of the Debentures (other than any Debentures which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.6) not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal and premium, if any, and interest due or to become due to such date of maturity or redemption date, as the case may be, but excluding, however, the amount of any moneys for the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures (1) theretofore repaid to the Company in

 

41



 

accordance with the provisions of Section 12.4, or (2) paid to any state or to the District of Columbia pursuant to its unclaimed property or similar laws,

 

and if in the case of either clause (a) or clause (b) the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect except for the provisions of Sections 2.5, 2.6, 2.8, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 6.6, 6.8, 6.9 and 12.4 hereof shall survive until such Debentures shall mature and be paid.  Thereafter, Sections 6.6 and 12.4 shall survive, and the Trustee, on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with, and at the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture.  The Company agrees to reimburse the Trustee for any costs or expenses thereafter reasonably and properly incurred by the Trustee in connection with this Indenture or the Debentures.

 

Section 12.2.                         Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust by TrusteeSubject to the provisions of Section 12.4, all moneys deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.1 shall be held in trust in a non-interest bearing account and applied by it to the payment, either directly or through any paying agent (including the Company if acting as its own paying agent), to the holders of the particular Debentures for the payment of which such moneys have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal, and premium, if any, and interest.

 

Section 12.3.                         Paying Agent to Repay Moneys HeldUpon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture all moneys then held by any paying agent of the Debentures (other than the Trustee) shall, upon demand of the Company, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such paying agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.

 

Section 12.4.                         Return of Unclaimed MoneysAny moneys deposited with or paid to the Trustee or any paying agent for payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on Debentures and not applied but remaining unclaimed by the holders of Debentures for 2 years after the date upon which the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on such Debentures, as the case may be, shall have become due and payable, shall, subject to applicable escheatment laws, be repaid to the Company by the Trustee or such paying agent on written demand; and the holder of any of the Debentures shall thereafter look only to the Company for any payment which such holder may be entitled to collect, and all liability of the Trustee or such paying agent with respect to such moneys shall thereupon cease.

 

ARTICLE XIII.
IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS,
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

 

Section 13.1.                         Indenture and Debentures Solely Corporate ObligationsNo recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Debenture, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any such Debenture, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor Person of the Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor Person of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Debentures.

 

42



 

ARTICLE XIV.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 14.1.                         SuccessorsAll the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements of the Company in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns whether so expressed or not.

 

Section 14.2.                         Official Acts by Successor EntityAny act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Company shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee, officer or other authorized Person of any entity that shall at the time be the lawful successor of the Company.

 

Section 14.3.                         Surrender of Company PowersThe Company by instrument in writing executed by authority of at least 2/3 (two-thirds) of its Board of Directors and delivered to the Trustee may surrender any of the powers reserved to the Company and thereupon such power so surrendered shall terminate both as to the Company, and as to any permitted successor.

 

Section 14.4.                         Addresses for Notices, etcAny notice, consent, direction, request, authorization, waiver or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given, made, furnished or served by the Trustee or by the Securityholders on or to the Company may be given or served in writing by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box addressed (until another address is filed by the Company, with the Trustee for the purpose) to the Company, 275 North Brea Boulevard, Brea, California  92821, Attention:  Lynn M. Hopkins.  Any notice, consent, direction, request, authorization, waiver or demand by any Securityholder or the Company to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or made in writing at the office of the Trustee, addressed to the Trustee, 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut  06103 Attention: Vice President, Corporate Trust Services Division, with a copy to the Trustee, 1 Federal Street – 3rd Floor, Boston, Massachusetts  02110, Attention:  Paul D. Allen, Corporate Trust Services Division.  Any notice, consent, direction, request, authorization, waiver or demand on or to any Securityholder shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or made in writing at the address set forth in the Debenture Register.

 

Section 14.5.                         Governing LawThis Indenture and each Debenture shall be deemed to be a contract made under the law of the State of New York, and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of said State, without regard to conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

Section 14.6.                         Evidence of Compliance with Conditions PrecedentUpon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the opinion of the signers all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include (1) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (4) a

 

43



 

statement as to whether or not in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

Section 14.7.                         Table of Contents, Headings, etcThe table of contents and the titles and headings of the articles and sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 14.8.                         Execution in CounterpartsThis Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

Section 14.9.                         SeparabilityIn case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Indenture or in the Debentures shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Indenture or of such Debentures, but this Indenture and such Debentures shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein.

 

Section 14.10.                  AssignmentThe Company will have the right at all times to assign any of its rights or obligations under this Indenture to a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company, provided that, in the event of any such assignment, the Company will remain liable for all such obligations.  Subject to the foregoing, this Indenture is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  This Indenture may not otherwise be assigned by the parties hereto.

 

Section 14.11.                  Acknowledgment of RightsThe Company agrees that, with respect to any Debentures held by the Trust or the Institutional Trustee of the Trust, if the Institutional Trustee of the Trust fails to enforce its rights under this Indenture as the holder of Debentures held as the assets of such Trust after the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities of such Trust have so directed such Institutional Trustee, a holder of record of such Capital Securities may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, institute legal proceedings directly against the Company to enforce such Institutional Trustee’s rights under this Indenture without first instituting any legal proceedings against such trustee or any other Person.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Company to pay interest (or premium, if any) or principal on the Debentures on the date such interest (or premium, if any) or principal is otherwise payable (or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), the Company agrees that a holder of record of Capital Securities of the Trust may directly institute a proceeding against the Company for enforcement of payment to such holder directly of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Debentures having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities of such holder on or after the respective due date specified in the Debentures.

 

ARTICLE XV.
SUBORDINATION OF DEBENTURES

 

Section 15.1.                         Agreement to SubordinateThe Company covenants and agrees, and each holder of Debentures by such Securityholder’s acceptance thereof likewise covenants and agrees, that all Debentures shall be issued subject to the provisions of this Article XV; and each holder of a Debenture, whether upon original issue or upon transfer or assignment thereof, accepts and agrees to be bound by such provisions.

 

The payment by the Company of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on all Debentures shall, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, be subordinated and junior in right

 

44



 

of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding at the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred; provided, however, that the Debentures shall rank pari passu in right of payment with the Company’s Fixed Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due September 7, 2030 issued pursuant to an Indenture dated as of September 7, 2000 by and between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, N.A.; the Company’s Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due December 8, 2031 issued pursuant to an Indenture dated as of November 28, 2001 by and between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company; the Company’s Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2031 issued pursuant to an Indenture dated as of December 18, 2001 by and between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, N.A.; and the Company’s Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due June 26, 2032 issued pursuant to an Indenture dated as of June 26, 2002 by and between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, N.A.

 

No provision of this Article XV shall prevent the occurrence of any default or Event of Default hereunder.

 

Section 15.2.                         Default on Senior IndebtednessIn the event and during the continuation of any default by the Company in the payment of principal, premium, interest or any other payment due on any Senior Indebtedness of the Company following any grace period, or in the event that the maturity of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company has been accelerated because of a default and such acceleration has not been rescinded or canceled and such Senior Indebtedness has not been paid in full, then, in either case, no payment shall be made by the Company with respect to the principal (including redemption) of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures.

 

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment shall be received by the Trustee when such payment is prohibited by the preceding paragraph of this Section 15.2, such payment shall, subject to Section 15.7, be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their respective representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, but only to the extent that the holders of the Senior Indebtedness (or their representative or representatives or a trustee) notify the Trustee in writing within 90 days of such payment of the amounts then due and owing on the Senior Indebtedness and only the amounts specified in such notice to the Trustee shall be paid to the holders of Senior Indebtedness.

 

Section 15.3.                         Liquidation, Dissolution, BankruptcyUpon any payment by the Company or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors upon any dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other proceedings, all amounts due upon all Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall first be paid in full, or payment thereof provided for in money in accordance with its terms, before any payment is made by the Company, on account of the principal (and premium, if any) or interest on the Debentures.  Upon any such dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization, any payment by the Company, or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Securityholders or the Trustee would be entitled to receive from the Company, except for the provisions of this Article XV, shall be paid by the Company, or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, or by the Securityholders or by the Trustee under this Indenture if received by them or it, directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Indebtedness held by such holders, as calculated by the Company) or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, to the extent necessary to pay such Senior Indebtedness in full, in

 

45



 

money or money’s worth, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, before any payment or distribution is made to the Securityholders or to the Trustee.

 

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, prohibited by the foregoing, shall be received by the Trustee before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, or provision is made for such payment in money in accordance with its terms, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of and shall be paid over or delivered to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, as calculated by the Company, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness, remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay such Senior Indebtedness in full in money in accordance with its terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

 

For purposes of this Article XV, the words “cash, property or securities” shall not be deemed to include shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided in this Article XV with respect to the Debentures to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness, that may at the time be outstanding, provided that (i) such Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new corporation, if any, resulting from any such reorganization or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment.  The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company into, another corporation or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the conveyance or transfer of its property as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to another corporation upon the terms and conditions provided for in Article XI of this Indenture shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section if such other corporation shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions stated in Article XI of this Indenture.  Nothing in Section 15.2 or in this Section shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.6 of this Indenture.

 

Section 15.4.                         SubrogationSubject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, the Securityholders shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company, applicable to such Senior Indebtedness until the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Debentures shall be paid in full.  For the purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness of any cash, property or securities to which the Securityholders or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article XV, and no payment over pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV to or for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness by Securityholders or the Trustee, shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and the holders of the Debentures be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of such Senior Indebtedness.  It is understood that the provisions of this Article XV are and are intended solely for the purposes of defining the relative rights of the holders of the Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand.

 

Nothing contained in this Article XV or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Debentures is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the holders of the Debentures, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the holders of the Debentures the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Debentures as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or

 

46



 

is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the holders of the Debentures and creditors of the Company, other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee or the holder of any Debenture from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article XV of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company, received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

 

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article XV, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, and the Securityholders shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are pending, or a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidation trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Securityholders, for the purposes of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XV.

 

Section 15.5.                         Trustee to Effectuate SubordinationEach Securityholder by such Securityholder’s acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Securityholder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this Article XV and appoints the Trustee such Securityholder’s attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

 

Section 15.6.                         Notice by the CompanyThe Company shall give prompt written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debentures pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XV or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debentures pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness or from any trustee therefor; and before the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided, however, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section at least 2 Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any money may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Debenture), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same to the purposes for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it within 2 Business Days prior to such date.

 

The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, shall be entitled to conclusively rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee or representative on behalf of such holder), to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such Senior Indebtedness or a trustee or representative on behalf of any such holder or holders.  In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of such Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XV, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XV, and, if such evidence is

 

47



 

not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

 

Section 15.7.                         Rights of the Trustee; Holders of Senior IndebtednessThe Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XV in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness, and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

 

With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article XV, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.  The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of such Senior Indebtedness if it shall pay over or deliver to Securityholders, the Company or any other Person money or assets to which any holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XV or otherwise.

 

Nothing in this Article XV shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.6.

 

Section 15.8.                         Subordination May Not Be ImpairedNo right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company, or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company, with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with.

 

Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Indebtedness may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Securityholders, without incurring responsibility to the Securityholders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article XV or the obligations hereunder of the holders of the Debentures to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, do any one or more of the following:  (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, such Senior Indebtedness, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner such Senior Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which such Senior Indebtedness is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing such Senior Indebtedness; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the collection of such Senior Indebtedness; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company, and any other Person.

 

Signatures appear on the following page

 

48



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Lynn M. Hopkins

 

 

 

Name:

LYNN M. HOPKINS

 

 

Title:

EVP, CFO

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Paul D. Allen

 

 

 

Name:

Paul D. Allen

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

49


 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF FLOATING RATE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST DEBENTURE

 

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

 

THIS SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW.  NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”),  OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY

 

A-1



 

SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING.  ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

 

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF.  ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture

 

of

 

First Community Bancorp

 

August 15, 2003

 

First Community Bancorp, a California corporation (the “Company” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received promises to pay to U.S. Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Institutional Trustee for First Community/CA Statutory Trust V (the “Holder”) or registered assigns, the principal sum of ten million three hundred ten thousand dollars ($10,310,000.00) on September 17, 2033, and to pay interest on said principal sum from August 15, 2003, or from the most recent interest payment date (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 17, June 17, September 17 and December 17 of each year (or if such day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day) commencing on December 17, 2003, at an annual rate equal to 4.23% beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) December 17, 2003 and at an annual rate for each successive period beginning on (and including) December 17, 2003, and each succeeding Interest Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (each a “Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 3.10% (the “Coupon Rate”); provided, however, that prior to September 17, 2008, the Coupon Rate shall not exceed 11.75%, applied to the principal amount hereof, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for or made available for payment, and on any overdue principal and (without duplication and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) on any overdue installment of interest (including Additional

 

A-2



 

Interest) at the Interest Rate in effect for each applicable period, compounded quarterly, from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or made available for payment.  The amount of interest payable for any period will be computed on the basis of the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360.  In the event that any date on which interest is payable on this Debenture is not a Business Day, then a payment of the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable.  The interest installment so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment, which shall be fifteen days prior to the day on which the relevant Interest Payment Date occurs.  Any such interest installment not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such regular record date and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date.

 

“3-Month LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Trustee in the following order of priority:  (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date.  If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date.  If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period.  If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.  As used herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution Period.

 

The Interest Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

 

All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debentures will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all

 

A-3



 

dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

 

The principal of and interest on this Debenture shall be payable at the office or agency of the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) maintained for that purpose in any coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the registered holder at such address as shall appear in the Debenture Register if a request for a wire transfer by such holder has not been received by the Company or by wire transfer to an account appropriately designated by the holder hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of this Debenture is the Institutional Trustee, the payment of the principal of and interest on this Debenture will be made in immediately available funds at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Trustee.

 

So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, from time to time, and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures at any time and from time to time during the term of the Debentures, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest (including Additional Interest) shall be due and payable (except any Additional Sums that may be due and payable).  No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date.  During an Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate in effect for such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “Additional Interest”).  At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided, however, that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date; provided further, however, that during any such Extension Period, the Company shall not and shall not permit any Affiliate to engage in any of the activities or transactions described on the reverse side hereof and in the Indenture.  Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date.  Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements.  No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest.  The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin or extend an Extension Period at least 5 Business Days prior to the regular record date (as such term is used in Section 2.8 of the Indenture) immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date with respect to which interest on the Debentures would have been payable except for the election to begin or extend such Extension Period.

 

The indebtedness evidenced by this Debenture is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, and this Debenture is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto.  Each holder of this Debenture, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.  Each holder hereof, by his or her acceptance hereof, hereby waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.

 

A-4



 

This Debenture shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee.

 

The provisions of this Debenture are continued on the reverse side hereof and such provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

 

A-5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this certificate.

 

 

FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Debentures referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

 

U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 Authorized Officer

 

 

A-6



 

[FORM OF REVERSE OF DEBENTURE]

 

This Debenture is one of the floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures of the Company, all issued or to be issued under and pursuant to the Indenture dated as of August 15, 2003 (the “Indenture”), duly executed and delivered between the Company and the Trustee, to which Indenture reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of the Debentures.  The Debentures are limited in aggregate principal amount as specified in the Indenture.

 

Upon the occurrence and continuation of a Special Event prior to September 17, 2008, the Company shall have the right to redeem the Debentures in whole, but not in part, at any Interest Payment Date, within 120 days following the occurrence of such Special Event, at the Special Redemption Price.

 

In addition, the Company shall have the right to redeem the Debentures, in whole or in part, but in all cases in a principal amount with integral multiples of $1,000.00, on any Interest Payment Date on or after September 17, 2008, at the Redemption Price.

 

Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more paying agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as applicable, all the Debentures so called for redemption at the appropriate Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price.

 

If all, or less than all, the Debentures are to be redeemed, the Company will give the Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 60 days, respectively, prior to the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, as to the aggregate principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed and the Trustee shall select, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate and fair, the Debentures or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000.00) to be redeemed.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any redemption of Debentures by the Company shall be subject to the receipt of any and all required regulatory approvals.

 

In case an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon demand of the Trustee, the principal of all of the Debentures shall become due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

 

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding, to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Debentures; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall without the consent of the holders of each Debenture then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the fixed maturity of any Debenture, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium thereon, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof or make the principal thereof or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Debentures, or impair or affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for payment thereof or impair the right of repayment, if any, at the option of the holder, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debentures the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture.

 

The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding on behalf of the holders of all of the Debentures to

 

A-7



 

waive (or modify any previously granted waiver of) any past default or Event of Default, and its consequences, except a default (a) in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debentures, (b) in respect of covenants or provisions hereof or of the Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Debenture affected, or (c) in respect of the covenants contained in Section 3.9 of the Indenture; provided, however, that if the Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of such trust, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver, provided, further, that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture is required, such waiver shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver.  Upon any such waiver, the default covered thereby shall be deemed to be cured for all purposes of the Indenture and the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.  Whenever any default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by the Indenture, said default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Debentures and the Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Debenture or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, on this Debenture at the time and place and at the rate and in the money herein prescribed.

 

The Company has agreed that if Debentures are initially issued to the Trust or a trustee of such Trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities by the Trust (regardless of whether Debentures continue to be held by such Trust) and (i) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default, (ii) the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Capital Securities Guarantee, or (iii) the Company shall have given notice of its election to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period as provided herein and such Extension Period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, then the Company shall not, and shall not allow any Affiliate of the Company to, (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (y) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (x) and (y) above,  (1) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, if any, (2) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (3) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (4) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (5) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any

 

A-8



 

cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, or (6) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee).

 

The Debentures are issuable only in registered, certificated form without coupons and in minimum denominations of $100,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00 in excess thereof.  As provided in the Indenture and subject to the transfer restrictions and limitations as may be contained herein and therein from time to time, this Debenture is transferable by the holder hereof on the Debenture Register of the Company.  Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2 of the Indenture, the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Debenture for a like aggregate principal amount.  All Debentures presented for registration of transfer or for exchange or payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to, the Company and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent duly executed by the holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing.  No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Debentures, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

 

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture, the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any paying agent, any transfer agent and any Debenture registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Debenture shall be registered upon the Debenture Register to be, and may treat him as, the absolute owner of such Debenture (whether or not such Debenture shall be overdue) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debenture and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any paying agent nor any transfer agent nor any Debenture registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.  All such payments so made to any holder for the time being or upon his order shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Debenture.

 

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Debenture, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any such Debenture, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor Person of the Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor Person of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of the Indenture and the issue of the Debentures.

 

Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Debenture shall have the meanings assigned in the Indenture dated as of the date of original issuance of this Debenture between the Trustee and the Company.

 

THE INDENTURE AND THE DEBENTURES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

A-9



EX-4.6 4 a2121280zex-4_6.htm EX-4.6

Exhibit 4.6

 

 

 

JUNIOR SUBORDINATED INDENTURE

 

 

between

 

 

FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP

 

 

and

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee

 

 

 

Dated as of September 3, 2003

 

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application

 

 

SECTION 1.1.

Definitions

SECTION 1.2.

Compliance Certificate and Opinions

SECTION 1.3.

Forms of Documents Delivered to Trustee

SECTION 1.4.

Acts of Holders

SECTION 1.5.

Notices, Etc. to Trustee and Company

SECTION 1.6.

Notice to Holders; Waiver

SECTION 1.7.

Effect of Headings and Table of Contents

SECTION 1.8.

Successors and Assigns

SECTION 1.9.

Separability Clause

SECTION 1.10.

Benefits of Indenture

SECTION 1.11.

Governing Law

SECTION 1.12.

RESERVED

SECTION 1.13.

Non-Business Days

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

Security Forms

 

SECTION 2.1.

Form of Security

SECTION 2.2.

Restricted Legend

SECTION 2.3.

Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

SECTION 2.4.

Temporary Securities

SECTION 2.5.

Definitive Securities

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

The Securities

 

SECTION 3.1.

Payment of Principal and Interest

SECTION 3.2.

Denominations

SECTION 3.3.

Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating

SECTION 3.4.

Global Securities

SECTION 3.5.

Registration, Transfer and Exchange Generally

SECTION 3.6.

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities

SECTION 3.7.

Persons Deemed Owners

 

i



 

SECTION 3.8.

Cancellation

SECTION 3.9.

Deferrals of Interest Payment Dates

SECTION 3.10.

Right of Set-Off

SECTION 3.11.

Agreed Tax Treatment

SECTION 3.12.

CUSIP Numbers

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

 

Satisfaction and Discharge

 

SECTION 4.1.

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

SECTION 4.2.

Application of Trust Money

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

Remedies

 

SECTION 5.1.

Events of Default

SECTION 5.2.

Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment

SECTION 5.3.

Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee

SECTION 5.4.

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

SECTION 5.5.

Trustee May Enforce Claim Without Possession of Securities

SECTION 5.6.

Application of Money Collected

SECTION 5.7.

Limitation on Suits

SECTION 5.8.

Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest; Direct Action by Holders of Preferred Securities

SECTION 5.9.

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

SECTION 5.10.

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

SECTION 5.11.

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

SECTION 5.12.

Control by Holders

SECTION 5.13.

Waiver of Past Defaults

SECTION 5.14.

Undertaking for Costs

SECTION 5.15.

RESERVED

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

The Trustee

 

 

SECTION 6.1.

Corporate Trustee Required

SECTION 6.2.

Certain Duties and Responsibilities

SECTION 6.3.

Notice of Defaults

SECTION 6.4.

Certain Rights of Trustee

SECTION 6.5.

May Hold Securities

 

ii



 

SECTION 6.6.

Compensation; Reimbursement; Indemnity

SECTION 6.7.

Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor

SECTION 6.8.

Acceptance of Appointment by Successor

SECTION 6.9.

Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business

SECTION 6.10.

Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities

SECTION 6.11.

Appointment of Authenticating Agent

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Holder’s Lists and Reports by Trustee and Company

 

SECTION 7.1.

Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders

SECTION 7.2.

Preservation of Information, Communications to Holders

SECTION 7.3.

Reports by Company

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease

 

SECTION 8.1.

Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms

SECTION 8.2.

Successor Company Substituted

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Supplemental Indentures

 

SECTION 9.1.

Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders

SECTION 9.2.

Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders

SECTION 9.3.

Execution of Supplemental Indentures

SECTION 9.4.

Effect of Supplemental Indentures

SECTION 9.5.

Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures

 

 

ARTICLE X

 

 

Covenants

 

SECTION 10.1.

Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest

SECTION 10.2.

Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust

SECTION 10.3.

Statement as to Compliance

SECTION 10.4.

Calculation Agent

SECTION 10.5.

Additional Tax Sums

SECTION 10.6.

Additional Covenants

SECTION 10.7.

Waiver of Covenants

SECTION 10.8.

Treatment of Securities

 

iii



 

ARTICLE XI

 

Redemption of Securities

 

SECTION 11.1.

Optional Redemption

SECTION 11.2.

Special Event Redemption

SECTION 11.3.

Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee

SECTION 11.4.

Selection of Securities to be Redeemed

SECTION 11.5.

Notice of Redemption

SECTION 11.6.

Deposit of Redemption Price

SECTION 11.7.

Payment of Securities Called for Redemption

 

 

ARTICLE XII

 

Subordination of Securities

 

SECTION 12.1.

Securities Subordinate to Senior Debt

SECTION 12.2.

No Payment When Senior Debt in Default; Payment Over of Proceeds Upon Dissolution, Etc

SECTION 12.3.

Payment Permitted If No Default

SECTION 12.4.

Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt

SECTION 12.5.

Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights

SECTION 12.6.

Trustee to Effectuate Subordination

SECTION 12.7.

No Waiver of Subordination Provisions

SECTION 12.8.

Notice to Trustee

SECTION 12.9.

Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent

SECTION 12.10.

Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt

SECTION 12.11.

Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation of Trustee’s Rights

SECTION 12.12.

Article Applicable to Paying Agents

 

 

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule A

Determination of LIBOR

 

 

Exhibit A

Form of Officer’s Certificate

 

iv



 

JUNIOR SUBORDINATED INDENTURE, dated as of September 3, 2003, between FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP, a California corporation (the “Company”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York banking corporation, as Trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

 

WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of its unsecured junior subordinated deferrable interest notes (the “Securities”) issued to evidence loans made to the Company of the proceeds from the issuance by First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), of undivided preferred beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (the “Preferred Securities”) and undivided common beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (the “Common Securities” and, collectively with the Preferred Securities, the “Trust Securities”), and to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Securities are to be authenticated, issued and delivered; and

 

Whereas, all things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

 

Now, therefore, this Indenture Witnesseth:

 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities, as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application

 

SECTION 1.1Definitions.

 

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                  the terms defined in this Article I have the meanings assigned to them in this Article I;

 

(b)                                 the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”;

 

(c)                                  all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP;

 

(d)                                 unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article” or a “Section” refers to an Article or a Section, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

 

(e)                                  the words “hereby”, “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

 

1



 

(f)                                    a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa; and

 

(g)                                 the masculine, feminine or neuter genders used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

 

Act” when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 1.4.

 

Administrative Trustee” means, with respect to the Trust, a Person identified as an “Administrative Trustee” in the Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Administrative Trustee of the Trust under the Trust Agreement and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Administrative Trustee appointed as therein provided.

 

Additional Interest” means the interest, if any, that shall accrue on any amounts payable  on the Securities, the payment of which has not been made on the applicable Interest Payment Date and which shall accrue at the rate per annum specified or determined as specified in such Security.

 

Additional Tax Sums” has the meaning specified in Section 10.5.

 

Additional Taxes” means taxes, duties or other governmental charges imposed on the Trust as a result of a Tax Event (which, for the sake of clarity, does not include amounts required to be deducted or withheld by the Trust from payments made by the Trust to or for the benefit of the Holder of, or any Person that acquires a beneficial interest in, the Securities).

 

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Applicable Depository Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Security or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Security, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

 

Authenticating Agent” means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.11 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate the Securities.

 

Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of that board.

 

Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

 

2



 

Business Day” means any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed or (iii) a day on which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is closed for business.

 

Calculation Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 10.4.

 

Capital Disqualification Event” means the receipt by the Company of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters that, as a result of an amendment to or a change in law or regulation (including any announced prospective change) or a change in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than insubstantial risk that within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion, the aggregate principal amount of the Securities will not be eligible to be treated by the Company as “Tier 1 Capital” (or the then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve or other “appropriate Federal banking agency” as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(q), which amendment, change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of issuance of the Securities; provided, however, that the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the principal amount of the Securities as Tier 1 Capital shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Disqualification Event if such inability results from the Company having such Securities outstanding in an amount that for any reason (other than a regulatory action which would have the effect of disqualifying any Securities for treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines that had previously been so qualified) is in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines.

 

Common Securities” has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.

 

Common Stock” means the common stock, no par value per share, of the Company.

 

Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor corporation shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor corporation.

 

Company Request” and “Company Order” mean, respectively, the written request or order signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, its Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, its Chief Executive Officer, President or a Vice President, and by its Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of this Indenture is located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration.

 

Debt” means, with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person, whether currently existing or hereafter incurred and whether or not contingent and without duplication, (i) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed; (ii)

 

3



 

every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (iii) every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person; (iv) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (but excluding trade accounts payable or other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business); (v) every capital lease obligation of such Person; (vi) all indebtedness of such Person, whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred, for claims in respect of derivative products, including interest rate, foreign exchange rate and commodity forward contracts, options and swaps and similar arrangements; (vii) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor or otherwise; and (viii) any renewals, extensions, refundings, amendments or modifications of any obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vii).

 

Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1.

 

Delaware Trustee” means, with respect to the Trust, the Person identified as the “Delaware Trustee” in the Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Delaware Trustee of the Trust under the Trust Agreement and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Delaware Trustee appointed as therein provided.

 

Depositary” means an organization registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act that is designated as Depositary by the Company or any successor thereto.  DTC will be the initial Depositary.

 

Depository Participant” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Depositary effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Depositary.

 

Distributions” means amounts payable in respect of the Trust Securities as provided in the Trust Agreement and referred to therein as “Distributions.”

 

Dollar” or “$” means the currency of the United States of America that, as at the time of payment, is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

 

DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation.

 

Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 5.1.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

Expiration Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1.4.

 

Extension Period” has the meaning specified in Section 3.9.

 

4



 

Federal Reserve” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the staff thereof, or a Federal Reserve Bank, acting through delegated authority, in each case under the rules, regulations and policies of the Federal Reserve System, or if at any time after the execution of this Indenture any such entity is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it , any successor body performing similar duties or functions.

 

GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, from time to time in effect.

 

Global Security” means a Security that evidences all or part of the Securities, the ownership and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Depositary.

 

Government Obligation” means (a) any security that is (i) a direct obligation of the United States of America of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (ii) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America or the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case (i) or (ii), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and (b) any depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any Government Obligation that is specified in clause (a) above and held by such bank for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any Government Obligation that is so specified and held, provided, that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depositary receipt.

 

Guarantee Agreement” means the Guarantee Agreement executed by the Company and The Bank of New York, as Guarantee Trustee, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Indenture, for the benefit of the holders of the Preferred Securities, as modified, amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Holder” means a Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Securities Register.

 

Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented by one or more amendments or indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof.

 

Interest Payment Date” means March 15th, June 15th, September 15th and December 15th of each year, commencing on December 15, 2003, during the term of this Indenture.

 

Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940 or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

Investment Company Event” means the receipt by the Company of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of a change in law or regulation (including any announced prospective change) or a written change in

 

5



 

interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion will be, considered an “investment company” that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act, which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of the issuance of the Securities.

 

LIBOR” has the meaning specified in Schedule A.

 

LIBOR Business Day” has the meaning specified in Schedule A.

 

LIBOR Determination Date” has the meaning specified in Schedule A.

 

Maturity,” when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or any installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

 

Notice of Default” means a written notice of the kind specified in Section 5.1(c).

 

Office of Thrift Supervision” means the Office of Thrift Supervision, as from time to time constituted or, if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Office is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it, then the body performing such duties at such time.

 

Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, President or a Vice President, and by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Company and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Operative Documents” means the Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the Purchase Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement and the Securities.

 

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for or an employee of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.

 

Original Issue Date” means the date of original issuance of each Security.

 

Outstanding” means, when used in reference to any Securities, as of the date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

 

(i)                                     Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

 

(ii)                                  Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities; provided, that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given

 

6



 

pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and

 

(iii)                               Securities that have been paid or in substitution for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Securities are held by Holders in whose hands such Securities are valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company;

 

provided, that, in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Securities initially issued to the Trust that are owned by the Trust shall be deemed to be Outstanding notwithstanding the ownership by the Company or an Affiliate of any beneficial interest in the Trust.

 

Paying Agent” means the Trustee or any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of or any premium or interest on, or other amounts in respect of, any Securities on behalf of the Company.

 

Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

 

Place of Payment” means, with respect to the Securities, the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

Preferred Securities” has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.

 

Predecessor Security” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security. For the purposes of this definition, any security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.6 in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

 

Proceeding” has the meaning specified in Section 12.2.

 

Property Trustee” means the Person identified as the “Property Trustee” in the Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Property Trustee of the Trust under the Trust Agreement and

 

7



 

not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Property Trustee appointed as therein provided.

 

Purchase Agreement” means the agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Company and the Trust and Trapeza CDO IV, LLC.

 

Redemption Date” means, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Redemption Price” means, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, in whole or in part, the price at which such security or portion thereof is to be redeemed as fixed by or pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Reference Banks” has the meaning specified in Schedule A.

 

Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date with respect to the Securities means the date that is fifteen (15) days preceding such Interest Payment Date (whether or not a Business Day).

 

Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Trustee, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Trust Officer or Assistant Trust Officer, or any other officer of the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

Rights Plan” means a plan of the Company providing for the issuance by the Company to all holders of its Common Stock of rights entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Company which rights (i) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of such Common Stock and (ii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of such Common Stock, in each case until the occurrence of a specified event or events.

 

Securities” or “Security” means any debt securities or debt security, as the case may be, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

Securities Register” and “Securities Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 3.5.

 

Senior Debt” means the principal of and any premium and interest on (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company, whether or not such claim for post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) all Debt of the Company, whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred, unless it is provided in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, that such obligations are not superior in right of payment to the

 

8



 

Preferred Securities; provided, however, that if the Company is subject to the regulation and supervision of an “appropriate Federal banking agency” within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 1813(q), the Company shall have received the approval of such appropriate Federal banking agency prior to issuing any obligation which is junior in right of payment to the Preferred Securities; provided further, that Senior Debt shall not include any other debt securities, and guarantees in respect of such debt securities, issued to any trust other than the Trust (or a trustee of such trust), partnership or other entity affiliated with the Company that is a financing vehicle of the Company (a “financing entity”), in connection with the issuance by such financing entity of equity securities or other securities that are treated as equity capital for regulatory capital purposes guaranteed by the Company pursuant to an instrument that ranks pari passu with or junior in right of payment to the Indenture, including, without limitation, the debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture, dated September 7, 2000, between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee; the debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture, dated November 28, 2001, between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee; the debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture, dated December 18, 2001, between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee; the debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture, dated June 26, 2002, between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee; and the debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture, dated August 15, 2003, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

 

Special Event” means the occurrence of a Capital Disqualification Event, an Investment Company Event or a Tax Event.

 

Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

Stated Maturity” means September 15, 2033.

 

Subsidiary” means a Person more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock or other voting interests of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more other Subsidiaries. For purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means stock that ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

 

Tax Event” means the receipt by the Company of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of (a) any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein or (b) any judicial decision or any official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum or field service advice) or regulatory procedure, including any notice or announcement of intent to adopt any such pronouncement or procedure (an “Administrative Action”), regardless of whether such judicial decision or Administrative Action is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Company or the Trust and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, change, judicial decision or Administrative Action is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case, on or after the date of issuance of the

 

9



 

Securities, there is more than an insubstantial risk that (i) the Trust is, or will be within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Securities, (ii) interest payable by the Company on the Securities is not, or within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Company, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes, or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties or other governmental charges.

 

Trust” has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.

 

Trust Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement executed and delivered by the Company, the Property Trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware) and the Administrative Trustees named therein, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Indenture, for the benefit of the holders of the Trust Securities, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument, solely in its capacity as such and not in its individual capacity, until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and, thereafter, “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder.

 

Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended and as in effect on the date as of this Indenture.

 

Trust Securities” has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 1.2Compliance Certificate and Opinions.

 

(a)                                  Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent (including covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent (including covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), if any, have been complied with, except that, in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

 

(b)                                 Every certificate with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than the certificate provided pursuant to Section 10.3) shall include:

 

(i)                                     a statement by each individual signing such certificate or opinion that such individual has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

 

10



 

(ii)                                  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions of such individual contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(iii)                               a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(iv)                              a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

SECTION 1.3Forms of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

 

(a)                                  In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

 

(b)                                 Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or after reasonable inquiry should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to matters upon which his or her certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or after reasonable inquiry should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

 

(c)                                  Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

 

(d)                                 Whenever, subsequent to the receipt by the Trustee of any Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate, Opinion of Counsel or other document or instrument, a clerical, typographical or other inadvertent or unintentional error or omission shall be discovered therein, a new document or instrument may be substituted therefor in corrected form with the same force and effect as if originally received in the corrected form and, irrespective of the date or dates of the actual execution and/or delivery thereof, such substitute document or instrument shall be deemed to have been executed and/or delivered as of the date or dates required with respect to the document or instrument for which it is substituted.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Securities issued under the authority of such defective document or instrument shall nevertheless be the valid obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits of this Indenture equally and ratably with all other Outstanding Securities.

 

11



 

SECTION 1.4Acts of Holders.

 

(a)                                  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given to or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent thereof duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments (including any appointment of an agent) is or are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.4.

 

(b)                                 The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him or her the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a Person acting in other than his or her individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his or her authority.  The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient and in accordance with such reasonable rules as the Trustee may determine.

 

(c)                                  The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Securities Register.

 

(d)                                 Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

 

(e)                                  Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Security may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Security or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.

 

(f)                                    Except as set forth in paragraph (g) of this Section 1.4, the Company may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities entitled to give, make or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be given, made or taken by Holders of Securities. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Securities on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to take the relevant action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date (as defined below) by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities on such record date.  Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Company from setting a new

 

12



 

record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be canceled and of no effect).  Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder of Securities in the manner set forth in Section 1.6.

 

(g)                                 The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities entitled to join in the giving or making of (i) any Notice of Default, (ii) any declaration of acceleration or rescission or annulment thereof referred to in Section 5.2, (iii) any request to institute proceedings referred to in Section 5.7(b) or (iv) any direction referred to in Section 5.12. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Securities on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Trustee from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be canceled and of no effect).  Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Company’s expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Company in writing and to each Holder of Securities in the manner set forth in Section 1.6.

 

(h)                                 With respect to any record date set pursuant to paragraph (f) or (g) of this Section 1.4, the party hereto that sets such record date may designate any day as the “Expiration Date” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided, that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the other party hereto in writing, and to each Holder of Securities in the manner set forth in Section 1.6, on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.4, the party hereto that set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the ninetieth (90th) day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be later than the one hundred and eightieth (180th) day after the applicable record date.

 

SECTION 1.5Notices, Etc. to Trustee and Company.

 

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, Act of Holders, or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with:

 

(a)                                  the Trustee by any Holder, any holder of Preferred Securities or the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or

 

13



 

(b)                                 the Company by the Trustee, any Holder or any holder of Preferred Securities shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first class, postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at 120 Wilshire Blvd., Santa Monica, California 90401, Facsimile: (310) 451-4555, Attn: Chief Financial Officer or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

 

SECTION 1.6Notice to Holders; Waiver.

 

Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first class, postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event to the address of such Holder as it appears in the Securities Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. If, by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or for any other reason, it shall be impossible or impracticable to mail notice of any event to Holders when said notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

 

SECTION 1.7Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

 

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 1.8Successors and Assigns.

 

This Indenture shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor to the Company and the Trustee, including any successor by operation of law.  Except in connection with a transaction involving the Company that is permitted under Article VIII and pursuant to which the assignee agrees in writing to perform the Company’s obligations hereunder, the Company shall not assign its obligations hereunder.

 

SECTION 1.9Separability Clause.

 

If any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and there shall be deemed substituted for the provision at issue a valid, legal and enforceable provision as similar as possible to the provision at issue.

 

14



 

SECTION 1.10Benefits of Indenture.

 

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, the holders of Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities and, to the extent expressly provided in Sections 5.2, 5.8, 5.9, 5.11, 5.13, 9.2 and 10.7, the holders of Preferred Securities, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 1.11Governing Law.

 

This Indenture and the rights and obligations of each of the Holders, the Company and the Trustee shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflict of laws provisions (other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law).

 

SECTION 1.12.  RESERVED.

 

SECTION 1.13Non-Business Days.

 

If any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Securities) payment of interest, premium or principal or other amounts in respect of such Security shall not be made on such date, but shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day (and no interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be, until such next succeeding Business Day) except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date or at the Stated Maturity.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Security Forms

 

SECTION 2.1Form of Security.

 

Any Security issued hereunder shall be in substantially the following form:

 

First Community Bancorp

 

Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Note due 2033

 

No.                        

 

$                         

 

First Community Bancorp, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of California (hereinafter called the “Company,” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to                        , or registered assigns, the principal sum of $                  Dollars [if the

 

15



 

Security is a Global Security, then insert- or such other principal amount represented hereby as may be set forth in the records of the Securities Registrar hereinafter referred to in accordance with the Indenture] on September 15, 2033.  The Company further promises to pay interest on said principal sum from September 3, 2003, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 15th, June 15th, September 15th and December 15th of each year, commencing on December 15, 2003, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (and no interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date until such next succeeding Business Day), except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case, with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, at the rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.05% per annum, provided, that, the applicable interest rate shall not exceed 12.0% through the Interest Payment Date in September, 2008, together with Additional Tax Sums, if any, as provided in Section 10.5 of the Indenture, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for or made available for payment; provided, further, that any overdue principal, premium or Additional Tax Sums and any overdue installment of interest shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable) at the rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.05% per annum (provided, that, the applicable interest rate on such overdue principal, premium or Additional Tax Sums and any overdue installment of interest shall not exceed 12.0% through the Interest Payment Date in September, 2008), compounded quarterly, from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or made available for payment, and such interest shall be payable on demand.

 

The amount of interest payable shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period. The amount of interest payable for any full interest period shall be computed by dividing the applicable rate per annum by four. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest installment.  Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities not less than ten (10) days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in the Indenture.

 

So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of this Security, to defer the payment of interest on this Security for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period(s), no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable).  No Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date, and no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security.  No

 

16



 

interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period (except any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable), except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at the rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.05% per annum (provided, that, the applicable interest rate shall not exceed 12.0% through the Interest Payment Date in September, 2008), compounded quarterly, from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or made available for payment.  At the end of any such Extension Period, the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on this Security, together with such Additional Interest.  Prior to the termination of any such Extension Period, the Company may further defer the payment of interest; provided, that (i) all such previous and further extensions comprising such Extension Period do not exceed twenty (20) quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security.  Upon the termination of any such Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and any Additional Interest then due on any Interest Payment Date, the Company may elect to begin a new Extension Period; provided, that (i) such Extension Period does not exceed twenty (20) quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security.  The Company shall give the Holder of this Security and the Trustee written notice of its election to begin any such Extension Period at least one Business Day prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date on which interest on this Security would be payable but for such deferral or, so long as this Security is held by the Trust, at least one Business Day prior to the earlier of (i) the next succeeding date on which Distributions on the Preferred Securities of First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI would be payable but for such deferral and (ii) the date on which the Property Trustee of such Trust is required to give notice to any securities exchange or other applicable self-regulatory organization or to holders of such Preferred Securities of the record date for the payment of such Distributions.

 

During any such Extension Period, the Company shall not, unless waived by the requisite Holders of the Securities and the requisite holders of the Preferred Securities in accordance with the Indenture (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or (ii) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to this Security (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with (1) any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (2) a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or (3) the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a Subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection

 

17



 

with any Rights Plan, the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any Rights Plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock).

 

Payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Security shall be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.  Payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest due at the Maturity of this Security shall be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the Place of Payment upon surrender of such Securities to the Paying Agent, and payments of interest shall be made, subject to such surrender where applicable, by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing to the Paying Agent at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant record date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Security Register.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of this Security is the Property Trustee, the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including any overdue installment of interest and Additional Tax Sums, if any) on this Security will be made at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Property Trustee.

 

The indebtedness evidenced by this Security is, to the extent provided in the Indenture,  subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt, and this Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each Holder of this Security, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each Holder hereof, by his or her acceptance hereof, waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Debt, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (the “Securities”) issued under the Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of September 3, 2003 (the “Indenture”), between the Company and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee, the holders of Senior Debt and the Holders of the Securities, and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

 

18



 

All terms used in this Security that are defined in the Indenture or in the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of September 3, 2003 (as modified, amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Trust Agreement”), relating to First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI (the “Trust”), among the Company, as Depositor, the Trustees named therein and the Holders from time to time of the Trust Securities issued pursuant thereto, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture or the Trust Agreement, as the case may be.

 

The Company may, on any Interest Payment Date, at its option, upon not less than thirty (30) days’ nor more than sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Holders of the Securities (unless a shorter notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) on or after September 15, 2008 and subject to the terms and conditions of Article XI of the Indenture, redeem this Security in whole at any time or in part from time to time at a Redemption Price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount hereof, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption; provided, that the Company shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required.

 

In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Special Event, the Company may, at its option, upon not less than thirty (30) days’ nor more than sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Holders of the Securities (unless a shorter notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), redeem this Security, in whole but not in part, subject to the terms and conditions of Article XI of the Indenture at a Redemption Price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount hereof, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption; provided, that the Company shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required.

 

In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.  If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the Outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of a portion of the principal amount of any Security.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the Company and the Trustee at any time to enter into a supplemental indenture or indentures for the purpose of modifying in any manner the rights and obligations of the Company and of the Holders of the Securities, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

 

19



 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest, including any Additional Interest, on this Security at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Securities Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Securities Registrar and duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities, of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

 

The Securities are issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $100,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Securities are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

 

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

The Company and, by its acceptance of this Security or a beneficial interest therein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a beneficial interest in, this Security agree that, for United States federal, state and local tax purposes, it is intended that this Security constitute indebtedness.

 

This Security shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of laws provisions (other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law).

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

 

First Community Bancorp

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

20



 

SECTION 2.2Restricted Legend.

 

(a)                                  Any Security issued hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“[IF THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY INSERT: THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) OR A NOMINEE OF DTC.  THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY DTC TO A NOMINEE OF DTC OR BY A NOMINEE OF DTC TO DTC OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

 

UNLESS THIS SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND SUCH SECURITIES, AND ANY INTEREST THEREIN, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  EACH PURCHASER OF ANY SECURITIES IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THE SECURITIES MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (I) TO THE COMPANY, (II) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7)

 

21



 

OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (V) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND, IN THE CASE OF (III) OR (V), SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY TO REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL AND OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF ANY SECURITIES FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

 

THE SECURITIES WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF SUCH SECURITIES FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF PRINCIPAL OF OR INTEREST ON SUCH SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN SUCH SECURITIES.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND

 

22



 

HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

 

THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (THE “FDIC”).”

 

(b)                                 The above legend shall not be removed from any Security unless there is delivered to the Company satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of counsel, as may be reasonably required to ensure that any future transfers thereof may be made without restriction under the provisions of the Securities Act and other applicable law.  Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall deliver, at the written direction of the Company, a Security that does not bear the legend.

 

SECTION 2.3Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.

 

The Trustee’s certificates of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

 

This is one of the Securities designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Authorized officer

 

 

SECTION 2.4Temporary Securities.

 

(a)                                  Pending the preparation of definitive Securities, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities that are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

 

(b)                                 If temporary Securities are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities, the

 

23



 

temporary Securities shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities upon surrender of the temporary Securities at the office or agency of the Company designated for that purpose without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor one or more definitive Securities of any authorized denominations having the same Original Issue Date and Stated Maturity and having the same terms as such temporary Securities. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities.

 

SECTION 2.5Definitive Securities.

 

The Securities issued on the Original Issue Date shall be in definitive form.  The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved, or produced by any combination of these methods, if required by any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, on a steel engraved border or steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The Securities

 

SECTION 3.1Payment of Principal and Interest.

 

(a)                                  The unpaid principal amount of the Securities shall bear interest at the rate of LIBOR plus 3.05% per annum until paid or duly provided for, provided, that, the applicable interest rate shall not exceed 12.0% through the interest payment date in September, 2008, such interest to accrue from the Original Issue Date or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, and any overdue principal, premium or Additional Tax Sums and any overdue installment of interest shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at the rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.05% per annum (provided, that, the applicable interest rate on such overdue principal, premium or Additional Tax Sums and any overdue installment of interest shall not exceed 12.0% through the Interest Payment Date in September, 2008) from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or funds for the payment thereof are made available for payment.

 

(b)                                 Interest and Additional Interest on any Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, except that interest and any Additional Interest payable on the Stated Maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) of the principal of a Security or on a Redemption Date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid. The initial payment of interest on any Security that is issued between a Regular Record Date and the related Interest Payment Date shall be payable as provided in such Security.

 

24



 

(c)                                  Any interest on any Security that is due and payable, but is not timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Securities (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in paragraph (i) or (ii) below:

 

(i)                                     The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest (a “Special Record Date”), which shall be fixed in the following manner.  At least thirty (30) days prior to the date of the proposed payment, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be not more than fifteen (15) days and not less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than ten (10) days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first class, postage prepaid, to each Holder of a Security at the address of such Holder as it appears in the Securities Register not less than ten (10) days prior to such Special Record Date.  Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such Special Record Date; or

 

(ii)                                  The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange (or by the Trustee if the Securities are not listed), if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

 

(d)                                 Payments of interest on the Securities shall include interest accrued to but excluding the respective Interest Payment Dates. Interest payments for the Securities shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period.

 

(e)                                  Payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities shall be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.  Payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest due at the Maturity of such Securities shall be made at the Place of Payment upon

 

25



 

surrender of such Securities to the Paying Agent and payments of interest shall be made subject to such surrender where applicable, by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing to the Paying Agent at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant record date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Security Register.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of this Security is the Property Trustee, the payment of the principal of (and premium if any) and interest (including any overdue installment of interest and Additional Tax Sums, if any) on this Security will be made at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Property Trustee.

 

(f)                                    Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.1, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Security.

 

SECTION 3.2Denominations.

 

The Securities shall be in registered form without coupons and shall be issuable in minimum denominations of $100,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

SECTION 3.3Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

 

(a)                                  At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture,  the Company may deliver Securities in an aggregate principal amount (including all then Outstanding Securities) not in excess of $10,310,000 executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities. In authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon:

 

(i)                                     a copy of any Board Resolution relating thereto; and

 

(ii)                                  an Opinion of Counsel stating that such Securities, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

 

(b)                                 The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its Vice Chairman of the Board, its President or one of its Vice Presidents, under its corporate seal reproduced or impressed thereon and attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile.  Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such

 

26



 

individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

 

(c)                                  No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 3.8, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

 

(d)                                 Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

SECTION 3.4Global Securities.

 

(a)                                  Upon the election of the Holder after the Original Issue Date, which election need not be in writing, the Securities owned by such Holder shall be issued in the form of one or more Global Securities registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee. Each Global Security issued under this Indenture shall be registered in the name of the Depositary designated by the Company for such Global Security or a nominee thereof and delivered to such Depositary or a nominee thereof or custodian therefor, and each such Global Security shall constitute a single Security for all purposes of this Indenture.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, no Global Security may be exchanged in whole or in part for Securities registered, and no transfer of a Global Security in whole or in part may be registered, in the name of any Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof unless (i) such Depositary advises the Trustee and the Company in writing that such Depositary is no longer willing or able to properly discharge its responsibilities as Depositary with respect to such Global Security, and no qualified successor is appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days of receipt by the Company of such notice, (ii) such Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and no successor is appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days after obtaining knowledge of such event, (iii) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee a Company Order stating that the Company elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Depositary or (iv) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.  Upon the occurrence of any event specified in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, the Trustee shall notify the Depositary and instruct the Depositary to notify all owners of beneficial interests in such Global Security of the occurrence of such event and of the availability of Securities to such owners of beneficial interests requesting the same.  Upon the issuance of such Securities and the registration in the Securities Register of such Securities in the names of the Holders of the beneficial interests therein, the Trustees shall recognize such holders of beneficial interests as Holders.

 

(c)                                  If any Global Security is to be exchanged for other Securities or canceled in part, or if another Security is to be exchanged in whole or in part for a beneficial interest in any

 

27



 

Global Security, then either (i) such Global Security shall be so surrendered for exchange or cancellation as provided in this Article III or (ii) the principal amount thereof shall be reduced or increased by an amount equal to the portion thereof to be so exchanged or canceled, or equal to the principal amount of such other Security to be so exchanged for a beneficial interest therein, as the case may be, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the records of the Securities Registrar, whereupon the Trustee, in accordance with the Applicable Depository Procedures, shall instruct the Depositary or its authorized representative to make a corresponding adjustment to its records. Upon any such surrender or adjustment of a Global Security by the Depositary, accompanied by registration instructions, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver any Securities issuable in exchange for such Global Security (or any portion thereof) in accordance with the instructions of the Depositary. The Trustee shall not be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying on, such instructions.

 

(d)                                 Every Security authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, a Global Security or any portion thereof shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Security, unless such Security is registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof.

 

(e)                                  Securities distributed to holders of Book-Entry Preferred Securities (as defined in the applicable Trust Agreement) upon the dissolution of the Trust shall be distributed in the form of one or more Global Securities registered in the name of a Depositary or its nominee, and deposited with the Securities Registrar, as custodian for such Depositary, or with such Depositary, for credit by the Depositary to the respective accounts of the beneficial owners of the Securities represented thereby (or such other accounts as they may direct).  Securities distributed to holders of Preferred Securities other than Book-Entry Preferred Securities upon the dissolution of the Trust shall not be issued in the form of a Global Security or any other form intended to facilitate book-entry trading in beneficial interests in such Securities.

 

(f)                                    The Depositary or its nominee, as the registered owner of a Global Security, shall be the Holder of such Global Security for all purposes under this Indenture and the Securities, and owners of beneficial interests in a Global Security shall hold such interests pursuant to the Applicable Depository Procedures. Accordingly, any such owner’s beneficial interest in a Global Security shall be shown only on, and the transfer of such interest shall be effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary or its nominee or its Depositary Participants.  The Securities Registrar and the Trustee shall be entitled to deal with the Depositary for all purposes of this Indenture relating to a Global Security (including the payment of principal and interest thereon and the giving of instructions or directions by owners of beneficial interests therein and the giving of notices) as the sole Holder of the Security and shall have no obligations to the owners of beneficial interests therein.  Neither the Trustee nor the Securities Registrar shall have any liability in respect of any transfers effected by the Depositary.

 

(g)                                 The rights of owners of beneficial interests in a Global Security shall be exercised only through the Depositary and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such owners and the Depositary and/or its Depositary Participants.

 

28



 

(h)                                 No holder of any beneficial interest in any Global Security held on its behalf by a Depositary shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to such Global Security, and such Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the owner of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever.  None of the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Security or maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by a Depositary or impair, as between a Depositary and such holders of beneficial interests, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of the Depositary (or its nominee) as Holder of any Security.

 

SECTION 3.5Registration, Transfer and Exchange Generally.

 

(a)                                  The Trustee shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office a register (the “Securities Register”) in which the registrar and transfer agent with respect to the Securities (the “Securities Registrar”), subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers and exchanges of Securities. The Trustee shall at all times also be the Securities Registrar.  The provisions of Article VI shall apply to the Trustee in its role as Securities Registrar.

 

(b)                                 Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security at the offices or agencies of the Company designated for that purpose the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities of any authorized denominations of like tenor and aggregate principal amount.

 

(c)                                  At the option of the Holder, Securities may be exchanged for other Securities of any authorized denominations, of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

(d)                                 All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

(e)                                  Every Security presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Securities Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

(f)                                    No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other

 

29



 

governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Securities.

 

(g)                                 Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be required pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.5 (g) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security during a period beginning at the opening of business fifteen (15) days before the day of selection for redemption of Securities pursuant to Article XI and ending at the close of business on the day of mailing of the notice of redemption or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except, in the case of any such Security to be redeemed in part, any portion thereof not to be redeemed.

 

(h)                                 The Company shall designate an office or offices or agency or agencies where Securities may be surrendered for registration or transfer or exchange.  The Company initially designates the Corporate Trust Office as its office and agency for such purposes.  The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee and to the Holders of any change in the location of any such office or agency.

 

SECTION 3.6Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.

 

(a)                                  If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee together with such security or indemnity as may be required by the Company or the Trustee to save each of them harmless, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of like tenor and aggregate principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

(b)                                 If there shall be delivered to the Company and to the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of like tenor and aggregate principal amount as such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

(c)                                  If any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

 

(d)                                 Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section 3.6, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

 

(e)                                  Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section 3.6 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities duly issued hereunder.

 

30



 

(f)                                    The provisions of this Section 3.6 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

 

SECTION 3.7Persons Deemed Owners.

 

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall treat the Person in whose name any Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and any interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

SECTION 3.8Cancellation.

 

All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee, and any such Securities and Securities surrendered directly to the Trustee for any such purpose shall be promptly canceled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities canceled as provided in this Section 3.8, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All canceled Securities shall be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary practices and the Trustee shall deliver to the Company a certificate of such disposition.

 

SECTION 3.9Deferrals of Interest Payment Dates.

 

(a)                                  So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of the Security, to defer the payment of interest on the Securities for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period(s), the Company shall have the right to make no payments or partial payments of interest on any Interest Payment Date (except any Additional Tax Sums that otherwise may be due and payable).  No Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities.  No interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at the rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.05% per annum (provided, that, the applicable interest rate shall not exceed 12.0% through the Interest Payment Date in September, 2008), compounded quarterly, from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or until funds for the payment thereof have been made available for payment.  At the end of any such Extension Period, the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Securities together with such Additional Interest.  Prior to the termination of any such Extension Period, the Company may extend such Extension Period and further defer the payment of interest; provided, that (i) all such previous and further extensions comprising such Extension Period do not exceed twenty (20) quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension

 

31



 

Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities.  Upon the termination of any such Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and any Additional Interest then due on any Interest Payment Date, the Company may elect to begin a new Extension Period; provided, that (i) such Extension Period does not exceed twenty (20) quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities.  The Company shall give the Holders of the Securities and the Trustee written notice of its election to begin any such Extension Period at least one Business Day prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date on which interest on the Securities would be payable but for such deferral or, so long as any Securities are held by the Trust, at least one Business Day prior to the earlier of (i) the next succeeding date on which Distributions on the Preferred Securities of such Trust would be payable but for such deferral and (ii) the date on which the Property Trustee of such Trust is required to give notice to any securities exchange or other applicable self-regulatory organization or to holders of such Preferred Securities of the record date for the payment of such Distributions.

 

(b)                                 In connection with any such Extension Period, the Company shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 10.6(a).

 

SECTION 3.10Right of Set-Off.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company shall have the right to set off any payment it is otherwise required to make in respect of any Security to the extent the Company has theretofore made, or is concurrently on the date of such payment making, a payment under the Guarantee Agreement relating to such Security or to a holder of Preferred Securities pursuant to an action undertaken under Section 5.8 of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 3.11Agreed Tax Treatment.

 

Each Security issued hereunder shall provide that the Company and, by its acceptance or acquisition of a Security or a beneficial interest therein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a direct or indirect beneficial interest in, such Security, intend and agree to treat such Security as indebtedness of the Company for United States Federal, state and local tax purposes and to treat the Preferred Securities (including but not limited to all payments and proceeds with respect to the Preferred Securities) as an undivided beneficial ownership interest in the Securities (and payments and proceeds therefrom, respectively) for United States Federal, state and local tax purposes.  The provisions of this Indenture shall be interpreted to further this intention and agreement of the parties.

 

SECTION 3.12CUSIP Numbers.

 

The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption and other similar or related materials as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice or other materials may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption or other materials and that

 

32



 

reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Satisfaction and Discharge

 

SECTION 4.1Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

 

This Indenture shall, upon Company Request, cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities herein expressly provided for and as otherwise provided in this Section 4.1) and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

 

(a)                                  either

 

(i)                                     all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (A) Securities that have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.6 and (B) Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust as provided in Section 10.2) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(ii)                                  all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

 

(A)                              have become due and payable, or

 

(B)                                will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year of the date of deposit, or

 

(C)                                are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

 

and the Company, in the case of subclause (ii)(A), (B) or (C) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose (x) an amount in the currency or currencies in which the Securities are payable, (y) Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than the due date of any payment, money in an amount or (z) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities that have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

 

33



 

(b)                                 the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

 

(c)                                  the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 6.6, the obligations of the Company to any Authenticating Agent under Section 6.11 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (a)(ii) of this Section 4.1, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.2 and Section 10.2(e) shall survive.

 

SECTION 4.2Application of Trust Money.

 

Subject to the provisions Section 10.2(e), all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment in accordance with Section 3.1, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) for the payment of which such money or obligations have been deposited with or received by the Trustee.  Moneys held by the Trustee under this Section 4.2 shall not be subject to the claims of holders of Senior Debt under Article XII.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Remedies

 

SECTION 5.1Events of Default.

 

Event of Default” means, wherever used herein with respect to the Securities, any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

(a)                                  default in the payment of any interest upon any Security, including any Additional Interest in respect thereof, when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of thirty (30) days (subject to the deferral of any due date in the case of an Extension Period); or

 

(b)                                 default in the payment of the principal of or any premium on any Security at its Maturity; or

 

(c)                                  default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Company in this Indenture and continuance of such default or breach for a period of sixty (60) days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate

 

34



 

principal amount of the Outstanding Securities a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder;

 

(d)                                 the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of  a decree or order adjudging the Company a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days; or

 

(e)                                  the institution by the Company of proceedings to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by the Company to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by the Company of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or the consent by it to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due and its willingness to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the taking of corporate action by the Company in furtherance of any such action.

 

(f)                                    the Trust shall have voluntarily or involuntarily liquidated, dissolved, wound-up its business or otherwise terminated its existence, except in connection with (1) the distribution of the Securities to holders of the Preferred Securities in liquidation of their interests in the Trust, (2) the redemption of all of the outstanding Preferred Securities or (3) certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as and to the extent permitted by the Trust Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.2Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

 

(a)                                  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities may declare the principal amount of all the Securities to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), provided, that if, upon an Event of Default, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than twenty five percent (25%) in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities fail to declare the principal of all the Outstanding Securities to be immediately due and payable, the holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Preferred Securities then outstanding shall have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the Property Trustee, the Company and the Trustee; and upon any such declaration the principal amount of and the accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) on all the Securities shall become immediately due and payable.

 

(b)                                 At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by

 

35



 

the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article V, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, by written notice to the Indenture Trustee, or the Holders of a majority in aggregate liquidation amount of the Preferred Securities, by written notice to the Property Trustee, the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

 

(i)                                     the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

 

(A)                              all overdue installments of interest on all Securities,

 

(B)                                any accrued Additional Interest on all Securities,

 

(C)                                the principal of and any premium on any Securities that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest (including any Additional Interest) thereon at the rate borne by the Securities, and

 

(D)                               all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Property Trustee and their agents and counsel; and

 

(ii)                                  all Events of Default with respect to Securities, other than the non-payment of the principal of Securities that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13;

 

provided, that if the Holders of such Securities fail to annul such declaration and waive such default, the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Preferred Securities then outstanding shall also have the right to rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences by written notice to the Property Trustee, the Company and the Trustee, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section 5.2.  No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

SECTION 5.3Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

 

(a)                                  The Company covenants that if:

 

(i)                                     default is made in the payment of any installment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of thirty (30) days, or

 

(ii)                                  default is made in the payment of the principal of and any premium on any Security at the Maturity thereof,

 

the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal and

 

36



 

any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) and, in addition thereto, all amounts owing the Trustee under Section 6.6.

 

(b)                                 If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities, wherever situated.

 

(c)                                  If an Event of Default with respect to Securities occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

 

SECTION 5.4Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

In case of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or similar judicial proceeding relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), its property or its creditors, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to take any and all actions authorized hereunder in order to have claims of the Holders and the Trustee allowed in any such proceeding. In particular, the Trustee shall be authorized to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to first pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts owing the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and other Persons under Section 6.6.

 

SECTION 5.5Trustee May Enforce Claim Without Possession of Securities.

 

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, subject to Article XII and after provision for the payment of all the amounts owing the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and other Persons under Section 6.6, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

 

SECTION 5.6Application of Money Collected.

 

Any money or property collected or to be applied by the Trustee with respect to the Securities pursuant to this Article V shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates

 

37



 

fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money or property on account of principal or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest), upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

 

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and other Persons under Section 6.6;

 

SECOND: To the payment of all Senior Debt of the Company if and to the extent required by Article XII.

 

THIRD:  Subject to Article XII, to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Securities for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest), respectively; and

 

FOURTH: The balance, if any, to the Person or Persons entitled thereto.

 

SECTION 5.7Limitation on Suits.

 

Subject to Section 5.8, no Holder of any Securities shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture or for the appointment of a custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

 

(a)                                  such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities;

 

(b)                                 the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

 

(c)                                  such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

 

(d)                                 the Trustee after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding for sixty (60) days; and

 

(e)                                  no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such sixty (60)-day period by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities;

 

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing itself of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Securities, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders.

 

38



 

SECTION 5.8Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest; Direct Action by Holders of Preferred Securities.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and any premium on such Security at its Maturity and payment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Security when due and payable and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder. Any registered holder of the Preferred Securities shall have the right, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 5.1(a) or Section 5.1(b), to institute a suit directly against the Company for enforcement of payment to such holder of principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities having a principal amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Preferred Securities held by such holder.

 

SECTION 5.9Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

 

If the Trustee, any Holder or any holder of Preferred Securities has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee, such Holder or such holder of Preferred Securities, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee, such Holders and such holder of Preferred Securities shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee, such Holder and such holder of Preferred Securities shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

SECTION 5.10Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.6(f), no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

SECTION 5.11Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee, any Holder of any Securities or any holder of any Preferred Security to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article V or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders and the right and remedy given to the holders of Preferred Securities by Section 5.8 may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee, the Holders or the holders of Preferred Securities, as the case may be.

 

39



 

SECTION 5.12Control by Holders.

 

The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided, that:

 

(a)                                  such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture,

 

(b)                                 the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction, and

 

(c)                                  subject to the provisions of Section 6.2, the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow such direction if a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee shall, in good faith, reasonably determine that the proceeding so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not joining in any such direction or would involve the Trustee in personal liability or the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken.

 

SECTION 5.13Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

(a)                                  The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities and the holders of a majority in aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Preferred Securities may waive any past Event of Default hereunder and its consequences except an Event of Default:

 

(i)                                     in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security (unless such Event of Default has been cured and the Company has paid to or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all installments of interest (including any Additional Interest) due and past due and all principal of and any premium on all Securities due otherwise than by acceleration), or

 

(ii)                                  in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that under Article IX cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each Holder of any Outstanding Security.

 

(b)                                 Any such waiver shall be deemed to be on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities or, in the case of a waiver by holders of Preferred Securities issued by such Trust, by all holders of Preferred Securities.

 

(c)                                  Upon any such waiver, such Event of Default shall cease to exist and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

SECTION 5.14Undertaking for Costs.

 

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by his or her acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against

 

40



 

the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section 5.14 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than ten percent (10%) in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or any premium on the Security after the Stated Maturity or any interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security after it is due and payable.

 

SECTION 5.15.  RESERVED.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

The Trustee

 

SECTION 6.1Corporate Trustee Required.

 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities.  The Trustee shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof, authorized to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authority and having an office within the United States. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of such supervising or examining authority, then, for the purposes of this Section 6.1, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.1, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article VI.

 

SECTION 6.2Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

 

(a)                                  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(i)                                     the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(ii)                                  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; provided, that in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they substantially conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

41



 

(b)                                 If an Event of Default known to the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall, prior to the receipt of directions, if any, from the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 6.2.  To the extent that, at law or in equity, the Trustee has duties and liabilities relating to the Holders, the Trustee shall not be liable to any Holder for the Trustee’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Indenture.  The provisions of this Indenture, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Trustee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Company and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Trustee.

 

(d)                                 No provisions of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability with respect to matters that are within the authority of the Trustee under this Indenture for its own negligent action, negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i)                                     the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by an authorized officer of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts upon which such judgment was made;

 

(ii)                                  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee under this Indenture; and

 

(iii)                               the Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Company and money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

SECTION 6.3Notice of Defaults.

 

Within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of any default actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall give the Holders notice of such default unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, that except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities, the Trustee shall by fully protected in withholding the notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding

 

42



 

the notice is in the interest of holders of Securities; and provided, that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 5.1(c), no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least sixty (60) days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section 6.3, the term “default” means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

 

SECTION 6.4Certain Rights of Trustee.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 6.2:

 

(a)                                  the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith and in accordance with the terms hereof upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

 

(b)                                 if (i) in performing its duties under this Indenture the Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action, (ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee finds ambiguous or inconsistent with any other provisions contained herein or (iii) the Trustee is unsure of the application of any provision of this Indenture, then, except as to any matter as to which the Holders are entitled to decide under the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee shall deliver a notice to the Company requesting the Company’s written instruction as to the course of action to be taken and the Trustee shall take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Trustee shall be instructed in writing to take, or to refrain from taking, by the Company; provided, that if the Trustee does not receive such instructions from the Company within ten Business Days after it has delivered such notice or such reasonably shorter period of time set forth in such notice the Trustee may, but shall be under no duty to, take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Trustee shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the Holders, in which event the Trustee shall have no liability except for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct;

 

(c)                                  any request or direction of the Company shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

 

(d)                                 the Trustee may consult with counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Trustee, the Company or any of its Affiliates, and may include any of its employees) and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

 

(e)                                  the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction, including reasonable advances as may be requested by the Trustee;

 

43



 

(f)                                    the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, indenture, note or other paper or document, but the Trustee in its discretion may make such inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;

 

(g)                                 the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder;

 

(h)                                 whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action with respect to enforcing any remedy or right hereunder, the Trustees (i) may request instructions from the Holders (which instructions may only be given by the Holders of the same aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Securities as would be entitled to direct the Trustee under this Indenture in respect of such remedy, right or action), (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such action until such instructions are received and (iii) shall be protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

 

(i)                                     except as otherwise expressly provided by this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(j)                                     without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with any bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceeding referred to in clauses (d) or (e) of the definition of Event of Default, such expenses (including legal fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy laws or law relating to creditors rights generally;

 

(k)                                  whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate addressing such matter, which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Company;

 

(l)                                     the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Event of Default unless either (i) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge or (ii) the Trustee shall have received notice thereof from the Company or a Holder; and

 

(m)                               in the event that the Trustee is also acting as Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent or Securities Registrar hereunder, the rights and protections afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall also be afforded such Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent,  or  Securities Registrar.

 

44



 

SECTION 6.5May Hold Securities.

 

The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Securities Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Securities Registrar or such other agent.

 

SECTION 6.6Compensation; Reimbursement; Indemnity.

 

(a)                                  The Company agrees

 

(i)                                     to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in such amounts as the Company and the Trustee shall agree from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

 

(ii)                                  to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct; and

 

(iii)                               to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to indemnify the Trustee and its Affiliates, and their officers, directors, shareholders, agents, representatives and employees for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, damage, liability, tax (other than income, franchise or other taxes imposed on amounts paid pursuant to (i) or (ii) hereof), penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust or the performance of the Trustee’s duties hereunder, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

 

(b)                                 To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 6.6, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, other than money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Securities.  Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

(c)                                  The obligations of the Company under this Section 6.6 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

(d)                                 In no event shall the Trustee be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, including, but not limited to, lost profits, even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

45



 

(e)                                  In no event shall the Trustee be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder because of circumstances beyond its control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, flood, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, embargo, government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations, governmental action or the like which delay, restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Indenture.

 

SECTION 6.7Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

 

(a)                                  No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 6.8.

 

(b)                                 The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company.

 

(c)                                  Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee may be removed at any time by the Company by a Board Resolution.  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee may be removed by Act of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

 

(d)                                 If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any reason, at a time when no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee, and such successor Trustee and the retiring Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 6.8. If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any reason, at a time when an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Holders, by Act of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee, and such successor Trustee and the retiring Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 6.8. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment within sixty (60) days after the giving of a notice of resignation by the Trustee or the removal of the Trustee in the manner required by Section 6.8, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of such Holder and all others similarly situated, and any resigning Trustee may, at the expense of the Company, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(e)                                  The Company shall give notice to all Holders in the manner provided in Section 1.6 of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee.  Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

 

SECTION 6.8Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

 

(a)                                  In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, each successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring

 

46



 

Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

 

(b)                                 Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section 6.8.

 

(c)                                  No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article VI.

 

SECTION 6.9Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

 

Any Person into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided, that such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VI. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation or as otherwise provided above in this Section 6.9 to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated, and in case any Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor Trustee or in the name of such successor Trustee, and in all cases the certificate of authentication shall have the full force which it is provided anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

 

SECTION 6.10Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

 

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Securities or the proceeds thereof.

 

SECTION 6.11Appointment of Authenticating Agent.

 

(a)                                  The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to the Securities, which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities issued upon original issue and upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 3.6, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits

 

47



 

of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, or of any State or Territory thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.11 the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.11, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section 6.11.

 

(b)                                 Any Person into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent shall be the successor Authenticating Agent hereunder, provided such Person shall be otherwise eligible under this Section 6.11, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

 

(c)                                  An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.11, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent eligible under the provisions of this Section 6.11, which shall be acceptable to the Company, and shall give notice of such appointment to all Holders. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent.

 

(d)                                 The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section 6.11 in such amounts as the Company and the Authenticating Agent shall agree from time to time.

 

(e)                                  If an appointment of an Authenticating Agent is made pursuant to this Section 6.11, the Securities may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:

 

This is one of the Securities designated therein referred to in the within mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated:

 

48



 

 

[THE BANK OF NEW YORK], not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authenticating Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Authorized Officer

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Holder’s Lists and Reports by Trustee and Company

 

SECTION 7.1Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.

 

The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

 

(a)                                  semi-annually, on or before June 30 and December 31 of each year, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the delivery thereof, and

 

(b)                                 at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the time such list is furnished, in each case to the extent such information is in the possession or control of the Company and has not otherwise been received by the Trustee in its capacity as Securities Registrar.

 

SECTION 7.2Preservation of Information, Communications to Holders.

 

(a)                                  The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.1 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Securities Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.1 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

 

(b)                                 The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided in the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(c)                                  Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of information as to the names and addresses of the Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

 

49



 

SECTION 7.3Reports by Company.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall furnish to the Holders and to prospective purchasers of Securities, upon their request, the information required to be furnished pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.  The Company shall furnish to the Trustee and, so long as the Property Trustee holds any of the Securities, the Company shall furnish to the Property Trustee, reports on Form FR Y-9C, FR Y-9LP and FR Y-6 promptly following their filing with the Federal Reserve.

 

(b)                                 The Company shall furnish to Trapeza Manager, Inc. (at 507 Carew Tower, 441 Vine Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202, or such other address as designated by Trapeza Manager, Inc.) a duly completed and executed certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, including the financial statements referenced in such Exhibit, which certificate and financial statements shall be so furnished by the Company not later than forty five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company and not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease

 

SECTION 8.1Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

 

The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and no Person shall consolidate with or merge into the Company or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to the Company, unless:

 

(a)                                  if the Company shall consolidate with or merge into another Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, the entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person that acquires by conveyance or transfer, or that leases, the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on all the Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

 

(b)                                 immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and

 

(c)                                  the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, any such supplemental indenture comply with this Article VIII and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with; and the Trustee may rely upon such

 

50



 

Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that such transaction complies with this Section 8.1.

 

SECTION 8.2Successor Company Substituted.

 

(a)                                  Upon any consolidation or merger by the Company with or into any other Person, or any conveyance, transfer or lease by the Company of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person in accordance with Section 8.1 and the execution and delivery to the Trustee of the supplemental indenture described in Section 8.1(a), the successor entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; and in the event of any such conveyance or transfer, following the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under the Indenture and the Securities.

 

(b)                                 Such successor Person may cause to be executed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company, any or all of the Securities issuable hereunder that theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such successor Person instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver any Securities that previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Securities that such successor Person thereafter shall cause to be executed and delivered to the Trustee on its behalf. All the Securities so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

(c)                                  In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease, such changes in phraseology and form may be made in the Securities thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate to reflect such occurrence.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Supplemental Indentures

 

SECTION 9.1Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders.

 

Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

 

(a)                                  to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities; or

 

(b)                                 to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, which shall not be inconsistent with

 

51



 

the other provisions of this Indenture, provided, that such action pursuant to this clause (b) shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holders or the holders of the Preferred Securities; or

 

(c)                                  to add to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Company or to add to the Events of Default, provided, that such action pursuant to this clause (c) shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holders or the holders of the Preferred Securities; or

 

(d)                                 to modify, eliminate or add to any provisions of the Indenture or the Securities to such extent as shall be necessary to ensure that the Securities are treated as indebtedness of the Company for United States Federal income tax purposes, provided, that such action pursuant to this clause (d) shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holders or the holders of the Preferred Securities.

 

SECTION 9.2Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.

 

(a)                                  With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities under this Indenture; provided, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security,

 

(i)                                     change the Stated Maturity of the principal or any premium of any Security or change the date of payment of any installment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof or change the place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Security or interest thereon is payable, or restrict or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date, or

 

(ii)                                  reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with any provision of this Indenture or of defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Indenture, or

 

(iii)                               modify any of the provisions of this Section 9.2, Section 5.13 or Section 10.7, except to increase any percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, the consent of whose Holders is required for any reason, or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Security;

 

provided, further, that, so long as any Preferred Securities remain outstanding, no amendment under this Section 9.2 shall be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Trust Securities shall have consented to such amendment; provided, further, that if the consent of the holder of each Outstanding Security is required for

 

52



 

any amendment under this Indenture, such amendment shall not be effective until the holder of each Outstanding Trust Security shall have consented to such amendment.

 

(b)                                 It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

 

SECTION 9.3Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

 

In executing or accepting the additional trusts created by any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article IX or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such action have been complied with. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties, indemnities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.  Copies of the final form of each supplemental indenture shall be delivered by the Trustee at the expense of the Company to each Holder, and, if the Trustee is the Property Trustee, to each holder of Preferred Securities, promptly  after the execution thereof.

 

SECTION 9.4Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

 

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article IX, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

 

SECTION 9.5Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.

 

Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article IX may, and shall if required by the Company, bear a notation in form approved by the Company as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Covenants

 

SECTION 10.1Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.

 

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities in accordance with the terms of the Securities and this Indenture.

 

53



 

SECTION 10.2Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust.

 

(a)                                  If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to the Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal and any premium or interest (including Additional Interest) so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its failure so to act.

 

(b)                                 Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents, it will, prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on each due date of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Securities, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held as provided in the Trust Indenture Act and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its failure so to act.

 

(c)                                  The Company will cause each Paying Agent for the Securities other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.2, that such Paying Agent will (i) comply with the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act applicable to it as a Paying Agent and (ii) during the continuance of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities) in the making of any payment in respect of the Securities, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Securities.

 

(d)                                 The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

 

(e)                                  Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company in trust for the payment of the principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal and any premium or interest has become due and payable shall (unless otherwise required by mandatory provision of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property law) be paid on Company Request to the Company, or (if then held by the Company) shall (unless otherwise required by mandatory provision of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property law) be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business

 

54



 

Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

 

SECTION 10.3Statement as to Compliance.

 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, an Officers’ Certificate covering the preceding calendar year, stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder), and if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge.

 

SECTION 10.4Calculation Agent.

 

(a)                                  The Company hereby agrees that for so long as any of the Securities remain Outstanding, there will at all times be an agent appointed to calculate LIBOR in respect of each Interest Payment Date in accordance with the terms of Schedule A (the “Calculation Agent”).  The Company has initially appointed the Trustee as Calculation Agent for purposes of determining LIBOR for each Interest Payment Date.  The Calculation Agent may be removed by the Company at any time.  So long as the Property Trustee holds any of the Securities, the Calculation Agent shall be the Property Trustee.   If the Calculation Agent is unable or unwilling to act as such or is removed by the Company, the Company will promptly appoint as a replacement Calculation Agent the London office of a leading bank which is engaged in transactions in Eurodollar deposits in the international Eurodollar market and which does not control or is not controlled by or under common control with the Company or its Affiliates.  The Calculation Agent may not resign its duties without a successor having been duly appointed.

 

(b)                                 The Calculation Agent shall be required to agree that, as soon as possible after 11:00 a.m. (London time) on each LIBOR Determination Date (as defined in Schedule A), but in no event later than 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day immediately following each LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will calculate the interest rate (rounded to the nearest cent, with half a cent being rounded upwards) for the related Interest Payment Date, and will communicate such rate and amount to the Company, the Trustee, each Paying Agent and the Depositary. The Calculation Agent will also specify to the Company the quotations upon which the foregoing rates and amounts are based and, in any event, the Calculation Agent shall notify the Company before 5:00 p.m. (London time) on each LIBOR Determination Date that either:  (i) it has determined or is in the process of determining the foregoing rates and amounts or (ii) it has not determined and is not in the process of determining the foregoing rates and amounts, together with its reasons therefor.  The Calculation Agent’s determination of the foregoing rates and amounts for any Interest Payment Date will (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding upon all parties.  For the sole purpose of calculating the interest rate for the Securities, “Business Day” shall be defined as any day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

 

55



 

SECTION 10.5Additional Tax Sums.

 

So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if (a) the Trust is the Holder of all of the Outstanding Securities and (b) a Tax Event described in clause (i) or (iii) in the definition of Tax Event in Section 1.1 hereof has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall pay to the Trust (and its permitted successors or assigns under the related Trust Agreement) for so long as the Trust (or its permitted successor or assignee) is the registered holder of the Outstanding Securities, such amounts as may be necessary in order that the amount of Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement)) then due and payable by the Trust on the Preferred Securities and Common Securities that at any time remain outstanding in accordance with the terms thereof shall not be reduced as a result of any Additional Taxes arising from such Tax Event (additional such amounts payable by the Company to the Trust, the “Additional Tax Sums”). Whenever in this Indenture or the Securities there is a reference in any context to the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payments of the Additional Tax Sums provided for in this Section 10.5 to the extent that, in such context, Additional Tax Sums are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the provisions of this Section 10.5 and express mention of the payment of Additional Tax Sums (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Tax Sums in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made; provided, that the deferral of the payment of interest pursuant to Section 3.9 on the Securities shall not defer the payment of any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable.

 

SECTION 10.6Additional Covenants.

 

(a)                                  The Company covenants and agrees with each Holder of Securities that if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or the Company shall have given notice of its election to begin an Extension Period with respect to the Securities and shall not have rescinded such notice, or such Extension Period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, it shall not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any shares of the Company’s capital stock, or (ii) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Securities (other than (A) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (B) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a Subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (C) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (D) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any Rights Plan, the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any Rights Plan or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto,

 

56



 

or (E) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock).

 

(b)                                 The Company also covenants with each Holder of Securities (i) to hold, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of the Common Securities of the Trust, provided, that any permitted successor of the Company hereunder may succeed to the Company’s ownership of such Common Securities, (ii) as holder of such Common Securities, not to voluntarily dissolve, wind-up or liquidate the Trust other than (A) in connection with a distribution of the Securities to the holders of the Preferred Securities in liquidation of the Trust or (B) in connection with certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations permitted by the Trust Agreement and (iii) to use its reasonable commercial efforts, consistent with the terms and provisions of the Trust Agreement, to cause the Trust to continue to be taxable as a grantor trust and not as a corporation for United States Federal income tax purposes.

 

SECTION 10.7Waiver of Covenants.

 

The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition contained in Section 10.6 if, before or after the time for such compliance, the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities shall, by Act of such Holders, and at least a majority of the aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Preferred Securities then outstanding, by consent of such holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 10.8Treatment of Securities.

 

The Company will treat the Securities as indebtedness, and the amounts payable in respect of the principal amount of such Securities as interest, for all U.S. federal income tax purposes.  All payments in respect of the Securities will be made free and clear of U.S. withholding tax to any beneficial owner thereof that has provided an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any substitute or successor form) establishing its non-U.S. status for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Redemption of Securities

 

SECTION 11.1Optional Redemption.

 

The Company may, at its option, on any Interest Payment Date, on or after September 15, 2008, redeem the Securities in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a Redemption Price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount thereof (or of the redeemed portion thereof, as applicable), together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption;

 

57



 

provided, that the Company shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve with respect to such redemption if then required.

 

SECTION 11.2Special Event Redemption.

 

Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Special Event, the Company may, at its option, redeem the Securities, in whole but not in part, at a Redemption Price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount thereof, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption; provided, that the Company shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve with respect to such redemption if then required.

 

SECTION 11.3Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.

 

The election of the Company to redeem any Securities, in whole or in part, shall be evidenced by or pursuant to a Board Resolution.  In case of any redemption at the election of the Company, the Company shall, not less than forty five (45) days and not more than seventy five (75) days prior to the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee and the Property Trustee under the Trust Agreement in writing of such date and of the principal amount of the Securities to be redeemed and provide the additional information required to be included in the notice or notices contemplated by Section 11.5. In the case of any redemption of Securities, in whole or in part, (a) prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in this Indenture or the Securities or (b) pursuant to an election of the Company which is subject to a condition specified in this Indenture or the Securities, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel evidencing compliance with such restriction or condition.

 

SECTION 11.4Selection of Securities to be Redeemed.

 

(a)                                  If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the Outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of a portion of the principal amount of any or each Security, provided, that the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of any Security shall be in an authorized denomination (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) for such Security.

 

(b)                                 The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Security that has been or is to be redeemed.

 

(c)                                  The provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 11.4 shall not apply with respect to any redemption affecting only a single Security, whether such Security is to be redeemed in whole or in part. In the case of any such redemption in part, the unredeemed portion

 

58



 

of the principal amount of the Security shall be in an authorized denomination (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) for such Security.

 

SECTION 11.5Notice of Redemption.

 

(a)                                  Notice of redemption shall be given not later than the thirtieth (30th) day, and not earlier than the sixtieth (60th) day, prior to the Redemption Date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part, (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Property Trustee under the related Trust Agreement).

 

(b)                                 With respect to Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part, each notice of redemption shall state:

 

(i)                                     the Redemption Date;

 

(ii)                                  the Redemption Price or, if the Redemption Price cannot be calculated prior to the time the notice is required to be sent, the estimate of the Redemption Price, as calculated by the Company, together with a statement that it is an estimate and that the actual Redemption Price will be calculated on the fifth Business Day prior to the Redemption Date (and if an estimate is provided, a further notice shall be sent of the actual Redemption Price on the date that such Redemption Price is calculated);

 

(iii)                               if less than all Outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the respective principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed;

 

(iv)                              that on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security or portion thereof, and that any interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Security or such portion, as the case may be, shall cease to accrue on and after said date; and

 

(v)                                 the place or places where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price.

 

(c)                                  Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company and shall be irrevocable. The notice if mailed in the manner provided above shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, a failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Security designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Security.

 

SECTION 11.6Deposit of Redemption Price.

 

Prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Redemption Date specified in the notice of redemption given as provided in Section 11.5, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more Paying Agents (or if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, the Company will segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.2) an amount of money

 

59



 

sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and any accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) on, all the Securities (or portions thereof) that are to be redeemed on that date.

 

SECTION 11.7Payment of Securities Called for Redemption.

 

(a)                                  If any notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 11.5, the Securities or portion of Securities with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the date and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable Redemption Price, together with accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) to the Redemption Date. On presentation and surrender of such Securities at a Place of Payment specified in such notice, the Securities or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable Redemption Price, together with accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) to the Redemption Date.

 

(b)                                 Upon presentation of any Security redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Security or Securities, of authorized denominations, in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Security so presented and having the same Original Issue Date, Stated Maturity and terms.

 

(c)                                  If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal of and any premium on such Security shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Security.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

Subordination of Securities

 

SECTION 12.1Securities Subordinate to Senior Debt.

 

The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of a Security, by its acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth in this Article XII, the payment of the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on each and all of the Securities are hereby expressly made subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt.

 

SECTION 12.2No Payment When Senior Debt in Default; Payment Over of Proceeds Upon Dissolution, Etc.

 

(a)                                  In the event and during the continuation of any default by the Company in the payment of any principal of or any premium or interest on any Senior Debt (following any grace period, if applicable) when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration of acceleration or otherwise, then, upon written notice of such default to the Company by the holders of such Senior Debt or any trustee therefor, unless and until such default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, no direct or indirect payment (in cash, property, securities, by set-off or otherwise) shall be made or agreed to be made on account of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional

 

60



 

Interest) on any of the Securities, or in respect of any redemption, repayment, retirement, purchase or other acquisition of any of the Securities.

 

(b)                                 In the event of a bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceeding described in clause (d) or (e) of the definition of Event of Default (each such event, if any, herein sometimes referred to as a “Proceeding”), all Senior Debt (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any such proceedings) shall first be paid in full before any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities or other property, shall be made to any Holder of any of the Securities on account thereof. Any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities or other property (other than securities of the Company or any other entity provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is subordinate, at least to the extent provided in these subordination provisions with respect to the indebtedness evidenced by the Securities, to the payment of all Senior Debt at the time outstanding and to any securities issued in respect thereof under any such plan of reorganization or readjustment), which would otherwise (but for these subordination provisions) be payable or deliverable in respect of the Securities shall be paid or delivered directly to the holders of Senior Debt in accordance with the priorities then existing among such holders until all Senior Debt  (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any Proceeding) shall have been paid in full.

 

(c)                                  In the event of any Proceeding, after payment in full of all sums owing with respect to Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities, together with the holders of any obligations of the Company ranking on a parity with the Securities, shall be entitled to be paid from the remaining assets of the Company the amounts at the time due and owing on account of unpaid principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities and such other obligations before any payment or other distribution, whether in cash, property or otherwise, shall be made on account of any capital stock or any obligations of the Company ranking junior to the Securities and such other obligations. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of any character or any security, whether in cash, securities or other property (other than securities of the Company or any other entity provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is subordinate, at least to the extent provided in these subordination provisions with respect to the indebtedness evidenced by the Securities, to the payment of all Senior Debt at the time outstanding and to any securities issued in respect thereof under any such plan of reorganization or readjustment) shall be received by the Trustee or any Holder in contravention of any of the terms hereof and before all Senior Debt shall have been paid in full, such payment or distribution or security shall be received in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered and transferred to, the holders of the Senior Debt at the time outstanding in accordance with the priorities then existing among such holders for application to the payment of all Senior Debt remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to pay all such Senior Debt (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any Proceeding) in full. In the event of the failure of the Trustee or any Holder to endorse or assign any such payment, distribution or security, each holder of Senior Debt is hereby irrevocably authorized to endorse or assign the same.

 

(d)                                 The Trustee and the Holders, at the expense of the Company, shall take such reasonable action  (including the delivery of this Indenture to an agent for any holders of Senior Debt or consent to the filing of a financing statement with respect hereto) as may, in the opinion of counsel designated by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Debt at the

 

61



 

time outstanding, be necessary or appropriate to assure the effectiveness of the subordination effected by these provisions.

 

(e)                                  The provisions of this Section 12.2 shall not impair any rights, interests, remedies or powers of any secured creditor of the Company in respect of any security interest the creation of which is not prohibited by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

(f)                                    The securing of any obligations of the Company, otherwise ranking on a parity with the Securities or ranking junior to the Securities, shall not be deemed to prevent such obligations from constituting, respectively, obligations ranking on a parity with the Securities or ranking junior to the Securities.

 

SECTION 12.3Payment Permitted If No Default.

 

Nothing contained in this Article XII or elsewhere in this Indenture or in any of the Securities shall prevent (a) the Company, at any time, except during the pendency of the conditions described in paragraph (a) of Section 12.2 or of any Proceeding referred to in Section 12.2, from making payments at any time of principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities or (b) the application by the Trustee of any moneys deposited with it hereunder to the payment of or on account of the principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities or the retention of such payment by the Holders, if, at the time of such application by the Trustee, it did not have knowledge (in accordance with Section 12.8) that such payment would have been prohibited by the provisions of this Article XII, except as provided in Section 12.8.

 

SECTION 12.4Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt.

 

Subject to the payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on all Senior Debt, or the provision for such payment in cash or cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities shall be subrogated to the extent of the payments or distributions made to the holders of such Senior Debt pursuant to the provisions of this Article XII (equally and ratably with the holders of all indebtedness of the Company that by its express terms is subordinated to Senior Debt of the Company to substantially the same extent as the Securities are subordinated to the Senior Debt and is entitled to like rights of subrogation by reason of any payments or distributions made to holders of such Senior Debt) to the rights of the holders of such Senior Debt to receive payments and distributions of cash, property and securities applicable to the Senior Debt until the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities shall be paid in full. For purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Debt of any cash, property or securities to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article XII, and no payments made pursuant to the provisions of this Article XII to the holders of Senior Debt by Holders of the Securities or the Trustee, shall, as among the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders of the Securities, be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of the Senior Debt.

 

62



 

SECTION 12.5Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights.

 

The provisions of this Article XII are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities on the one hand and the holders of Senior Debt on the other hand. Nothing contained in this Article XII or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Securities is intended to or shall (a) impair, as between the Company and the Holders of the Securities, the obligations of the Company, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders of the Securities the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, (b) affect the relative rights against the Company of the Holders of the Securities and creditors of the Company other than their rights in relation to the holders of Senior Debt or (c) prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Security (or to the extent expressly provided herein, the holder of any Preferred Security) from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, including filing and voting claims in any Proceeding, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article XII of the holders of Senior Debt to receive cash, property and securities otherwise payable or deliverable to the Trustee or such Holder.

 

SECTION 12.6Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.

 

Each Holder of a Security by his or her acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination provided in this Article XII and appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

 

SECTION 12.7No Waiver of Subordination Provisions.

 

(a)                                  No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Debt to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with.

 

(b)                                 Without in any way limiting the generality of paragraph (a) of this Section 12.7, the holders of Senior Debt may, at any time and from to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities, without incurring responsibility to such Holders of the Securities and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article XII or the obligations hereunder of such Holders of the Securities to the holders of Senior Debt, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Debt, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Debt or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Debt is outstanding, (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Debt, (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment of Senior Debt and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company and any other Person.

 

63



 

SECTION 12.8Notice to Trustee.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall give prompt written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XII or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a holder of Senior Debt or from any trustee, agent or representative therefor; provided, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section 12.8 at least two Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any monies may become payable for any purpose (including, the payment of the principal of and any premium on or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such monies and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it within two Business Days prior to such date.

 

(b)                                 The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or herself to be a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee, agent, representative or attorney-in-fact therefor) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee, agent, representative or attorney-in-fact therefor). In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XII, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XII, and if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

 

SECTION 12.9Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent.

 

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article XII, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such Proceeding is pending, or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities, for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XII.

 

SECTION 12.10Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt.

 

The Trustee, in its capacity as trustee under this Indenture, shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt and shall not be liable to any such holders if it

 

64



 

shall in good faith mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders of Securities or to the Company or to any other Person cash, property or securities to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XII or otherwise.

 

SECTION 12.11Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation of Trustee’s Rights.

 

The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XII with respect to any Senior Debt that may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt, and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

 

SECTION 12.12Article Applicable to Paying Agents.

 

If at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term “Trustee” as used in this Article XII shall in such case (unless the context otherwise requires) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article XII in addition to or in place of the Trustee; provided, that Sections 12.8 and 12.11 shall not apply to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company if the Company or such Affiliate acts as Paying Agent.

 

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

* * * *

 

65



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mathew P. Wagner

 

 

 

Mathew P. Wagner

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
not in its individual capacity, but solely as
Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Van K. Brown

 

 

 

Van K. Brown

 

 

 

Vice President

 

 

Indenture

 

66



 

Schedule A

 

DETERMINATION OF LIBOR

 

With respect to the Securities, the London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) shall be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the following provisions (in each case rounded to the nearest .000001%):

 

(1)                                  On the second LIBOR Business Day (as defined below) prior to an Interest Payment Date (except, with respect to the first interest payment period, on August 29, 2003) (each such day, a “LIBOR Determination Date”), LIBOR for any given security shall, for the following interest payment period, equal the rate, as obtained by the Calculation Agent from Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News, for three-month Eurodollar deposits that appears on Dow Jones Telerate Page 3750 (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 1991 Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Definitions), or such other page as may replace such Page 3750, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date.

 

(2)                                  If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Dow Jones Telerate Page 3750 or such other page as may replace such Page 3750, the Calculation Agent shall determine the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations of the Reference Banks (as defined below) to leading banks in the London interbank market for three-month Eurodollar deposits in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent by reference to requests for quotations as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the LIBOR Determination Date made by the Calculation Agent to the Reference Banks.  If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, at least two of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall equal such arithmetic mean of such quotations.  If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, only one or none of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations that leading banks in the City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent are quoting on the relevant LIBOR Determination Date for three-month Eurodollar deposits in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent by reference to the principal London offices of leading banks in the London interbank market; provided that, if the Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in accordance with at least one of the procedures provided above, LIBOR shall be LIBOR as determined on the previous LIBOR Determination Date.

 

(3)                                  As used herein: “Reference Banks” means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent; and “LIBOR Business Day” means a day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in London.

 

 

A-1



 

Exhibit A

 

Officer’s Certificate

 

The undersigned, the [Chief Financial Officer] [Treasurer] [Executive Vice President] hereby certifies, pursuant to Section 7.3(b) of the Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of September 3, 2003, among First Community Bancorp (the “Company”) and The Bank of New York, as trustee, that, as of [date], [20   ], the Company had the following ratios and balances:

 

BANK HOLDING COMPANY
As of [Quarterly Financial Dates]

 

Tier 1 Risk Weighted Assets

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Double Leverage

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

Non-Performing Assets to Loans and OREO

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

Tangible Common Equity as a Percentage of Tangible Assets

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Reserves to Non-Performing Loans

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Loans

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

Return on Average Assets (annualized)

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Margin (annualized)

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

Efficiency Ratio

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Loans to Assets

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Loans to Deposits

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

Double Leverage (exclude trust preferred as equity)

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year to Date Income

 

$

 

 

 


* A table describing the quarterly report calculation procedures is provided on page   

 

[FOR FISCAL YEAR END: Attached hereto are the audited consolidated financial statements (including the balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows, and notes thereto, together with the report of the independent accountants thereon) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the three years ended          , 20   .]

 

[FOR FISCAL QUARTER END: Attached hereto are the unaudited consolidated and consolidating financial statements (including the balance sheet and income statement) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter] ended [date], 20   .

 

The financial statements fairly present in all material respects, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, and the results of operations and changes in financial condition as of the date, and for the [     quarter interim] [annual] period ended [date], 20   , and such financial

 

A-1



 

statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period involved (expect as otherwise noted therein).

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Officer’s Certificate as of this        day of                , 20  

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

First Community Bancorp

 

120 Wilshire Blvd.

 

Santa Monica, California 90401

 

(31) 451-4555

 

A-2



 

Financial Definitions

 

Report Item

 

Corresponding FRY-9C or LP Line Items with Line
Item corresponding Schedules

 

Description of Calculation

Tier 1 Risk
Weighted Assets

 

BHCK7206
Schedule HC-R

 

Tier 1 Risk Ratio: Core Capital (Tier 1)/ Risk-Adjusted Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Double
Leverage

 

(BHCP0365)/(BCHCP3210)
Schedule PC in the LP

 

Total equity investments in subsidiaries divided by the total equity capital. This field is calculated at the parent company level. “Subsidiaries” include bank, bank holding company, and non-bank subsidiaries.

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Performing
Assets to Loans
and OREO

 

(BHCK5525-BHCK3506+BHCK5526-
BHCK3507+BHCK2744)/(BHCK2122+BHCK2744)
Schedules HC-C, HC-M & HC-N

 

Total Nonperforming Assets (NPLs+Foreclosed Real Estate+Other Nonaccrual & Repossessed Assets)/Total Loans+Foreclosed Real Estate

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible
Common Equity
as a Percentage of
Tangible Assets

 

(BHDM3210-BHCK3163)/(BHCK2170-BHCK3163)

Schedule HC

 

(Equity Capital – Goodwill)/(Total Assets – Goodwill)

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Reserves
to Non-
Performing Loans

 

(BHCK3123+BHCK3128)/(BHCK5525-
BHCK3506+BHCK5526-BHCK3507)

Schedules HC & HC-N & HC-R

 

Total Loan Loss and Allocated Transfer Risk Reserves/ Total Nonperforming Loans(Nonaccrual + Restructured)

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Net
Charge-Offs to
Loans

 

(BHCK4635-BHCK4605)/(BHCK3516)

Schedules HC-B & HC-K

 

Net charge offs for the period as a percentage of average loans.

 

 

 

 

 

Return on
Average Assets
(annualized)

 

(BHCK4340/BHCK3368)

Schedules HI & HC-K

 

Net Income as a percentage of Assets.

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest
Margin
(annualized)

 

(BHCK4519)/(BHCK3515+BHCK3365+BHCK3516+BHCK3401+BHCKB985)

Schedules HI Memorandum and HC-K

 

(Net Interest Income Fully Taxable Equivalent, if available/Average Earning Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

Efficiency Ratio

 

(BHCK4093)/(BHCK4519+BHCK4079)

Schedule HI

 

(Non-interest Expense)/(Net Interest Income Fully Taxable Equivalent, if available, plus Non-interest Income)

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Loans to
Assets

 

(BHCKB528+BHCK5369)/(BHCK2170)

Schedule HC

 

Total Loans & Leases (Net of Unearned Income & Gross of Reserve)/Total Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Loans to
Deposits

 

(BHCKB528+BHCK5369)/(BHDM6631+BHDM6636+BHFN6631+BHFN6636)

Schedule HC

 

Total Loans & Leases (Net of Unearned Income & Gross of Reserve)/Total Deposits (Includes Domestic and Foreign Deposits)

 

1



 

Total Assets

 

(BHCK2170)

Schedule HC

 

The sum of total assets. Includes cash and balances due from depository institutions; securities; federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell; loans and lease financing receivables; trading assets; premises and fixed assets; other real estate owned; investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies; customer’s liability on acceptances outstanding; intangible assets; and other assets.

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

(BHCK4300)

Schedule HI

 

The sum of income (loss)before extraordinary items and other adjustments and extraordinary items; and other adjustments, net of income taxes.

 

2



EX-10.3 5 a2121280zex-10_3.htm EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of August 15, 2003

 

This Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement (this “Agreement”) is by and between FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP, a corporation formed under the laws of the State of California (“Borrower”), and THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY, an Illinois banking corporation (“Lender”), with a banking office at 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois  60675.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Borrower and Lender entered into a Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of June 26, 2000, as amended by a First Amendment thereto dated as of January 12, 2001, a Second Amendment and Waiver thereto dated as of June 25, 2001, a Third Amendment and Waiver thereto dated as of February 12, 2002 and a Fourth Amendment and Waiver thereto dated as of February 11, 2003 (said Revolving Credit Agreement, as amended, the “Prior Credit Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Prior Credit Agreement, Lender has made certain revolving loans (collectively, the “Prior Loans”) to Borrower which Prior Loans are evidenced by that certain Revolving Credit Note of Borrower dated as of February 12, 2002 in the original principal amount of $12,500,000 (the “Prior Note”);

 

WHEREAS, all obligations of Borrower under the Prior Credit Agreement have been secured by that certain Pledge Agreement dated as of June 26, 2000, as amended by a First Amendment thereto dated as of January 12, 2001, a Second Amendment thereto dated as of February 12, 2002 and a Third Amendment thereto dated as of February 11, 2003 (said Pledge Agreement, as amended, the “Prior Pledge Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, Borrower and Lender desire that, on the terms and conditions herein, (i) the Prior Credit Agreement be amended and restated into this Agreement, (ii) the Prior Loans be converted into Loans (as defined hereinafter) under this Agreement, (iii) the Prior Note be amended and restated into the Note (as defined hereinafter) and all outstanding Prior Loans thereunder as of the date hereof be continuing and deemed outstanding under the Note, (iv) Lender make available its Commitment (as defined hereinafter) to Borrower pursuant to which Borrower may request Loans and (v) the Prior Pledge Agreement be amended and restated into the Pledge Agreement (as defined hereinafter) and the pledge of, and security interest granted in, certain collateral under the Prior Pledge Agreement continue under the Pledge Agreement, except for any such collateral expressly released by Lender;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the following mutual agreements and for other good and valuation consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree that the Prior Credit Agreement be amended and restated to read in its entirety, as follows:

 



 

SECTION 1.  LOANS

 

SECTION 1.1.                                         RESTRUCTURING.  On the date that all of the conditions in Section 6.1 of this Agreement are satisfied, and at the time on such date that the restructuring contemplated by this Agreement occurs, (a) the Prior Loans shall be converted into Loans under this Agreement and be evidenced by the Note, (b) the security interests and liens granted by Borrower under the Prior Pledge Agreement and the documents delivered in connection therewith shall continue in full force and effect under the Pledge Agreement.  None of the Prior Loans shall be deemed to have been repaid as a result of the restructuring described in this Section 1.1.  None of the liens of Borrower granted to Lender pursuant to the Prior Pledge Agreement shall be terminated as a result of the restructuring described in this Section 1.1 except as otherwise expressly released by Lender.

 

SECTION 1.2.                                         REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender agrees to make loans to Borrower, from time to time from the date of this Agreement through August 14, 2004 (the “Maturity Date”), at such times and in such amounts, not to exceed TWELVE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND NO/100 UNITED STATES DOLLARS ($12,500,000.00) (the “Commitment”) at any one time outstanding, as Borrower may request (the “Loan(s)”).  During such period Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow hereunder.  Each borrowing shall be in the amount of at least $100,000 or the remaining unused amount of the Commitment.

 

SECTION 1.3.                                         REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE.  The Loans shall be evidenced by a promissory note (the “Note”), substantially in the form of Exhibit A, with appropriate insertions, dated the date hereof, payable to the order of Lender and in the original principal amount of the Commitment.  Lender may at any time and from time to time at Lender’s sole option attach a schedule (grid) to the Note and endorse thereon notations with respect to each Loan specifying the date and principal amount thereof, the Interest Period (as defined below) (if applicable), the applicable interest rate and rate option, and the date and amount of each payment of principal and interest made by Borrower with respect to each such Loan.  Lender’s endorsements as well as its records relating to the Loans shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence of the outstanding principal and interest on the Loans, and, in the event of inconsistency, shall prevail over any records of Borrower and any written confirmations of the Loans given by Borrower.  The principal of the Note shall be payable on or before the Maturity Date.

 

SECTION 1.4.                                         EXTENSION OF MATURITY DATE.  Borrower may request an extension of the Maturity Date by submitting a request for an extension to Lender (an “Extension Request”) no more than sixty (60) days prior to the current Maturity Date.  The Extension Request must specify the new Maturity Date requested by Borrower and the date (which must be at least thirty (30) days after the Extension Request is delivered to Lender) as of which Lender must respond to the Extension Request (the “Extension Date”).  The new Maturity Date shall be no more than 364 days after the Maturity Date in effect at the time the Extension Request is received, including such Maturity Date as one of the days in the calculation of the days elapsed.  Promptly upon receipt of an Extension Request, Lender shall endeavor in good faith to notify the

 

2



 

Other Banks (as hereinafter defined) of the contents thereof (provided it shall not be liable to Borrower, the Other Banks, or any other Person for its failure to do so).  If Lender fails to respond to an Extension Request by the Extension Date, Lender shall be deemed to have denied the Extension Request.  If Lender, in its sole discretion, decides to approve the Extension Request, Lender shall deliver its written consent to Borrower, and endeavor in good faith to notify the Other Banks of such extension no later than the Extension Date (provided it shall not be liable to Borrower, the Other Banks, or any other Person for its failure to do so).  If and only if the consent of each of the Other Banks to the same new Maturity Date is received by Borrower and Lender on or before the Extension Date, the Maturity Date specified in the Extension Request shall become effective at the expiration of the existing Maturity Date.

 

SECTION 2.  INTEREST AND FEES

 

SECTION 2.1.                                         INTEREST RATE.  Borrower agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Loans from time to time outstanding hereunder at the following rates per year:

 

(a)                                  Before maturity of any Loan, whether by acceleration or otherwise, at the option of Borrower, subject to the terms hereof at a rate equal to:

 

(i)                                     The “Prime-Based Rate,” which shall mean the Prime Rate (as hereinafter defined) minus seventy-five hundredths of one percent (-0.75%) per annum;

 

(ii)                                  LIBOR,” which shall mean the sum of (A) that fixed rate of interest per year for deposits with Interest Periods of 1, 3 or 6 months (which Interest Period Borrower shall select subject to the terms stated herein) in United States Dollars offered to Lender in or through the London interbank market at or about 10:00 A.M., London time, two days (during which banks are generally open in both Chicago and London) before the rate is to take effect in an amount corresponding to the amount of the requested Loan or portion thereof and for the London deposit Interest Period requested, divided by one minus any applicable reserve requirement (expressed as a decimal) on Eurodollar deposits of the same amount and Interest Period as determined by Lender in its sole discretion, plus (B) one and one-half percent (+1.50%) per annum; or

 

(iii)                               Federal Funds Rate,” which shall mean the sum of (A) the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions, with members of the Federal Reserve System only, arranged by Federal funds brokers, plus (B) one and one-half percent (1.50%) per annum.  The Federal Funds Rate shall be determined by Lender on the basis of reports by Federal funds brokers to, and published daily by, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York in the Composite Closing Quotations for U.S. Government Securities.  If such publication is unavailable or the Federal Funds Rate is not set forth therein, the Federal Funds Rate shall be determined on the basis of any other source reasonably selected by Lender.  The Federal Funds Rate applicable each day shall be the Federal Funds Rate reported as applicable to Federal funds transactions on that date.  In the case of Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday, the Federal Funds Rate shall be the rate

 

3



 

applicable to Federal funds transactions on the immediately preceding day for which the Federal Funds Rate is reported.

 

(b)                                 After the maturity of any Loan, whether by acceleration or otherwise, such Loan shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to two percent (2%) in addition to the rate in effect immediately prior to maturity (but not less than the Prime-Based Rate in effect at maturity).

 

SECTION 2.2.                                         RATE SELECTION.  Borrower shall select and change its selection of the interest rate as among LIBOR, the Federal Funds Rate and the Prime-Based Rate, as applicable, to apply to at least $100,000 and in integral multiples of $100,000 thereafter of any Loan or portion thereof, subject to the requirements herein stated:

 

(a)                                  At the time any Loan is made;

 

(b)                                 At the expiration of a particular LIBOR Interest Period selected for the outstanding principal balance of any Loan or portion of any Loan currently bearing interest at LIBOR; and

 

(c)                                  At any time for the outstanding principal balance of any Loan or portion thereof currently bearing interest at the Prime-Based Rate or the Federal Funds Rate.

 

SECTION 2.3.                                         RATE CHANGES AND NOTIFICATIONS.

 

(a)                                  LIBOR.  If Borrower wishes to borrow funds at LIBOR or Borrower wishes to change the rate of interest on any Loan or portion thereof, within the limits described above, from any other rate to LIBOR, it shall, at or before 12:00 noon, Chicago time, not less than two Banking Days of Lender prior to the Banking Day of Lender on which such rate is to take effect, give Lender written notice thereof, which shall be irrevocable.  Such notice shall specify the Loan or portion thereof to which LIBOR is to apply, and, in addition, the desired LIBOR Interest Period of 1, 3 or 6 months (but not to exceed the Maturity Date).

 

(b)                                 Federal Funds Rate or Prime-Based Rate.  If Borrower wishes to borrow funds at the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime-Based Rate or to change the rate of interest on any Loan or any portion thereof, to such rate, it shall, at or before l2:00 noon, Chicago time, on the date such borrowing or change is to take effect, which shall be a Banking Day of Lender, give Lender written notice thereof, which shall be irrevocable.  Such notice shall specify the advance and the desired interest rate option.

 

(c)                                  Failure to Notify.  If Borrower does not notify Lender at the expiration of a selected Interest Period with respect to any principal outstanding at LIBOR, then in the absence of such notice Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to have such principal accrue interest after the respective LIBOR Interest Period at the Federal Funds Rate.  If Borrower does not notify Lender as to its selection of the interest rate option with respect to any new Loan, then in the absence of such notice Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to have such initial advance accrue interest at the Federal Funds Rate.

 

4



 

SECTION 2.4.                                         INTEREST PAYMENT DATES.  Accrued interest shall be paid in respect of each portion of principal to which the Federal Funds Rate or Prime-Based Rate applies on the last day of each month in each year, beginning with the first of such dates to occur after the date of the first Loan or portion thereof, at maturity, and upon payment in full, and to each portion of principal to which any other interest rate option applies, the end of each respective Interest Period, every three months, at maturity, and upon payment in full, whichever is earlier or more frequent.  After maturity, interest shall be payable upon demand.

 

SECTION 2.5.                                         ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS WITH RESPECT TO FEDERAL FUNDS RATE AND LIBOR LOANS.

 

The selection by Borrower of the Federal Funds Rate or LIBOR and the maintenance of the Loans or portions thereof at such rate shall be subject to the following additional terms and conditions:

 

(a)                                  Availability of Deposits at a Determinable Rate.  If, after Borrower has elected to borrow or maintain any Loan or portion thereof at the Federal Funds Rate or LIBOR, Lender notifies Borrower that:

 

(i)                                     United States dollar deposits in the amount and for the maturity requested are not available to Lender (in the case of LIBOR, in the London interbank market); or

 

(ii)                                  Reasonable means do not exist for Lender to determine the Federal Funds Rate or LIBOR for the amount and maturity requested; all as determined by Lender in its sole discretion, then the principal subject to the Federal Funds Rate or LIBOR shall accrue or shall continue to accrue interest at the Prime-Based Rate.

 

(b)                                 Prohibition of Making, Maintaining, or Repayment of Principal at the Federal Funds Rate or LIBOR.  If any treaty, statute, regulation, interpretation thereof, or any directive, guideline, or otherwise by a central bank or fiscal authority (whether or not having the force of law) shall either prohibit or extend the time at which any principal subject to the Federal Funds Rate or LIBOR may be purchased, maintained, or repaid, then on and as of the date the prohibition becomes effective, the principal subject to that prohibition shall continue at the Prime-Based Rate.

 

(c)                                  Payments of Principal and Interest to be Inclusive of Any Taxes or Costs.  All payments of principal and interest shall include any taxes and costs incurred by Lender resulting from having principal outstanding hereunder at the Federal Funds Rate or LIBOR.  Without limiting the generality of the preceding obligation, illustrations of such taxes and costs are:

 

(i)                                     Taxes (or the withholding of amounts for taxes) of any nature whatsoever including income, excise, and interest equalization taxes (other than income taxes imposed by the United States or any state or locality thereof on the income of Lender), as well as all levies, imposts, duties, or fees whether now in existence or

 

5



 

resulting from a change in, or promulgation of, any treaty, statute, regulation, interpretation thereof, or any directive, guideline, or otherwise, by a central bank or fiscal authority (whether or not having the force of law) or a change in the basis of, or time of payment of, such taxes and other amounts resulting therefrom;

 

(ii)                                  Any reserve or special deposit requirements against assets or liabilities of, or deposits with or for the account of, Lender with respect to principal outstanding at LIBOR including those imposed under Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board or resulting from a change in, or the promulgation of, such requirements by treaty, statute, regulation, interpretation thereof, or any directive, guideline, or otherwise by a central bank or fiscal authority (whether or not having the force of law);

 

(iii)                               Any other costs resulting from compliance with treaties, statutes, regulations, interpretations, or any directives or guidelines, or otherwise by a central bank or fiscal authority (whether or not having the force of law), including capital adequacy regulations;

 

(iv)                              Any loss (including loss of anticipated profits) or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or re-employment of deposits acquired by Lender:

 

(A)                              To make Loans or a portion thereof or maintain principal outstanding at the LIBOR or the Federal Funds Rate;

 

(B)                                As the result of a voluntary prepayment at a date other than the Interim Maturity Date selected for principal outstanding at LIBOR;

 

(C)                                As the result of a mandatory repayment at a date other than that Interim Maturity Date selected for principal outstanding at LIBOR as the result of the occurrence of an Event of Default and the acceleration of any portion of the indebtedness hereunder; or

 

(D)                               As the result of a prohibition on making, maintaining, or repaying principal outstanding at the Federal Funds Rate or LIBOR.

 

If Lender incurs any such taxes or costs, Borrower, upon demand in writing specifying such taxes and costs, shall promptly pay them; save for manifest error Lender’s specification shall be presumptively deemed correct.

 

SECTION 2.6.                                         BASIS OF COMPUTATION.  Interest shall be computed for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days, including the date a Loan is made and excluding the date a Loan or any portion thereof is paid or prepaid.

 

SECTION 2.7.                                         COMMITMENT FEE, REDUCTION OF COMMITMENT.  Borrower agrees to pay Lender a commitment fee (the “Commitment Fee”) in arrears of twenty-five hundredths of one percent (0.25%) per year on the average daily unused amount of the

 

6



 

Commitment.  The Commitment Fee shall commence to accrue on the date of this Agreement and shall be paid on the last day of each calendar quarter in each year, beginning with the first of such dates to occur after the date of this Agreement, at maturity and upon payment in full.  At any time or from time to time, upon at least ten days’ prior written notice, which shall be irrevocable, Borrower may reduce the Commitment in the amount of at least $100,000 or in full; provided that Borrower may not reduce the Commitment below an amount equal to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Loans.  Upon any such reduction of any part of the unused Commitment, any accrued and unpaid Commitment Fee on the part reduced shall be paid in full as of the date of such reduction.

 

SECTION 3.  PAYMENTS AND PREPAYMENTS

 

SECTION 3.1.                                         PREPAYMENTS.  Borrower may prepay without penalty or premium any principal bearing interest at the Prime-Based Rate or the Federal Funds Rate.  If Borrower prepays any principal bearing interest at LIBOR in whole or in part on a date other than the Interim Maturity Date, or if the maturity of any such LIBOR principal is accelerated, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law Borrower shall also pay Lender for all losses and expenses incurred by reason of the liquidation or re-employment of deposits acquired by Lender to make the Loan or maintain principal outstanding at LIBOR.  Upon Lender’s demand in writing specifying such losses and expenses, Borrower shall promptly pay them; Lender’s specification shall be deemed correct in the absence of manifest error.  All Loans or portions thereof made at LIBOR shall be conclusively deemed to have been funded by or on behalf of Lender (in the London interbank market) by the purchase of deposits corresponding in amount and maturity to the amount and Interest Periods selected (or deemed to have been selected) by Borrower under this Agreement.  Any partial repayment or prepayment shall be in an amount equal to the lesser of $500,000 and the outstanding principle balance of the Loans.

 

SECTION 3.2.                                         FUNDS.  All payments of principal, interest and the Commitment Fee shall be made in immediately available funds to Lender at its banking office indicated above or as otherwise directed by Lender.

 

SECTION 3.3.                                         EQUAL ACTIONSBorrower agrees that (a) each borrowing from Lender under Section 1.2 of this Agreement and from the Other Banks under the Other Bank Agreements, (b) each payment of the Commitment Fee under Section 2.7 of this Agreement to Lender and under the Other Bank Agreements to the Other Banks and (c) each reduction of the Commitment under Section 2.7 of this Agreement and the commitments of the Other Banks under the Other Banks Agreements shall be made on a pro rata basis among Lender and the Other Banks and at substantially the same time.  The making, conversion and continuation of Loans hereunder and under the Other Bank Agreements shall be made ratably and at substantially the same time and Interest Periods for LIBOR Loans hereunder and under the Other Bank Agreement made on the same Banking Day shall be coterminous.  Each payment or prepayment of principal by Borrower shall be made for the account of Lender and the Other Banks ratably and at substantially the same time.  Each payment of interest on the Loans to Lender and on loans to the Other Banks shall be made for the account of Lender and the Other Banks ratably in accordance with the amounts of interest due and payable to Lender and the Other Banks and at substantially the same time.  Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, Lender

 

7



 

acknowledges and agrees to the one time closing fee of $43, 750 to be paid by Borrower to the Other Banks as of the date of this Agreement. 

 

SECTION 4.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

To induce Lender to make each of the Loans, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that:

 

SECTION 4.1.                                         ORGANIZATION.  Borrower is existing and in good standing as a duly qualified and organized bank holding company.  Borrower and each Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) are existing and in good standing under the laws of their jurisdiction of formation, and are duly qualified, in good standing and authorized to do business in each jurisdiction where failure to do so might have a material adverse impact on the consolidated assets, condition or prospects of Borrower.  Borrower and each Subsidiary have the power and authority to own their properties and to carry on their businesses as now being conducted.

 

SECTION 4.2.                                         AUTHORIZATION; NO CONFLICT.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Note and all related documents and instruments:  (a) are within Borrower’s powers; (b) have been authorized by all necessary corporate action; (c) have received any and all necessary governmental approvals; and (d) do not and will not contravene or conflict with any provision of law or charter or by-laws of Borrower or any agreement affecting Borrower or its property.  This Agreement and the Pledge Agreement are, and the Note when executed and delivered will be, legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.

 

SECTION 4.3.                                         FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Borrower has supplied to Lender copies of its audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2002.  Such statements have been furnished to Lender, have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with that of the preceding fiscal year, except as disclosed in such statements, and fairly present the financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such dates and the results of their operations for the respective periods then ended.  Since the date of those financial statements, no material, adverse change in the business, condition, properties, assets, operations, or prospects of Borrower or its Subsidiaries has occurred except as disclosed on Schedule 4.3.  There is no known contingent liability of Borrower or any Subsidiary which is known to be in an amount that is more than $1,000,000 (excluding loan commitments, letters of credit, and other contingent liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of the banking business) in excess of insurance for which the insurer has confirmed coverage in writing which is not reflected in such financial statements or disclosed on Schedule 4.3.

 

SECTION 4.4.                                         TAXES.  Borrower and each Subsidiary have filed or caused to be filed all federal, state and local tax returns which, to the knowledge of Borrower or such Subsidiary, are required to be filed, and have paid or have caused to be paid all taxes as shown on such returns or on any assessment received by them, to the extent that such taxes have become due (except for current taxes not delinquent and taxes being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been provided on the books of

 

8



 

Borrower or the appropriate Subsidiary, and as to which no foreclosure, sale or similar proceedings have been commenced).

 

SECTION 4.5.                                         LIENS.  None of the assets of Borrower or any Subsidiary are subject to any mortgage, pledge, title retention lien, or other lien, encumbrance or security interest except:  (a) for current taxes not delinquent or taxes being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; (b) for liens arising in the ordinary course of business for sums not due or sums being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, but not involving any deposits or loan or portion thereof or borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services; (c) to the extent specifically shown in the financial statements referred to in Section 4.3; (d) for liens in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Lender and the Other Banks; and (e) liens and security interests securing deposits of public funds, repurchase agreements, Federal funds purchased, trust assets, advances from a Federal Home Loan Bank, discount window borrowings from a Federal Reserve Bank and other similar liens granted in the ordinary course of the banking business.

 

SECTION 4.6.                                         ADVERSE CONTRACTS.  Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any charter or other corporate restriction, nor is it subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or governmental body, which may have a material and adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, operations or business prospects of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the ability of Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Note and the Other Bank Agreements.  Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary has, nor with reasonable diligence should have had, knowledge of or notice that it is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any such agreement, instrument, restriction, judgment, decree or order.

 

SECTION 4.7.                                         REGULATION U.  Borrower is not engaged principally in, nor is one of Borrower’s important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as now and from time to time hereinafter in effect.

 

SECTION 4.8.                                         LITIGATION AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES.  No litigation (including derivative actions), arbitration proceedings or governmental proceedings are pending or, to Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against Borrower which would (singly or in the aggregate), if adversely determined, have a material and adverse effect on the consolidated assets, financial condition, continued operations or business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, except as and if set forth (including estimates of the dollar amounts involved) in Schedule 4.8.

 

SECTION 4.9.                                         FDIC INSURANCE.  The deposits of each Subsidiary Bank of Borrower are insured by the FDIC and no act has occurred which would adversely affect the status of such Subsidiary Bank as an FDIC insured bank.

 

SECTION 4.10.                                  INVESTIGATIONSNeither Borrower nor any Subsidiary Bank is under investigation by, or is operating under the restrictions imposed by or agreed to in connection with, any regulatory authority, other than routine examinations by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over Borrower or such Subsidiary Bank.

 

9



 

SECTION 4.11.                                  SUBSIDIARIES.  Attached hereto as Schedule 4.11 is a correct and complete list of all Subsidiaries of Borrower.

 

SECTION 4.12.                                  BANK HOLDING COMPANY. Borrower has complied in all material respects with all federal, state and local laws pertaining to bank holding companies, including without limitation the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and to the best of its knowledge there are no conditions to its engaging in the business of being a registered bank holding company.

 

SECTION 4.13.                                  ERISA.

 

(a)                                  Borrower and the ERISA Affiliates and the plan administrator of each Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) have fulfilled in all material respects their respective obligations under ERISA and the Code with respect to such Plan and such Plan is currently in substantial compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code.

 

(b)                                 With respect to each Plan, there has been no (i) “reportable event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations thereunder which is not subject to the provision for waiver of the 30-day notice requirement to the PBGC; (ii) failure by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to timely make or properly accrue any contribution which is due to any Plan; (iii) action under Section 4041(c) of ERISA to terminate any Pension Plan; (iv) action under Section 4041(b) of ERISA to terminate any Pension Plan which could require Borrower to incur a liability or obligations to make a material contribution to such Pension Plan; (v) withdrawal from any Pension Plan with two or more contributing sponsors or the termination of any such Pension Plan that could subject the Borrower to material liability pursuant to Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (vi) institution by PBGC of proceedings to terminate any Pension Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which might constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan); (vii) the imposition on Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of liability pursuant to Sections 4062(e), 4069 or 4212 of ERISA; (viii) complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from any Pension Plan which is a Multiemployer Plan that is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Sections 4241 or 4245 of ERISA, or that has terminated under Sections 4041A or 4042 of ERISA; (ix) prohibited transaction described in Section 406 of ERISA or 4975 of the Code which could subject Borrower to the imposition of any material fines, penalties, taxes or related charges imposed by either Section 4975 of the Code or Section 502(i) of ERISA; (x) material pending claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) which could reasonably be expected to result in material liability; (xi) receipt from the Internal Revenue Service of notice of the failure of any Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) to fail to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, if applicable; or (xii) imposition of a lien pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) or 412(n) of the Code or Section 302(f) of ERISA.

 

10



 

SECTION 4.14.                                  ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS.

 

(a)                                  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all permits, licenses and other authorizations which are required to be obtained by Borrower or such Subsidiaries, as the case may be, under all Environmental Laws and are in compliance in all material respects with any applicable Environmental Laws.

 

(b)                                 Borrower has not received any notice, demand, request for information, citation, summons, order or complaint, no penalty has been assessed and no investigation or review is pending or, to Borrower’s knowledge, threatened by any governmental agency or other Person, in each case, with respect to any alleged or suspected failure by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to comply in any material respect with any Environmental Laws.

 

(c)                                  There are no material liens arising under or pursuant to any Environmental Laws on any of the property owned or, to Borrower’s knowledge, leased by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(d)                                 There are no conditions existing currently or, to Borrower’s knowledge, likely to exist during the term of this Agreement which would subject Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their owned property or, to Borrower’s knowledge, any of their leased property, to any material lien, damages, penalties, injunctive relief or cleanup costs under any Environmental Laws or which require or are reasonably likely to require cleanup, removal, remedial action or other responses pursuant to Environmental Laws by Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

SECTION 4.15.                                  PLEDGED SHARES.  The Pledged Shares (as hereinafter defined) constitute 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Pacific Western National Bank, have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.  Borrower owns the Pledged Shares free and clear of all other interests, liens or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever, other than liens in favor of Lender and the Other Banks.

 

SECTION 5.  COVENANTS

 

Until all obligations of Borrower hereunder, under the Pledge Agreement, the Note and all other related documents and instruments are paid and fulfilled in full, Borrower agrees that it shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, comply with the following covenants, unless Lender consents otherwise in writing:

 

SECTION 5.1.                                         EXISTENCE, MERGERS, ETC.  Borrower and each Subsidiary shall preserve and maintain their respective corporate, partnership or joint venture (as applicable) existence, rights, franchises, licenses and privileges, and will not liquidate, dissolve, or merge, or consolidate with or into any other entity, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of their assets other than in the ordinary course of business as now conducted, except that:

 

11



 

(a)                                  Any Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with or into Borrower or any one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries;

 

(b)                                 Any Subsidiary may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets to Borrower or one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries;

 

(c)                                  Any Insignificant Subsidiary may (i) merge or consolidate with any other Person, (ii) sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of its assets to another Person or (iii) liquidate or dissolve (“Insignificant Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary with (1) net income that is less than 2.5% of the consolidated net income of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the most recent fiscal quarter ended for which a consolidated income statement of Borrower is available and (2) tangible assets that are less than 2.5% of consolidated tangible assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ended for which a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower is available); and

 

(d)                                 Any Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with any other Person provided that (i) the surviving entity is a Subsidiary of Borrower (ii) before and after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default exists or is continuing, (iii) following such merger or consolidation, Borrower shall continue to own the same or greater percentage of the stock or other ownership interests of such Subsidiary as it owned immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, (iv) after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, Borrower is in pro forma compliance with Section 5.4 of this Agreement and (v) if any Subsidiary who is a party to such merger or consolidation is a Subsidiary whose shares of capital stock constitute Pledged Shares under the Pledge Agreement, then after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, Lender shall continue to have a perfected first priority security interest in such Pledged Shares subject only to any liens permitted in Section 5.5(b) hereof; provided, however, this clause (d) shall not apply to any Insignificant Subsidiary.

 

Borrower and each Subsidiary shall take all steps to become and remain duly qualified, in good standing and authorized to do business in each jurisdiction where failure to do so might have a material adverse impact on the consolidated assets, condition or prospects of Borrower.

 

SECTION 5.2.                                         REPORTS, CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION.  Borrower shall furnish (or cause to be furnished) to Lender:

 

(a)                                  Interim Reports.  Within forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter of each fiscal year of Borrower, a copy of an unaudited financial statement of Borrower and its Subsidiaries prepared on a consolidated basis consistent with the consolidated financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries referred to in Section 4.3 above and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, signed by an authorized officer of Borrower and consisting of at least:  (i) a balance sheet as at the close of such quarter; and (ii) a statement of earnings and source and application of funds for such quarter and for the period from the beginning of such fiscal year to the close of such quarter.

 

12



 

(b)                                 Annual Report.  Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, a copy of an annual report of Borrower and its Subsidiaries prepared on a consolidated basis and in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with the consolidated financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries referred to in Section 4.3 above, duly certified by independent certified public accountants of recognized standing and accompanied by an opinion without qualification.  Such independent certified public accountants shall be selected by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of Borrower (which Audit Committee members shall consist solely of independent members of Borrower’s Board of Directors) using their good faith business judgment.

 

(c)                                  Certificates.  Contemporaneously with the furnishing of a copy of each annual report and of each quarterly statement provided for in this Section, a certificate dated the date of such annual report or such quarterly statement and signed by either the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer of Borrower, to the effect that no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or, if there is any such event, describing it and the steps, if any, being taken to cure it, and containing (except in the case of the certificate dated the date of the annual report) a computation of, and showing compliance with, any financial ratio or restriction contained in this Agreement.

 

(d)                                 Reports to SEC.  Notification of each filing and report made by Borrower or any Subsidiary with or to any securities exchange or the Securities and Exchange Commission which are made publicly available.  Such notification shall be forwarded electronically to Lender via e-mail at such addresses as Lender shall provide to Borrower and shall indicate where copies of such filings and reports can be obtained electronically (for avoidance of doubt, Borrower will notify Lender of any such filings and reports if electronic means of notification is inoperable).  If copies of such documents are not available electronically, notification of the filing of such documents shall still be made, and Borrower shall provide a paper copy of such documents to Lender promptly upon Lender’s request.

 

(e)                                  Notice of Default, Litigation and ERISA Matters.  Immediately upon learning of the occurrence of any of the following, written notice describing the same and the steps being taken by Borrower or any Subsidiary affected in respect thereof:  (i) the occurrence of an Event of Default or an Unmatured Event of Default; (ii) the institution of, or any adverse determination in, any litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding which is material to Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; (iii) the occurrence of any event referred to in Section 4.13(b); or (iv) the issuance of any cease and desist order, memorandum of understanding, cancellation of insurance, or proposed disciplinary action from the FDIC or other regulatory entity.

 

(f)                                    Other Bank Agreements.  Promptly, copies of any amendment, supplement, waiver or other agreement affecting any Other Bank Agreement and any copies of any notices given by Borrower or the Other Banks under the Other Bank Agreements, in each case certified by the secretary or assistant secretary.

 

13



 

(g)                                 Other Information.  From time to time such other information, financial or otherwise, concerning Borrower or any Subsidiary as Lender may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 5.3.                                         INSPECTION.  At Borrower’s expense if an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, Borrower and each Subsidiary shall permit Lender and its agents at any time during normal business hours, and upon at least one business day’s prior notice, to inspect their properties and to inspect and make copies of their books and records.  If no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Lender may conduct such inspections at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice to Borrower, and such inspection and copies shall be at Lender’s expense.

 

SECTION 5.4.                                         FINANCIAL REQUIREMENTS.

 

(a)                                  Leverage Ratio.  Borrower and each Subsidiary Bank shall maintain at all times a ratio of Tier 1 Capital to average quarterly assets less all non-qualified intangible assets of at least five percent (5%), all calculated on a consolidated basis.

 

(b)                                 Tier 1 Capital Ratio.  Borrower and each Subsidiary Bank shall maintain at all times a ratio of Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets of not less than six percent (6%), all calculated on a consolidated basis.

 

(c)                                  Risk-Based Capital Ratio.  Borrower and each Subsidiary Bank shall maintain at all times a ratio of Total Capital to risk-weighted assets of not less than ten percent (10%), all calculated on a consolidated basis.

 

(d)                                 Nonperforming Assets.  All assets of all Subsidiary Banks and other Subsidiaries classified as “non-performing” (which shall include all loans in non-accrual status, more than ninety (90) days past due in principal or interest, restructured or renegotiated, or listed as “other restructured” or “other real estate owned”) on the FDIC or other regulatory agency call report shall not exceed at any time three percent (3.0%) of the total loans of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

(e)                                  Loan Loss Reserves Ratio.  Each Subsidiary Bank shall maintain at all times on a consolidated basis a ratio of loan loss reserves to non-performing loans of not less than one hundred percent (100%).

 

(f)                                    Minimum Tier 1 Capital.  Borrower shall maintain a consolidated minimum Tier 1 Capital equal to at least $125,000,000 at all times.

 

(g)                                 Total Debt to Tier 1 Capital.  Borrower’s total indebtedness for borrowed money (specifically excluding the indebtedness for borrowed money of Borrower’s Subsidiaries) shall not at any time exceed thirty-five percent (35%) of its Tier 1 Capital.

 

(h)                                 Return on Average Assets.  Borrower’s consolidated net income shall be at least eighty-five hundredths of one percent (0.85%) of its average assets, calculated on an annualized basis as at the last day of each fiscal quarter of Borrower; provided, however,

 

14



 

that for purposes of determining return on average assets, customary and reasonable non-recurring expenses and charges incurred by Borrower in connection with a permitted acquisition under Sections 5.1 and 5.6 hereof shall be excluded.

 

SECTION 5.5.                                         INDEBTEDNESS, LIENS AND TAXES.  Borrower and each Subsidiary shall:

 

(a)                                  Indebtedness.  Not incur, permit to remain outstanding, assume or in any way become committed for indebtedness in respect of borrowed money (specifically including but not limited to indebtedness in respect of money borrowed from financial institutions, but excluding deposits), except:  (i) indebtedness incurred by Borrower under this Agreement, and further indebtedness of Borrower to Lender, to the Other Banks or to any other Person; provided that, the aggregate amount of such indebtedness permitted pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed at any time the lesser of $70,000,000 and an amount which would cause Borrower to breach its Total Debt to Tier 1 Capital financial covenant in Section 5.4(g); and provided further, such indebtedness shall be unsecured except as permitted under Section 5.5(b); (ii) in addition to the indebtedness permitted under the foregoing clause (i), in the case of Borrower, Trust Indebtedness and Trust Guarantees, and in the case of any Trust Issuer, Trust Preferred Securities; and (iii) indebtedness incurred by the Subsidiary Banks in their normal course of business with the Federal Home Loan Bank, any Federal Reserve Bank or for Federal Funds with correspondent banks for liquidity management.

 

(b)                                 Liens.  Not create, suffer or permit to exist any lien or encumbrance of any kind or nature upon any of their assets now or hereafter owned or acquired (specifically including but not limited to the capital stock of any of the Subsidiary Banks), or acquire or agree to acquire any property or assets of any character under any conditional sale agreement or other title retention agreement, but this Section shall not be deemed to apply to:  (i) liens existing on the date of this Agreement and disclosed on Schedule 5.5(b); (ii) liens of landlords, contractors, laborers or suppliers, tax liens, or liens securing performance or appeal bonds, or other similar liens or charges arising out of Borrower’s business, provided that tax liens are removed before related taxes become delinquent and other liens are promptly removed, in either case unless contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, and as to which adequate reserves shall have been established and no foreclosure, sale or similar proceedings have commenced; (iii) liens in favor of Lender; (iv) liens on the assets of any Subsidiary Bank arising in the ordinary course of the banking business of such Subsidiary Bank; and (v) liens contemplated by Section 4.5.

 

(c)                                  Taxes.  Pay and discharge all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon them, upon their income or profits or upon any properties belonging to them, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, and all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies when due, except that no such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim need be paid which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings as to which adequate reserves shall have been established, and no foreclosure, sale or similar proceedings have commenced.

 

15



 

(d)                                 Guaranties.  Not assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise become or be responsible in any manner (whether by agreement to purchase any obligations, stock, assets, goods or services, or to supply or loan any funds, assets, goods or services, or otherwise) with respect to the obligation of any other Person, except:  (i) by the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business, issuance of letters of credit or similar instruments or documents in the ordinary course of business; (ii) in the case of Borrower, Trust Guarantees; and (iii) guarantees by Borrower of any of its Subsidiary’s obligations, provided the liability to Borrower on account of such guarantees shall not in the aggregate exceed $10,000,000 at anytime outstanding.

 

SECTION 5.6.                                         INVESTMENTS AND LOANS.  Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall make any loan, advance, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration, evidences of indebtedness, capital stock or other securities of any Person, except that Borrower and any Subsidiary may:

 

(a)                                  purchase or otherwise acquire and own short-term money market items;

 

(b)                                 invest, by way of purchase of securities or capital contributions, in the Subsidiary Banks or any other bank or banks, and upon Borrower’s purchase or other acquisition of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the stock of any bank, such bank shall thereupon become a “Subsidiary Bank” for all purposes under this Agreement;

 

(c)                                  invest, by way of loan, advance, extension of credit (whether in the form of lease, conditional sales agreement, or otherwise), purchase of securities, capital contributions, or otherwise, in Subsidiaries other than banks or Subsidiary Banks;

 

(d)                                 invest, by way of purchase of securities or capital contributions, in other Persons so long as before and after giving effect thereto no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the investment is in compliance with Regulation Y of the Federal Reserve Board; and

 

(e)                                  in the case of any Trust Issuer, purchase any Trust Indebtedness and, in the case of Borrower, purchase any common securities of any Trust Issuer and issue any Trust Guarantees.

 

Nothing in this Section 5.6 shall prohibit a Subsidiary Bank from making investments, loans, advances, or other extensions of credit in the ordinary course of the banking business upon such terms as may at the time be customary in the banking business.

 

SECTION 5.7.                                         CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND DIVIDENDS.  Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, (i) purchase or redeem, or obligate itself to purchase or redeem, any shares of Borrower’s capital stock, of any class, issued and outstanding from time to time, or any partnership, joint venture or other equity interest in Borrower or any Subsidiary; or (ii) declare or pay any dividend (other than dividends payable in its own common stock or to Borrower) or make any other distribution in respect of such shares or interest other than to Borrower; provided, however, so long as no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default

 

16



 

shall have occurred and be continuing before or after giving effect thereto, Borrower may purchase or redeem shares of Borrower’s capital stock and or declare and pay cash dividends to holders of the capital stock of Borrower in any fiscal quarter in an aggregate amount that, when added together with any purchase or redemptions of Borrower’s capital stock and any cash dividends declared and paid during the immediately preceding four quarter period (including the quarter in which the determination is being made so that the Calculation Period is a “rolling four quarter”) (such period being referred to as the “Calculation Period”), does not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the consolidated net income of Borrower, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, calculated for such Calculation Period.  Except as provided in Section 5.1, Borrower shall continue to own, directly or indirectly, the same (or greater) percentage of the stock and partnership, joint venture, or other equity interest in each Subsidiary that it held on the date of this Agreement, and no Subsidiary shall issue any additional stock or partnership, joint venture or other equity interests, options or warrants in respect thereof, or securities convertible into such securities or interests, other than to Borrower.

 

SECTION 5.8.                                         MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES.  Borrower and each Subsidiary shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, in good repair, working order and condition, all their properties (whether owned or held under lease), and from time to time make or cause to be made all needed and appropriate repairs, renewals, replacements, additions, and improvements thereto, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times (for avoidance of doubt, this Section 5.8 does not limit or restrict Borrower or any Subsidiary from opening, closing or moving any of their branch offices or other office properties).

 

SECTION 5.9.                                         INSURANCE.  Borrower and each Subsidiary shall maintain insurance in responsible companies in such amounts and against such risks as is required by law and such other insurance, in such amount and against such hazards and liabilities, as is customarily maintained by bank holding companies and banks similarly situated.  Each Subsidiary Bank shall have deposits insured by the FDIC.

 

SECTION 5.10.                                  USE OF PROCEEDS.

 

(a)                                  General.  The proceeds of the Loans shall be used for general corporate purposes.  Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall use or permit any proceeds of the Loans to be used, either directly or indirectly, for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of “purchasing or carrying any margin stock” within the meaning of Regulations U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended from time to time.  If requested by Lender, Borrower and each Subsidiary will furnish to Lender a statement in conformity with the requirements of Federal Reserve Form U-1.  No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used for any purpose which violates or is inconsistent with the provisions of Regulation U or X of the Board of Governors.

 

(b)                                 Tender Offers and Going Private.  Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall use (or permit to be used) any proceeds of the Loans to acquire any security in any

 

17



 

transaction which is subject to Section 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any regulations or rulings thereunder.

 

SECTION 5.11.                                  COLLATERAL.  Borrower and Lender hereby agree that the Loans and all other obligations owing from time to time from Borrower to Lender under this Agreement and the Note shall be secured pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, executed by Borrower in favor of The Northern Trust Company, as collateral agent for Lender and the Other Banks (the “Collateral Agent”) (said Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Pledge Agreement”), pursuant to which Borrower has pledged to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Lender and the Other Banks, all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower (herein collectively referred to as the “Pledged Shares”) of Pacific Western National Bank.

 

SECTION 5.12.                                  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.  Borrower and each Subsidiary shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations (whether federal, state or local and whether statutory, administrative, judicial or otherwise) and with every lawful governmental order or similar actions (whether administrative or judicial), specifically including but not limited to all requirements of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and with the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System relating to bank holding companies.

 

SECTION 5.13.                                  NOTICE OF DEPOSIT AND OTHER ACCOUNTSBorrower shall promptly notify Lender in writing (a) of any deposit or other account currently maintained by Borrower with any of the Other Banks and (b) upon the opening by Borrower of any deposit or other account after the date hereof with any of the Other Banks.

 

SECTION 6.  CONDITIONS OF LENDING

 

SECTION 6.1.                                         DOCUMENTATION; NO DEFAULTThe obligation of Lender to make any Loan is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                  Initial Documentation.  Lender shall have received all of the following concurrently with the execution and delivery hereof, each duly executed and dated the date hereof or other date satisfactory to Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and its counsel, at the expense of Borrower, and in such number of signed counterparts as Lender may request (except for the Note, of which only the original shall be signed):

 

(i)                                     Note.  The Note duly executed.

 

Upon receipt of the Note, the Lender will:  (i) record the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Prior Note issued under the Prior Credit Agreement in its records or, at its option, on the schedule attached to the Note as the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Note; (ii) mark the Prior Note as replaced by the Note; and (iii) return the Prior Note to the Borrower upon the Borrower’s request.  Thereafter, all references in this Agreement and in any and all instruments or documents provided for therein or delivered or to be delivered thereunder or in

 

18



 

connection therewith to the Prior Note shall be deemed references to the Note.  The replacement of the Prior Note with the Note shall not be construed to (i) deem paid or forgiven the unpaid principal amount of, or unpaid accrued interest on, the Prior Note outstanding at the time of replacement or (ii) to release or otherwise adversely affect any lien, mortgage or security interest securing such indebtedness or any rights of Lender against any guarantor, surety or other party primarily or secondarily liable for such indebtedness.

 

(ii)                                  Pledge Agreement.  The Pledge Agreement duly executed, together with the Pledged Shares and stock powers, duly executed, in blank.

 

(iii)                               Resolution; Certificate of Incumbency.  A copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Note, the Pledge Agreement and other documents provided for in this Agreement, certified by the secretary or assistant secretary of Borrower, together with a certificate of such officer of Borrower, certifying the names of the officer(s) of Borrower authorized to sign this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Note and any other documents provided for in this Agreement, together with a sample of the true signature of each such Person (Lender may conclusively rely on such certificate until formally advised by a like certificate of any changes therein).

 

(iv)                              Governing Documents.  A copy of the articles of incorporation and by-laws of Borrower, certified by the secretary or assistant secretary of Borrower.

 

(v)                                 Certificate of No Default.  A certificate signed by an appropriate officer of Borrower to the effect that: (A) no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will result from the making of the first Loan; and (B) the representations and warranties of Borrower contained herein are true and correct as at the date of the first Loan as though made on that date.

 

(vi)                              Opinion of Counsel to Borrower.  An opinion of counsel to Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

 

(vii)                           Good Standing Certificate.  A good standing certificate from Borrower’s Federal Reserve Bank and from the Secretary of State of California.

 

(viii)                        Other Bank Agreements.  A copy of the Other Bank Agreements, duly executed by Borrower and the Other Banks, certified by an appropriate officer of Borrower, which certificate shall represent that, except for the names of the Other Banks and related information therein and the amount of the commitments to make revolving loans thereunder, each Other Bank Agreement is identical in all material respects to this Agreement.

 

(ix)                                Intercreditor Agreement.  An intercreditor agreement entered into between Lender and the Other Banks as to, among other things, the Pledged Shares.

 

19



 

(x)                                   Miscellaneous.  Such other documents and certificates as Lender may reasonably request.

 

(b)                                 Representations and Warranties True.  At the date of each Loan, Borrower’s representations and warranties set forth herein shall be true and correct as of such date as though made on such date.

 

(c)                                  No Default.  At the time of each Loan, and immediately after giving effect to such Loan, no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such Loan, or would result from the making of such Loan.

 

(d)                                 Pro Rata Division of Loans.  At the time of each Loan and before and after giving effect thereto, the principal amount of Loans outstanding under this Agreement and loans outstanding under the Other Bank Agreements shall be divided ratably among the Lender and the Other Banks.

 

SECTION 6.2.                                         AUTOMATIC UPDATE OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AND NO-DEFAULT CERTIFICATE; CERTIFICATE AT LENDER’S OPTION.  The request by Borrower for any Loan shall be deemed a representation and warranty by Borrower that the statements in subsections (b) and (c) of Section 6.l are true and correct on and as at the date of each succeeding Loan, as the case may be.  Upon receipt of each Loan request Lender in its sole discretion shall have the right to request that Borrower provide to Lender, prior to Lender’s funding of the Loan, a certificate executed by Borrower’s President, Treasurer, or Chief Financial Officer to such effect.

 

SECTION 7.  DEFAULT

 

SECTION 7.1.                                         EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

 

(a)                                  failure to pay, when and as due, any principal, interest or other amounts payable hereunder or under the Note; provided that, in the case of interest only, such failure shall continue for three (3) days after its due date;

 

(b)                                 any default, event of default, or similar event shall occur or continue under any other instrument, document, note or agreement delivered to Lender in connection with this Agreement, including without limitation, the Pledge Agreement, and any applicable cure period provided therein shall have expired; or any such instrument, document, note or agreement shall not be, or shall cease to be, enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

(c)                                  there shall occur any default or event of default, or any event or condition that might become such with notice or the passage of time or both, or any similar event, or any event that requires the prepayment of borrowed money or the acceleration of the maturity thereof, under the terms of any evidence of indebtedness or other agreement issued or assumed or entered into by Borrower or any Subsidiary (including the Other Bank Agreements) for obligations in an aggregate amount in excess of Two Million and No/100 United States Dollars ($2,000,000), or under the terms of any indenture,

 

20



 

agreement, or instrument under which any such evidence of indebtedness or other agreement is issued, assumed, secured, or guaranteed, and such event shall continue beyond any applicable period of grace provided therein;

 

(d)                                 any representation, warranty, schedule, certificate, financial statement, report, notice, or other writing furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any Subsidiary to Lender is false or misleading in any material respect on the date as of which the facts therein set forth are stated or certified;

 

(e)                                  Any guaranty of or pledge of collateral security for the Loans shall be repudiated or become unenforceable or incapable of performance or Borrower shall fail to pledge and deliver to Lender any share certificate of Pacific Western National Bank as provided in Section 3(c) of the Pledge Agreement;

 

(f)                                    Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to comply with Sections 3.3, 5.l, 5.2(e) and (f), 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7 and 5.11 hereof; or fail to comply with or perform any agreement or covenant of Borrower or any Subsidiary contained herein, which failure does not otherwise constitute an Event of Default, and such failure shall continue unremedied for thirty (30) days after notice thereof to Borrower by Lender;

 

(g)                                 an event or condition specified in Section 4.13(b) shall occur or exist and if as a result of such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions if any, Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate shall incur, or, in the reasonable opinion of Lender, shall be reasonably likely to incur, a liability to a Plan, a Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC (or any combination of the foregoing) which is, in the reasonable determination of Lender, materially adverse to the consolidated assets, financial condition business or operations taken as a whole of Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

 

(h)                                 any Person, or two or more Persons acting in concert, shall acquire beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of 50% or more of the outstanding shares of voting stock of Borrower;

 

(i)                                     any proceeding (judicial or administrative) shall be commenced against Borrower or any Subsidiary, or with respect to any assets of Borrower or any Subsidiary which could reasonably be expected to have a material and adverse effect on the consolidated assets, financial condition, business or operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and which is not dismissed within thirty (30) days after it is commenced against Borrower or any Subsidiary; or final judgment(s) and/or settlement(s) in an aggregate amount that is more than ONE MILLION UNITED STATES DOLLARS ($1,000,000) in excess of insurance for which the insurer has confirmed coverage in writing, a copy of which writing has been furnished to Lender, shall be entered or agreed to in any suit or action commenced against Borrower or any Subsidiary, and which are not satisfied within thirty (30) days after they have been entered or agreed to in any suit or action commenced against Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

21



 

(j)                                     Borrower shall grant or any Person (other than the Collateral Agent for the benefit of Lender and the Other Banks) shall obtain a security interest in any collateral for the Loans; Borrower or any other Person (other than the Collateral Agent for the benefit of Lender and the Other Banks) shall perfect (or attempt to perfect) such a security interest; a court shall determine that Collateral Agent does not have a first priority security interest (for the benefit of Lender and the Other Banks) in any of the collateral for the Loans enforceable in accordance with the terms of the related documents; or any notice of a federal tax lien against Borrower shall be filed with any public recorder and is not satisfied within thirty (30) days from the time of such filing, unless Borrower is contesting the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(k)                                  There shall be any material loss or depreciation in the value of any collateral for the Loans for any reason, or, unless expressly permitted by the related documents, all or any part of any collateral for the Loans or any direct, indirect, legal, equitable or beneficial interest therein is assigned, transferred or sold without Lender’s prior written consent;

 

(l)                                     any Federal Reserve Bank, the FDIC or other regulatory entity shall issue or agree to enter into any formal enforcement action with or against Borrower or any Subsidiary (including, but not limited to, a formal written agreement, cease and desist order, suspension, removal or prohibition order or capital directive, but excluding a civil money penalty), or any Federal Reserve Bank, the FDIC or other regulatory entity shall issue or enter into any informal enforcement action with or against Borrower or any Subsidiary (including, but not limited to, a commitment letter, memorandum of understanding or any similar action) or assess a civil money penalty, which in each case is materially adverse to the consolidated assets, financial condition, business or operations of Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

(m)                               Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Insignificant Subsidiary) shall fail to comply with Section 5.1 hereof or shall suspend the transaction of all or a substantial portion of its usual business or Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Insignificant Subsidiary) shall take any corporation action to approve or authorize to approve any action or omission that would result in any of the foregoing;

 

(n)                                 any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment or similar proceeding, domestic or foreign, is instituted by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary, and in the case of an involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, such proceeding is not dismissed within sixty (60) days (it is acknowledged and agreed that Lender has no obligation to make Loans during such cure period); or Borrower or any Subsidiary shall take any steps toward, or to authorize, such a proceeding; or

 

(o)                                 Borrower or any Subsidiary shall become insolvent, generally shall fail or be unable to pay its debts

 

22



 

as they mature, shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature, shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or shall enter into any composition or similar agreement.

 

SECTION 7.2.                                         DEFAULT REMEDIES.

 

(a)                                  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default specified in Section 7.l(a)-(m), Lender at its option may declare the Note (principal, interest and other amounts) and any other amounts owed to Lender, including without limitation any accrued but unpaid Commitment Fee, immediately due and payable without notice or demand of any kind.  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in Section 7.l(n)-(o), the Note (principal, interest and other amounts) and any other amounts owed to Lender, including without limitation any accrued but unpaid Commitment Fee, shall be immediately and automatically due and payable without action of any kind on the part of Lender.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, any obligation of Lender to make any Loan shall immediately and automatically terminate without action of any kind on the part of Lender, and Lender may exercise any rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Note, any related document or instrument, and at law or in equity.

 

(b)                                 Lender may, by written notice to Borrower, at any time and from time to time, waive any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default, which shall be for such period and subject to such conditions as shall be specified in any such notice.  In the case of any such waiver, Lender and Borrower shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder, and any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default so waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to or impair any subsequent or other Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default.  No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, on the part of Lender of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The rights and remedies of Lender herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

SECTION 8.  DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 8.1.                                         GENERAL.  As used herein:

 

(a)                                  The term “Banking Day” means a day on which Lender is open at its main office for the purpose of conducting a commercial banking business and is not authorized to close.

 

(b)                                 The term “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended form time to time.

 

(c)                                  The term “Environmental Laws” shall mean all federal, state and local laws, including statutes, regulations, ordinances, codes, rules and other governmental restrictions and requirements, relating to the discharge of air pollutants, water pollutants or process waste water or otherwise relating to the environment or hazardous substances or the treatment, processing, storage, disposal, release, transport or other handling

 

23



 

thereof, including, but not limited to, the federal Solid Waste Disposal Act, the federal Clean Air Act, the federal Clean Water Act, the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the federal Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the federal Toxic Substances Control Act, regulations of the Nuclear Regulatory Agency, and regulations of any state department of natural resources or state environmental protection agency, in each case as now or at any time hereafter in effect.

 

(d)                                 The term “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

(e)                                  The term “ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any corporation or trade or business which is a member of the same controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code) as Borrower or is under common control (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code) with Borrower.

 

(f)                                    The term “FDIC” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and any successor thereof.

 

(g)                                 The term “Interest Period” means, with regard to LIBOR Loans, the amount of days from the date an interest rate is to be in effect to the date such interest period matures according to its terms.

 

(h)                                 The term “Interim Maturity Date” means the last day of any Interest Period.

 

(i)                                     The term “Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a multiemployer plan defined as such in Section 3(37) of ERISA to which contributions have been made by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate as a “contributing sponsor” (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA).

 

(j)                                     The term “Other Banks” means the other banks party to the Other Bank Agreements, together with their successors and assigns party to such Other Bank Agreements.

 

(k)                                  The term “Other Bank Agreements” means that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated even date herewith between Borrower and U.S. Bank National Association, and the notes, guaranties, pledge agreements and the other documents delivered in connection therewith, as each may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

(l)                                     The term “PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

 

(m)                               The term “Pension Plan” shall mean any Plan which is a “defined benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(35) of ERISA.

 

24



 

(n)                                 The term “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, company, limited liability company, voluntary association, partnership, trust, estate, unincorporated organization or government (or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof).

 

(o)                                 The term “Plan” shall mean any plan, program or arrangement covering current or former employees of Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates which constitutes an “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA.

 

(p)                                 The term “Prime Rate” means that rate of interest announced from time to time by Lender called its prime rate, which rate may not at any time be the lowest rate charged by Lender.  Changes in the rate of interest on the Loans resulting from a change in the Prime Rate shall take effect on the date set forth in each announcement of a change in the Prime Rate.

 

(q)                                 The term “Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other legal entity of which Borrower owns directly or indirectly twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the outstanding voting stock or interest, or of which Borrower has effective control, by contract or otherwise.  The term Subsidiary includes each Subsidiary Bank unless stated otherwise explicitly.

 

(r)                                    The term “Subsidiary Bank” means each Subsidiary which is a bank.

 

(s)                                  The term “Tier 1 Capital” means the same as that determined under the capital formula currently used by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

(t)                                    The term “Total Capital” means the same as that determined under the capital formula currently used by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

(u)                                 The term “Trust Guarantee” means any guarantee of Borrower of the Trust Preferred Securities, which guarantee is subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment of the obligations of Borrower hereunder and under the Note on terms satisfactory to Lender.

 

(v)                                 The term “Trust Indebtedness” means indebtedness of Borrower payable to the Trust Issuer or its transferees (a) which is due not earlier than the date thirty (30) years after its issuance, (b) which may not be redeemed earlier than five (5) years after issuance and (c) the payment of which is subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment of the obligations of Borrower hereunder and under the Note on terms satisfactory to Lender.

 

(w)                               The term “Trust Issuer” means a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower which qualifies as a Delaware or Connecticut statutory business trust.

 

(x)                                   The term “Trust Preferred Securities” means preferred securities issued by the Trust Issuer (a) which are subject to mandatory redemption not earlier than the date

 

25



 

thirty (30) years after issuance and (b) which may not be optionally redeemed earlier than five (5) years after issuance.

 

(y)                                 The term “Unmatured Event of Default” means an event or condition which would become an Event of Default with notice or the passage of time or both.

 

Except as and unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all accounting terms shall have the meanings given to them by generally accepted accounting principles and shall be applied and all reports required by this Agreement shall be prepared, in a manner consistent with the financial statements referred to in Section 4.3 above.

 

SECTION 8.2.                                         APPLICABILITY OF SUBSIDIARY REFERENCES.  Terms hereof pertaining to any Subsidiary shall apply only during such times as Borrower has any Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 9.  NO INTEREST OVER LEGAL RATE.

 

Borrower does not intend or expect to pay, nor does Lender intend or expect to charge, accept or collect any interest which, when added to any fee or other charge upon the principal which may legally be treated as interest, shall be in excess of the highest lawful rate.  If acceleration, prepayment or any other charges upon the principal or any portion thereof, or any other circumstance, result in the computation or earning of interest in excess of the highest lawful rate, then any and all such excess is hereby waived and shall be applied against the remaining principal balance.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or otherwise, no deposit of funds shall be required in connection herewith which will, when deducted from the principal amount outstanding hereunder, cause the rate of interest hereunder to exceed the highest lawful rate.

 

SECTION 10.  PAYMENTS, ETC.

 

All payments hereunder shall be made in immediately available funds, and shall be applied first to accrued interest and then to principal; however, if an Event of Default occurs, Lender may, in its sole discretion, and in such order as it may choose, apply any payment to interest, principal and/or lawful charges and expenses then accrued.  Borrower shall receive immediate credit on payments received during Lender’s normal banking hours if made in cash, immediately available funds, or by debit to available balances in an account at Lender; otherwise payments shall be credited after clearance through normal banking channels.  Borrower authorizes Lender to charge any account of Borrower maintained with Lender for any amounts of principal, interest, taxes, duties, or other charges or amounts due or payable hereunder, with the amount of such payment subject to availability of collected balances in Lender’s discretion; unless Borrower instructs otherwise, all Loans shall be made in immediately available funds and shall be credited to an account(s) of Borrower with Lender.  All payments shall be made without deduction for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties or other charges levied or imposed on this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Note, the Loans or the proceeds, Lender or Borrower by any government or political subdivision thereof.  Borrower shall upon request of Lender pay all such taxes, duties or other charges in addition to principal and interest, including

 

26



 

without limitation all documentary stamp and intangible taxes, but excluding income taxes based solely on Lender’s income.

 

SECTION 11.  SETOFF.

 

At any time after an Event of Default of Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and upon notice to Borrower, any account, deposit or other indebtedness owing by Lender to Borrower, and any securities or other property of Borrower delivered to or left in the possession of Lender or its nominee or bailee, may be set off against and applied in payment of any obligation hereunder, whether due or not.  The setoff provision in this Section 11 shall not be applicable to any accounts (and deposits or property therein) maintained at Lender in the name of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for which Borrower or such Subsidiaries have established and maintained in trust for the benefit of any third party (not including, however, any affiliate of Borrower or any such Subsidiary).  Borrower shall be obligated to notify Lender promptly upon the receipt of any such notice of setoff, and provide supporting documentation, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, to establish, in the reasonable opinion of Lender, that any account subject to such setoff is in fact held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in trust for the benefit of any third party (not including, however, any affiliate or Borrower or any such Subsidiary).  If Borrower fails to comply with the foregoing sentence, Lender may assume that its setoff of any account or other property is valid and permissible.

 

SECTION 12.  NOTICES

 

All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto shall be made, if to Lender, to its office indicated above (Attention:  Division Head, Correspondent Services Division), and if to Borrower, to its address set forth below, or to such other address as may be hereafter designated in writing by the respective parties hereto or, as to Borrower, may appear in Lender’s records.  Notices sent by facsimile transmission shall be deemed to have been given upon electronic confirmation; notices sent by mail shall be deemed to have been given three (3) business days after the date when sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid; notices sent by personal delivery or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service (e.g., Federal Express) shall be deemed to have been given when received.

 

SECTION 13.  MISCELLANEOUS.

 

This Agreement and any document or instrument executed in connection herewith shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal law of the State of New York.  This Agreement may only be amended, supplemented or modified at any time by written instrument duly executed by Lender and Borrower.  Concurrently with the execution of any amendment to this Agreement, Borrower shall deliver to Lender a substantially similar amendment to the Other Bank Agreements signed by each of the Other Banks, certified by an appropriate officer of Borrower.  Failure to deliver such amendment to the Other Bank Agreements shall entitle Lender to declare an Event of Default under Section 7.1(f) of this Agreement, without any further notice.  Unless the context requires otherwise, wherever used herein the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, and the use of one gender shall also

 

27



 

denote the other.  Captions herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof; references herein to Sections or provisions without reference to the document in which they are contained are references to this Agreement.  This Agreement shall bind Borrower, its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Lender, its successors and assigns, except that Borrower may not transfer or assign any of its rights or interest hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender.  Borrower agrees to pay upon demand all expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, legal costs and expenses, whether in or out of court, in original or appellate proceedings or in bankruptcy) incurred or paid by Lender or any holder of the Note in connection with (a) the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note, the Pledge Agreement and the other documents to be delivered hereunder, (b) any amendment, modification or waiver of any of the terms of this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement or the Note, (c) any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default and any enforcement or collection proceedings resulting therefrom, and (d) any transfer, stamp, documentary or other similar taxes, assessments or charges levied by any governmental or revenue authority in respect of this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Note or any other document referred to herein; provided, that, Borrower shall not be obligated to pay Lender for Lender’s attorneys’ fees and expenses for the matters described in the foregoing clause (a) which exceed $13,000.  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, Borrower expressly and irrevocably waives presentment, protest, demand and notice of any kind in connection herewith.

 

SECTION 14.  ARBITRATION AND WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

 

(a)                                  This Section concerns the resolution of any controversies or claims between Lender and Borrower, whether arising in contract, tort or by statute, including but not limited to controversies or claims that arise out of or relate to:  (i) this Agreement (including any renewals, extensions or modifications); or (ii) any document executed in connection with this Agreement (collectively, a “Claim”).

 

(b)                                 At the request of Lender or Borrower, any Claim shall be resolved by binding arbitration in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9, U.S. Code) (the “Act”).  The Act will apply even though this Agreement provides that it is governed by the law of a specified state.

 

(c)                                  Arbitration proceedings will be determined in accordance with the Act, the applicable rules and procedures for the arbitration of disputes of JAMS or any successor thereof (“JAMS”), and the terms of this Section.  In the event of any inconsistency, the terms of this Section shall control.

 

(d)                                 The arbitration shall be administered by JAMS and conducted, unless otherwise required by law, in the State of California.  All Claims shall be determined by one arbitrator; however, if Claims exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), upon the request of Lender or Borrower, the Claims shall be decided by three arbitrators.  All arbitration hearings shall commence within thirty (30) days of the demand for arbitration and close within thirty (30) days of commencement and the award of the arbitrator(s) shall be issued within thirty (30) days of the close of the hearing.  However, the arbitrator(s),

 

28



 

upon a showing of good cause, may extend the commencement of the hearing for up to an additional sixty (60) days.  The arbitrator(s) shall provide a concise written statement of reasons for the award.  The arbitration award may be submitted to any court having jurisdiction to be confirmed and enforced.

 

(e)                                  The arbitrator(s) will have the authority to decide whether any Claim is barred by the statute of limitations and, if so, to dismiss the arbitration on that basis.  For purposes of the application of the statute of limitations, the service on JAMS under applicable JAMS rules of a notice of Claim is the equivalent of the filing of a lawsuit.  Any dispute concerning this arbitration provision or whether a Claim is arbitrable shall be determined by the arbitrator(s).  The arbitrator(s) shall have the power to award legal fees pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    This Section does not limit the right of Lender or Borrower to:  (i) exercise self-help remedies, such as, but not limited to, setoff; (ii) initiate judicial or non-judicial foreclosure against any real or personal property collateral; (iii) exercise any judicial or power of sale rights, or (iv) act in a court of law to obtain an interim remedy, such as, but not limited to, injunctive relief, writ of possession or appointment of a receiver, or additional or supplementary remedies.

 

(g)                                 The filing of a court action is not intended to constitute a waiver of the right of any party, including the suing party, thereafter to require submittal of the Claim to arbitration.

 

(h)                                 By agreeing to binding arbitration, the parties irrevocably and voluntarily waive any right they may have to a trial by jury in respect of any Claim.  Furthermore, without intending in any way to limit this Agreement to arbitrate, to the extent any claim is not arbitrated, the parties irrevocably and voluntarily waive any right they may have to a trial by jury in respect of such Claim.  This provision is a material inducement for the parties entering into this Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

29



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:  Lynn M. Hopkins

 

Title:  EVP, Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Address for notices:

 

 

 

6110 El Tordo

 

Rancho Santa Fe, California  92067

 

Attention:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:  Thomas E. Bernhardt

 

Title:  Vice President

 

30



 

SCHEDULE 4.3

 

MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE/CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 

None.

 

 



 

SCHEDULE 4.8

 

LITIGATION

 

None.

 

 



 

SCHEDULE 4.11

 

SUBSIDIARIES

 

SUBSIDIARY

 

STATE

 

PERCENTAGE OWNED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First National Bank

 

Federally chartered doing business in California

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pacific Western National Bank

 

Federally chartered doing business in California

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bankshares Service Corporation  (a wholly owned subsidiary of First National Bank)

 

California

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Desert Community Properties  (a wholly owned subsidiary of Pacific Western National Bank)

 

California

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Charter Merchant Card Consulting Services, Inc.  (a wholly owned subsidiary of Pacific Western National Bank

 

California

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Community/CA Statutory Trust

 

Connecticut

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Community/CA Statutory Trust II

 

Connecticut

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Community Statutory Trust III

 

Delaware

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Community/CA Statutory Trust IV

 

Connecticut

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Professional Bancorp Mortgage, Inc.  (a wholly owned subsidiary of Pacific Western National Bank)

 

California

 

100

%

First Community/CA Statutory Trust V

 

Connecticut

 

100

%

 

 



 

SCHEDULE 5.5(a)

 

INDEBTEDNESS

 

None.

 

 



 

SCHEDULE 5.5(b)

 

LIENS

 

None.

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

 

$12,500,000

 

Chicago, Illinois

 

 

August          , 2003

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, on or before the Maturity Date, FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP, a corporation formed under the laws of the State of California (“Borrower”), promises to pay to the order of THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY, an Illinois banking corporation (hereafter, together with any subsequent holder hereof, called “Lender”), at its main banking office at 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois  60675, or at such other place as Lender may direct, the aggregate unpaid principal balance of each advance (a “Loan” and collectively the “Loans”) made by Lender to Borrower hereunder.  The total principal amount of Loans outstanding at any one time hereunder shall not exceed TWELVE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND UNITED STATES DOLLARS ($12,500,000).

 

Lender is hereby authorized by Borrower at any time and from time to time at Lender’s sole option to attach a schedule (grid) to this Note and to endorse thereon notations with respect to each Loan specifying the date and principal amount thereof, and the date and amount of each payment of principal and interest made by Borrower with respect to each such Loan.  Lender’s endorsements as well as its records relating to Loans shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence of the outstanding principal and interest on the Loans, and, in the event of inconsistency, shall prevail over any records of Borrower and any written confirmations of Loans given by Borrower.

 

Borrower agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount from time to time outstanding hereunder on the dates and at the rate or rates as set forth in the Revolving Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

 

Payments of both principal and interest are to be made in immediately available funds in lawful money of the United States of America.

 

This Note evidences indebtedness incurred under an Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof executed by and between Borrower and Lender (and, if amended, restated or replaced, all amendments, restatements and replacements thereto or therefor, if any) (the “Revolving Credit Agreement;” capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the same meaning herein as in the Revolving Credit Agreement).  Reference is hereby made to the Revolving Credit Agreement for a statement of its terms and provisions, including without limitation those under which this Note may be paid prior to its due date or have its due date accelerated.

 

Borrower agrees to pay upon demand all expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees, legal costs and expenses, in each case whether in or out of court, in original or appellate proceedings or in bankruptcy) incurred or paid by Lender or any holder hereof in

 

 



 

connection with the enforcement or preservation of its rights hereunder or under any document or instrument executed in connection herewith.  Borrower expressly and irrevocably waives presentment, protest, demand and notice of any kind in connection herewith.

 

This Note is secured by the property described in the Pledge Agreement (as such term is defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement), to which reference is made for a description of the collateral provided thereby and the rights of Lender and Borrower in respect of such collateral.

 

This Note and any document or instrument executed in connection herewith shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal law of the State of New York.  Unless the context requires otherwise, wherever used herein the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, and the use of one gender shall also denote the other.  Captions herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof; references herein to Sections or provisions without reference to the document in which they are contained are references to this Note.  This Note shall bind Borrower, its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Lender, its successors and assigns, except that Borrower may not transfer or assign any of its rights or interest hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

This Note is a restatement of the indebtedness evidenced by, and is a replacement of, that certain Revolving Credit Note of Borrower dated February 12, 2002 in the face principal amount of $12,500,000 payable to the order of Lender, and nothing contained herein or in the Revolving Credit Agreement shall be construed to deem paid or forgiven the unpaid principal amount of, or unpaid accrued interest on, said Revolving Credit Note outstanding at the time of its replacement by this Note, or to release or otherwise adversely affect any lien, mortgage or security interest securing such indebtedness or any rights of Lender against any guarantor, surety or other party primarily or secondarily liable for such indebtedness.

 

 

 

FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 



EX-10.4 6 a2121280zex-10_4.htm EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

 

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of August 15, 2003

 

This Revolving Credit Agreement (this “Agreement”) is by and between FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP, a corporation formed under the laws of the State of California (“Borrower”), and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (“Lender”), with a banking office at 777 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

 

SECTION 1.  LOANS

 

SECTION 1.1.                                         [RESERVED].

 

SECTION 1.2.                                         REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender agrees to make loans to Borrower, from time to time from the date of this Agreement through August 14, 2004 (the “Maturity Date”), at such times and in such amounts, not to exceed SEVENTEEN MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND NO/100 UNITED STATES DOLLARS ($17,500,000.00) (the “Commitment”) at any one time outstanding, as Borrower may request (the “Loan(s)”).  During such period Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow hereunder.  Each borrowing shall be in the amount of at least $100,000 or the remaining unused amount of the Commitment.

 

SECTION 1.3.                                         REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE.  The Loans shall be evidenced by a promissory note (the “Note”), substantially in the form of Exhibit A, with appropriate insertions, dated the date hereof, payable to the order of Lender and in the original principal amount of the Commitment.  Lender may at any time and from time to time at Lender’s sole option attach a schedule (grid) to the Note and endorse thereon notations with respect to each Loan specifying the date and principal amount thereof, the Interest Period (as defined below) (if applicable), the applicable interest rate and rate option, and the date and amount of each payment of principal and interest made by Borrower with respect to each such Loan.  Lender’s endorsements as well as its records relating to the Loans shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence of the outstanding principal and interest on the Loans, and, in the event of inconsistency, shall prevail over any records of Borrower and any written confirmations of the Loans given by Borrower.  The principal of the Note shall be payable on or before the Maturity Date.

 

SECTION 1.4.                                         EXTENSION OF MATURITY DATE.  Borrower may request an extension of the Maturity Date by submitting a request for an extension to Lender (an “Extension Request”) no more than sixty (60) days prior to the current Maturity Date.  The Extension Request must specify the new Maturity Date requested by Borrower and the date (which must be at least thirty (30) days after the Extension Request is delivered to Lender) as of which Lender must respond to the Extension Request (the “Extension Date”).  The new Maturity Date shall be no more than 364 days after the Maturity Date in effect at the time the Extension Request is received, including such Maturity Date as one of the days in the calculation of the days elapsed.  Promptly upon receipt of an Extension Request, Lender shall endeavor in good faith to notify the Other Banks (as hereinafter defined) of the contents thereof (provided it shall not be liable to Borrower, the Other Banks, or any other Person for its failure to do so).  If Lender fails to

 



 

respond to an Extension Request by the Extension Date, Lender shall be deemed to have denied the Extension Request.  If Lender, in its sole discretion, decides to approve the Extension Request, Lender shall deliver its written consent to Borrower, and endeavor in good faith to notify the Other Banks of such extension no later than the Extension Date (provided it shall not be liable to Borrower, the Other Banks, or any other Person for its failure to do so).  If and only if the consent of each of the Other Banks to the same new Maturity Date is received by Borrower and Lender on or before the Extension Date, the Maturity Date specified in the Extension Request shall become effective at the expiration of the existing Maturity Date.

 

SECTION 2.  INTEREST AND FEES

 

SECTION 2.1.                                         INTEREST RATE.  Borrower agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Loans from time to time outstanding hereunder at the following rates per year:

 

(a)                                  Before maturity of any Loan, whether by acceleration or otherwise, at the option of Borrower, subject to the terms hereof at a rate equal to:

 

(i)                                     The “Prime-Based Rate,” which shall mean the Prime Rate (as hereinafter defined) minus seventy-five hundredths of one percent (-0.75%) per annum;

 

(ii)                                  LIBOR,” which shall mean the sum of (A) that fixed rate of interest per year for deposits with Interest Periods of 1, 3 or 6 months (which Interest Period Borrower shall select subject to the terms stated herein) in United States Dollars offered to Lender in or through the London interbank market at or about 10:00 A.M., London time, two days (during which banks are generally open in both Chicago and London) before the rate is to take effect in an amount corresponding to the amount of the requested Loan or portion thereof and for the London deposit Interest Period requested, divided by one minus any applicable reserve requirement (expressed as a decimal) on Eurodollar deposits of the same amount and Interest Period as determined by Lender in its sole discretion, plus (B) one and one-half percent (+1.50%) per annum; or

 

(iii)                               Federal Funds Rate,” which shall mean the sum of (A) the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions, with members of the Federal Reserve System only, arranged by Federal funds brokers, plus (B) one and one-half percent (1.50%) per annum.  The Federal Funds Rate shall be determined by Lender on the basis of reports by Federal funds brokers to, and published daily by, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York in the Composite Closing Quotations for U.S. Government Securities.  If such publication is unavailable or the Federal Funds Rate is not set forth therein, the Federal Funds Rate shall be determined on the basis of any other source reasonably selected by Lender.  The Federal Funds Rate applicable each day shall be the Federal Funds Rate reported as applicable to Federal funds transactions on that date.  In the case of Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday, the Federal Funds Rate shall be the rate applicable to Federal funds transactions on the immediately preceding day for which the Federal Funds Rate is reported.

 

2



 

(b)                                 After the maturity of any Loan, whether by acceleration or otherwise, such Loan shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to two percent (2%) in addition to the rate in effect immediately prior to maturity (but not less than the Prime-Based Rate in effect at maturity).

 

SECTION 2.2.                                         RATE SELECTION.  Borrower shall select and change its selection of the interest rate as among LIBOR, the Federal Funds Rate and the Prime-Based Rate, as applicable, to apply to at least $100,000 and in integral multiples of $100,000 thereafter of any Loan or portion thereof, subject to the requirements herein stated:

 

(a)                                  At the time any Loan is made;

 

(b)                                 At the expiration of a particular LIBOR Interest Period selected for the outstanding principal balance of any Loan or portion of any Loan currently bearing interest at LIBOR; and

 

(c)                                  At any time for the outstanding principal balance of any Loan or portion thereof currently bearing interest at the Prime-Based Rate or the Federal Funds Rate.

 

SECTION 2.3.                                         RATE CHANGES AND NOTIFICATIONS.

 

(a)                                  LIBOR.  If Borrower wishes to borrow funds at LIBOR or Borrower wishes to change the rate of interest on any Loan or portion thereof, within the limits described above, from any other rate to LIBOR, it shall, at or before 12:00 noon, Chicago time, not less than two Banking Days of Lender prior to the Banking Day of Lender on which such rate is to take effect, give Lender written notice thereof, which shall be irrevocable.  Such notice shall specify the Loan or portion thereof to which LIBOR is to apply, and, in addition, the desired LIBOR Interest Period of 1, 3 or 6 months (but not to exceed the Maturity Date).

 

(b)                                 Federal Funds Rate or Prime-Based Rate.  If Borrower wishes to borrow funds at the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime-Based Rate or to change the rate of interest on any Loan or any portion thereof, to such rate, it shall, at or before l2:00 noon, Chicago time, on the date such borrowing or change is to take effect, which shall be a Banking Day of Lender, give Lender written notice thereof, which shall be irrevocable.  Such notice shall specify the advance and the desired interest rate option.

 

(c)                                  Failure to Notify.  If Borrower does not notify Lender at the expiration of a selected Interest Period with respect to any principal outstanding at LIBOR, then in the absence of such notice Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to have such principal accrue interest after the respective LIBOR Interest Period at the Federal Funds Rate.  If Borrower does not notify Lender as to its selection of the interest rate option with respect to any new Loan, then in the absence of such notice Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to have such initial advance accrue interest at the Federal Funds Rate.

 

SECTION 2.4.                                         INTEREST PAYMENT DATES. Accrued interest shall be paid in respect of each portion of principal to which the Federal Funds Rate or Prime-Based Rate applies on the last day of each month in each year, beginning with the first of such dates to occur

 

3



 

after the date of the first Loan or portion thereof, at maturity, and upon payment in full, and to each portion of principal to which any other interest rate option applies, the end of each respective Interest Period, every three months, at maturity, and upon payment in full, whichever is earlier or more frequent.  After maturity, interest shall be payable upon demand.

 

SECTION 2.5.                                         ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS WITH RESPECT TO FEDERAL FUNDS RATE AND LIBOR LOANS.

 

The selection by Borrower of the Federal Funds Rate or LIBOR and the maintenance of the Loans or portions thereof at such rate shall be subject to the following additional terms and conditions:

 

(a)                                  Availability of Deposits at a Determinable Rate.  If, after Borrower has elected to borrow or maintain any Loan or portion thereof at the Federal Funds Rate or LIBOR, Lender notifies Borrower that:

 

(i)                                     United States dollar deposits in the amount and for the maturity requested are not available to Lender (in the case of LIBOR, in the London interbank market); or

 

(ii)                                  Reasonable means do not exist for Lender to determine the Federal Funds Rate or LIBOR for the amount and maturity requested; all as determined by Lender in its sole discretion, then the principal subject to the Federal Funds Rate or LIBOR shall accrue or shall continue to accrue interest at the Prime-Based Rate.

 

(b)                                 Prohibition of Making, Maintaining, or Repayment of Principal at the Federal Funds Rate or LIBOR.  If any treaty, statute, regulation, interpretation thereof, or any directive, guideline, or otherwise by a central bank or fiscal authority (whether or not having the force of law) shall either prohibit or extend the time at which any principal subject to the Federal Funds Rate or LIBOR may be purchased, maintained, or repaid, then on and as of the date the prohibition becomes effective, the principal subject to that prohibition shall continue at the Prime-Based Rate.

 

(c)                                  Payments of Principal and Interest to be Inclusive of Any Taxes or Costs.  All payments of principal and interest shall include any taxes and costs incurred by Lender resulting from having principal outstanding hereunder at the Federal Funds Rate or LIBOR.  Without limiting the generality of the preceding obligation, illustrations of such taxes and costs are:

 

(i)                                     Taxes (or the withholding of amounts for taxes) of any nature whatsoever including income, excise, and interest equalization taxes (other than income taxes imposed by the United States or any state or locality thereof on the income of Lender), as well as all levies, imposts, duties, or fees whether now in existence or resulting from a change in, or promulgation of, any treaty, statute, regulation, interpretation thereof, or any directive, guideline, or otherwise, by a central bank

 

4



 

or fiscal authority (whether or not having the force of law) or a change in the basis of, or time of payment of, such taxes and other amounts resulting therefrom;

 

(ii)                                  Any reserve or special deposit requirements against assets or liabilities of, or deposits with or for the account of, Lender with respect to principal outstanding at LIBOR including those imposed under Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board or resulting from a change in, or the promulgation of, such requirements by treaty, statute, regulation, interpretation thereof, or any directive, guideline, or otherwise by a central bank or fiscal authority (whether or not having the force of law);

 

(iii)                               Any other costs resulting from compliance with treaties, statutes, regulations, interpretations, or any directives or guidelines, or otherwise by a central bank or fiscal authority (whether or not having the force of law), including capital adequacy regulations;

 

(iv)                              Any loss (including loss of anticipated profits) or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or re-employment of deposits acquired by Lender:

 

(A)                              To make Loans or a portion thereof or maintain principal outstanding at the LIBOR or the Federal Funds Rate;

 

(B)                                As the result of a voluntary prepayment at a date other than the Interim Maturity Date selected for principal outstanding at LIBOR;

 

(C)                                As the result of a mandatory repayment at a date other than that Interim Maturity Date selected for principal outstanding at LIBOR as the result of the occurrence of an Event of Default and the acceleration of any portion of the indebtedness hereunder; or

 

(D)                               As the result of a prohibition on making, maintaining, or repaying principal outstanding at the Federal Funds Rate or LIBOR.

 

If Lender incurs any such taxes or costs, Borrower, upon demand in writing specifying such taxes and costs, shall promptly pay them; save for manifest error Lender’s specification shall be presumptively deemed correct.

 

SECTION 2.6.                                         BASIS OF COMPUTATION.  Interest shall be computed for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days, including the date a Loan is made and excluding the date a Loan or any portion thereof is paid or prepaid.

 

SECTION 2.7.                                         COMMITMENT FEE, REDUCTION OF COMMITMENT.  Borrower agrees to pay Lender a commitment fee (the “Commitment Fee”) in arrears of twenty-five hundredths of one percent (0.25%) per year on the average daily unused amount of the Commitment.  The Commitment Fee shall commence to accrue on the date of this Agreement and shall be paid on the last day of each calendar quarter in each year, beginning with the first of such dates to occur after the date of this Agreement, at maturity and upon payment in full.  At

 

5



 

any time or from time to time, upon at least ten days’ prior written notice, which shall be irrevocable, Borrower may reduce the Commitment in the amount of at least $100,000 or in full; provided that Borrower may not reduce the Commitment below an amount equal to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Loans.  Upon any such reduction of any part of the unused Commitment, any accrued and unpaid Commitment Fee on the part reduced shall be paid in full as of the date of such reduction.

 

SECTION 3.  PAYMENTS AND PREPAYMENTS

 

SECTION 3.1.                                         PREPAYMENTS.  Borrower may prepay without penalty or premium any principal bearing interest at the Prime-Based Rate or the Federal Funds Rate.  If Borrower prepays any principal bearing interest at LIBOR in whole or in part on a date other than the Interim Maturity Date, or if the maturity of any such LIBOR principal is accelerated, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law Borrower shall also pay Lender for all losses and expenses incurred by reason of the liquidation or re-employment of deposits acquired by Lender to make the Loan or maintain principal outstanding at LIBOR.  Upon Lender’s demand in writing specifying such losses and expenses, Borrower shall promptly pay them; Lender’s specification shall be deemed correct in the absence of manifest error.  All Loans or portions thereof made at LIBOR shall be conclusively deemed to have been funded by or on behalf of Lender (in the London interbank market) by the purchase of deposits corresponding in amount and maturity to the amount and Interest Periods selected (or deemed to have been selected) by Borrower under this Agreement.  Any partial repayment or prepayment shall be in an amount equal to the lesser of $500,000 and the outstanding principle balance of the Loans.

 

SECTION 3.2.                                         FUNDS.  All payments of principal, interest and the Commitment Fee shall be made in immediately available funds to Lender at its banking office indicated above or as otherwise directed by Lender.

 

SECTION 3.3.                                         EQUAL ACTIONSBorrower agrees that (a) each borrowing from Lender under Section 1.2 of this Agreement and from the Other Banks under the Other Bank Agreements, (b) each payment of the Commitment Fee under Section 2.7 of this Agreement to Lender and under the Other Bank Agreements to the Other Banks and (c) each reduction of the Commitment under Section 2.7 of this Agreement and the commitments of the Other Banks under the Other Banks Agreements shall be made on a pro rata basis among Lender and the Other Banks and at substantially the same time.  The making, conversion and continuation of Loans hereunder and under the Other Bank Agreements shall be made ratably and at substantially the same time and Interest Periods for LIBOR Loans hereunder and under the Other Bank Agreement made on the same Banking Day shall be coterminous.  Each payment or prepayment of principal by Borrower shall be made for the account of Lender and the Other Banks ratably and at substantially the same time.  Each payment of interest on the Loans to Lender and on loans to the Other Banks shall be made for the account of Lender and the Other Banks ratably in accordance with the amounts of interest due and payable to Lender and the Other Banks and at substantially the same time.

 

6



 

SECTION 4.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

To induce Lender to make each of the Loans, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that:

 

SECTION 4.1.                                         ORGANIZATION.  Borrower is existing and in good standing as a duly qualified and organized bank holding company.  Borrower and each Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) are existing and in good standing under the laws of their jurisdiction of formation, and are duly qualified, in good standing and authorized to do business in each jurisdiction where failure to do so might have a material adverse impact on the consolidated assets, condition or prospects of Borrower.  Borrower and each Subsidiary have the power and authority to own their properties and to carry on their businesses as now being conducted.

 

SECTION 4.2.                                         AUTHORIZATION; NO CONFLICT.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Note and all related documents and instruments:  (a) are within Borrower’s powers; (b) have been authorized by all necessary corporate action; (c) have received any and all necessary governmental approvals; and (d) do not and will not contravene or conflict with any provision of law or charter or by-laws of Borrower or any agreement affecting Borrower or its property.  This Agreement and the Pledge Agreement are, and the Note when executed and delivered will be, legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.

 

SECTION 4.3.                                         FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Borrower has supplied to Lender copies of its audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2002.  Such statements have been furnished to Lender, have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with that of the preceding fiscal year, except as disclosed in such statements, and fairly present the financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such dates and the results of their operations for the respective periods then ended.  Since the date of those financial statements, no material, adverse change in the business, condition, properties, assets, operations, or prospects of Borrower or its Subsidiaries has occurred except as disclosed on Schedule 4.3.  There is no known contingent liability of Borrower or any Subsidiary which is known to be in an amount that is more than $1,000,000 (excluding loan commitments, letters of credit, and other contingent liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of the banking business) in excess of insurance for which the insurer has confirmed coverage in writing which is not reflected in such financial statements or disclosed on Schedule 4.3.

 

SECTION 4.4.                                         TAXES.  Borrower and each Subsidiary have filed or caused to be filed all federal, state and local tax returns which, to the knowledge of Borrower or such Subsidiary, are required to be filed, and have paid or have caused to be paid all taxes as shown on such returns or on any assessment received by them, to the extent that such taxes have become due (except for current taxes not delinquent and taxes being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been provided on the books of Borrower or the appropriate Subsidiary, and as to which no foreclosure, sale or similar proceedings have been commenced).

 

7



 

SECTION 4.5.                                         LIENS.  None of the assets of Borrower or any Subsidiary are subject to any mortgage, pledge, title retention lien, or other lien, encumbrance or security interest except:  (a) for current taxes not delinquent or taxes being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; (b) for liens arising in the ordinary course of business for sums not due or sums being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, but not involving any deposits or loan or portion thereof or borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services; (c) to the extent specifically shown in the financial statements referred to in Section 4.3; (d) for liens in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Lender and the Other Banks; and (e) liens and security interests securing deposits of public funds, repurchase agreements, Federal funds purchased, trust assets, advances from a Federal Home Loan Bank, discount window borrowings from a Federal Reserve Bank and other similar liens granted in the ordinary course of the banking business.

 

SECTION 4.6.                                         ADVERSE CONTRACTS.  Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any charter or other corporate restriction, nor is it subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or governmental body, which may have a material and adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, operations or business prospects of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the ability of Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Note and the Other Bank Agreements.  Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary has, nor with reasonable diligence should have had, knowledge of or notice that it is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any such agreement, instrument, restriction, judgment, decree or order.

 

SECTION 4.7.                                         REGULATION U.  Borrower is not engaged principally in, nor is one of Borrower’s important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as now and from time to time hereinafter in effect.

 

SECTION 4.8.                                         LITIGATION AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES.  No litigation (including derivative actions), arbitration proceedings or governmental proceedings are pending or, to Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against Borrower which would (singly or in the aggregate), if adversely determined, have a material and adverse effect on the consolidated assets, financial condition, continued operations or business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, except as and if set forth (including estimates of the dollar amounts involved) in Schedule 4.8.

 

SECTION 4.9.                                         FDIC INSURANCE.  The deposits of each Subsidiary Bank of Borrower are insured by the FDIC and no act has occurred which would adversely affect the status of such Subsidiary Bank as an FDIC insured bank.

 

SECTION 4.10.                                  INVESTIGATIONSNeither Borrower nor any Subsidiary Bank is under investigation by, or is operating under the restrictions imposed by or agreed to in connection with, any regulatory authority, other than routine examinations by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over Borrower or such Subsidiary Bank.

 

SECTION 4.11.                                  SUBSIDIARIES.  Attached hereto as Schedule 4.11 is a correct and complete list of all Subsidiaries of Borrower.

 

8



 

SECTION 4.12.                                  BANK HOLDING COMPANY. Borrower has complied in all material respects with all federal, state and local laws pertaining to bank holding companies, including without limitation the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and to the best of its knowledge there are no conditions to its engaging in the business of being a registered bank holding company.

 

SECTION 4.13.                                  ERISA.

 

(a)                                  Borrower and the ERISA Affiliates and the plan administrator of each Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) have fulfilled in all material respects their respective obligations under ERISA and the Code with respect to such Plan and such Plan is currently in substantial compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code.

 

(b)                                 With respect to each Plan, there has been no (i) “reportable event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations thereunder which is not subject to the provision for waiver of the 30-day notice requirement to the PBGC; (ii) failure by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to timely make or properly accrue any contribution which is due to any Plan; (iii) action under Section 4041(c) of ERISA to terminate any Pension Plan; (iv) action under Section 4041(b) of ERISA to terminate any Pension Plan which could require Borrower to incur a liability or obligations to make a material contribution to such Pension Plan; (v) withdrawal from any Pension Plan with two or more contributing sponsors or the termination of any such Pension Plan that could subject the Borrower to material liability pursuant to Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (vi) institution by PBGC of proceedings to terminate any Pension Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which might constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan); (vii) the imposition on Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of liability pursuant to Sections 4062(e), 4069 or 4212 of ERISA; (viii) complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from any Pension Plan which is a Multiemployer Plan that is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Sections 4241 or 4245 of ERISA, or that has terminated under Sections 4041A or 4042 of ERISA; (ix) prohibited transaction described in Section 406 of ERISA or 4975 of the Code which could subject Borrower to the imposition of any material fines, penalties, taxes or related charges imposed by either Section 4975 of the Code or Section 502(i) of ERISA; (x) material pending claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) which could reasonably be expected to result in material liability; (xi) receipt from the Internal Revenue Service of notice of the failure of any Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) to fail to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, if applicable; or (xii) imposition of a lien pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) or 412(n) of the Code or Section 302(f) of ERISA.

 

9



 

SECTION 4.14.                                  ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS.

 

(a)                                  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all permits, licenses and other authorizations which are required to be obtained by Borrower or such Subsidiaries, as the case may be, under all Environmental Laws and are in compliance in all material respects with any applicable Environmental Laws.

 

(b)                                 Borrower has not received any notice, demand, request for information, citation, summons, order or complaint, no penalty has been assessed and no investigation or review is pending or, to Borrower’s knowledge, threatened by any governmental agency or other Person, in each case, with respect to any alleged or suspected failure by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to comply in any material respect with any Environmental Laws.

 

(c)                                  There are no material liens arising under or pursuant to any Environmental Laws on any of the property owned or, to Borrower’s knowledge, leased by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(d)                                 There are no conditions existing currently or, to Borrower’s knowledge, likely to exist during the term of this Agreement which would subject Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their owned property or, to Borrower’s knowledge, any of their leased property, to any material lien, damages, penalties, injunctive relief or cleanup costs under any Environmental Laws or which require or are reasonably likely to require cleanup, removal, remedial action or other responses pursuant to Environmental Laws by Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

SECTION 4.15.                                  PLEDGED SHARES.  The Pledged Shares (as hereinafter defined) constitute 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Pacific Western National Bank, have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.  Borrower owns the Pledged Shares free and clear of all other interests, liens or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever, other than liens in favor of Lender and the Other Banks.

 

SECTION 5.  COVENANTS

 

Until all obligations of Borrower hereunder, under the Pledge Agreement, the Note and all other related documents and instruments are paid and fulfilled in full, Borrower agrees that it shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, comply with the following covenants, unless Lender consents otherwise in writing:

 

SECTION 5.1.                                         EXISTENCE, MERGERS, ETC.  Borrower and each Subsidiary shall preserve and maintain their respective corporate, partnership or joint venture (as applicable) existence, rights, franchises, licenses and privileges, and will not liquidate, dissolve, or merge, or consolidate with or into any other entity, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of their assets other than in the ordinary course of business as now conducted, except that:

 

(a)                                  Any Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with or into Borrower or any one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries;

 

10



 

(b)                                 Any Subsidiary may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets to Borrower or one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries;

 

(c)                                  Any Insignificant Subsidiary may (i) merge or consolidate with any other Person, (ii) sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of its assets to another Person or (iii) liquidate or dissolve (“Insignificant Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary with (1) net income that is less than 2.5% of the consolidated net income of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the most recent fiscal quarter ended for which a consolidated income statement of Borrower is available and (2) tangible assets that are less than 2.5% of consolidated tangible assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ended for which a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower is available); and

 

(d)                                 Any Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with any other Person provided that (i) the surviving entity is a Subsidiary of Borrower (ii) before and after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default exists or is continuing, (iii) following such merger or consolidation, Borrower shall continue to own the same or greater percentage of the stock or other ownership interests of such Subsidiary as it owned immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, (iv) after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, Borrower is in pro forma compliance with Section 5.4 of this Agreement and (v) if any Subsidiary who is a party to such merger or consolidation is a Subsidiary whose shares of capital stock constitute Pledged Shares under the Pledge Agreement, then after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, Lender shall continue to have a perfected first priority security interest in such Pledged Shares subject only to any liens permitted in Section 5.5(b) hereof; provided, however, this clause (d) shall not apply to any Insignificant Subsidiary.

 

Borrower and each Subsidiary shall take all steps to become and remain duly qualified, in good standing and authorized to do business in each jurisdiction where failure to do so might have a material adverse impact on the consolidated assets, condition or prospects of Borrower.

 

SECTION 5.2.                                         REPORTS, CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION.  Borrower shall furnish (or cause to be furnished) to Lender:

 

(a)                                  Interim Reports.  Within forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter of each fiscal year of Borrower, a copy of an unaudited financial statement of Borrower and its Subsidiaries prepared on a consolidated basis consistent with the consolidated financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries referred to in Section 4.3 above and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, signed by an authorized officer of Borrower and consisting of at least:  (i) a balance sheet as at the close of such quarter; and (ii) a statement of earnings and source and application of funds for such quarter and for the period from the beginning of such fiscal year to the close of such quarter.

 

(b)                                 Annual Report.  Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, a copy of an annual report of Borrower and its Subsidiaries prepared on a consolidated basis and in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles

 

11



 

applied on a basis consistent with the consolidated financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries referred to in Section 4.3 above, duly certified by independent certified public accountants of recognized standing and accompanied by an opinion without qualification.  Such independent certified public accountants shall be selected by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of Borrower (which Audit Committee members shall consist solely of independent members of Borrower’s Board of Directors) using their good faith business judgment.

 

(c)                                  Certificates.  Contemporaneously with the furnishing of a copy of each annual report and of each quarterly statement provided for in this Section, a certificate dated the date of such annual report or such quarterly statement and signed by either the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer of Borrower, to the effect that no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or, if there is any such event, describing it and the steps, if any, being taken to cure it, and containing (except in the case of the certificate dated the date of the annual report) a computation of, and showing compliance with, any financial ratio or restriction contained in this Agreement.

 

(d)                                 Reports to SEC.  Notification of each filing and report made by Borrower or any Subsidiary with or to any securities exchange or the Securities and Exchange Commission which are made publicly available.  Such notification shall be forwarded electronically to Lender via e-mail at such addresses as Lender shall provide to Borrower and shall indicate where copies of such filings and reports can be obtained electronically (for avoidance of doubt, Borrower will notify Lender of any such filings and reports if electronic means of notification is inoperable).  If copies of such documents are not available electronically, notification of the filing of such documents shall still be made, and Borrower shall provide a paper copy of such documents to Lender promptly upon Lender’s request.

 

(e)                                  Notice of Default, Litigation and ERISA Matters.  Immediately upon learning of the occurrence of any of the following, written notice describing the same and the steps being taken by Borrower or any Subsidiary affected in respect thereof:  (i) the occurrence of an Event of Default or an Unmatured Event of Default; (ii) the institution of, or any adverse determination in, any litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding which is material to Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; (iii) the occurrence of any event referred to in Section 4.13(b); or (iv) the issuance of any cease and desist order, memorandum of understanding, cancellation of insurance, or proposed disciplinary action from the FDIC or other regulatory entity.

 

(f)                                    Other Bank Agreements.  Promptly, copies of any amendment, supplement, waiver or other agreement affecting any Other Bank Agreement and any copies of any notices given by Borrower or the Other Banks under the Other Bank Agreements, in each case certified by the secretary or assistant secretary.

 

(g)                                 Other Information.  From time to time such other information, financial or otherwise, concerning Borrower or any Subsidiary as Lender may reasonably request.

 

12



 

SECTION 5.3.                                         INSPECTION.  At Borrower’s expense if an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, Borrower and each Subsidiary shall permit Lender and its agents at any time during normal business hours, and upon at least one business day’s prior notice, to inspect their properties and to inspect and make copies of their books and records.  If no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Lender may conduct such inspections at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice to Borrower, and such inspection and copies shall be at Lender’s expense.

 

SECTION 5.4.                                         FINANCIAL REQUIREMENTS.

 

(a)                                  Leverage Ratio.  Borrower and each Subsidiary Bank shall maintain at all times a ratio of Tier 1 Capital to average quarterly assets less all non-qualified intangible assets of at least five percent (5%), all calculated on a consolidated basis.

 

(b)                                 Tier 1 Capital Ratio.  Borrower and each Subsidiary Bank shall maintain at all times a ratio of Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets of not less than six percent (6%), all calculated on a consolidated basis.

 

(c)                                  Risk-Based Capital Ratio.  Borrower and each Subsidiary Bank shall maintain at all times a ratio of Total Capital to risk-weighted assets of not less than ten percent (10%), all calculated on a consolidated basis.

 

(d)                                 Nonperforming Assets.  All assets of all Subsidiary Banks and other Subsidiaries classified as “non-performing” (which shall include all loans in non-accrual status, more than ninety (90) days past due in principal or interest, restructured or renegotiated, or listed as “other restructured” or “other real estate owned”) on the FDIC or other regulatory agency call report shall not exceed at any time three percent (3.0%) of the total loans of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

(e)                                  Loan Loss Reserves Ratio.  Each Subsidiary Bank shall maintain at all times on a consolidated basis a ratio of loan loss reserves to non-performing loans of not less than one hundred percent (100%).

 

(f)                                    Minimum Tier 1 Capital.  Borrower shall maintain a consolidated minimum Tier 1 Capital equal to at least $125,000,000 at all times.

 

(g)                                 Total Debt to Tier 1 Capital.  Borrower’s total indebtedness for borrowed money (specifically excluding the indebtedness for borrowed money of Borrower’s Subsidiaries) shall not at any time exceed thirty-five percent (35%) of its Tier 1 Capital.

 

(h)                                 Return on Average Assets.  Borrower’s consolidated net income shall be at least  eighty-five hundredths of one percent (0.85%) of its average assets, calculated on an annualized basis as at the last day of each fiscal quarter of Borrower; provided, however, that for purposes of determining return on average assets, customary and reasonable, non-recurring expenses and charges incurred by Borrower in connection with a permitted acquisition under Sections 5.1 and 5.6 hereof shall be excluded.

 

13



 

SECTION 5.5.                                         INDEBTEDNESS, LIENS AND TAXES.  Borrower and each Subsidiary shall:

 

(a)                                  Indebtedness.  Not incur, permit to remain outstanding, assume or in any way become committed for indebtedness in respect of borrowed money (specifically including but not limited to indebtedness in respect of money borrowed from financial institutions, but excluding deposits), except:  (i) indebtedness incurred by Borrower under this Agreement, and further indebtedness of Borrower to Lender, to the Other Banks or to any other Person; provided that, the aggregate amount of such indebtedness permitted pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed at any time the lesser of $70,000,000 and an amount which would cause Borrower to breach its Total Debt to Tier 1 Capital financial covenant in Section 5.4(g); and provided further, such indebtedness shall be unsecured except as permitted under Section 5.5(b); (ii) in addition to the indebtedness permitted under the foregoing clause (i), in the case of Borrower, Trust Indebtedness and Trust Guarantees, and in the case of any Trust Issuer, Trust Preferred Securities; and (iii) indebtedness incurred by the Subsidiary Banks in their normal course of business with the Federal Home Loan Bank, any Federal Reserve Bank or for Federal Funds with correspondent banks for liquidity management.

 

(b)                                 Liens.  Not create, suffer or permit to exist any lien or encumbrance of any kind or nature upon any of their assets now or hereafter owned or acquired (specifically including but not limited to the capital stock of any of the Subsidiary Banks), or acquire or agree to acquire any property or assets of any character under any conditional sale agreement or other title retention agreement, but this Section shall not be deemed to apply to:  (i) liens existing on the date of this Agreement and disclosed on Schedule 5.5(b); (ii) liens of landlords, contractors, laborers or suppliers, tax liens, or liens securing performance or appeal bonds, or other similar liens or charges arising out of Borrower’s business, provided that tax liens are removed before related taxes become delinquent and other liens are promptly removed, in either case unless contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, and as to which adequate reserves shall have been established and no foreclosure, sale or similar proceedings have commenced; (iii) liens in favor of Lender; (iv) liens on the assets of any Subsidiary Bank arising in the ordinary course of the banking business of such Subsidiary Bank; and (v) liens contemplated by Section 4.5.

 

(c)                                  Taxes.  Pay and discharge all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon them, upon their income or profits or upon any properties belonging to them, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, and all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies when due, except that no such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim need be paid which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings as to which adequate reserves shall have been established, and no foreclosure, sale or similar proceedings have commenced.

 

(d)                                 Guaranties.  Not assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise become or be responsible in any manner (whether by agreement to purchase any obligations, stock, assets, goods or services, or to supply or loan any funds, assets, goods or services, or otherwise) with respect to the obligation of any other Person, except:  (i) by the

 

14



 

endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business, issuance of letters of credit or similar instruments or documents in the ordinary course of business; (ii) in the case of Borrower, Trust Guarantees; and (iii) guarantees by Borrower of any of its Subsidiary’s obligations, provided the liability to Borrower on account of such guarantees shall not in the aggregate exceed $10,000,000 at anytime outstanding.

 

SECTION 5.6.                                         INVESTMENTS AND LOANS.  Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall make any loan, advance, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration, evidences of indebtedness, capital stock or other securities of any Person, except that Borrower and any Subsidiary may:

 

(a)                                  purchase or otherwise acquire and own short-term money market items;

 

(b)                                 invest, by way of purchase of securities or capital contributions, in the Subsidiary Banks or any other bank or banks, and upon Borrower’s purchase or other acquisition of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the stock of any bank, such bank shall thereupon become a “Subsidiary Bank” for all purposes under this Agreement;

 

(c)                                  invest, by way of loan, advance, extension of credit (whether in the form of lease, conditional sales agreement, or otherwise), purchase of securities, capital contributions, or otherwise, in Subsidiaries other than banks or Subsidiary Banks;

 

(d)                                 invest, by way of purchase of securities or capital contributions, in other Persons so long as before and after giving effect thereto no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the investment is in compliance with Regulation Y of the Federal Reserve Board; and

 

(e)                                  in the case of any Trust Issuer, purchase any Trust Indebtedness and, in the case of Borrower, purchase any common securities of any Trust Issuer and issue any Trust Guarantees.

 

Nothing in this Section 5.6 shall prohibit a Subsidiary Bank from making investments, loans, advances, or other extensions of credit in the ordinary course of the banking business upon such terms as may at the time be customary in the banking business.

 

SECTION 5.7.                                         CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND DIVIDENDS.  Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, (i) purchase or redeem, or obligate itself to purchase or redeem, any shares of Borrower’s capital stock, of any class, issued and outstanding from time to time, or any partnership, joint venture or other equity interest in Borrower or any Subsidiary; or (ii) declare or pay any dividend (other than dividends payable in its own common stock or to Borrower) or make any other distribution in respect of such shares or interest other than to Borrower; provided, however, so long as no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing before or after giving effect thereto, Borrower may purchase or redeem shares of Borrower’s capital stock and or declare and pay cash dividends to holders of the capital stock of Borrower in any fiscal quarter in an aggregate amount that, when added together with any purchase or redemptions of Borrower’s capital stock and any cash

 

15



 

dividends declared and paid during the immediately preceding four quarter period (including the quarter in which the determination is being made so that the Calculation Period is a “rolling four quarter”) (such period being referred to as the “Calculation Period”), does not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the consolidated net income of Borrower, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, calculated for such Calculation Period.  Except as provided in Section 5.1, Borrower shall continue to own, directly or indirectly, the same (or greater) percentage of the stock and partnership, joint venture, or other equity interest in each Subsidiary that it held on the date of this Agreement, and no Subsidiary shall issue any additional stock or partnership, joint venture or other equity interests, options or warrants in respect thereof, or securities convertible into such securities or interests, other than to Borrower.

 

SECTION 5.8.                                         MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES.  Borrower and each Subsidiary shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, in good repair, working order and condition, all their properties (whether owned or held under lease), and from time to time make or cause to be made all needed and appropriate repairs, renewals, replacements, additions, and improvements thereto, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times (for avoidance of doubt, this Section 5.8 does not limit or restrict Borrower or any Subsidiary from opening, closing or moving any of their branch offices or other office properties).

 

SECTION 5.9.                                         INSURANCE.  Borrower and each Subsidiary shall maintain insurance in responsible companies in such amounts and against such risks as is required by law and such other insurance, in such amount and against such hazards and liabilities, as is customarily maintained by bank holding companies and banks similarly situated.  Each Subsidiary Bank shall have deposits insured by the FDIC.

 

SECTION 5.10.                                  USE OF PROCEEDS.

 

(a)                                  General.  The proceeds of the Loans shall be used for general corporate purposes.  Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall use or permit any proceeds of the Loans to be used, either directly or indirectly, for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of “purchasing or carrying any margin stock” within the meaning of Regulations U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended from time to time.  If requested by Lender, Borrower and each Subsidiary will furnish to Lender a statement in conformity with the requirements of Federal Reserve Form U-1.  No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used for any purpose which violates or is inconsistent with the provisions of Regulation U or X of the Board of Governors.

 

(b)                                 Tender Offers and Going Private.  Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall use (or permit to be used) any proceeds of the Loans to acquire any security in any transaction which is subject to Section 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any regulations or rulings thereunder.

 

SECTION 5.11.                                  COLLATERAL.  Borrower and Lender hereby agree that the Loans and all other obligations owing from time to time from Borrower to Lender under this Agreement and the Note shall be secured pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Pledge

 

16



 

Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, executed by Borrower in favor of The Northern Trust Company, as collateral agent for Lender and the Other Banks (the “Collateral Agent”) (said Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Pledge Agreement”), pursuant to which Borrower has pledged to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Lender and the Other Banks, all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower (herein collectively referred to as the “Pledged Shares”) of Pacific Western National Bank.

 

SECTION 5.12.                                  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.  Borrower and each Subsidiary shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations (whether federal, state or local and whether statutory, administrative, judicial or otherwise) and with every lawful governmental order or similar actions (whether administrative or judicial), specifically including but not limited to all requirements of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and with the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System relating to bank holding companies.

 

SECTION 5.13.                                  NOTICE OF DEPOSIT AND OTHER ACCOUNTSBorrower shall promptly notify Lender in writing (a) of any deposit or other account currently maintained by Borrower with any of the Other Banks and (b) upon the opening by Borrower of any deposit or other account after the date hereof with any of the Other Banks.

 

SECTION 6.  CONDITIONS OF LENDING

 

SECTION 6.1.                                         DOCUMENTATION; NO DEFAULTThe obligation of Lender to make any Loan is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                  Initial Documentation.  Lender shall have received all of the following concurrently with the execution and delivery hereof, each duly executed and dated the date hereof or other date satisfactory to Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and its counsel, at the expense of Borrower, and in such number of signed counterparts as Lender may request (except for the Note, of which only the original shall be signed):

 

(i)                                     Note.  The Note duly executed.

 

(ii)                                  Pledge Agreement.  A copy of the Pledge Agreement duly executed in favor of the Collateral Agent, together with copies of the Pledged Shares and stock powers, duly executed, in blank.

 

(iii)                               Resolution; Certificate of Incumbency.  A copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Note, the Pledge Agreement and other documents provided for in this Agreement, certified by the secretary or assistant secretary of Borrower, together with a certificate of such officer of Borrower, certifying the names of the officer(s) of Borrower authorized to sign this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Note and any other documents provided for in this Agreement, together with a sample of the true signature of each such Person (Lender may conclusively rely on such certificate until formally advised by a like certificate of any changes therein).

 

17



 

(iv)                              Governing Documents.  A copy of the articles of incorporation and by-laws of Borrower, certified by the secretary or assistant secretary of Borrower.

 

(v)                                 Certificate of No Default.  A certificate signed by an appropriate officer of Borrower to the effect that: (A) no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will result from the making of the first Loan; and (B) the representations and warranties of Borrower contained herein are true and correct as at the date of the first Loan as though made on that date.

 

(vi)                              Opinion of Counsel to Borrower.  An opinion of counsel to Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

 

(vii)                           Good Standing Certificate.  A good standing certificate from Borrower’s Federal Reserve Bank and from the Secretary of State of California.

 

(viii)                        Other Bank Agreements.  A copy of the Other Bank Agreements, duly executed by Borrower and the Other Banks, certified by an appropriate officer of Borrower, which certificate shall represent that, except for the names of the Other Banks and related information therein and the amount of the commitments to make revolving loans thereunder, each Other Bank Agreement is identical in all material respects to this Agreement.

 

(ix)                                Intercreditor Agreement.  An intercreditor agreement entered into between Lender and the Other Banks as to, among other things, the Pledged Shares.

 

(x)                                   Miscellaneous.  Such other documents and certificates as Lender may reasonably request.

 

(xi)                                Closing Fee.  A closing fee in the amount of $43,750.

 

(b)                                 Representations and Warranties True.  At the date of each Loan, Borrower’s representations and warranties set forth herein shall be true and correct as of such date as though made on such date.

 

(c)                                  No Default.  At the time of each Loan, and immediately after giving effect to such Loan, no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such Loan, or would result from the making of such Loan.

 

(d)                                 Pro Rata Division of Loans.  At the time of each Loan and before and after giving effect thereto, the principal amount of Loans outstanding under this Agreement and loans outstanding under the Other Bank Agreements shall be divided ratably among the Lender and the Other Banks.

 

SECTION 6.2.                                         AUTOMATIC UPDATE OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AND NO-DEFAULT CERTIFICATE; CERTIFICATE AT LENDER’S OPTION.  The request by Borrower for any Loan shall be deemed a representation and warranty by Borrower that the statements in subsections (b) and (c) of Section 6.l are true and correct on and as at the date of each succeeding Loan, as the case may be.  Upon receipt of each Loan

 

18



 

request Lender in its sole discretion shall have the right to request that Borrower provide to Lender, prior to Lender’s funding of the Loan, a certificate executed by Borrower’s President, Treasurer, or Chief Financial Officer to such effect.

 

SECTION 7.  DEFAULT

 

SECTION 7.1.                                         EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

 

(a)                                  failure to pay, when and as due, any principal, interest or other amounts payable hereunder or under the Note; provided that, in the case of interest only, such failure shall continue for three (3) days after its due date;

 

(b)                                 any default, event of default, or similar event shall occur or continue under any other instrument, document, note or agreement delivered to Lender in connection with this Agreement, including without limitation, the Pledge Agreement, and any applicable cure period provided therein shall have expired; or any such instrument, document, note or agreement shall not be, or shall cease to be, enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

(c)                                  there shall occur any default or event of default, or any event or condition that might become such with notice or the passage of time or both, or any similar event, or any event that requires the prepayment of borrowed money or the acceleration of the maturity thereof, under the terms of any evidence of indebtedness or other agreement issued or assumed or entered into by Borrower or any Subsidiary (including the Other Bank Agreements) for obligations in an aggregate amount in excess of Two Million and No/100 United States Dollars ($2,000,000), or under the terms of any indenture, agreement, or instrument under which any such evidence of indebtedness or other agreement is issued, assumed, secured, or guaranteed, and such event shall continue beyond any applicable period of grace provided therein;

 

(d)                                 any representation, warranty, schedule, certificate, financial statement, report, notice, or other writing furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any Subsidiary to Lender is false or misleading in any material respect on the date as of which the facts therein set forth are stated or certified;

 

(e)                                  Any guaranty of or pledge of collateral security for the Loans shall be repudiated or become unenforceable or incapable of performance or Borrower shall fail to pledge and deliver to Lender any share certificate of Pacific Western National Bank as provided in Section 3(c) of the Pledge Agreement;

 

(f)                                    Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to comply with Sections 3.3, 5.l, 5.2(e) and (f), 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7 and 5.11 hereof; or fail to comply with or perform any agreement or covenant of Borrower or any Subsidiary contained herein, which failure does not otherwise constitute an Event of Default, and such failure shall continue unremedied for thirty (30) days after notice thereof to Borrower by Lender;

 

(g)                                 an event or condition specified in Section 4.13(b) shall occur or exist and if as a result of such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions if any,

 

19



 

Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate shall incur, or, in the reasonable opinion of Lender, shall be reasonably likely to incur, a liability to a Plan, a Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC (or any combination of the foregoing) which is, in the reasonable determination of Lender, materially adverse to the consolidated assets, financial condition business or operations taken as a whole of Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

 

(h)                                 any Person, or two or more Persons acting in concert, shall acquire beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of 50% or more of the outstanding shares of voting stock of Borrower;

 

(i)                                     any proceeding (judicial or administrative) shall be commenced against Borrower or any Subsidiary, or with respect to any assets of Borrower or any Subsidiary which could reasonably be expected to have a material and adverse effect on the consolidated assets, financial condition, business or operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and which is not dismissed within thirty (30) days after it is commenced against Borrower or any Subsidiary; or final judgment(s) and/or settlement(s) in an aggregate amount that is more than ONE MILLION UNITED STATES DOLLARS ($1,000,000) in excess of insurance for which the insurer has confirmed coverage in writing, a copy of which writing has been furnished to Lender, shall be entered or agreed to in any suit or action commenced against Borrower or any Subsidiary, and which are not satisfied within thirty (30) days after they have been entered or agreed to in any suit or action commenced against Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

(j)                                     Borrower shall grant or any Person (other than the Collateral Agent for the benefit of Lender and the Other Banks) shall obtain a security interest in any collateral for the Loans; Borrower or any other Person (other than the Collateral Agent for the benefit of Lender and the Other Banks) shall perfect (or attempt to perfect) such a security interest; a court shall determine that Collateral Agent does not have a first priority security interest (for the benefit of Lender and the Other Banks) in any of the collateral for the Loans enforceable in accordance with the terms of the related documents; or any notice of a federal tax lien against Borrower shall be filed with any public recorder and is not satisfied within thirty (30) days from the time of such filing, unless Borrower is contesting the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(k)                                  There shall be any material loss or depreciation in the value of any collateral for the Loans for any reason, or, unless expressly permitted by the related documents, all or any part of any collateral for the Loans or any direct, indirect, legal, equitable or beneficial interest therein is assigned, transferred or sold without Lender’s prior written consent;

 

(l)                                     any Federal Reserve Bank, the FDIC or other regulatory entity shall issue or agree to enter into any formal enforcement action with or against Borrower or any Subsidiary (including, but not limited to, a formal written agreement, cease and desist order, suspension, removal or prohibition order or capital directive, but excluding a civil money

 

20



 

penalty), or any Federal Reserve Bank, the FDIC or other regulatory entity shall issue or enter into any informal enforcement action with or against Borrower or any Subsidiary (including, but not limited to, a commitment letter, memorandum of understanding or any similar action) or assess a civil money penalty, which in each case is materially adverse to the consolidated assets, financial condition, business or operations of Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

(m)                               Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Insignificant Subsidiary) shall fail to comply with Section 5.1 hereof or shall suspend the transaction of all or a substantial portion of its usual business or Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Insignificant Subsidiary) shall take any corporation action to approve or authorize to approve any action or omission that would result in any of the foregoing;

 

(n)                                 any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment or similar proceeding, domestic or foreign, is instituted by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary, and in the case of an involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, such proceeding is not dismissed within sixty (60) days (it is acknowledged and agreed that Lender has no obligation to make Loans during such cure period); or Borrower or any Subsidiary shall take any steps toward, or to authorize, such a proceeding; or

 

(o)                                 Borrower or any Subsidiary shall become insolvent, generally shall fail or be unable to pay its debts as they mature, shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature, shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or shall enter into any composition or similar agreement.

 

SECTION 7.2.                                         DEFAULT REMEDIES.

 

(a)                                  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default specified in Section 7.l(a)-(m), Lender at its option may declare the Note (principal, interest and other amounts) and any other amounts owed to Lender, including without limitation any accrued but unpaid Commitment Fee, immediately due and payable without notice or demand of any kind.  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in Section 7.l(n)-(o), the Note (principal, interest and other amounts) and any other amounts owed to Lender, including without limitation any accrued but unpaid Commitment Fee, shall be immediately and automatically due and payable without action of any kind on the part of Lender.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, any obligation of Lender to make any Loan shall immediately and automatically terminate without action of any kind on the part of Lender, and Lender may exercise any rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Note, any related document or instrument, and at law or in equity.

 

(b)                                 Lender may, by written notice to Borrower, at any time and from time to time, waive any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default, which shall be for such period and subject to such conditions as shall be specified in any such notice.  In the case of any such waiver, Lender and Borrower shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder, and any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default so waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to or

 

21



 

impair any subsequent or other Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default.  No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, on the part of Lender of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The rights and remedies of Lender herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

SECTION 8.  DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 8.1.                                         GENERAL.  As used herein:

 

(a)                                  The term “Banking Day” means a day on which Lender is open at its main office for the purpose of conducting a commercial banking business and is not authorized to close.

 

(b)                                 The term “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended form time to time.

 

(c)                                  The term “Environmental Laws” shall mean all federal, state and local laws, including statutes, regulations, ordinances, codes, rules and other governmental restrictions and requirements, relating to the discharge of air pollutants, water pollutants or process waste water or otherwise relating to the environment or hazardous substances or the treatment, processing, storage, disposal, release, transport or other handling thereof, including, but not limited to, the federal Solid Waste Disposal Act, the federal Clean Air Act, the federal Clean Water Act, the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the federal Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the federal Toxic Substances Control Act, regulations of the Nuclear Regulatory Agency, and regulations of any state department of natural resources or state environmental protection agency, in each case as now or at any time hereafter in effect.

 

(d)                                 The term “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

(e)                                  The term “ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any corporation or trade or business which is a member of the same controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code) as Borrower or is under common control (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code) with Borrower.

 

(f)                                    The term “FDIC” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and any successor thereof.

 

(g)                                 The term “Interest Period” means, with regard to LIBOR Loans, the amount of days from the date an interest rate is to be in effect to the date such interest period matures according to its terms.

 

(h)                                 The term “Interim Maturity Date” means the last day of any Interest Period.

 

22



 

(i)                                     The term “Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a multiemployer plan defined as such in Section 3(37) of ERISA to which contributions have been made by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate as a “contributing sponsor” (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA).

 

(j)                                     The term “Other Banks” means the other banks party to the Other Bank Agreements, together with their successors and assigns party to such Other Bank Agreements.

 

(k)                                  The term “Other Bank Agreements” means that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated even date herewith between Borrower and The Northern Trust Company, and the notes, guaranties, pledge agreements and the other documents delivered in connection therewith, as each may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

(l)                                     The term “PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

 

(m)                               The term “Pension Plan” shall mean any Plan which is a “defined benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(35) of ERISA.

 

(n)                                 The term “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, company, limited liability company, voluntary association, partnership, trust, estate, unincorporated organization or government (or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof).

 

(o)                                 The term “Plan” shall mean any plan, program or arrangement covering current or former employees of Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates which constitutes an “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA.

 

(p)                                 The term “Prime Rate” means that rate of interest announced from time to time by Lender called its prime rate, which rate may not at any time be the lowest rate charged by Lender.  Changes in the rate of interest on the Loans resulting from a change in the Prime Rate shall take effect on the date set forth in each announcement of a change in the Prime Rate.

 

(q)                                 The term “Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other legal entity of which Borrower owns directly or indirectly twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the outstanding voting stock or interest, or of which Borrower has effective control, by contract or otherwise.  The term Subsidiary includes each Subsidiary Bank unless stated otherwise explicitly.

 

(r)                                    The term “Subsidiary Bank” means each Subsidiary which is a bank.

 

(s)                                  The term “Tier 1 Capital” means the same as that determined under the capital formula currently used by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

23



 

(t)                                    The term “Total Capital” means the same as that determined under the capital formula currently used by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

(u)                                 The term “Trust Guarantee” means any guarantee of Borrower of the Trust Preferred Securities, which guarantee is subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment of the obligations of Borrower hereunder and under the Note on terms satisfactory to Lender.

 

(v)                                 The term “Trust Indebtedness” means indebtedness of Borrower payable to the Trust Issuer or its transferees (a) which is due not earlier than the date thirty (30) years after its issuance, (b) which may not be redeemed earlier than five (5) years after issuance and (c) the payment of which is subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment of the obligations of Borrower hereunder and under the Note on terms satisfactory to Lender.

 

(w)                               The term “Trust Issuer” means a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower which qualifies as a Delaware or Connecticut statutory business trust.

 

(x)                                   The term “Trust Preferred Securities” means preferred securities issued by the Trust Issuer (a) which are subject to mandatory redemption not earlier than the date thirty (30) years after issuance and (b) which may not be optionally redeemed earlier than five (5) years after issuance.

 

(y)                                 The term “Unmatured Event of Default” means an event or condition which would become an Event of Default with notice or the passage of time or both.

 

Except as and unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all accounting terms shall have the meanings given to them by generally accepted accounting principles and shall be applied and all reports required by this Agreement shall be prepared, in a manner consistent with the financial statements referred to in Section 4.3 above.

 

SECTION 8.2.                                         APPLICABILITY OF SUBSIDIARY REFERENCES.  Terms hereof pertaining to any Subsidiary shall apply only during such times as Borrower has any Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 9.  NO INTEREST OVER LEGAL RATE.

 

Borrower does not intend or expect to pay, nor does Lender intend or expect to charge, accept or collect any interest which, when added to any fee or other charge upon the principal which may legally be treated as interest, shall be in excess of the highest lawful rate.  If acceleration, prepayment or any other charges upon the principal or any portion thereof, or any other circumstance, result in the computation or earning of interest in excess of the highest lawful rate, then any and all such excess is hereby waived and shall be applied against the remaining principal balance.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or otherwise, no deposit of funds shall be required in connection herewith which will, when deducted from the principal amount outstanding hereunder, cause the rate of interest hereunder to exceed the highest lawful rate.

 

24



 

SECTION 10.  PAYMENTS, ETC.

 

All payments hereunder shall be made in immediately available funds, and shall be applied first to accrued interest and then to principal; however, if an Event of Default occurs, Lender may, in its sole discretion, and in such order as it may choose, apply any payment to interest, principal and/or lawful charges and expenses then accrued.  Borrower shall receive immediate credit on payments received during Lender’s normal banking hours if made in cash, immediately available funds, or by debit to available balances in an account at Lender; otherwise payments shall be credited after clearance through normal banking channels.  Borrower authorizes Lender to charge any account of Borrower maintained with Lender for any amounts of principal, interest, taxes, duties, or other charges or amounts due or payable hereunder, with the amount of such payment subject to availability of collected balances in Lender’s discretion; unless Borrower instructs otherwise, all Loans shall be made in immediately available funds and shall be credited to an account(s) of Borrower with Lender.  All payments shall be made without deduction for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties or other charges levied or imposed on this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Note, the Loans or the proceeds, Lender or Borrower by any government or political subdivision thereof.  Borrower shall upon request of Lender pay all such taxes, duties or other charges in addition to principal and interest, including without limitation all documentary stamp and intangible taxes, but excluding income taxes based solely on Lender’s income.

 

SECTION 11.  SETOFF.

 

At any time after an Event of Default of Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and upon notice to Borrower, any account, deposit or other indebtedness owing by Lender to Borrower, and any securities or other property of Borrower delivered to or left in the possession of Lender or its nominee or bailee, may be set off against and applied in payment of any obligation hereunder, whether due or not.  The setoff provision in this Section 11 shall not be applicable to any accounts (and deposits or property therein) maintained at Lender in the name of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for which Borrower or such Subsidiaries have established and maintained in trust for the benefit of any third party (not including, however, any affiliate of Borrower or any such Subsidiary).  Borrower shall be obligated to notify Lender promptly upon the receipt of any such notice of setoff, and provide supporting documentation, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, to establish, in the reasonable opinion of Lender, that any account subject to such setoff is in fact held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in trust for the benefit of any third party (not including, however, any affiliate or Borrower or any such Subsidiary).  If Borrower fails to comply with the foregoing sentence, Lender may assume that its setoff of any account or other property is valid and permissible.

 

SECTION 12.  NOTICES

 

All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto shall be made, if to Lender, to its office indicated above (Attention:  Jon B. Beggs, Vice President), and if to Borrower, to its address set forth below, or to such other address as may be hereafter designated in writing by the respective parties hereto or, as to Borrower, may appear in Lender’s records.  Notices sent by facsimile transmission shall be deemed to have been given upon electronic

 

25



 

confirmation; notices sent by mail shall be deemed to have been given three (3) business days after the date when sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid; notices sent by personal delivery or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service (e.g., Federal Express) shall be deemed to have been given when received.

 

SECTION 13.  MISCELLANEOUS.

 

This Agreement and any document or instrument executed in connection herewith shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal law of the State of New York.  This Agreement may only be amended, supplemented or modified at any time by written instrument duly executed by Lender and Borrower.  Concurrently with the execution of any amendment to this Agreement, Borrower shall deliver to Lender a substantially similar amendment to the Other Bank Agreements signed by each of the Other Banks, certified by an appropriate officer of Borrower.  Failure to deliver such amendment to the Other Bank Agreements shall entitle Lender to declare an Event of Default under Section 7.1(f) of this Agreement, without any further notice.  Unless the context requires otherwise, wherever used herein the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, and the use of one gender shall also denote the other.  Captions herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof; references herein to Sections or provisions without reference to the document in which they are contained are references to this Agreement.  This Agreement shall bind Borrower, its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Lender, its successors and assigns, except that Borrower may not transfer or assign any of its rights or interest hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender.  Borrower agrees to pay upon demand all expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, legal costs and expenses, whether in or out of court, in original or appellate proceedings or in bankruptcy) incurred or paid by Lender or any holder of the Note in connection with (a) the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note, the Pledge Agreement and the other documents to be delivered hereunder, (b) any amendment, modification or waiver of any of the terms of this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement or the Note, (c) any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default and any enforcement or collection proceedings resulting therefrom, and (d) any transfer, stamp, documentary or other similar taxes, assessments or charges levied by any governmental or revenue authority in respect of this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Note or any other document referred to herein; provided, that, Borrower shall not be obligated to pay Lender for Lender’s attorneys’ fees and expenses for the matters described in the foregoing clause (a) which exceed $7,500.  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, Borrower expressly and irrevocably waives presentment, protest, demand and notice of any kind in connection herewith.

 

SECTION 14.  ARBITRATION AND WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

 

(a)                                  This Section concerns the resolution of any controversies or claims between Lender and Borrower, whether arising in contract, tort or by statute, including but not limited to controversies or claims that arise out of or relate to:  (i) this Agreement (including any renewals, extensions or modifications); or (ii) any document executed in connection with this Agreement (collectively, a “Claim”).

 

26



 

(b)                                 At the request of Lender or Borrower, any Claim shall be resolved by binding arbitration in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9, U.S. Code) (the “Act”).  The Act will apply even though this Agreement provides that it is governed by the law of a specified state.

 

(c)                                  Arbitration proceedings will be determined in accordance with the Act, the applicable rules and procedures for the arbitration of disputes of JAMS or any successor thereof (“JAMS”), and the terms of this Section.  In the event of any inconsistency, the terms of this Section shall control.

 

(d)                                 The arbitration shall be administered by JAMS and conducted, unless otherwise required by law, in the State of California.  All Claims shall be determined by one arbitrator; however, if Claims exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), upon the request of Lender or Borrower, the Claims shall be decided by three arbitrators.  All arbitration hearings shall commence within thirty (30) days of the demand for arbitration and close within thirty (30) days of commencement and the award of the arbitrator(s) shall be issued within thirty (30) days of the close of the hearing.  However, the arbitrator(s), upon a showing of good cause, may extend the commencement of the hearing for up to an additional sixty (60) days.  The arbitrator(s) shall provide a concise written statement of reasons for the award.  The arbitration award may be submitted to any court having jurisdiction to be confirmed and enforced.

 

(e)                                  The arbitrator(s) will have the authority to decide whether any Claim is barred by the statute of limitations and, if so, to dismiss the arbitration on that basis.  For purposes of the application of the statute of limitations, the service on JAMS under applicable JAMS rules of a notice of Claim is the equivalent of the filing of a lawsuit.  Any dispute concerning this arbitration provision or whether a Claim is arbitrable shall be determined by the arbitrator(s).  The arbitrator(s) shall have the power to award legal fees pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    This Section does not limit the right of Lender or Borrower to:  (i) exercise self-help remedies, such as, but not limited to, setoff; (ii) initiate judicial or non-judicial foreclosure against any real or personal property collateral; (iii) exercise any judicial or power of sale rights, or (iv) act in a court of law to obtain an interim remedy, such as, but not limited to, injunctive relief, writ of possession or appointment of a receiver, or additional or supplementary remedies.

 

(g)                                 The filing of a court action is not intended to constitute a waiver of the right of any party, including the suing party, thereafter to require submittal of the Claim to arbitration.

 

(h)                                 By agreeing to binding arbitration, the parties irrevocably and voluntarily waive any right they may have to a trial by jury in respect of any Claim.  Furthermore, without intending in any way to limit this Agreement to arbitrate, to the extent any claim is not arbitrated, the parties irrevocably and voluntarily waive any right they may have to a trial by jury in respect of such Claim.  This provision is a material inducement for the parties entering into this Agreement.

 

27



 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

28



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:  Lynn M. Hopkins

 

Title:  EVP, Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Address for notices:

 

 

 

120 Wilshire Blvd.

 

Santa Monica, California  90401

 

Attention:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:  Jon B. Beggs

 

Title:  Vice President

 

29



 

SCHEDULE 4.3

 

MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE/CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 

NONE

 



 

SCHEDULE 4.8

 

LITIGATION

 

NONE

 



 

SCHEDULE 4.11

 

SUBSIDIARIES

 

SUBSIDIARY

 

STATE

 

PERCENTAGE OWNED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First National Bank

 

Federally chartered doing business in California

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pacific Western National Bank

 

Federally chartered doing business in California

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bankshares Service Corporation  (a wholly owned subsidiary of First National Bank)

 

California

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Desert Community Properties  (a wholly owned subsidiary of Pacific Western National Bank)

 

California

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Charter Merchant Card Consulting Services, Inc.  (a wholly owned subsidiary of Pacific Western National Bank

 

California

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Community/CA Statutory Trust

 

Connecticut

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Community/CA Statutory Trust II

 

Connecticut

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Community Statutory Trust III

 

Delaware

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Community/CA Statutory Trust IV

 

Connecticut

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Professional Bancorp Mortgage, Inc.  (a wholly owned subsidiary of Pacific Western National Bank)

 

California

 

100

%

First Community/CA Statutory Trust V

 

Connecticut

 

100

%

 



 

SCHEDULE 5.5(a)

 

INDEBTEDNESS

 

NONE

 



 

SCHEDULE 5.5(b)

 

LIENS

 

NONE

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

 

$17,500,000

 

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

 

 

August 15, 2003

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, on or before the Maturity Date, FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP, a corporation formed under the laws of the State of California (“Borrower”), promises to pay to the order of U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (hereafter, together with any subsequent holder hereof, called “Lender”), at its banking office at 777 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, or at such other place as Lender may direct, the aggregate unpaid principal balance of each advance (a “Loan” and collectively the “Loans”) made by Lender to Borrower hereunder.  The total principal amount of Loans outstanding at any one time hereunder shall not exceed SEVENTEEN MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND UNITED STATES DOLLARS ($17,500,000).

 

Lender is hereby authorized by Borrower at any time and from time to time at Lender’s sole option to attach a schedule (grid) to this Note and to endorse thereon notations with respect to each Loan specifying the date and principal amount thereof, and the date and amount of each payment of principal and interest made by Borrower with respect to each such Loan.  Lender’s endorsements as well as its records relating to Loans shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence of the outstanding principal and interest on the Loans, and, in the event of inconsistency, shall prevail over any records of Borrower and any written confirmations of Loans given by Borrower.

 

Borrower agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount from time to time outstanding hereunder on the dates and at the rate or rates as set forth in the Revolving Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

 

Payments of both principal and interest are to be made in immediately available funds in lawful money of the United States of America.

 

This Note evidences indebtedness incurred under that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof executed by and between Borrower and Lender (and, if amended, restated or replaced, all amendments, restatements and replacements thereto or therefor, if any) (the “Revolving Credit Agreement;” capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the same meaning herein as in the Revolving Credit Agreement).  Reference is hereby made to the Revolving Credit Agreement for a statement of its terms and provisions, including without limitation those under which this Note may be paid prior to its due date or have its due date accelerated.

 

Borrower agrees to pay upon demand all expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees, legal costs and expenses, in each case whether in or out of court, in original or appellate proceedings or in bankruptcy) incurred or paid by Lender or any holder hereof in connection with the enforcement or preservation of its rights hereunder or under any document

 



 

or instrument executed in connection herewith.  Borrower expressly and irrevocably waives presentment, protest, demand and notice of any kind in connection herewith.

 

This Note is secured by the property described in the Pledge Agreement (as such term is defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement), to which reference is made for a description of the collateral provided thereby and the rights of Lender and Borrower in respect of such collateral.

 

This Note and any document or instrument executed in connection herewith shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal law of the State of New York.  Unless the context requires otherwise, wherever used herein the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, and the use of one gender shall also denote the other.  Captions herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof; references herein to Sections or provisions without reference to the document in which they are contained are references to this Note.  This Note shall bind Borrower, its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Lender, its successors and assigns, except that Borrower may not transfer or assign any of its rights or interest hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

 

FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

2



EX-10.5 7 a2121280zex-10_5.htm EX-10.5

Exhibit 10.5

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of August 15, 2003 between FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP (the “Pledgor”) and THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY, as collateral agent (hereinafter, in such capacity, the “Pledgee”), for the benefit of the Pledgee and the Secured Parties (as defined below).

 

WHEREAS, Pledgor and The Northern Trust Company (“Northern”) are parties to that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of June 26, 2000, as amended (the “Prior Northern Credit Agreement”) pursuant to which Northern, subject to the terms and conditions contained therein, has made loans to Pledgor;

 

WHEREAS, Northern and Pledgor are also parties to that certain Pledge Agreement dated as of June 26, 2000, as amended (the “Prior Pledge Agreement”), pursuant to which Pledgor has pledged to Northern a continuing first priority security interest in and to its rights and interests in certain shares of capital stock of its subsidiaries, including the Collateral (as defined below);

 

WHEREAS, in order to memorialize certain understandings and agreements between the Pledgor and Northern, Pledgor and Northern are concurrently herewith entering into an Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of even date herewith (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Northern Credit Agreement”), which Northern Credit Agreement is intended, among other things, to amend and restate and supersede the Prior Northern Credit Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, Pledgor and U.S. Bank National Association (“US Bank”; together with Northern, collectively, the “Secured Parties”) are concurrently herewith entering into that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of even date herewith (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “US Bank Credit Agreement”; together with the Northern Credit Agreement, collectively, the “Credit Agreements”) pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions contained therein, US Bank agrees to make loans to Pledgor;

 

WHEREAS, Northern and US Bank are concurrently herewith entering into that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of even date herewith (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Intercreditor Agreement”) pursuant to which Northern and US Bank have set forth certain agreements with respect to, among other things, the sharing of the Collateral to secure Pledgor’s obligations to each of Northern and US Bank under the Northern Credit Agreement and the US Bank Credit Agreement, respectively; and

 

WHEREAS, Pledgor and Pledgee now desire to amend and restate the Prior Pledge Agreement into this Agreement in order to reaffirm Pledgor’s grant to Pledgee, for the benefit of Pledgee and the Secured Parties, as security for the loans and other financial accommodations extended by the Secured Parties to Pledgee under the Credit Agreements, of a first priority security interest in the Collateral, and further desire to confirm that the terms of Prior Pledge Agreement shall have no further force or effect except to the extent necessary to preserve and maintain the enforceability and perfection of Pledgee’s security interest in the Collateral;

 



 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree, and the Prior Pledge Agreement is hereby amended and restated, as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions.  Terms used herein and not defined herein that are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code in effect from time to time in the State of New York have such defined meanings herein (with terms used in Article 9 controlling over terms used in another Article of the Uniform Commercial Code), unless the context otherwise indicates or requires, and the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Collateral” shall mean the Pledged Shares, the Stock Rights, and the proceeds of each.

 

Credit Documents” shall mean, collectively, the Credit Agreements, each of the promissory notes issued pursuant thereto and the Intercreditor Agreement, each as amended, restated, replaced or extended from time to time.

 

Default” shall mean any “Event of Default” as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Liabilities” shall mean all of the duties, liabilities and obligations of the Pledgor under the Credit Documents and this Agreement.

 

Pledged Shares” shall mean 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Pacific Western National Bank held by the Pledgor or otherwise held from time to time by Pledgor.

 

Stock Rights” shall mean any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) and any other right or property which the Pledgor shall receive or shall become entitled to receive for any reason whatsoever as a result of its being a holder of the Pledged Shares, or with respect to, in substitution for, or in exchange for, Pledged Shares.

 

2.                                       Grant of Security Interest.  To secure the payment and performance of the Liabilities, the Pledgor hereby pledges, hypothecates, assigns, sets over and delivers to the Pledgee, for the benefit of the Pledgee and the Secured Parties, and grants the Pledgee, for the benefit of the Pledgee and the Secured Parties, a security interest in, the Collateral.

 

3.                                       Representations, Warranties and Covenants.  The Pledgor represents, warrants and covenants that:

 

(a)                                  The Pledgor is the lawful owner of the Collateral, free and clear of all claims, security interests, liens, encumbrances and rights of others, other than the security interest hereunder, with full right to deliver, pledge, assign and transfer the Collateral to the Pledgee, for the benefit of the Pledgee and the Secured Parties, as Collateral hereunder and, until all Liabilities have been fully, finally and irrevocably satisfied and discharged, the Pledgor shall maintain the lien of this Agreement as a first priority lien on the Collateral and shall not sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral (except, prior to the occurrence of a Default, ordinary cash dividends received by the Pledgor) and shall keep all of the Collateral free of any

 

2



 

liens, security interests, claims, encumbrances and rights of others except those arising hereunder.

 

(b)                                 The Pledgor agrees to deliver to the Pledgee from time to time upon request of the Pledgee such stock powers, financing statements and other documents, satisfactory in form and substance to the Pledgee, with respect to the Collateral as the Pledgee may reasonably request.

 

(c)                                  The Pledgor shall deliver to the Pledgee, to be held by the Pledgee for the benefit of the Pledgee and the Secured Parties, the certificate(s) evidencing any Pledged Shares held or acquired by the Pledgor from time to time, not later than two Banking Days (as defined in the Credit Agreements) following the acquisition thereof by the Pledgor, together with stock powers covering such certificate(s) duly executed in blank by the Pledgor.

 

(d)                                 The Pledgor agrees to hold in trust for the Pledgee, for the benefit of the Pledgee and the Secured Parties, upon receipt and immediately thereafter as provided in Section 3(c) pledge and deliver to the Pledgee, to be held by the Pledgee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, any stock certificate, instrument or other document evidencing or constituting Collateral (except, prior to the occurrence of a Default, ordinary cash dividends paid with respect to the Pledged Shares).

 

(e)                                  The Pledgor agrees to pay when due all taxes, assignments and governmental charges and levies upon the Collateral.

 

4.                                       Care of Collateral.  The Pledgee shall use reasonable care with respect to the preservation and maintenance of the Collateral; provided that the Pledgee shall not be liable to the Pledgor for any action taken by it in good faith, nor shall the Pledgee be responsible for the consequences of any action or failure to act except to the extent that such action or failure to act is the proximate result of the gross negligence, lack of good faith or willful misconduct of the Pledgee, its agents or employees.

 

5.                                       Dividends and Voting.  Prior to the occurrence of a Default, the Pledgor shall be entitled (i) to receive and retain all ordinary cash dividends in respect of the Pledged Shares and (ii) to exercise all voting rights in respect of the Pledged Shares.  If any Default occurs and is continuing, all cash dividends distributed in respect of the Pledged Shares shall be delivered to the Pledgee and held as Collateral hereunder, for the benefit of the Pledgee and the Secured Parties.

 

6.                                       Remedies Upon Default.  In addition to rights granted under other provisions of this Agreement, upon the occurrence of a Default hereunder the Pledgee may from time to time exercise any one or more of the following remedies:

 

(a)                                  The Pledgee may exercise, as to all or any part of the Collateral, any one or more or all of the rights and remedies granted to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York or otherwise available at law or in equity, to assure that the Collateral is devoted to the satisfaction of all Liabilities.

 

3



 

(b)                                 The Pledgee may exercise all voting and corporate rights respecting the Collateral, including, without limitation, exchange, subscription or any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to any of the Pledged Shares and the Stock Rights as if the Pledgee were the absolute owner thereof.

 

(c)                                  (i)                                     The Pledgee may sell, assign, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any portion of the Collateral in any commercially reasonable manner, including by private or public sale at such prices and on such terms as the Pledgee deems reasonable under the circumstances, for cash or on credit or for future delivery and without the assumption of any credit risk.  The Pledgee shall give the Pledgor at least fifteen (15) days’ written notice of the time and place of any public sale of the Collateral, or any portion thereof, or of the time after which any private sale or other disposition thereof is to be made, it being expressly acknowledged that said fifteen (15) days’ notice, when given as herein provided, constitutes reasonable notice.  The Pledgee may purchase all or any portion of the Collateral at any sale, and in that event payment of the purchase price may be made by credit against the Liabilities.  Any sale, assignment, contract to sell or other disposition shall be made free of any right or equity of redemption in the Pledgor, which right or equity, if any, is hereby released.  The net proceeds of any disposition of the Collateral by the Pledgee, after deduction of all expenses specified in Section 7, shall be applied toward satisfaction of the Liabilities.

 

(ii)                                  The Pledgor hereby agrees that in any sale of any of the Collateral hereunder, the Pledgee is hereby authorized to comply with any limitation or restriction in connection with such sale as it may be advised by counsel is necessary in order to avoid any violation of applicable securities or other law (including, without limitation, compliance with such procedures as may restrict the number of prospective bidders and purchasers, require that such prospective bidders and purchasers have certain qualifications, and restrict such prospective bidders and purchasers to persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale of such Collateral), or in order to obtain any required approval of the sale or of the purchaser by any governmental regulatory authority or official, and the Pledgor further agrees that such compliance shall not result in such sale being considered or deemed not to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner, nor shall the Pledgee be liable nor accountable to the Pledgor for any discount allowed by reason of the fact that such Collateral is sold in compliance with any such limitation or restriction.

 

(d)                                 To the extent permitted by applicable law and upon any notice required by law, the Pledgee may (but need not) retain the Collateral on behalf of the Pledgee and the Secured Parties in full satisfaction of the Liabilities.

 

(e)                                  Without prior notice to the Pledgor, the Pledgee may transfer all or any part of the Collateral into the name of the Pledgee or its nominee, for the benefit of the Pledgee and the Secured Parties.  The Pledgee shall give notice to the Pledgor of such transfer after the completion thereof.

 

4



 

(f)                                    The Pledgee may, instead of or concurrently with exercising the power of sale or any other right or remedy herein conferred upon it, while a Default exists, proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose the lien on the Collateral or any portion thereof and sell the same under a judgment or decree of a court or courts of competent jurisdiction.

 

7.                                       Certain Expenses.  In connection with any disposition of the Collateral as in Section 6 provided, the Pledgor shall pay and discharge all expenses, if any, of retaking, insuring, holding, preparing for sale, selling and the like, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, accounting and other professional fees and expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by the Pledgee in connection with the enforcement of any of its rights hereunder.  Any such expenses may be deducted and retained by the Pledgee from the proceeds of any disposition of the Collateral.

 

8.                                       Deficiency.  Notwithstanding that the Pledgee may take or refrain from taking any right or remedy hereunder or hold the Collateral and regardless of the value thereof, the Pledgor shall remain liable for the payment in full of the Liabilities.

 

9.                                       Indemnity.  The Pledgor hereby agrees to indemnify the Pledgee and the Secured Parties and each officer, director, employee and agent thereof (herein individually each called an “Indemnitee” and collectively called the “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees other than document preparation expenses of a Secured Party) and liabilities (all of the foregoing being herein called the “Indemnified Obligations”) incurred by any Indemnitee in connection with the Credit Documents, except for any portion of such losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities incurred solely as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the applicable Indemnitee or for obligations of such Indemnitee to the Pledgor, and except for any portion of which arises solely out of a dispute between the Secured Parties over the terms or provisions of this Pledge Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement.  If and to the extent that the foregoing indemnity may be unenforceable for any reason, the Pledgor hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Obligations which is permissible under applicable law.  All obligations provided for in this Section shall survive any termination of the Credit Documents.

 

10.                                 Pledgee Appointed Attorney-in-Fact.  The Pledgor hereby grants to the Pledgee a power of attorney to execute on the Pledgor’s behalf all assignments, licenses and transfers of the Collateral, and to do all other acts which the Pledgor is obligated to execute or do under any provision of this Agreement or any of the Credit Documents if the Pledgor has not acted within three business days after request by the Pledgee.  This power of attorney is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

 

11.                                 Notices.  Any notice hereunder to the Pledgor or the Pledgee shall be in writing and shall be given to such party at its address set forth below its name on the signature page.

 

12.                                 Binding Agreement;  Assignment.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, except that the Pledgor shall not assign this Agreement.

 

5



 

13.                                 Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                  No Default shall be waived by the Pledgee except in writing and no waiver by the Pledgee of any Default shall operate as a waiver of any other or of the same Default at a future occasion.  No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder or under applicable law shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

(b)                                 The Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                  Any modification or amendment of or waiver of rights under this Agreement shall be binding only if contained in a writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

(d)                                 This Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws (not the laws of conflict) of the State of New York.

 

(e)                                  Each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

14.                                 Amendment and Replacement.  This Agreement is a restatement of, and is a replacement of, the Prior Pledge Agreement, and nothing contained herein shall be construed to release, cancel, terminate or otherwise adversely affect all or any part of any lien, pledge, assignment, security interest or other encumbrance heretofore granted pursuant to such Prior Pledge Agreement which has not otherwise been expressly released.

 

 

[Signature Page follows]

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

Attention:

 

 

 

 

 

THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY, as
Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Thomas E. Bernhardt

 

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Address:

50 South LaSalle Street

 

 

Chicago, Illinois  60675

 

Attention:

Correspondent Services Division

 

7



EX-10.6 8 a2121280zex-10_6.htm EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION
OF TRUST

 

by and among

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Institutional Trustee,

 

FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP,
as Sponsor,

 

and

 

MATTHEW P. WAGNER, LYNN M. HOPKINS and
JARED M. WOLFF,
as Administrators,

 

Dated as of August 15, 2003

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1.

Definitions.

 

 

ARTICLE II ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1.

Name.

Section 2.2.

Office.

Section 2.3.

Purpose.

Section 2.4.

Authority.

Section 2.5.

Title to Property of the Trust.

Section 2.6.

Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators.

Section 2.7.

Prohibition of Actions by the Trust and the Institutional Trustee.

Section 2.8.

Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee.

Section 2.9.

Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Institutional Trustee and Administrators.

Section 2.10.

Certain Rights of Institutional Trustee.

Section 2.11.

Execution of Documents.

Section 2.12.

Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

Section 2.13.

Duration of Trust.

Section 2.14.

Mergers.

 

 

ARTICLE III SPONSOR

Section 3.1.

Sponsor’s Purchase of Common Securities.

Section 3.2.

Responsibilities of the Sponsor.

Section 3.3.

Expenses.

Section 3.4.

Right to Proceed.

 

 

ARTICLE IV INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE AND ADMINISTRATORS

Section 4.1.

Institutional Trustee; Eligibility.

Section 4.2.

Administrators.

Section 4.3.

Appointment, Removal and Resignation of Institutional Trustee and Administrators.

Section 4.4.

Institutional Trustee Vacancies.

Section 4.5.

Effect of Vacancies.

Section 4.6.

Meetings of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators.

Section 4.7.

Delegation of Power.

Section 4.8.

Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

 

 

ARTICLE V DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1.

Distributions.

 

 

ARTICLE VI ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES

Section 6.1.

General Provisions Regarding Securities.

Section 6.2.

Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar.

Section 6.3.

Form and Dating.

Section 6.4.

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates.

Section 6.5.

Temporary Securities.

Section 6.6.

Cancellation.

 

i



 

Section 6.7.

Rights of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults.

 

 

ARTICLE VII DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST

Section 7.1.

Dissolution and Termination of Trust.

 

 

ARTICLE VIII TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

Section 8.1.

General.

Section 8.2.

Transfer Procedures and Restrictions.

Section 8.3.

Deemed Security Holders.

 

 

ARTICLE IX LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE OR OTHERS

Section 9.1.

Liability.

Section 9.2.

Exculpation.

Section 9.3.

Fiduciary Duty.

Section 9.4.

Indemnification.

Section 9.5.

Outside Businesses.

Section 9.6.

Compensation; Fee.

 

 

ARTICLE X ACCOUNTING

Section 10.1.

Fiscal Year.

Section 10.2.

Certain Accounting Matters.

Section 10.3.

Banking.

Section 10.4.

Withholding.

 

 

ARTICLE XI AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS

Section 11.1.

Amendments.

Section 11.2.

Meetings of the Holders of Securities; Action by Written Consent.

 

 

ARTICLE XII REPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE

Section 12.1.

Representations and Warranties of Institutional Trustee.

 

 

ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.1.

Notices.

Section 13.2.

Governing Law.

Section 13.3.

Intention of the Parties.

Section 13.4.

Headings.

Section 13.5.

Successors and Assigns.

Section 13.6.

Partial Enforceability.

Section 13.7.

Counterparts.

 

 

 

 

Annex I

Terms of Securities

Exhibit A-1

Form of Capital Security Certificate

Exhibit A-2

Form of Common Security Certificate

Exhibit B

Specimen of Initial Debenture

Exhibit C

Placement Agreement

 

ii



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

DECLARATION OF TRUST

 

OF

 

FIRST COMMUNITY/CA STATUTORY TRUST V

 

August 15, 2003

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST (“Declaration”) dated and effective as of August 15, 2003, by the Institutional Trustee (as defined herein), the Administrators (as defined herein), the Sponsor (as defined herein) and by the holders, from time to time, of undivided beneficial interests in the Trust (as defined herein) to be issued pursuant to this Declaration;

 

WHEREAS, the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor established First Community/CA Statutory Trust V (the “Trust”), a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act (as defined herein) pursuant to a Declaration of Trust dated as of August 11, 2003 (the “Original Declaration”), and a Certificate of Trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut on August 11, 2003, for the sole purpose of issuing and selling certain securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust and investing the proceeds thereof in certain debentures of the Debenture Issuer (as defined herein);

 

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, no interests in the Trust have been issued; and

 

WHEREAS, the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by this Declaration, amend and restate each and every term and provision of the Original Declaration;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, it being the intention of the parties hereto to continue the Trust as a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act and that this Declaration constitutes the governing instrument of such statutory trust, the Institutional Trustee declares that all assets contributed to the Trust will be held in trust for the benefit of the holders, from time to time, of the securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust issued hereunder, subject to the provisions of this Declaration.  The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1.                                Definitions.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                  Capitalized terms used in this Declaration but not defined in the preamble above have the respective meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1;

 

(b)                                 a term defined anywhere in this Declaration has the same meaning throughout;

 

(c)                                  all references to “the Declaration” or “this Declaration” are to this Declaration as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;

 

1



 

(d)                                 all references in this Declaration to Articles and Sections and Annexes and Exhibits are to Articles and Sections of and Annexes and Exhibits to this Declaration unless otherwise specified; and

 

(e)                                  a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

 

Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

 

Administrative Action” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

 

Administrators” means each of Matthew P. Wagner, Lynn M. Hopkins and Jared M. Wolff, solely in such Person’s capacity as Administrator of the Trust created and continued hereunder and not in such Person’s individual capacity, or such Administrator’s successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor appointed as herein provided.

 

Affiliate” has the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act or any successor rule thereunder.

 

Authorized Officer” of a Person means any Person that is authorized to bind such Person.

 

Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(a)                                  a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of such Person in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

 

(b)                                 such Person shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) of such Person of any substantial part of its property, or shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due.

 

Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in New York City or Hartford, Connecticut are permitted or required by any applicable law or executive order to close.

 

Capital Securities” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 1(a) of Annex I.

 

Capital Security Certificate” means a definitive Certificate in fully registered form representing a Capital Security substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.

 

Capital Treatment Event” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

 

Certificate” means any certificate evidencing Securities.

 

Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in the Placement Agreement.

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

 

2



 

Common Securities” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 1(b) of Annex I.

 

Common Security Certificate” means a definitive Certificate in fully registered form representing a Common Security substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.

 

Company Indemnified Person” means (a) any Administrator; (b) any Affiliate of any Administrator; (c) any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives or agents of any Administrator; or (d) any officer, employee or agent of the Trust or its Affiliates.

 

Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Institutional Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Institutional Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered, which office at the date of execution of this Declaration is located at 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.

 

Coupon Rate” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(a) of Annex I.

 

Covered Person” means:  (a) any Administrator, officer, director, shareholder, partner, member, representative, employee or agent of (i) the Trust or (ii) any of the Trust’s Affiliates; and (b) any Holder of Securities.

 

Creditor” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

 

Debenture Issuer” means First Community Bancorp, a California corporation, in its capacity as issuer of the Debentures under the Indenture.

 

Debenture Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee under the Indenture until a successor is appointed thereunder, and thereafter means such successor trustee.

 

Debentures” means the Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2033 to be issued by the Debenture Issuer under the Indenture.

 

Defaulted Interest” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

 

Determination Date” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

 

Direct Action” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(d).

 

Distribution” means a distribution payable to Holders of Securities in accordance with Section 5.1.

 

Distribution Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b) of Annex I.

 

Distribution Period” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(a) of Annex I.

 

Distribution Rate” means, for the period beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) December 17, 2003, the rate per annum of 4.23%, and for the period beginning on (and including) December 17, 2003, and thereafter, the Coupon Rate.

 

Event of Default” means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such event and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

3



 

(a)                                  the occurrence of an Indenture Event of Default; or

 

(b)                                 default by the Trust in the payment of any Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price of any Security when it becomes due and payable; or

 

(c)                                  default in the performance, or breach, in any material respect, of any covenant or warranty of the Institutional Trustee in this Declaration (other than those specified in clause (a) or (b) above) and continuation of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail to the Institutional Trustee and to the Sponsor by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

 

(d)                                 the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Institutional Trustee if a successor Institutional Trustee has not been appointed within 90 days thereof.

 

Extension Period” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b) of Annex I.

 

Federal Reserve” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

 

Fiduciary Indemnified Person” shall mean the Institutional Trustee, any Affiliate of the Institutional Trustee and any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives, custodians, nominees or agents of the Institutional Trustee.

 

Fiscal Year” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

 

Guarantee” means the guarantee agreement to be dated as of the Closing Date, of the Sponsor in respect of the Capital Securities.

 

Holder” means a Person in whose name a Certificate representing a Security is registered, such Person being a beneficial owner within the meaning of the Statutory Trust Act.

 

Indemnified Person” means a Company Indemnified Person or a Fiduciary Indemnified Person.

 

Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of the Closing Date, between the Debenture Issuer and the Debenture Trustee, and any indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which the Debentures are to be issued, as such Indenture and any supplemental indenture may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Indenture Event of Default” means an “Event of Default” as defined in the Indenture.

 

Institutional Trustee” means the Trustee meeting the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4.1.

 

Interest” means any interest due on the Debentures including any Additional Interest and Defaulted Interest.

 

Investment Company” means an investment company as defined in the Investment Company Act.

 

Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

 

4



 

Investment Company Event” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

 

Liquidation” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

 

Liquidation Distribution” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

 

Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities” means Holder(s) of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or, as the context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the record owners of more than 50% of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.

 

Maturity Date” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

 

Officers’ Certificates” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by two Authorized Officers of such Person.  Any Officers’ Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant providing for it in this Declaration shall include:

 

(a)                                  a statement that each officer signing the Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

 

(b)                                 a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by each officer in rendering the Certificate;

 

(c)                                  a statement that each such officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(d)                                 a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

OTS” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

 

Paying Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 6.2.

 

Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

 

Placement Agreement” means the Placement Agreement relating to the offering and sale of Capital Securities in the form of Exhibit C.

 

Property Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(c).

 

Pro Rata” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 8 of Annex I.

 

Quorum” means a majority of the Administrators or, if there are only two Administrators, both of them.

 

Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

 

Redemption/Distribution Notice” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(e) of Annex I.

 

5



 

Redemption Price” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

 

Registrar” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

 

Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Institutional Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Institutional Trustee, including any vice-president, any assistant vice-president, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Corporate Trust Office of the Institutional Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

Restricted Securities Legend” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(b).

 

Rule 3a-5” means Rule 3a-5 under the Investment Company Act.

 

Rule 3a-7” means Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act.

 

Securities” means the Common Securities and the Capital Securities.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

 

Special Event” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

 

Special Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

 

Special Redemption Price” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

 

Sponsor” means First Community Bancorp, a California corporation, or any successor entity in a merger, consolidation or amalgamation, in its capacity as sponsor of the Trust.

 

Statutory Trust Act” means Chapter 615 of Title 34 of the Connecticut General Statutes, Sections 500, et seq. as may be amended from time to time.

 

Successor Entity” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(b).

 

Successor Institutional Trustee” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a).

 

Successor Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(b).

 

Super Majority” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 5(b) of Annex I.

 

Tax Event” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

 

10% in liquidation amount of the Securities” means Holder(s) of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or, as the context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the record owners of 10% or more of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.

 

3-Month LIBOR” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

 

6



 

Transfer Agent” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

 

Treasury Regulations” means the income tax regulations, including temporary and proposed regulations, promulgated under the Code by the United States Treasury, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

 

Trust Property” means (a) the Debentures, (b) any cash on deposit in, or owing to, the Property Account and (c) all proceeds and rights in respect of the foregoing and any other property and assets for the time being held or deemed to be held by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to the trusts of this Declaration.

 

U.S. Person” means a United States Person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

ARTICLE II

 

ORGANIZATION

 

Section 2.1.                                NameThe Trust is named “First Community/CA Statutory Trust V,” as such name may be modified from time to time by the Administrators following written notice to the Holders of the Securities.  The Trust’s activities may be conducted under the name of the Trust or any other name deemed advisable by the Administrators.

 

Section 2.2.                                OfficeThe address of the principal office of the Trust is c/o U.S. Bank National Association, 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.  On at least 10 Business Days written notice to the Holders of the Securities, the Administrators may designate another principal office, which shall be in a state of the United States or in the District of Columbia.

 

Section 2.3.                                PurposeThe exclusive purposes and functions of the Trust are (a) to issue and sell the Securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, (b) to invest the gross proceeds from such sale to acquire the Debentures, (c) to facilitate direct investment in the assets of the Trust through issuance of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities and (d) except as otherwise limited herein, to engage in only those other activities necessary or incidental thereto.  The Trust shall not borrow money, issue debt or reinvest proceeds derived from investments, pledge any of its assets, or otherwise undertake (or permit to be undertaken) any activity that would cause the Trust not to be classified for United States federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust.

 

Section 2.4.                                AuthorityExcept as specifically provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall have exclusive and complete authority to carry out the purposes of the Trust.  An action taken by the Institutional Trustee in accordance with its powers shall constitute the act of and serve to bind the Trust.  In dealing with the Institutional Trustee acting on behalf of the Trust, no Person shall be required to inquire into the authority of the Institutional Trustee to bind the Trust.  Persons dealing with the Trust are entitled to rely conclusively on the power and authority of the Institutional Trustee as set forth in this Declaration.  The Administrators shall have only those ministerial duties set forth herein with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust and are not intended to be trustees or fiduciaries with respect to the Trust or the Holders.  The Institutional Trustee shall have the right, but shall not be obligated except as provided in Section 2.6, to perform those duties assigned to the Administrators.

 

Section 2.5.                                Title to Property of the TrustExcept as provided in Section 2.8 with respect to the Debentures and the Property Account or as otherwise provided in this Declaration, legal title to all assets of the Trust shall be vested in the Trust.  The Holders shall not have legal title to any part of the assets of the Trust, but shall have an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust.

 

7



 

Section 2.6.                                Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators.

 

(a)                                  The Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall conduct the affairs of the Trust in accordance with the terms of this Declaration.  Subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section, and in accordance with the following provisions (i) and (ii), the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall have the authority to enter into all transactions and agreements determined by the Institutional Trustee to be appropriate in exercising the authority, express or implied, otherwise granted to the Institutional Trustee or the Administrators, as the case may be, under this Declaration, and to perform all acts in furtherance thereof, including without limitation, the following:

 

(i)                                     Each Administrator shall have the power and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

 

(A)      the issuance and sale of the Securities;

 

(B)        to cause the Trust to enter into, and to execute and deliver on behalf of the Trust, such agreements as may be necessary or desirable in connection with the purposes and function of the Trust, including agreements with the Paying Agent;

 

(C)        ensuring compliance with the Securities Act, applicable state securities or blue sky laws;

 

(D)       the sending of notices (other than notices of default), and other information regarding the Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Declaration;

 

(E)         the consent to the appointment of a Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar in accordance with this Declaration, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

 

(F)         execution and delivery of the Securities in accordance with this Declaration;

 

(G)        execution and delivery of closing certificates pursuant to the Placement Agreement and the application for a taxpayer identification number;

 

(H)       unless otherwise determined by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities or as otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, to execute on behalf of the Trust (either acting alone or together with any or all of the Administrators) any documents that the Administrators have the power to execute pursuant to this Declaration;

 

(I)            the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Institutional Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Declaration for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder);

 

(J)           to establish a record date with respect to all actions to be taken hereunder that require a record date be established, including Distributions, voting rights, redemptions and exchanges, and to issue relevant notices to the Holders of Capital Securities and Holders of Common Securities as to such actions and applicable record dates; and

 

8



 

(K)       to duly prepare and file all applicable tax returns and tax information reports that are required to be filed with respect to the Trust on behalf of the Trust.

 

(ii)                                  As among the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee shall have the power, duty and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

 

(A)      the establishment of the Property Account;

 

(B)        the receipt of the Debentures;

 

(C)        the collection of interest, principal and any other payments made in respect of the Debentures in the Property Account;

 

(D)       the distribution through the Paying Agent of amounts owed to the Holders in respect of the Securities;

 

(E)         the exercise of all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the Debentures;

 

(F)         the sending of notices of default and other information regarding the Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Declaration;

 

(G)        the distribution of the Trust Property in accordance with the terms of this Declaration;

 

(H)       to the extent provided in this Declaration, the winding up of the affairs of and liquidation of the Trust and the preparation, execution and filing of the certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut;

 

(I)            after any Event of Default (provided that such Event of Default is not by or with respect to the Institutional Trustee) the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Institutional Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Declaration and protect and conserve the Trust Property for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder); and

 

(J)           to take all action that may be necessary for the preservation and the continuation of the Trust’s valid existence, rights, franchises and privileges as a statutory trust under the laws of the State of Connecticut and of each other jurisdiction in which such existence is necessary to protect the limited liability of the Holders of the Capital Securities or to enable the Trust to effect the purposes for which the Trust was created.

 

(iii)                               The Institutional Trustee shall have the power and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to any of the duties, liabilities, powers or the authority of the Administrators set forth in Section 2.6(a)(i)(D), (E) and (F) herein but shall not have a duty to do any such act unless specifically requested to do so in writing by the Sponsor, and shall then be fully protected in acting pursuant to such written request; and in the event of a conflict between the action of the Administrators and the action of the Institutional Trustee, the action of the Institutional Trustee shall prevail.

 

9



 

(b)                                 So long as this Declaration remains in effect, the Trust (or the Institutional Trustee or Administrators acting on behalf of the Trust) shall not undertake any business, activities or transaction except as expressly provided herein or contemplated hereby. In particular, neither the Institutional Trustee nor the Administrators may cause the Trust to (i) acquire any investments or engage in any activities not authorized by this Declaration, (ii) sell, assign, transfer, exchange, mortgage, pledge, set-off or otherwise dispose of any of the Trust Property or interests therein, including to Holders, except as expressly provided herein, (iii) take any action that would reasonably be expected (x) to cause the Trust to fail or cease to qualify as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax purposes or (y) to require the trust to register as an Investment Company under the Investment Company Act, (iv) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue any other debt or (v) take or consent to any action that would result in the placement of a lien on any of the Trust Property.  The Institutional Trustee shall, at the sole cost and expense of the Trust, defend all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming any lien on any of the Trust Property adverse to the interest of the Trust or the Holders in their capacity as Holders.

 

(c)                                  In connection with the issuance and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor shall have the right and responsibility to assist the Trust with respect to, or effect on behalf of the Trust, the following (and any actions taken by the Sponsor in furtherance of the following prior to the date of this Declaration are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects):

 

(i)                                     the taking of any action necessary to obtain an exemption from the Securities Act;

 

(ii)                                  the determination of the States in which to take appropriate action to qualify or register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and the determination of any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by or on behalf of the Trust, and the advice to the Administrators of actions they must take on behalf of the Trust, and the preparation for execution and filing of any documents to be executed and filed by the Trust or on behalf of the Trust, as the Sponsor deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable laws of any such States in connection with the sale of the Capital Securities;

 

(iii)                               the negotiation of the terms of, and the execution and delivery of, the Placement Agreement providing for the sale of the Capital Securities; and

 

(iv)                              the taking of any other actions necessary or desirable to carry out any of the foregoing activities.

 

(d)                                 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized and directed to conduct the affairs of the Trust and to operate the Trust so that the Trust will not (i) be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act, and (ii) fail to be classified as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax purposes.  The Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities shall not take any action inconsistent with the treatment of the Debentures as indebtedness of the Debenture Issuer for United States federal income tax purposes.  In this connection, the Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized to take any action, not inconsistent with applicable laws, the Certificate of Trust or this Declaration, as amended from time to time, that each of the Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities determines in their discretion to be necessary or desirable for such purposes.

 

10



 

(e)                                  All expenses incurred by the Administrators or the Institutional Trustee pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be reimbursed by the Sponsor, and the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall have no obligations with respect to such expenses.

 

(f)                                    The assets of the Trust shall consist of the Trust Property.

 

(g)                                 Legal title to all Trust Property shall be vested at all times in the Institutional Trustee (in its capacity as such) and shall be held and administered by the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators for the benefit of the Trust in accordance with this Declaration.

 

(h)                                 If the Institutional Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Declaration and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Institutional Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Sponsor, the Institutional Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Institutional Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

Section 2.7.                                Prohibition of Actions by the Trust and the Institutional Trustee.

 

(a)                                  The Trust shall not, and the Institutional Trustee shall cause the Trust not to, engage in any activity other than as required or authorized by this Declaration.  In particular, the Trust shall not and the Institutional Trustee shall cause the Trust not to:

 

(i)                                     invest any proceeds received by the Trust from holding the Debentures, but shall distribute all such proceeds to Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms of this Declaration and of the Securities;

 

(ii)                                  acquire any assets other than as expressly provided herein;

 

(iii)                               possess Trust Property for other than a Trust purpose;

 

(iv)                              make any loans or incur any indebtedness other than loans represented by the Debentures;

 

(v)                                 possess any power or otherwise act in such a way as to vary the Trust assets or the terms of the Securities in any way whatsoever other than as expressly provided herein;

 

(vi)                              issue any securities or other evidences of beneficial ownership of, or beneficial interest in, the Trust other than the Securities;

 

(vii)                           carry on any “trade or business” as that phrase is used in the Code; or

 

(viii)                        other than as provided in this Declaration (including Annex I), (A) direct the time, method and place of exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (B) waive any past default that is waivable under the Indenture, (C) exercise any right to rescind or annul any declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable, or (D) consent to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall be required unless the Trust shall have received a written opinion of counsel to the effect that such modification will not cause the Trust to cease to be classified as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

11



 

Section 2.8.                                Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee.

 

(a)                                  The legal title to the Debentures shall be owned by and held of record in the name of the Institutional Trustee in trust for the benefit of the Trust and the Holders of the Securities.  The right, title and interest of the Institutional Trustee to the Debentures shall vest automatically in each Person who may hereafter be appointed as Institutional Trustee in accordance with Section 4.3.  Such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents with regard to the Debentures have been executed and delivered.

 

(b)                                 The Institutional Trustee shall not transfer its right, title and interest in the Debentures to the Administrators.

 

(c)                                  The Institutional Trustee shall:

 

(i)                                     establish and maintain a segregated non-interest bearing trust account (the “Property Account”) in the name of and under the exclusive control of the Institutional Trustee, and maintained in the Institutional Trustee’s trust department, on behalf of the Holders of the Securities and, upon the receipt of payments of funds made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee, deposit such funds into the Property Account and make payments, or cause the Paying Agent to make payments, to the Holders of the Capital Securities and Holders of the Common Securities from the Property Account in accordance with Section 5.1.  Funds in the Property Account shall be held uninvested until disbursed in accordance with this Declaration;

 

(ii)                                  engage in such ministerial activities as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the redemption of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities to the extent the Debentures are redeemed or mature; and

 

(iii)                               upon written notice of distribution issued by the Administrators in accordance with the terms of the Securities, engage in such ministerial activities as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the distribution of the Debentures to Holders of Securities upon the occurrence of certain circumstances pursuant to the terms of the Securities.

 

(d)                                 The Institutional Trustee may bring or defend, pay, collect, compromise, arbitrate, resort to legal action with respect to, or otherwise adjust claims or demands of or against, the Trust which arises out of or in connection with an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee has actual knowledge or arises out of the Institutional Trustee’s duties and obligations under this Declaration; provided, however, that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest or principal on the Debentures on the date such interest or principal is otherwise payable (or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), then a Holder of the Capital Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment to such Holder of the principal of or interest on the Debentures having a principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities of such Holder (a “Direct Action”) on or after the respective due date specified in the Debentures.  In connection with such Direct Action, the rights of the Holders of the Common Securities will be subrogated to the rights of such Holder of the Capital Securities to the extent of any payment made by the Debenture Issuer to such Holder of the Capital Securities in such Direct Action; provided, however, that no Holder of the Common Securities may exercise such right of subrogation so long as an Event of Default with respect to the Capital Securities has occurred and is continuing.

 

(e)                                  The Institutional Trustee shall continue to serve as a Trustee until either:

 

12



 

(i)                                     the Trust has been completely liquidated and the proceeds of the liquidation distributed to the Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Securities and this Declaration; or

 

(ii)                                  a Successor Institutional Trustee has been appointed and has accepted that appointment in accordance with Section 4.3.

 

(f)                                    The Institutional Trustee shall have the legal power to exercise all of the rights, powers and privileges of a Holder of the Debentures under the Indenture and, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Institutional Trustee may, for the benefit of Holders of the Securities, enforce its rights as holder of the Debentures subject to the rights of the Holders pursuant to this Declaration (including Annex I) and the terms of the Securities.

 

The Institutional Trustee must exercise the powers set forth in this Section 2.8 in a manner that is consistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set out in Section 2.3, and the Institutional Trustee shall not take any action that is inconsistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set out in Section 2.3.

 

Section 2.9.                                Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Institutional Trustee and Administrators.

 

(a)                                  The Institutional Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Declaration and no implied covenants shall be read into this Declaration against the Institutional Trustee.  In case an Event of Default has occurred (that has not been cured or waived pursuant to Section 6.7), the Institutional Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Declaration, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

 

(b)                                 The duties and responsibilities of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall be as provided by this Declaration.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Declaration shall require the Institutional Trustee or Administrators to expend or risk their own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of their duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of their rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate protection against such risk of liability is not reasonably assured to it.  Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Declaration relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Institutional Trustee or Administrators shall be subject to the provisions of this Article.  Nothing in this Declaration shall be construed to relieve an Administrator or the Institutional Trustee from liability for its own negligent act, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct.  To the extent that, at law or in equity, the Institutional Trustee or an Administrator has duties and liabilities relating to the Trust or to the Holders, the Institutional Trustee or such Administrator shall not be liable to the Trust or to any Holder for the Institutional Trustee’s or such Administrator’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Declaration.  The provisions of this Declaration, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Administrators or the Institutional Trustee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Sponsor and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Administrators or the Institutional Trustee.

 

(c)                                  All payments made by the Institutional Trustee or a Paying Agent in respect of the Securities shall be made only from the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property and only to the extent that there shall be sufficient revenue or proceeds from the Trust Property to enable the Institutional Trustee or a Paying Agent to make payments in accordance with the terms hereof.  Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Security, agrees that it will look solely to the revenue and proceeds from the Trust

 

13



 

Property to the extent legally available for distribution to it as herein provided and that the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators are not personally liable to it for any amount distributable in respect of any Security or for any other liability in respect of any Security.  This Section 2.9(c) does not limit the liability of the Institutional Trustee expressly set forth elsewhere in this Declaration.

 

(d)                                 The Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for its own acts or omissions hereunder except as a result of its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i)                                     the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by an Authorized Officer of the Institutional Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Institutional Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

 

(ii)                                  the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities or the Common Securities, as applicable, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration;

 

(iii)                               the Institutional Trustee’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Debentures and the Property Account shall be to deal with such property in a similar manner as the Institutional Trustee deals with similar property for its fiduciary accounts generally, subject to the protections and limitations on liability afforded to the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration;

 

(iv)                              the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any interest on any money received by it except as it may otherwise agree in writing with the Sponsor; and money held by the Institutional Trustee need not be segregated from other funds held by it except in relation to the Property Account maintained by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to Section 2.8(c)(i) and except to the extent otherwise required by law; and

 

(v)                                 the Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for monitoring the compliance by the Administrators or the Sponsor with their respective duties under this Declaration, nor shall the Institutional Trustee be liable for any default or misconduct of the Administrators or the Sponsor.

 

Section 2.10.                         Certain Rights of Institutional TrusteeSubject to the provisions of Section 2.9:

 

(a)                                  the Institutional Trustee may conclusively rely and shall fully be protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith upon any resolution, opinion of counsel, certificate, written representation of a Holder or transferee, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties;

 

(b)                                 if (i) in performing its duties under this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action, (ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee finds the same ambiguous or inconsistent with any other provisions contained herein, or (iii) the Institutional Trustee is unsure of the application of any provision of this Declaration, then, except as to any matter as to which the Holders of Capital Securities are entitled to vote under the

 

14



 

terms of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee may deliver a notice to the Sponsor requesting the Sponsor’s written instructions as to the course of action to be taken and the Institutional Trustee shall take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Institutional Trustee shall be instructed in writing, in which event the Institutional Trustee shall have no liability except for its own negligence or willful misconduct;

 

(c)                                  any direction or act of the Sponsor or the Administrators contemplated by this Declaration shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate;

 

(d)                                 whenever in the administration of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before undertaking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Institutional Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may request and conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate as to factual matters which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Sponsor or the Administrators;

 

(e)                                  the Institutional Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument (including any financing or continuation statement or any filing under tax or securities laws) or any rerecording, refiling or reregistration thereof;

 

(f)                                    the Institutional Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection (which counsel may be counsel to the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) and the advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon and in accordance with such advice; the Institutional Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Declaration from any court of competent jurisdiction;

 

(g)                                 the Institutional Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Declaration at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Declaration, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Institutional Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction; provided, that nothing contained in this Section 2.10(g) shall be taken to relieve the Institutional Trustee, subject to Section 2.9(b), upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (that has not been cured or waived pursuant to Section 6.7), to exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Declaration, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs;

 

(h)                                 the Institutional Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by one or more Holders, but the Institutional Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit;

 

(i)                                     the Institutional Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents or attorneys and the Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of or for the supervision of, any such agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

 

(j)                                     whenever in the administration of this Declaration the Institutional Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action hereunder the Institutional Trustee (i) may request instructions from the Holders of the Capital Securities which instructions may only be given by the Holders of the same proportion in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as would be entitled to direct the Institutional Trustee under the terms of the Capital

 

15



 

Securities in respect of such remedy, right or action, (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received, and (iii) shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

 

(k)                                  except as otherwise expressly provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Declaration;

 

(l)                                     when the Institutional Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with a Bankruptcy Event, such expenses (including the fees and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law or law relating to creditors rights generally;

 

(m)                               the Institutional Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of an Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee obtains actual knowledge of such event or the Institutional Trustee receives written notice of such event from any Holder, the Sponsor or the Debenture Trustee;

 

(n)                                 any action taken by the Institutional Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind the Trust and the Holders of the Securities, and the signature of the Institutional Trustee or its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any such action and no third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Institutional Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of the terms and provisions of this Declaration, both of which shall be conclusively evidenced by the Institutional Trustee’s or its agent’s taking such action; and

 

(o)                                 no provision of this Declaration shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Institutional Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which the Institutional Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts, or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation.  No permissive power or authority available to the Institutional Trustee shall be construed to be a duty.

 

Section 2.11.                         Execution of DocumentsUnless otherwise determined in writing by the Institutional Trustee, and except as otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, the Institutional Trustee, or any one or more of the Administrators, as the case may be, is authorized to execute on behalf of the Trust any documents that the Institutional Trustee or the Administrators, as the case may be, have the power and authority to execute pursuant to Section 2.6.

 

Section 2.12.                         Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of SecuritiesThe recitals contained in this Declaration and the Securities shall be taken as the statements of the Sponsor, and the Institutional Trustee does not assume any responsibility for their correctness.  The Institutional Trustee makes no representations as to the value or condition of the property of the Trust or any part thereof.  The Institutional Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Declaration, the Debentures or the Securities.

 

Section 2.13.                         Duration of TrustThe Trust, unless earlier dissolved pursuant to the provisions of Article VII hereof, shall be in existence for 35 years from the Closing Date.

 

Section 2.14.                         Mergers.

 

(a)                                  The Trust may not consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any corporation or other

 

16



 

body, except as described in Section 2.14(b) and (c) and except in connection with the liquidation of the Trust and the distribution of the Debentures to Holders of Securities pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(iv) of the Declaration or Section 4 of Annex I.

 

(b)                                 The Trust may, with the consent of the Institutional Trustee and without the consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by a trust organized as such under the laws of any state; provided that:

 

(i)                                     if the Trust is not the surviving entity, such successor entity (the “Successor Entity”) either:

 

(A)      expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Trust under the Securities; or

 

(B)        substitutes for the Securities other securities having substantially the same terms as the Securities (the “Successor Securities”) so that the Successor Securities rank the same as the Securities rank with respect to Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption and otherwise;

 

(ii)                                  the Sponsor expressly appoints a trustee of the Successor Entity that possesses substantially the same powers and duties as the Institutional Trustee as the Holder of the Debentures;

 

(iii)                               such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect;

 

(iv)                              the Institutional Trustee receives written confirmation from Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. and any other nationally recognized statistical rating organization that rates securities issued by the initial purchaser of the Capital Securities that it will not reduce or withdraw the rating of any such securities because of such merger, conversion, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement;

 

(v)                                 such Successor Entity has a purpose substantially identical to that of the Trust;

 

(vi)                              prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Trust has received an opinion of a nationally recognized independent counsel to the Trust experienced in such matters to the effect that:

 

(A)      such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect;

 

(B)        following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, neither the Trust nor the Successor Entity will be required to register as an Investment Company; and

 

(C)        following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Trust (or the Successor Entity) will continue to be classified as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax purposes;

 

(vii)                           the Sponsor guarantees the obligations of such Successor Entity under the Successor Securities at least to the extent provided by the Guarantee;

 

17



 

(viii)                        the Sponsor owns 100% of the common securities of any Successor Entity; and

 

(ix)                                prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Institutional Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate of the Administrators and an opinion of counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent under this Section 2.14(b) to such transaction have been satisfied.

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding Section 2.14(b), the Trust shall not, except with the consent of Holders of 100% in aggregate liquidation amount of the Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by any other entity or permit any other entity to consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or replace it if such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or replacement would cause the Trust or Successor Entity to be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

ARTICLE III

 

SPONSOR

 

Section 3.1.                                Sponsor’s Purchase of Common SecuritiesOn the Closing Date, the Sponsor will purchase all of the Common Securities issued by the Trust in an amount at least equal to 3% of the capital of the Trust, at the same time as the Capital Securities are sold.

 

Section 3.2.                                Responsibilities of the SponsorIn connection with the issue and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor shall have the exclusive right and responsibility to engage in, or direct the Administrators to engage in, the following activities:

 

(a)                                  to determine the States in which to take appropriate action to qualify or register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and to do any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by the Trust, and advise the Trust of actions it must take, and prepare for execution and filing any documents to be executed and filed by the Trust, as the Sponsor deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable laws of any such States; and

 

(b)                                 to negotiate the terms of and/or execute on behalf of the Trust, the Placement Agreement and other related agreements providing for the sale of the Capital Securities.

 

Section 3.3.                                Expenses.  In connection with the offering, sale and issuance of the Debentures to the Trust and in connection with the sale of the Securities by the Trust, the Sponsor, in its capacity as Debenture Issuer, shall:

 

(a)                                  pay all reasonable costs and expenses owing to the Debenture Trustee pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Indenture;

 

(b)                                 be responsible for and shall pay all debts and obligations (other than with respect to the Securities) and all costs and expenses of the Trust, the offering, sale and issuance of the Securities (including fees to the placement agents in connection therewith), the costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators, the costs and expenses relating to the operation of the Trust, including, without limitation, costs and expenses of accountants, attorneys, statistical or bookkeeping services, expenses for printing and engraving and computing or accounting equipment, Paying Agents, Registrars, Transfer Agents, duplicating, travel and telephone and other telecommunications expenses and costs and expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition, financing, and disposition of Trust assets and the enforcement by the Institutional Trustee of the rights of the Holders (for purposes of clarification, this Section 3.3(b) does not contemplate the

 

18



 

payment by the Sponsor of acceptance or annual administration fees owing to the Institutional Trustee pursuant to the services to be provided by the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration or the fees and expenses of the Institutional Trustee’s counsel in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Declaration); and

 

(c)                                  pay any and all taxes (other than United States withholding taxes attributable to the Trust or its assets) and all liabilities, costs and expenses with respect to such taxes of the Trust.

 

The Sponsor’s obligations under this Section 3.3 shall be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, any Person to whom such debts, obligations, costs, expenses and taxes are owed (a “Creditor”) whether or not such Creditor has received notice hereof.  Any such Creditor may enforce the Sponsor’s obligations under this Section 3.3 directly against the Sponsor and the Sponsor irrevocably waives any right or remedy to require that any such Creditor take any action against the Trust or any other Person before proceeding against the Sponsor.  The Sponsor agrees to execute such additional agreements as may be necessary or desirable in order to give full effect to the provisions of this Section 3.3.

 

Section 3.4.                                Right to Proceed.  The Sponsor acknowledges the rights of Holders to institute a Direct Action as set forth in Section 2.8(d) hereto.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE AND ADMINISTRATORS

 

Section 4.1.                                Institutional Trustee; Eligibility.

 

(a)                                  There shall at all times be one Institutional Trustee which shall:

 

(i)                                     not be an Affiliate of the Sponsor;

 

(ii)                                  not offer or provide credit or credit enhancement to the Trust; and

 

(iii)                               be a banking corporation or trust company organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000.00), and subject to supervision or examination by Federal, state, or District of Columbia authority.  If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the supervising or examining authority referred to above, then for the purposes of this Section 4.1(a)(iii), the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

 

(b)                                 If at any time the Institutional Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 4.1(a), the Institutional Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set forth in Section 4.3(a).

 

(c)                                  If the Institutional Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the Institutional Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to this Declaration.

 

(d)                                 The initial Institutional Trustee shall be U.S. Bank National Association.

 

19



 

Section 4.2.                                AdministratorsEach Administrator shall be a U.S. Person, 21 years of age or older and authorized to bind the Sponsor.  The initial Administrators shall be Matthew P. Wagner, Lynn M. Hopkins and Jared M. Wolff.  There shall at all times be at least one Administrator.  Except where a requirement for action by a specific number of Administrators is expressly set forth in this Declaration and except with respect to any action the taking of which is the subject of a meeting of the Administrators, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Administrators may be taken by, and any power of the Administrators may be exercised by, or with the consent of, any one such Administrator.

 

Section 4.3.                                Appointment, Removal and Resignation of Institutional Trustee and Administrators

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Declaration, no resignation or removal of the Institutional Trustee and no appointment of a Successor Institutional Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the Successor Institutional Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of this Section 4.3.

 

Subject to the immediately preceding paragraph, the Institutional Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Holders of the Securities and by appointing a Successor Institutional Trustee.  Upon the resignation of the Institutional Trustee, the Institutional Trustee shall appoint a successor by requesting from at least three Persons meeting the eligibility requirements, its expenses and charges to serve as the successor Institutional Trustee on a form provided by the Administrators, and selecting the Person who agrees to the lowest expense and charges (the “Successor Institutional Trustee”).  If the instrument of acceptance by the Successor Institutional Trustee required by this Section 4.3 shall not have been delivered to the Institutional Trustee within 60 days after the giving of such notice of resignation or delivery of the instrument of removal, the Institutional Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Trust, any Federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a Successor Institutional Trustee.  Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Institutional Trustee.  The Institutional Trustee shall have no liability for the selection of such successor pursuant to this Section 4.3.

 

The Institutional Trustee may be removed by the act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, delivered to the Institutional Trustee (in its individual capacity and on behalf of the Trust) if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.  If the Institutional Trustee shall be so removed, the Holders of Capital Securities, by act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding delivered to the Institutional Trustee, shall promptly appoint a Successor Institutional Trustee, and such Successor Institutional Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of this Section 4.3.  If no Successor Institutional Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities and accepted appointment in the manner required by this Section 4.3, within 30 days after delivery of an instrument of removal, any Holder who has been a Holder of the Securities for at least 6 months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any Federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of the Successor Institutional Trustee.  Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Institutional Trustee.

 

The Institutional Trustee shall give notice of its resignation and removal and each appointment of a Successor Institutional Trustee to all Holders in the manner provided in Section 13.1(d) and shall give notice to the Sponsor.  Each notice shall include the name of the Successor Institutional Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

 

(b)                                 In case of the appointment hereunder of a Successor Institutional Trustee, the retiring Institutional Trustee and the Successor Institutional Trustee shall execute and deliver an amendment

 

20



 

hereto wherein the Successor Institutional Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (i) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, the Successor Institutional Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Institutional Trustee with respect to the Securities and the Trust and (ii) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Declaration as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the Trust by more than one Institutional Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such amendment shall constitute such Institutional Trustees co-trustees and upon the execution and delivery of such amendment the resignation or removal of the retiring Institutional Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each Successor Institutional Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Institutional Trustee; but, on request of the Trust or any Successor Institutional Trustee such retiring Institutional Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such Successor Institutional Trustee all Trust Property, all proceeds thereof and money held by such retiring Institutional Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities and the Trust.

 

(c)                                  No Institutional Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions to act of any Successor Institutional Trustee.

 

(d)                                 The Holders of the Capital Securities will have no right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively in the Holder of the Common Securities.

 

Section 4.4.                                Institutional Trustee Vacancies.  If the Institutional Trustee ceases to hold office for any reason a vacancy shall occur.  A resolution certifying the existence of such vacancy by the Institutional Trustee shall be conclusive evidence of the existence of such vacancy.  The vacancy shall be filled with a trustee appointed in accordance with Section 4.3.

 

Section 4.5.                                Effect of VacanciesThe death, resignation, retirement, removal, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation, incompetence or incapacity to perform the duties of the Institutional Trustee shall not operate to dissolve, terminate or annul the Trust or terminate this Declaration.

 

Section 4.6.                                Meetings of the Institutional Trustee and the AdministratorsMeetings of the Administrators shall be held from time to time upon the call of an Administrator.  Regular meetings of the Administrators may be held in person in the United States or by telephone, at a place (if applicable) and time fixed by resolution of the Administrators.  Notice of any in-person meetings of the Institutional Trustee with the Administrators or meetings of the Administrators shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight courier) not less than 48 hours before such meeting.  Notice of any telephonic meetings of the Institutional Trustee with the Administrators or meetings of the Administrators or any committee thereof shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight courier) not less than 24 hours before a meeting.  Notices shall contain a brief statement of the time, place and anticipated purposes of the meeting.  The presence (whether in person or by telephone) of the Institutional Trustee or an Administrator, as the case may be, at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where the Institutional Trustee or an Administrator, as the case may be, attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any activity on the grounds that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened.  Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of the Institutional Trustee or the Administrators, as the case may be, may be taken at a meeting by vote of the Institutional Trustee or a majority vote of the Administrators present (whether in person or by telephone) and eligible to vote with respect to such matter, provided that a Quorum is present, or without a meeting by the unanimous written consent of the Institutional Trustee or the Administrators.  Meetings of the

 

21



 

Institutional Trustee and the Administrators together shall be held from time to time upon the call of the Institutional Trustee or an Administrator.

 

Section 4.7.                                Delegation of Power.

 

(a)                                  Any Administrator may, by power of attorney consistent with applicable law, delegate to any other natural person over the age of 21 that is a U.S. Person his or her power for the purpose of executing any documents contemplated in Section 2.6; and

 

(b)                                 the Administrators shall have power to delegate from time to time to such of their number the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Administrators or otherwise as the Administrators may deem expedient, to the extent such delegation is not prohibited by applicable law or contrary to the provisions of the Trust, as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.8.                                Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to BusinessAny Person into which the Institutional Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Institutional Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Institutional Trustee shall be the successor of the Institutional Trustee hereunder, provided such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.

 

ARTICLE V

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 5.1.                                DistributionsHolders shall receive Distributions in accordance with the applicable terms of the relevant Holder’s Securities. Distributions shall be made on the Capital Securities and the Common Securities in accordance with the preferences set forth in their respective terms.  If and to the extent that the Debenture Issuer makes a payment of Interest or any principal on the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee, the Institutional Trustee shall and is directed, to the extent funds are available for that purpose, to make a distribution (a “Distribution”) of such amounts to Holders.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES

 

Section 6.1.                                General Provisions Regarding Securities.

 

(a)                                  The Administrators shall, on behalf of the Trust, issue one series of capital securities substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust having such terms as are set forth in Annex I and one series of common securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust having such terms as are set forth in Annex I.  The Trust shall issue no securities or other interests in the assets of the Trust other than the Capital Securities and the Common Securities.  The Capital Securities rank pari passu to, and payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with, the Common Securities except that, where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of the Common Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights to payment of the Holders of the Capital Securities as set forth in Annex I.

 

22



 

(b)                                 The Certificates shall be signed on behalf of the Trust by one or more Administrators. Such signature shall be the facsimile or manual signature of any Administrator.  In case any Administrator of the Trust who shall have signed any of the Securities shall cease to be such Administrator before the Certificates so signed shall be delivered by the Trust, such Certificates nevertheless may be delivered as though the person who signed such Certificates had not ceased to be such Administrator, and any Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Trust by such persons who, at the actual date of execution of such Security, shall be an Administrator of the Trust, although at the date of the execution and delivery of the Declaration any such person was not such an Administrator.  A Capital Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the facsimile or manual signature of an Authorized Officer of the Institutional Trustee.  Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Capital Security has been authenticated under this Declaration.  Upon written order of the Trust signed by one Administrator, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate the Capital Securities for original issue.  The Institutional Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent that is a U.S. Person acceptable to the Trust to authenticate the Capital Securities.  A Common Security need not be so authenticated.

 

(c)                                  The consideration received by the Trust for the issuance of the Securities shall constitute a contribution to the capital of the Trust and shall not constitute a loan to the Trust.

 

(d)                                 Upon issuance of the Securities as provided in this Declaration, the Securities so issued shall be deemed to be validly issued, fully paid and, except as provided in Section 9.1(b) with respect to the Common Securities, non-assessable.

 

(e)                                  Every Person, by virtue of having become a Holder in accordance with the terms of this Declaration, shall be deemed to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms of, and shall be bound by, this Declaration and the Guarantee.

 

Section 6.2.                                Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and RegistrarThe Trust shall maintain in Hartford, Connecticut, an office or agency where the Capital Securities may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”), and an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or exchange (the “Transfer Agent”).  The Trust shall keep or cause to be kept at such office or agency a register for the purpose of registering Securities, transfers and exchanges of Securities, such register to be held by a registrar (the “Registrar”).  The Administrators may appoint the Paying Agent, the Registrar and the Transfer Agent and may appoint one or more additional Paying Agents or one or more co-Registrars, or one or more co-Transfer Agents in such other locations as it shall determine.  The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent, the term “Registrar” includes any additional registrar or co-Registrar and the term “Transfer Agent” includes any additional transfer agent.  The Administrators may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar at any time without prior notice to any Holder.  The Administrators shall notify the Institutional Trustee of the name and address of any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar not a party to this Declaration.  The Administrators hereby initially appoint the Institutional Trustee to act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Capital Securities and the Common Securities.  The Institutional Trustee or any of its Affiliates in the United States may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.

 

Section 6.3.                                Form and DatingThe Capital Securities and the Institutional Trustee’s certificate of authentication thereon shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, and the Common Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2, each of which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Declaration.  Certificates may be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved or may be produced in any other manner as is reasonably acceptable to the Administrators, as conclusively evidenced by their execution thereof.  The Securities may have letters, numbers, notations or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Trust is subject if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or

 

23



 

endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Sponsor).  The Trust at the direction of the Sponsor shall furnish any such legend not contained in Exhibit A-1 to the Institutional Trustee in writing.  Each Capital Security shall be dated on or before the date of its authentication.  The terms and provisions of the Securities set forth in Annex I and the forms of Securities set forth in Exhibits A-1 and A-2 are part of the terms of this Declaration and to the extent applicable, the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by their execution and delivery of this Declaration, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  Capital Securities will be issued only in blocks having a stated liquidation amount of not less than $100,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00 in excess thereof.

 

The Capital Securities are being offered and sold by the Trust pursuant to the Placement Agreement in definitive, registered form without coupons and with the Restricted Securities Legend.

 

Section 6.4.                                Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates.

 

If:

 

(a)                                  any mutilated Certificates should be surrendered to the Registrar, or if the Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate; and

 

(b)                                 there shall be delivered to the Registrar, the Administrators and the Institutional Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to keep each of them harmless;

 

then, in the absence of notice that such Certificate shall have been acquired by a protected purchaser, an Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall execute (and in the case of a Capital Security Certificate, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate) and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like denomination.  In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 6.4, the Registrar or the Administrators may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.  Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section shall constitute conclusive evidence of an ownership interest in the relevant Securities, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.

 

Section 6.5.                                Temporary SecuritiesUntil definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Administrators may prepare and, in the case of the Capital Securities, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate, temporary Securities.  Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the Administrators consider appropriate for temporary Securities.  Without unreasonable delay, the Administrators shall prepare and, in the case of the Capital Securities, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate, definitive Securities in exchange for temporary Securities.

 

Section 6.6.                                CancellationThe Administrators at any time may deliver Securities to the Institutional Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar shall forward to the Institutional Trustee any Securities surrendered to it for registration of transfer, redemption or payment.  The Institutional Trustee shall promptly cancel all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Securities as the Administrators direct.  The Administrators may not issue new Securities to replace Securities that have been paid or that have been delivered to the Institutional Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 6.7.                                Rights of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults.

 

(a)                                  The legal title to the Trust Property is vested exclusively in the Institutional Trustee (in its capacity as such) in accordance with Section 2.5, and the Holders shall not have any right or title therein other than the undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust conferred by their Securities

 

24



 

and they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of property, profits or rights of the Trust except as described below.  The Securities shall be personal property giving only the rights specifically set forth therein and in this Declaration.  The Securities shall have no preemptive or similar rights.

 

(b)                                 For so long as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if upon an Indenture Event of Default, the Debenture Trustee fails or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures fail to declare the principal of all of the Debentures to be immediately due and payable, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding shall have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the Institutional Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee.

 

At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Debentures has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Debenture Trustee as provided in the Indenture, if the Institutional Trustee, subject to the provisions hereof, fails to annul any such declaration and waive such default, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, by written notice to the Institutional Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

 

(i)                                     the Debenture Issuer has paid or deposited with the Debenture Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

 

(A)      all overdue installments of interest on all of the Debentures,

 

(B)        any accrued Additional Interest on all of the Debentures,

 

(C)        the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Debentures that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest and Additional Interest thereon at the rate borne by the Debentures, and

 

(D)       all sums paid or advanced by the Debenture Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Debenture Trustee and the Institutional Trustee, their agents and counsel; and

 

(ii)                                  all Events of Default with respect to the Debentures, other than the non-payment of the principal of the Debentures that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.7 of the Indenture.

 

The Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any past default under the Indenture or any Indenture Event of Default, except a default or Indenture Event of Default in the payment of principal or interest on the Debentures (unless such default or Indenture Event of Default has been cured and a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest and principal due otherwise than by acceleration has been deposited with the Debenture Trustee) or a default under the Indenture or an Indenture Event of Default in respect of a covenant or provision that under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture.  No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Upon receipt by the Institutional Trustee of written notice declaring such an acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, by Holders of any part of the Capital Securities, a record date shall be established for determining Holders of outstanding Capital Securities entitled to join in such notice, which record date shall be at the close of business on the day the Institutional Trustee receives such notice.  The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to

 

25



 

join in such notice, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that unless such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having joined in such notice prior to the day that is 90 days after such record date, such notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of no further effect.  Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of such 90-day period, a new written notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, as the case may be, that is identical to a written notice that has been canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.7.

 

(c)                                  Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.7, the Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any past default or Event of Default and its consequences.  Upon such waiver, any such default or Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any default or Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Declaration, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST

 

Section 7.1.                                Dissolution and Termination of Trust.

 

(a)                                  The Trust shall dissolve on the first to occur of:

 

(i)                                     unless earlier dissolved, on September 17, 2038, the expiration of the term of the Trust;

 

(ii)                                  upon a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer;

 

(iii)                               upon the filing of a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent with respect to the Sponsor (other than in connection with a merger, consolidation or similar transaction not prohibited by the Indenture, this Declaration or the Guarantee, as the case may be) or upon the revocation of the charter of the Sponsor and the expiration of 90 days after the date of revocation without a reinstatement thereof;

 

(iv)                              upon the distribution of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities, upon exercise of the right of the Holder of all of the outstanding Common Securities to dissolve the Trust as provided in Annex I hereto;

 

(v)                                 upon the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Holder of the Common Securities, the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer;

 

(vi)                              when all of the Securities shall have been called for redemption and the amounts necessary for redemption thereof shall have been paid to the Holders in accordance with the terms of the Securities; or

 

(vii)                           before the issuance of any Securities, with the consent of the Institutional Trustee and the Sponsor.

 

26



 

(b)                                 As soon as is practicable after the occurrence of an event referred to in Section 7.1(a), and after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as required by applicable law, including of the Statutory Trust Act, and subject to the terms set forth in Annex I, the Institutional Trustee shall terminate the Trust by filing a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut.

 

(c)                                  The provisions of Section 2.9 and Article IX shall survive the termination of the Trust.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

 

Section 8.1.                                General.

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 8.1(c), where Capital Securities are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal number of Capital Securities represented by different certificates, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange if its requirements for such transactions are met.  To permit registrations of transfer and exchanges, the Trust shall issue and the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate Capital Securities at the Registrar’s request.

 

(b)                                 Upon issuance of the Common Securities, the Sponsor shall acquire and retain beneficial and record ownership of the Common Securities and for so long as the Securities remain outstanding, the Sponsor shall maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities; provided, however, that any permitted successor of the Sponsor, in its capacity as Debenture Issuer, under the Indenture that is a U.S. Person may succeed to the Sponsor’s ownership of the Common Securities.

 

(c)                                  Capital Securities may only be transferred, in whole or in part, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Declaration and in the terms of the Securities.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any transfer or purported transfer of any Security not made in accordance with this Declaration shall be null and void and will be deemed to be of no legal effect whatsoever and any such transferee shall be deemed not to be the holder of such Capital Securities for any purpose, including but not limited to the receipt of Distributions on such Capital Securities, and such transferee shall be deemed to have no interest whatsoever in such Capital Securities.

 

(d)                                 The Registrar shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers of Securities, which will be effected without charge but only upon payment (with such indemnity as the Registrar may require) in respect of any tax or other governmental charges that may be imposed in relation to it.  Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Securities, the Registrar shall cause one or more new Securities of the same tenor to be issued in the name of the designated transferee or transferees.  Every Security surrendered for registration of transfer shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by the Holder or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing.  Each Security surrendered for registration of transfer shall be canceled by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to Section 6.6.  A transferee of a Security shall be entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a Holder hereunder upon the receipt by such transferee of a Security.  By acceptance of a Security, each transferee shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound by this Declaration.

 

(e)                                  The Trust shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of, or exchange any Securities during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Securities for redemption and ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of the Securities to be redeemed, or (ii) to register the transfer or exchange of any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part.

 

27



 

Section 8.2.                                Transfer Procedures and Restrictions.

 

(a)                                  The Capital Securities shall bear the Restricted Securities Legend, which shall not be removed unless there is delivered to the Trust such satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Trustee, as may be reasonably required by the Trust, that neither the legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers thereof comply with the provisions of the Securities Act.  Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Institutional Trustee, at the written direction of the Trust, shall authenticate and deliver Capital Securities that do not bear the legend.

 

(b)                                 Except as permitted by Section 8.2(a), each Capital Security shall bear a legend (the “Restricted Securities Legend”) in substantially the following form and a Capital Security shall not be transferred except in compliance with such legend, unless otherwise determined by the Sponsor, upon the advice of counsel expert in securities law, in accordance with applicable law:

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW.  NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS CAPITAL SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE SPONSOR’S AND THE TRUST’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST.  HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

28



 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING.  ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

 

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 (100 SECURITIES) AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF.  ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES IN A BLOCK HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

(c)                                  To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Trust shall execute and the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate Capital Securities at the Registrar’s request.

 

(d)                                 Registrations of transfers or exchanges will be effected without charge, but only upon payment (with such indemnity as the Registrar or the Sponsor may require) in respect of any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to it.

 

(e)                                  All Capital Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Declaration shall evidence the same security and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Declaration as the Capital Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

Section 8.3.                                Deemed Security HoldersThe Trust, the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar may treat the Person in whose name any

 

29



 

Certificate shall be registered on the books and records of the Trust as the sole holder of such Certificate and of the Securities represented by such Certificate for purposes of receiving Distributions and for all other purposes whatsoever and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Certificate or in the Securities represented by such Certificate on the part of any Person, whether or not the Trust, the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar shall have actual or other notice thereof.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF
HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE OR OTHERS

 

Section 9.1.                                Liability.

 

(a)                                  Except as expressly set forth in this Declaration, the Guarantee and the terms of the Securities, the Sponsor shall not be:

 

(i)                                     personally liable for the return of any portion of the capital contributions (or any return thereon) of the Holders of the Securities which shall be made solely from assets of the Trust; or

 

(ii)                                  required to pay to the Trust or to any Holder of the Securities any deficit upon dissolution of the Trust or otherwise.

 

(b)                                 The Holder of the Common Securities shall be liable for all of the debts and obligations of the Trust (other than with respect to the Securities) to the extent not satisfied out of the Trust’s assets.

 

(c)                                  Pursuant to the Statutory Trust Act, the Holders of the Capital Securities shall be entitled to the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Connecticut.

 

Section 9.2.                                Exculpation.

 

(a)                                  No Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Trust or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Indemnified Person in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Declaration or by law, except that an Indemnified Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person’s negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions.

 

(b)                                 An Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Trust and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Trust by any Person as to matters the Indemnified Person reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and, if selected by such Indemnified Person, has been selected by such Indemnified Person with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Trust, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to Holders of Securities might properly be paid.

 

30



 

Section 9.3.                                Fiduciary Duty.

 

(a)                                  To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnified Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Trust or to any other Covered Person, an Indemnified Person acting under this Declaration shall not be liable to the Trust or to any other Covered Person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Declaration.  The provisions of this Declaration, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of an Indemnified Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Indemnified Person.

 

(b)                                 Whenever in this Declaration an Indemnified Person is permitted or required to make a decision:

 

(i)                                     in its “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority, the Indemnified Person shall be entitled to consider such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Trust or any other Person; or

 

(ii)                                  in its “good faith” or under another express standard, the Indemnified Person shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Declaration or by applicable law.

 

Section 9.4.                                Indemnification.

 

(a)                                  The Sponsor shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, any Indemnified Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Trust) arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Declaration by reason of the fact that he is or was an Indemnified Person against expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnified Person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

(b)                                 The Sponsor shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, any Indemnified Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Trust to procure a judgment in its favor arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Declaration by reason of the fact that he is or was an Indemnified Person against expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust; provided, however, that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Indemnified Person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Trust unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.

 

31



 

(c)                                  To the extent that an Indemnified Person shall be successful on the merits or otherwise (including dismissal of an action without prejudice or the settlement of an action without admission of liability) in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 9.4, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified, to the full extent permitted by law, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

 

(d)                                 Any indemnification of an Administrator under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 9.4 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Sponsor only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Indemnified Person is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b).  Such determination shall be made (i) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a Quorum consisting of such Administrators who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, (ii) if such a Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a Quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the Common Security Holder of the Trust.

 

(e)                                  To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 9.4 shall be paid by the Sponsor in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Sponsor as authorized in this Section 9.4.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no advance shall be made by the Sponsor if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a Quorum of disinterested Administrators, (ii) if such a Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iii) by the Common Security Holder of the Trust, that, based upon the facts known to the Administrators, counsel or the Common Security Holder at the time such determination is made, such Indemnified Person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such Indemnified Person did not believe to be in the best interests of the Trust, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that such Indemnified Person believed or had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.  In no event shall any advance be made in instances where the Administrators, independent legal counsel or the Common Security Holder reasonably determine that such Indemnified Person deliberately breached his duty to the Trust or its Common or Capital Security Holders.

 

(f)                                    The Institutional Trustee, at the sole cost and expense of the Sponsor, retains the right to representation by counsel of its own choosing in any action, suit or any other proceeding for which it is indemnified under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 9.4, without affecting its right to indemnification hereunder or waiving any rights afforded to it under this Declaration or applicable law.

 

(g)                                 The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Section 9.4 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors of the Sponsor or Capital Security Holders of the Trust or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.  All rights to indemnification under this Section 9.4 shall be deemed to be provided by a contract between the Sponsor and each Indemnified Person who serves in such capacity at any time while this Section 9.4 is in effect.  Any repeal or modification of this Section 9.4 shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing.

 

32



 

(h)                                 The Sponsor or the Trust may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Person who is or was an Indemnified Person against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Sponsor would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Section 9.4.

 

(i)                                     For purposes of this Section 9.4, references to “the Trust” shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving entity, any constituent entity (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger, so that any Person who is or was a director, trustee, officer or employee of such constituent entity, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent entity as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another entity, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 9.4 with respect to the resulting or surviving entity as he would have with respect to such constituent entity if its separate existence had continued.

 

(j)                                     The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 9.4 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, (i) continue as to a Person who has ceased to be an Indemnified Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a Person; and (ii) survive the termination or expiration of this Declaration or the earlier removal or resignation of an Indemnified Person.

 

Section 9.5.                                Outside BusinessesAny Covered Person, the Sponsor and the Institutional Trustee may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to the business of the Trust, and the Trust and the Holders of Securities shall have no rights by virtue of this Declaration in and to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture, even if competitive with the business of the Trust, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper.  None of any Covered Person, the Sponsor or the Institutional Trustee shall be obligated to present any particular investment or other opportunity to the Trust even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Trust, could be taken by the Trust, and any Covered Person, the Sponsor and the Institutional Trustee shall have the right to take for its own account (individually or as a partner or fiduciary) or to recommend to others any such particular investment or other opportunity.  Any Covered Person and the Institutional Trustee may engage or be interested in any financial or other transaction with the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor, or may act as depositary for, trustee or agent for, or act on any committee or body of holders of, securities or other obligations of the Sponsor or its Affiliates.

 

Section 9.6.                                Compensation; FeeThe Sponsor agrees:

 

(a)                                  to pay to the Institutional Trustee from time to time such compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as the parties shall agree from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and

 

(b)                                 except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Institutional Trustee upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Institutional Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Declaration (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of their respective agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

The provisions of this Section 9.6 shall survive the dissolution of the Trust and the termination of this Declaration and the removal or resignation of the Institutional Trustee.

 

No Institutional Trustee may claim any lien or charge on any property of the Trust as a result of any amount due pursuant to this Section 9.6.

 

33



 

ARTICLE X

 

ACCOUNTING

 

Section 10.1.                         Fiscal YearThe fiscal year (“Fiscal Year”) of the Trust shall be the calendar year, or such other year as is required by the Code.

 

Section 10.2.                         Certain Accounting Matters

 

(a)                                  At all times during the existence of the Trust, the Administrators shall keep, or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, full books of account, records and supporting documents, which shall reflect in reasonable detail each transaction of the Trust.  The books of account shall be maintained, at the Sponsor’s expense, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.  The books of account and the records of the Trust shall be examined by and reported upon (either separately or as part of the Sponsor’s regularly prepared consolidated financial report) as of the end of each Fiscal Year of the Trust by a firm of independent certified public accountants selected by the Administrators.

 

(b)                                 The Administrators shall cause to be duly prepared and delivered to each of the Holders of Securities Form 1099 or such other annual United States federal income tax information statement required by the Code, containing such information with regard to the Securities held by each Holder as is required by the Code and the Treasury Regulations.  Notwithstanding any right under the Code to deliver any such statement at a later date, the Administrators shall endeavor to deliver all such statements within 30 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Trust.

 

(c)                                  The Administrators, at the Sponsor’s expense, shall cause to be duly prepared at the principal office of the Sponsor in the United States, as ‘United States’ is defined in Section 7701(a)(9) of the Code (or at the principal office of the Trust if the Sponsor has no such principal office in the United States), and filed an annual United States federal income tax return on a Form 1041 or such other form required by United States federal income tax law, and any other annual income tax returns required to be filed by the Administrators on behalf of the Trust with any state or local taxing authority.

 

Section 10.3.                         BankingThe Trust shall maintain in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, one or more bank accounts in the name and for the sole benefit of the Trust; provided, however, that all payments of funds in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee shall be made directly to the Property Account and no other funds of the Trust shall be deposited in the Property Account.  The sole signatories for such accounts (including the Property Account) shall be designated by the Institutional Trustee.

 

Section 10.4.                         WithholdingThe Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent and the Administrators shall comply with all withholding requirements under United States federal, state and local law.  The Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent shall request, and each Holder shall provide to the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent, such forms or certificates as are necessary to establish an exemption from withholding with respect to the Holder, and any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent to assist it in determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding obligations.  The Administrators shall file required forms with applicable jurisdictions and, unless an exemption from withholding is properly established by a Holder, shall remit amounts withheld with respect to the Holder to applicable jurisdictions.  To the extent that the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent is required to withhold and pay over any amounts to any authority with respect to distributions or allocations to any Holder, the amount withheld shall be deemed to be a Distribution in the amount of the withholding to the Holder.  In the event of any claimed

 

34



 

overwithholding, Holders shall be limited to an action against the applicable jurisdiction.  If the amount required to be withheld was not withheld from actual Distributions made, the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent may reduce subsequent Distributions by the amount of such withholding.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS

 

Section 11.1.                         Amendments.

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise provided in this Declaration or by any applicable terms of the Securities, this Declaration may only be amended by a written instrument approved and executed by the Institutional Trustee.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article XI, an amendment may be made, and any such purported amendment shall be valid and effective only if:

 

(i)                                     the Institutional Trustee shall have first received

 

(A)      an Officers’ Certificate from each of the Trust and the Sponsor that such amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including the terms of the Securities); and

 

(B)        an opinion of counsel (who may be counsel to the Sponsor or the Trust) that such amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including the terms of the Securities); and

 

(ii)                                  the result of such amendment would not be to

 

(A)      cause the Trust to cease to be classified for purposes of United States federal income taxation as a grantor trust; or

 

(B)        cause the Trust to be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act.

 

(c)                                  Except as provided in Section 11.1(d), (e) or (h), no amendment shall be made, and any such purported amendment shall be void and ineffective, unless the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities shall have consented to such amendment.

 

(d)                                 In addition to and notwithstanding any other provision in this Declaration, without the consent of each affected Holder, this Declaration may not be amended to (i) change the amount or timing of any Distribution on the Securities or otherwise adversely affect the amount of any Distribution required to be made in respect of the Securities as of a specified date or change any conversion or exchange provisions or (ii) restrict the right of a Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date.

 

(e)                                  Sections 9.1(b) and 9.1(c) and this Section 11.1 shall not be amended without the consent of all of the Holders of the Securities.

 

(f)                                    Article III shall not be amended without the consent of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities.

 

35



 

(g)                                 The rights of the Holders of the Capital Securities under Article IV to appoint and remove the Institutional Trustee shall not be amended without the consent of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.

 

(h)                                 This Declaration may be amended by the Institutional Trustee and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities without the consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities to:

 

(i)                                     cure any ambiguity;

 

(ii)                                  correct or supplement any provision in this Declaration that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision of this Declaration;

 

(iii)                               add to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Sponsor; or

 

(iv)                              modify, eliminate or add to any provision of this Declaration to such extent as may be necessary to ensure that the Trust will be classified for United States federal income tax purposes at all times as a grantor trust and will not be required to register as an Investment Company (including without limitation to conform to any change in Rule 3a-5, Rule 3a-7 or any other applicable rule under the Investment Company Act or written change in interpretation or application thereof by any legislative body, court, government agency or regulatory authority) which amendment does not have a material adverse effect on the rights, preferences or privileges of the Holders of Securities;

 

provided, however, that no such modification, elimination or addition referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) shall adversely affect in any material respect the powers, preferences or special rights of Holders of Capital Securities.

 

Section 11.2.                         Meetings of the Holders of Securities; Action by Written Consent.

 

(a)                                  Meetings of the Holders of any class of Securities may be called at any time by the Administrators (or as provided in the terms of the Securities) to consider and act on any matter on which Holders of such class of Securities are entitled to act under the terms of this Declaration or the terms of the Securities.  The Administrators shall call a meeting of the Holders of such class if directed to do so by the Holders of at least 10% in liquidation amount of such class of Securities.  Such direction shall be given by delivering to the Administrators one or more calls in a writing stating that the signing Holders of the Securities wish to call a meeting and indicating the general or specific purpose for which the meeting is to be called.  Any Holders of the Securities calling a meeting shall specify in writing the Certificates held by the Holders of the Securities exercising the right to call a meeting and only those Securities represented by such Certificates shall be counted for purposes of determining whether the required percentage set forth in the second sentence of this paragraph has been met.

 

(b)                                 Except to the extent otherwise provided in the terms of the Securities, the following provisions shall apply to meetings of Holders of the Securities:

 

(i)                                     notice of any such meeting shall be given to all the Holders of the Securities having a right to vote thereat at least 7 days and not more than 60 days before the date of such meeting.  Whenever a vote, consent or approval of the Holders of the Securities is permitted or required under this Declaration, such vote, consent or approval may be given at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities.  Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by the Holders of the Securities owning not less than the minimum amount of Securities

 

36



 

in liquidation amount that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Holders of the Securities having a right to vote thereon were present and voting.  Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Holders of the Securities entitled to vote who have not consented in writing.  The Administrators may specify that any written ballot submitted to the Holders of the Securities for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Trust within the time specified by the Administrators;

 

(ii)                                  each Holder of a Security may authorize any Person to act for it by proxy on all matters in which a Holder of Securities is entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy.  Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the Holder of the Securities executing it.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all matters relating to the giving, voting or validity of proxies shall be governed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Connecticut relating to proxies, and judicial interpretations thereunder, as if the Trust were a Connecticut corporation and the Holders of the Securities were stockholders of a Connecticut corporation; each meeting of the Holders of the Securities shall be conducted by the Administrators or by such other Person that the Administrators may designate; and

 

(iii)                               unless the Statutory Trust Act, this Declaration, or the terms of the Securities otherwise provides, the Administrators, in their sole discretion, shall establish all other provisions relating to meetings of Holders of Securities, including notice of the time, place or purpose of any meeting at which any matter is to be voted on by any Holders of the Securities, waiver of any such notice, action by consent without a meeting, the establishment of a record date, quorum requirements, voting in person or by proxy or any other matter with respect to the exercise of any such right to vote; provided, however, that each meeting shall be conducted in the United States (as that term is defined in Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7).

 

ARTICLE XII

 

REPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE

 

Section 12.1.                         Representations and Warranties of Institutional TrusteeThe initial Institutional Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and to the Sponsor at the date of this Declaration, and each Successor Institutional Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and the Sponsor at the time of the Successor Institutional Trustee’s acceptance of its appointment as Institutional Trustee, that:

 

(a)                                  the Institutional Trustee is a national banking association with trust powers, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America with trust power and authority to execute and deliver, and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of, this Declaration;

 

(b)                                 the execution, delivery and performance by the Institutional Trustee of this Declaration has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Institutional Trustee.  This Declaration has been duly executed and delivered by the Institutional Trustee, and it constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Institutional Trustee, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, moratorium, insolvency, and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

 

37



 

(c)                                  the execution, delivery and performance of this Declaration by the Institutional Trustee does not conflict with or constitute a breach of the charter or by-laws of the Institutional Trustee; and

 

(d)                                 no consent, approval or authorization of, or registration with or notice to, any state or federal banking authority is required for the execution, delivery or performance by the Institutional Trustee of this Declaration.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.1.                         NoticesAll notices provided for in this Declaration shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied (which telecopy shall be followed by notice delivered or mailed by first class mail) or mailed by first class mail, as follows:

 

(a)                                  if given to the Trust, in care of the Administrators at the Trust’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Trust may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities):

 

First Community/CA Statutory Trust V

c/o First Community Bancorp

275 North Brea Boulevard

Brea, California  92821

Attention:  Lynn M. Hopkins

Telecopy:  714-674-5381

 

(b)                                 if given to the Institutional Trustee, at the Institutional Trustee’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Institutional Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities):

 

U.S. Bank National Association

225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square

Hartford, Connecticut  06103

Attention:  Vice President, Corporate Trust Services Division

Telecopy:  860-241-6889

 

With a copy to:

 

U.S. Bank National Association

1 Federal Street – 3rd Floor

Boston, Massachusetts  02110

Attention:  Paul D. Allen, Corporate Trust Services Division

Telecopy:  617-603-6665

 

(c)                                  if given to the Holder of the Common Securities, at the mailing address of the Sponsor set forth below (or such other address as the Holder of the Common Securities may give notice of to the Trust):

 

First Community Bancorp

275 North Brea Boulevard

Brea, California  92821

Attention:  Lynn M. Hopkins

Telecopy:  714-674-5381

 

38



 

(d)                                 if given to any other Holder, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Trust.

 

All such notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

 

Section 13.2.                         Governing LawThis Declaration and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the law of the State of Connecticut and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to the principles of conflict of laws of the State of Connecticut or any other jurisdiction that would call for the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Connecticut; provided, however, that there shall not be applicable to the Trust, the Institutional Trustee or this Declaration any provision of the laws (statutory or common) of the State of Connecticut pertaining to trusts that relate to or regulate, in a manner inconsistent with the terms hereof (a) the filing with any court or governmental body or agency of trustee accounts or schedules of trustee fees and charges, (b) affirmative requirements to post bonds for trustees, officers, agents or employees of a trust, (c) the necessity for obtaining court or other governmental approval concerning the acquisition, holding or disposition of real or personal property, (d) fees or other sums payable to trustees, officers, agents or employees of a trust, (e) the allocation of receipts and expenditures to income or principal, or (f) restrictions or limitations on the permissible nature, amount or concentration of trust investments or requirements relating to the titling, storage or other manner of holding or investing trust assets.

 

Section 13.3.                         Intention of the PartiesIt is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust be classified for United States federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust. The provisions of this Declaration shall be interpreted to further this intention of the parties.

 

Section 13.4.                         HeadingsHeadings contained in this Declaration are inserted for convenience of reference only and do not affect the interpretation of this Declaration or any provision hereof.

 

Section 13.5.                         Successors and AssignsWhenever in this Declaration any of the parties hereto is named or referred to, the successors and assigns of such party shall be deemed to be included, and all covenants and agreements in this Declaration by the Sponsor and the Institutional Trustee shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, whether or not so expressed.

 

Section 13.6.                         Partial EnforceabilityIf any provision of this Declaration, or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Declaration, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

 

Section 13.7.                         CounterpartsThis Declaration may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and this Declaration may be executed by the affixing of the signature of each of the Institutional Trustee and Administrators to any of such counterpart signature pages.  All of such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though all of the signers had signed a single signature page.

 

Signatures appear on the following page

 

39



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused these presents to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as Institutional Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By.

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP, as Sponsor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By.

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FIRST COMMUNITY/CA STATUTORY TRUST V

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By.

 

 

 

 

Administrator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By.

 

 

 

 

Administrator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By.

 

 

 

 

Administrator

 

40



 

ANNEX I

 

TERMS OF SECURITIES

 

Pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of August 15, 2003 (as amended from time to time, the “Declaration”), the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities are set out below (each capitalized term used but not defined herein has the meaning set forth in the Declaration):

 

1.                                       Designation and Number.

 

(a)                                  10,000 Floating Rate Capital Securities of First Community/CA Statutory Trust V (the “Trust”), with an aggregate stated liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of ten million dollars ($10,000,000.00) and a stated liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of $1,000.00 per Capital Security, are hereby designated for the purposes of identification only as the “Capital Securities”.  The Capital Security Certificates evidencing the Capital Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or practice.

 

(b)                                 310 Floating Rate Common Securities of the Trust (the “Common Securities”) will be evidenced by Common Security Certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or practice.

 

2.                                       Distributions.

 

(a)                                  Distributions will be payable on each Security for the period beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) December 17, 2003 at a rate per annum of 4.23% and shall bear interest for each successive period beginning on (and including) December 17, 2003, and each succeeding Distribution Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date (each, a “Distribution Period”) at a rate per annum equal to the 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 3.10% (the “Coupon Rate”); provided, however, that prior to September 17, 2008, the Coupon Rate shall not exceed 11.75%, applied to the stated liquidation amount thereof, such rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee.  Distributions in arrears will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the applicable Distribution Rate (to the extent permitted by law).  Distributions, as used herein, include cash distributions and any such compounded distributions unless otherwise noted.  A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor.  The amount of the Distribution payable for any Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Distribution Rate to the stated liquidation amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period on the basis of the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360.  All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Capital Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or ..09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

 

(b)                                 Distributions on the Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance, and will be payable, subject to extension of distribution payment periods as described herein, quarterly in arrears on March 17, June 17, September 17 and December 17 of each year, or if such

 

I-1



 

day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day, commencing on December 17, 2003 (each a “Distribution Payment Date”) when, as and if available for payment.  The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures, so long as no Indenture Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, by deferring the payment of interest on the Debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “Extension Period”) at any time and from time to time, subject to the conditions described below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable.  During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “Additional Interest”).  No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date.  At the end of any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided, however, that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date and provided further, however, that during any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer and its Affiliates shall not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Debenture Issuer’s or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Debenture Issuer) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing, or (ii) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Debenture Issuer or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above, (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Debenture Issuer) for any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, or (f)  payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee).  Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date.  Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements.  No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest.  During any Extension Period, Distributions on the Securities shall be deferred for a period equal to the Extension Period.  If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date.  Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has

 

I-2



 

funds available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust.  The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer.  The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.

 

(c)                                  Distributions on the Securities will be payable to the Holders thereof as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the relevant record dates.  The relevant record dates shall be 15 days before the relevant Distribution Payment Date.  Distributions payable on any Securities that are not punctually paid on any Distribution Payment Date, as a result of the Debenture Issuer having failed to make a payment under the Debentures, as the case may be, when due (taking into account any Extension Period), will cease to be payable to the Person in whose name such Securities are registered on the relevant record date, and such defaulted Distribution will instead be payable to the Person in whose name such Securities are registered on the special record date or other specified date determined in accordance with the Indenture.  If any date on which Distributions are payable on the Securities is not a Business Day, then payment of the Distribution payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay) except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on such payment date.

 

(d)                                 In the event that there is any money or other property held by or for the Trust that is not accounted for hereunder, such property shall be distributed Pro Rata (as defined herein) among the Holders of the Securities.

 

3.                                       Liquidation Distribution Upon Dissolution.  In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Trust (each a “Liquidation”) other than in connection with a redemption of the Debentures, the Holders of the Securities will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution to Holders of the Securities, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust (to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer), distributions equal to the aggregate of the stated liquidation amount of $1,000.00 per Security plus accrued and unpaid Distributions thereon to the date of payment (such amount being the “Liquidation Distribution”), unless in connection with such Liquidation, the Debentures in an aggregate stated principal amount equal to the aggregate stated liquidation amount of such Securities, with an interest rate equal to the Distribution Rate of, and bearing accrued and unpaid interest in an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid Distributions on, and having the same record date as, such Securities, after paying or making reasonable provision to pay all claims and obligations of the Trust in accordance with the Statutory Trust Act, shall be distributed on a Pro Rata basis to the Holders of the Securities in exchange for such Securities.

 

The Sponsor, as the Holder of all of the Common Securities, has the right at any time to dissolve the Trust (including, without limitation, upon the occurrence of a Special Event), subject to the receipt by the Debenture Issuer of prior approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or its designated district bank, as applicable, and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of the Sponsor (the “Federal Reserve”), if the Sponsor is a bank holding company, or from the Office of Thrift Supervision and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of Sponsor, (the “OTS”) if the Sponsor is a savings and loan holding company, in either case if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve or OTS, as applicable, and, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust, cause the Debentures to be distributed to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis in accordance with the aggregate stated liquidation amount thereof.

 

I-3



 

If a Liquidation of the Trust occurs as described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (v) in Section 7.1(a) of the Declaration, the Trust shall be liquidated by the Institutional Trustee as expeditiously as it determines to be possible by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust, to the Holders of the Securities, the Debentures on a Pro Rata basis to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer, unless such distribution is determined by the Institutional Trustee not to be practical, in which event such Holders will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution to the Holders, after satisfaction of liabilities of creditors of the Trust to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer, an amount equal to the Liquidation Distribution.  An early Liquidation of the Trust pursuant to clause (iv) of Section 7.1(a) of the Declaration shall occur if the Institutional Trustee determines that such Liquidation is possible by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust, to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis, the Debentures, and such distribution occurs.

 

If, upon any such Liquidation the Liquidation Distribution can be paid only in part because the Trust has insufficient assets available to pay in full the aggregate Liquidation Distribution, then the amounts payable directly by the Trust on such Capital Securities shall be paid to the Holders of the Trust Securities on a Pro Rata basis, except that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Capital Securities shall have a preference over the Common Securities with regard to such distributions.

 

After the date for any distribution of the Debentures upon dissolution of the Trust (i) the Securities of the Trust will be deemed to be no longer outstanding, (ii) upon surrender of a Holder’s Securities certificate, such Holder of the Securities will receive a certificate representing the Debentures to be delivered upon such distribution, (iii) any certificates representing the Securities still outstanding will be deemed to represent undivided beneficial interests in such of the Debentures as have an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate stated liquidation amount with an interest rate identical to the Distribution Rate of, and bearing accrued and unpaid interest equal to accrued and unpaid distributions on, the Securities until such certificates are presented to the Debenture Issuer or its agent for transfer or reissuance (and until such certificates are so surrendered, no payments of interest or principal shall be made to Holders of Securities in respect of any payments due and payable under the Debentures; provided, however that such failure to pay shall not be deemed to be an Event of Default and shall not entitle the Holder to the benefits of the Guarantee), and (iv) all rights of Holders of Securities under the Declaration shall cease, except the right of such Holders to receive Debentures upon surrender of certificates representing such Securities.

 

4.                                       Redemption and Distribution.

 

(a)                                  The Debentures will mature on September 17, 2033.  The Debentures may be redeemed by the Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, at any Distribution Payment Date on or after September 17, 2008, at the Redemption Price. In addition, the Debentures may be redeemed by the Debenture Issuer at the Special Redemption Price, in whole but not in part, at any Distribution Payment Date, upon the occurrence and continuation of a Special Event within 120 days following the occurrence of such Special Event at the Special Redemption Price, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to holders of such Debentures so long as such Special Event is continuing. In each case, the right of the Debenture Issuer to redeem the Debentures is subject to the Debenture Issuer having received prior approval from the Federal Reserve (if the Debenture Issuer is a bank holding company) or prior approval from the OTS (if the Debenture Issuer is a savings and loan holding company), in each case if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the applicable federal agency.

 

3-Month LIBOR” means the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month, U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in the following order of priority:

 

(1)                                  the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the

 

I-4



 

related Determination Date (as defined below).  “Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits;

 

(2)                                  if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date.  If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations;

 

(3)                                  if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (2) above, the Debenture Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date.  If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and

 

(4)                                  if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (3) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period.

 

If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

 

The Distribution Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

 

Capital Treatment Event” means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or as the result of any official or administrative pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Sponsor will not, within 90 days of the date of such opinion, be entitled to treat an amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as “Tier 1 Capital” (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the Sponsor (or if the Sponsor is not a bank holding company, such guidelines applied to the Sponsor as if the Sponsor were subject to such guidelines); provided, however, that the inability of the Sponsor to treat all or any portion of the liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as Tier l Capital shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Treatment Event, if such inability results from the Sponsor having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve or OTS, as applicable, may now or hereafter accord Tier 1 Capital treatment in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines; provided further, however, that the distribution of Debentures in connection with the Liquidation of the Trust shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital

 

I-5



 

Treatment Event unless such Liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event.

 

Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the particular Distribution Period for which a Coupon Rate is being determined.

 

Investment Company Event” means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of a change in law or regulation or written change (including any announced prospective change) in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will be considered an Investment Company that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of the issuance of the Debentures.

 

Maturity Date” means September 17, 2033.

 

Redemption Date” shall mean the date fixed for the redemption of Capital Securities, which shall be any March 17, June 17, September 17 or December 17 commencing September 17, 2008.

 

Redemption Price” means 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid Interest on such Debentures to the Redemption Date.

 

Special Event” means a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event.

 

Special Redemption Date” means a date on which a Special Event redemption occurs, which shall be any March 17, June 17, September 17 or December 17, commencing December 17, 2003.

 

Special Redemption Price” means the price set forth in the following table for any Special Redemption Date that occurs on the date indicated below (or if such day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day), expressed as the percentage of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed:

 

Special Redemption Date

 

Special Redemption Price

 

December 17, 2003

 

104.625

%

March 17, 2004

 

104.300

%

June 17, 2004

 

104.000

%

September 17, 2004

 

103.650

%

December 17, 2004

 

103.350

%

March 17, 2005

 

103.000

%

June 17, 2005

 

102.700

%

September 17, 2005

 

102.350

%

December 17, 2005

 

102.050

%

March 17, 2006

 

101.700

%

June 17, 2006

 

101.400

%

September 17, 2006

 

101.050

%

December 17, 2006

 

100.750

%

March 17, 2007

 

100.450

%

June 17, 2007

 

100.200

%

September 17, 2007 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

I-6



 

plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid Interest on such Debentures to the Special Redemption Date.

 

Tax Event” means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, field service advice, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement including any notice or announcement of intent to adopt such procedures or regulations) (an “Administrative Action”) or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Debenture Issuer or the Trust and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification, change, Administrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that: (i) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debentures; (ii) interest payable by the Debenture Issuer on the Debentures is not, or within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes; or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties or other governmental charges.

 

(b)                                 Upon the repayment in full at maturity or redemption in whole or in part of the Debentures (other than following the distribution of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities), the proceeds from such repayment or payment shall concurrently be applied to redeem Pro Rata at the applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable, Securities having an aggregate liquidation amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures so repaid or redeemed; provided, however, that holders of such Securities shall be given not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice of such redemption (other than at the scheduled maturity of the Debentures).

 

(c)                                  If fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be so redeemed, the Common Securities and the Capital Securities will be redeemed Pro Rata and the Capital Securities to be redeemed will be redeemed Pro Rata from each Holder of Capital Securities.

 

I-7



 

(d)                                 The Trust may not redeem fewer than all the outstanding Capital Securities unless all accrued and unpaid Distributions have been paid on all Capital Securities for all quarterly Distribution periods terminating on or before the date of redemption.

 

(e)                                  Redemption or Distribution Procedures.

 

(i)                                     Notice of any redemption of, or notice of distribution of the Debentures in exchange for, the Securities (a “Redemption/Distribution Notice”) will be given by the Trust by mail to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed or exchanged not fewer than 30 nor more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption or exchange thereof which, in the case of a redemption, will be the date fixed for redemption of the Debentures. For purposes of the calculation of the date of redemption or exchange and the dates on which notices are given pursuant to this paragraph 4(e)(i), a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be deemed to be given on the day such notice is first mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to Holders of such Securities. Each Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be addressed to the Holders of such Securities at the address of each such Holder appearing on the books and records of the Trust. No defect in the Redemption/Distribution Notice or in the mailing thereof with respect to any Holder shall affect the validity of the redemption or exchange proceedings with respect to any other Holder.

 

(ii)                                  If the Securities are to be redeemed and the Trust gives a Redemption/ Distribution Notice, which notice may only be issued if the Debentures are redeemed as set out in this paragraph 4 (which notice will be irrevocable), then, provided that the Institutional Trustee has a sufficient amount of cash in connection with the related redemption or maturity of the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee will pay the relevant Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable, to the Holders of such Securities by check mailed to the address of each such Holder appearing on the books and records of the Trust on the Redemption Date.  If a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall have been given and funds deposited as required then immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such deposit Distributions will cease to accrue on the Securities so called for redemption and all rights of Holders of such Securities so called for redemption will cease, except the right of the Holders of such Securities to receive the applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price specified in paragraph 4(a), but without interest on such Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price.  If payment of the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price in respect of any Securities is improperly withheld or refused and not paid either by the Trust or by the Debenture Issuer as guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee, Distributions on such Securities will continue to accrue at the Distribution Rate from the original Redemption Date to the actual date of payment, in which case the actual payment date will be considered the date fixed for redemption for purposes of calculating the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price.  In the event of any redemption of the Capital Securities issued by the Trust in part, the Trust shall not be required to (i) issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any selection for redemption of the Capital Securities and ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of the Capital Securities to be so redeemed or (ii) register the transfer of or exchange any Capital Securities so selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except for the unredeemed portion of any Capital Securities being redeemed in part.

 

(iii)                               Redemption/Distribution Notices shall be sent by the Administrators on behalf of the Trust to (A) in respect of the Capital Securities, the Holders thereof and (B) in respect of the Common Securities, the Holder thereof.

 

I-8



 

(iv)                              Subject to the foregoing and applicable law (including, without limitation, United States federal securities laws), and provided that the acquiror is not the Holder of the Common Securities or the obligor under the Indenture, the Sponsor or any of its subsidiaries may at any time and from time to time purchase outstanding Capital Securities by tender, in the open market or by private agreement.

 

5.                                       Voting Rights - Capital Securities.

 

(a)                                  Except as provided under paragraphs 5(b) and 7 and as otherwise required by law and the Declaration, the Holders of the Capital Securities will have no voting rights. The Administrators are required to call a meeting of the Holders of the Capital Securities if directed to do so by Holders of at least 10% in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.

 

(b)                                 Subject to the requirements of obtaining a tax opinion by the Institutional Trustee in certain circumstances set forth in the last sentence of this paragraph, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, voting separately as a class, have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under the Declaration, including the right to direct the Institutional Trustee, as holder of the Debentures, to (i) exercise the remedies available under the Indenture as the holder of the Debentures, (ii) waive any past default that is waivable under the Indenture, (iii) exercise any right to rescind or annul a declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable or (iv) consent on behalf of all the Holders of the Capital Securities to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall be required; provided, however, that, where a consent or action under the Indenture would require the consent or act of the holders of greater than a simple majority in aggregate principal amount of Debentures (a “Super Majority”) affected thereby, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent or take such action at the written direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities outstanding which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. If the Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights under the Debentures after the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of such Capital Securities have so directed the Institutional Trustee, to the fullest extent permitted by law, a Holder of the Capital Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Debenture Issuer to enforce the Institutional Trustee’s rights under the Debentures without first instituting any legal proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest or principal on the Debentures on the date the interest or principal is payable (or in the case of redemption, the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as applicable), then a Holder of record of the Capital Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment, on or after the respective due dates specified in the Debentures, to such Holder directly of the principal of or interest on the Debentures having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities of such Holder. The Institutional Trustee shall notify all Holders of the Capital Securities of any default actually known to the Institutional Trustee with respect to the Debentures unless (x) such default has been cured prior to the giving of such notice or (y) the Institutional Trustee determines in good faith that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of such Capital Securities, except where the default relates to the payment of principal of or interest on any of the Debentures. Such notice shall state that such Indenture Event of Default also constitutes an Event of Default hereunder. Except with respect to directing the time, method and place of conducting a proceeding for a remedy, the Institutional Trustee shall not take any of the actions described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that, as a result of such action, the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

I-9



 

In the event the consent of the Institutional Trustee, as the holder of the Debentures, is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture, the Institutional Trustee shall request the direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect to such amendment, modification or termination and shall vote with respect to such amendment, modification or termination as directed by a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities voting together as a single class; provided, however, that where a consent under the Indenture would require the consent of a Super-Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent at the direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Securities outstanding which the relevant Super-Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. The Institutional Trustee shall not take any such action in accordance with the directions of the Holders of the Securities unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that, as a result of such action, the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

A waiver of an Indenture Event of Default will constitute a waiver of the corresponding Event of Default hereunder. Any required approval or direction of Holders of the Capital Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of the Capital Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders of the Securities in the Trust or pursuant to written consent. The Institutional Trustee will cause a notice of any meeting at which Holders of the Capital Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter upon which action by written consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of record of the Capital Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting forth the following information (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption at such meeting on which such Holders are entitled to vote or of such matter upon which written consent is sought and (iii) instructions for the delivery of proxies or consents. No vote or consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel Capital Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the Declaration and the terms of the Securities.

 

Notwithstanding that Holders of the Capital Securities are entitled to vote or consent under any of the circumstances described above, any of the Capital Securities that are owned by the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor shall not entitle the Holder thereof to vote or consent and shall, for purposes of such vote or consent, be treated as if such Capital Securities were not outstanding.

 

In no event will Holders of the Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively in the Sponsor as the Holder of all of the Common Securities of the Trust.  Under certain circumstances as more fully described in the Declaration, Holders of Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Institutional Trustee.

 

6.                                       Voting Rights - Common Securities.

 

(a)                                  Except as provided under paragraphs 6(b), 6(c) and 7 and as otherwise required by law and the Declaration, the Common Securities will have no voting rights.

 

(b)                                 The Holders of the Common Securities are entitled, in accordance with Article IV of the Declaration, to vote to appoint, remove or replace any Administrators.

 

(c)                                  Subject to Section 6.7 of the Declaration and only after each Event of Default (if any) with respect to the Capital Securities has been cured, waived, or otherwise eliminated and subject to the requirements of the second to last sentence of this paragraph, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities, voting separately as a class, may direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under the Declaration, including (i) directing the time,

 

I-10



 

method, place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Debenture Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (ii) waiving any past default and its consequences that is waivable under the Indenture, or (iii) exercising any right to rescind or annul a declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable; provided, however, that, where a consent or action under the Indenture would require a Super Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent or take such action at the written direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Common Securities which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. Notwithstanding this paragraph 6(c), the Institutional Trustee shall not revoke any action previously authorized or approved by a vote or consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities. Other than with respect to directing the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee or the Debenture Trustee as set forth above, the Institutional Trustee shall not take any action described in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that for the purposes of United States federal income tax the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust on account of such action. If the Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights under the Declaration to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Holder of the Common Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against any Person to enforce the Institutional Trustee’s rights under the Declaration, without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other Person.

 

Any approval or direction of Holders of the Common Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of the Common Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders of the Securities in the Trust or pursuant to written consent.  The Administrators will cause a notice of any meeting at which Holders of the Common Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter upon which action by written consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of the Common Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting forth (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption at such meeting on which such Holders are entitled to vote or of such matter upon which written consent is sought and (iii) instructions for the delivery of proxies or consents.

 

No vote or consent of the Holders of the Common Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel Common Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the Declaration and the terms of the Securities.

 

7.                                       Amendments to Declaration and Indenture.

 

(a)                                  In addition to any requirements under Section 11.1 of the Declaration, if any proposed amendment to the Declaration provides for, or the Institutional Trustee, Sponsor or Administrators otherwise propose to effect, (i) any action that would adversely affect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Securities, whether by way of amendment to the Declaration or otherwise, or (ii) the Liquidation of the Trust, other than as described in Section 7.1 of the Declaration, then the Holders of outstanding Securities, voting together as a single class, will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of the Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities, affected thereby; provided, however, if any amendment or proposal referred to in clause (i) above would adversely affect only the Capital Securities or only the Common Securities, then only the affected class will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of a Majority in liquidation amount of such class of Securities.

 

(b)                                 In the event the consent of the Institutional Trustee as the holder of the Debentures is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment, modification or termination of

 

I-11



 

the Indenture or the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee shall request the written direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect to such amendment, modification or termination and shall vote with respect to such amendment, modification, or termination as directed by a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities voting together as a single class; provided, however, that where a consent under the Indenture would require a Super Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent at the direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Securities which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding.

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment or modification may be made to the Declaration if such amendment or modification would (i) cause the Trust to be classified for purposes of United States federal income taxation as other than a grantor trust, (ii) reduce or otherwise adversely affect the powers of the Institutional Trustee or (iii) cause the Trust to be deemed an Investment Company which is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act.

 

(d)                                 Notwithstanding any provision of the Declaration, the right of any Holder of the Capital Securities to receive payment of distributions and other payments upon redemption or otherwise, on or after their respective due dates, or to institute a suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. For the protection and enforcement of the foregoing provision, each and every Holder of the Capital Securities shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or equity.

 

8.                                       Pro Rata.  A reference in these terms of the Securities to any payment, distribution or treatment as being “Pro Rata” shall mean pro rata to each Holder of the Securities according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Securities held by the relevant Holder in relation to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Securities then outstanding unless, in relation to a payment, an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case any funds available to make such payment shall be paid first to each Holder of the Capital Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities held by the relevant Holder relative to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Capital Securities outstanding, and only after satisfaction of all amounts owed to the Holders of the Capital Securities, to each Holder of the Common Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Common Securities held by the relevant Holder relative to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Common Securities outstanding.

 

9.                                       Ranking.  The Capital Securities rank pari passu with and payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with the Common Securities except that, where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of the Common Securities to receive payment of Distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of the Holders of the Capital Securities with the result that no payment of any Distribution on, or Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) of, any Common Security, and no other payment on account of redemption, liquidation or other acquisition of Common Securities, shall be made unless payment in full in cash of all accumulated and unpaid Distributions on all outstanding Capital Securities for all distribution periods terminating on or prior thereto, or in the case of payment of the Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) the full amount of such Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) on all outstanding Capital Securities then called for redemption, shall have been made or provided for, and all funds immediately available to the Institutional Trustee shall first be applied to the payment in full in cash of all Distributions on, or the Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) of, the Capital Securities then due and payable.

 

10.                                 Acceptance of Guarantee and Indenture. Each Holder of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities, by the acceptance of such Securities, agrees to the provisions of the Guarantee, including the subordination provisions therein and to the provisions of the Indenture.

 

I-12



 

11.                                 No Preemptive Rights. The Holders of the Securities shall have no preemptive or similar rights to subscribe for any additional securities.

 

12.                                 Miscellaneous. These terms constitute a part of the Declaration. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee, and the Indenture to a Holder without charge on written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

 

I-13



 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

FORM OF CAPITAL SECURITY CERTIFICATE

 

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW.  NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS CAPITAL SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE SPONSOR’S AND THE TRUST’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST.  HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING.  ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE

 

A-1-1



 

MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

 

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 (100 SECURITIES) AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF.  ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES IN A BLOCK HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE DECLARATION TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

Certificate Number P-1

 

10,000 Capital Securities

 

August 15, 2003

 

Certificate Evidencing Floating Rate Capital Securities

 

of

 

First Community/CA Statutory Trust V

 

(liquidation amount $1,000.00 per Capital Security)

 

First Community/CA Statutory Trust V, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Connecticut (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that First Tennessee Bank National Association is the registered owner of capital securities of the Trust representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, (liquidation amount $1,000.00 per capital security) (the “Capital Securities”). Subject to the Declaration (as defined below), the Capital Securities are transferable on the books and records of the Trust in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer. The Capital Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to, and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Capital Securities shall in all respects be subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust dated as of August 15, 2003, among Matthew P. Wagner, Lynn M. Hopkins and Jared M. Wolff, as Administrators, U.S. Bank National Association, as Institutional Trustee, First Community Bancorp, as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, including the designation of the terms of the Capital Securities as set forth in Annex I to such amended and restated declaration as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Declaration”).  Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee to the extent provided therein. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee, and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

 

A-1-2



 

Upon receipt of this Security, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

 

By acceptance of this Security, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Capital Securities as evidence of beneficial ownership in the Debentures.

 

This Capital Security is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Connecticut, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

 

Signatures appear on following page

 

A-1-3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this certificate.

 

 

FIRST COMMUNITY/CA STATUTORY TRUST V

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:  Administrator

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Capital Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Declaration.

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as the Institutional Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Authorized Officer

 

 

A-1-4



 

[FORM OF REVERSE OF CAPITAL SECURITY]

 

Distributions payable on each Capital Security will be payable at an annual rate equal to 4.23% beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) December 17, 2003 and at an annual rate for each successive period beginning on (and including) December 17, 2003, and each succeeding Distribution Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date (each a “Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 3.10% (the “Coupon Rate”); provided, however, that prior to September 17, 2008, the Coupon Rate shall not exceed 11.75%, applied to the stated liquidation amount of $1,000.00 per Capital Security, such rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Distributions in arrears will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the Distribution Rate (to the extent permitted by applicable law).  The term “Distributions” as used herein includes cash distributions and any such compounded distributions unless otherwise noted.  A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor.  As used herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution Period.  The amount of the Distribution payable for any Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Distribution Rate to the stated liquidation amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period on the basis of the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360.

 

“3-Month LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in the following order of priority:  (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date.  If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Debenture Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date.  If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period.  If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

 

The Distribution Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

 

All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Capital Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or ..09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or

 

A-1-5



 

.0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

 

Except as otherwise described below, Distributions on the Capital Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears on March 17, June 17, September 17 and December 17 of each year (or if such day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day), commencing on December 17, 2003.  The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures, so long as no Indenture Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, by extending the interest payment period for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “Extension Period”) at any time and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable.  During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “Additional Interest”). No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided, however, that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date.  Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements.  No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest.  During any Extension Period, Distributions on the Capital Securities shall be deferred for a period equal to the Extension Period.  If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates, to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust.  The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer.  The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.

 

The Capital Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the Declaration.

 

A-1-6



 

ASSIGNMENT

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Capital Security Certificate to:

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)

 

 

 

 

(Insert address and zip code of assignee) and irrevocably appoints

 

 

 

agent to transfer this Capital Security Certificate on the books of the Trust.  The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

 

Date:

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Capital Security Certificate)

 

Signature Guarantee:(1)

 


(1)  Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union meeting the requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-1-7



 

EXHIBIT A-2

 

FORM OF COMMON SECURITY CERTIFICATE

 

THIS COMMON SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION.

 

THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 8.1 OF THE DECLARATION.

 

Certificate Number C-1

 

310 Common Securities

 

August 15, 2003

 

Certificate Evidencing Floating Rate Common Securities

 

of

 

First Community/CA Statutory Trust V

 

First Community/CA Statutory Trust V, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Connecticut (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that First Community Bancorp (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of common securities of the Trust representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (the “Common Securities”).  The Common Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to, and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Common Securities shall in all respects be subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust dated as of August 15, 2003, among Matthew P. Wagner, Lynn M. Hopkins and Jared M. Wolff, as Administrators, U.S. Bank National Association, as Institutional Trustee, First Community Bancorp, as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust including the designation of the terms of the Common Securities as set forth in Annex I to such amended and restated declaration, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Declaration”).  Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration.  The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee to the extent provided therein.  The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

 

As set forth in the Declaration, when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of Common Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption or otherwise are subordinated to the rights of payment of Holders of the Capital Securities.

 

Upon receipt of this Certificate, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

 

By acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Common Securities as evidence of undivided beneficial ownership in the Debentures.

 

This Common Security is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Connecticut, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

 

A-2-1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this certificate.

 

 

FIRST COMMUNITY/CA STATUTORY TRUST V

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title: Administrator

 

A-2-2



 

[FORM OF REVERSE OF COMMON SECURITY]

 

Distributions payable on each Common Security will be payable at an annual rate equal to 4.23% beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) December 17, 2003 and at an annual rate for each successive period beginning on (and including) December 17, 2003, and each succeeding Distribution Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date (each a “Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 3.10% (the “Coupon Rate”); provided, however, that prior to September 17, 2008, the Coupon Rate shall not exceed 11.75%, applied to the stated liquidation amount of $1,000.00 per Common Security, such rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Distributions in arrears will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the Distribution Rate (to the extent permitted by applicable law).  The term “Distributions” as used herein includes cash distributions and any such compounded distributions unless otherwise noted.  A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor.  As used herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution Period.  The amount of the Distribution payable for any Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Distribution Rate to the stated liquidation amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period on the basis of the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360.

 

“3-Month LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in the following order of priority:  (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date.  If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Debenture Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date.  If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period.  If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

 

The Distribution Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

 

All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Common Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or ..09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or

 

A-2-3



 

.0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

 

Except as otherwise described below, Distributions on the Common Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears on March 17, June 17, September 17 and December 17 of each year (or if such day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day), commencing on December 17, 2003. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures, so long as no Indenture Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, by extending the interest payment period for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “Extension Period”) at any time and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable.  During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “Additional Interest”). No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date.  At the end of any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided, however, that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date.  Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest.  During any Extension Period, Distributions on the Common Securities shall be deferred for a period equal to the Extension Period.  If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates, to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer.

 

The Common Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the Declaration.

 

A-2-4



 

ASSIGNMENT

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Common Security Certificate to:

 

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)

 

 

 

(Insert address and zip code of assignee) and irrevocably appoints

 

 

 

agent to transfer this Common Security Certificate on the books of the Trust.  The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

 

Date:

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Common Security Certificate)

 

Signature:

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Common Security Certificate)

 

Signature Guarantee(2)

 


(2) Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union, meeting the requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-2-5



 

EXHIBIT B

 

SPECIMEN OF INITIAL DEBENTURE

 

(See Document No. 17)

 

B-1



 

EXHIBIT C

 

PLACEMENT AGREEMENT

 

(See Document No. 1)

 

C-1



EX-10.7 9 a2121280zex-10_7.htm EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT

 

among

 

FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP,

as Depositor

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

as Property Trustee

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK (DELAWARE),

as Delaware Trustee

 

 

and

 

 

THE ADMINISTRATIVE TRUSTEES NAMED HEREIN

as Administrative Trustees

 

 

Dated as of September 3, 2003

 

 

FIRST COMMUNITY/CA STATUTORY TRUST VI

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I.

Defined Terms

 

SECTION 1.1.

Definitions

 

 

ARTICLE II.

The Trust

 

SECTION 2.1.

Name

 

SECTION 2.2.

Office of the Delaware Trustee; Principal Place of Business

 

SECTION 2.3.

Initial Contribution of Trust Property; Fees, Costs and Expenses

 

SECTION 2.4.

Purposes of Trust

 

SECTION 2.5.

Authorization to Enter into Certain Transactions

 

SECTION 2.6.

Assets of Trust

 

SECTION 2.7.

Title to Trust Property

 

 

ARTICLE III.

Payment Account; Paying Agents

 

SECTION 3.1.

Payment Account

 

SECTION 3.2.

Appointment of Paying Agents

 

 

ARTICLE IV.

Distributions; Redemption

 

SECTION 4.1.

Distributions

 

SECTION 4.2.

Redemption

 

SECTION 4.3.

Subordination of Common Securities

 

SECTION 4.4.

Payment Procedures

 

SECTION 4.5.

Withholding Tax

 

SECTION 4.6.

Tax Returns and Other Reports

 

SECTION 4.7.

Payment of Taxes, Duties, Etc. of the Trust

 

SECTION 4.8.

Payments under Indenture or Pursuant to Direct Actions

 

SECTION 4.9.

Exchanges

 

SECTION 4.10.

Calculation Agent

 

SECTION 4.11.

Certain Accounting Matters

 

 

ARTICLE V.

Securities

 

SECTION 5.1.

Initial Ownership

 

SECTION 5.2.

Authorized Trust Securities

 

SECTION 5.3.

Issuance of the Common Securities; Subscription and Purchase of Notes

 

SECTION 5.4.

The Securities Certificates

 

SECTION 5.5.

Rights of Holders

 

SECTION 5.6.

Book-Entry Preferred Securities

 

SECTION 5.7.

Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Preferred Securities Certificates

 

SECTION 5.8.

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities Certificates

 

SECTION 5.9.

Persons Deemed Holders

 

SECTION 5.10.

Cancellation

 

SECTION 5.11.

Ownership of Common Securities by Depositor

 

SECTION 5.12.

Restricted Legends

 

SECTION 5.13.

Form of Certificate of Authentication

 

 

ARTICLE VI.

Meetings; Voting; Acts of Holders

 

SECTION 6.1.

Notice of Meetings

 

i



 

 

SECTION 6.2.

Meetings of Holders of the Preferred Securities

 

SECTION 6.3.

Voting Rights

 

SECTION 6.4.

Proxies, Etc

 

SECTION 6.5.

Holder Action by Written Consent

 

SECTION 6.6.

Record Date for Voting and Other Purposes

 

SECTION 6.7.

Acts of Holders

 

SECTION 6.8.

Inspection of Records

 

SECTION 6.9.

Limitations on Voting Rights

 

SECTION 6.10.

Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission of Annulment; Waivers of Past Defaults

 

 

ARTICLE VII.

Representations and Warranties

 

SECTION 7.1.

Representations and Warranties of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee

 

SECTION 7.2.

Representations and Warranties of Depositor

 

 

ARTICLE VIII.

The Trustees

 

SECTION 8.1.

Number of Trustees

 

SECTION 8.2.

Property Trustee Required

 

SECTION 8.3.

Delaware Trustee Required

 

SECTION 8.4.

Appointment of Administrative Trustees

 

SECTION 8.5.

Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustees

 

SECTION 8.6.

Notices of Defaults and Extensions

 

SECTION 8.7.

Certain Rights of Property Trustee

 

SECTION 8.8.

Delegation of Power

 

SECTION 8.9.

May Hold Securities

 

SECTION 8.10.

Compensation; Reimbursement; Indemnity

 

SECTION 8.11.

Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor

 

SECTION 8.12.

Acceptance of Appointment by Successor

 

SECTION 8.13.

Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business

 

SECTION 8.14.

Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities

 

SECTION 8.15.

Property Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

 

SECTION 8.16.

Reports to and from the Property Trustee

 

 

ARTICLE IX.

Termination, Liquidation and Merger

 

SECTION 9.1.

Dissolution Upon Expiration Date

 

SECTION 9.2.

Early Termination

 

SECTION 9.3.

Termination

 

SECTION 9.4.

Liquidation

 

SECTION 9.5.

Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations or Replacements of Trust

 

 

ARTICLE X.

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

SECTION 10.1.

Limitation of Rights of Holders

 

SECTION 10.2.

Agreed Tax Treatment of Trust and Trust Securities

 

SECTION 10.3.

Amendment

 

SECTION 10.4.

Separability

 

SECTION 10.5.

Governing Law

 

SECTION 10.6.

Successors

 

SECTION 10.7.

Headings

 

SECTION 10.8.

Reports, Notices and Demands

 

SECTION 10.9.

Agreement Not to Petition

 

ii



 

Exhibit A

Certificate of Trust of First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI

Exhibit B

Form of Common Securities Certificate

Exhibit C

Form of Preferred Securities Certificate

Exhibit D

Junior Subordinated Indenture

Exhibit E

Form of Transferee Certificate to be Executed by Transferees other than QIBs

Exhibit F

Form of Transferee Certificate to be Executed by QIBs

Exhibit G

Form of Officer’s Certificate

Schedule A

Calculation of LIBOR

 

iii



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT, dated as of September 3, 2003, among (i) First Community Bancorp, a California corporation (including any successors or permitted assigns, the “Depositor”), (ii) The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as property trustee (in such capacity, the “Property Trustee”), (iii) The Bank of New York (Delaware), a Delaware banking corporation, as Delaware trustee (in such capacity, the “Delaware Trustee”), (iv) Matthew P. Wagner, an individual, Lynn M. Hopkins, an individual and Jared M. Wolff, an individual, each of whose address is c/o First Community Bancorp, 120 Wilshire Blvd., Santa Monica, California 90401, as administrative trustees (in such capacities, each an “Administrative Trustee” and, collectively, the “Administrative Trustees” and, together with the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, the “Trustees”) and (v) the several Holders, as hereinafter defined.

 

WITNESSETH

 

Whereas, the Depositor, the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee have heretofore created a Delaware statutory trust pursuant to the Delaware Statutory Trust Act by entering into a Trust Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2003 (the “Original Trust Agreement”), and by executing and filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware the Certificate of Trust, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A; and

 

Whereas, the Depositor and the Trustees desire to amend and restate the Original Trust Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein to provide for, among other things, (i) the issuance of the Common Securities by the Trust to the Depositor, (ii) the issuance and sale of the Preferred Securities by the Trust pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and (iii) the acquisition by the Trust from the Depositor of all of the right, title and interest in and to the Notes;

 

Now, Therefore, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each party, for the benefit of the other parties and for the benefit of the Holders, hereby amends and restates the Original Trust Agreement in its entirety and agrees as follows:

 

ARTICLE I.

 

Defined Terms

 

SECTION 1.1.                       Definitions.

 

For all purposes of this Trust Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                  the terms defined in this Article I have the meanings assigned to them in this Article I;

 

(b)                                 the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”;

 



 

(c)                                  all accounting terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(d)                                 unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article”, a “Section”, a “Schedule” or an “Exhibit” refers to an Article, a Section, a Schedule or an Exhibit, as the case may be, of or to this Trust Agreement;

 

(e)                                  the words “hereby”, “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Trust Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

 

(f)                                    a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa; and

 

(g)                                 the masculine, feminine or neuter genders used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

 

“Act” has the meaning specified in Section 6.7.

 

“Additional Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

 

“Additional Interest Amount” means, with respect to Trust Securities of a given Liquidation Amount and/or a given period, the amount of Additional Interest paid by the Depositor on a Like Amount of Notes for such period.

 

“Additional Taxes” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

 

“Additional Tax Sums” has the meaning specified in Section 10.5 of the Indenture.

 

“Administrative Trustee” means each of the Persons identified as an “Administrative Trustee” in the preamble to this Trust Agreement, solely in each such Person’s capacity as Administrative Trustee of the Trust and not in such Person’s individual capacity, or any successor Administrative Trustee appointed as herein provided.

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

“Applicable Depositary Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Book-Entry Preferred Security, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Book-Entry Preferred Security, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

 

“Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to any Person:

 

2



 

(a)  the entry of a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises (i) judging such Person a bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjudication or composition of or in respect of such Person under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, (iii) appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of such Person or of any substantial part of its property or (iv) ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or

 

(b)  the institution by such Person of proceedings to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or the consent by it to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of such Person or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due and its willingness to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the taking of corporate action by such Person in furtherance of any such action.

 

“Bankruptcy Laws” means all Federal and state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other similar laws, including the United States Bankruptcy Code.

 

“Book-Entry Preferred Security” means a Preferred Security, the ownership and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Depositary.

 

“Business Day” means a day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday, (b) a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed or (c) a day on which the Corporate Trust Office is closed for business.

 

“Calculation Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 4.10.

 

“Capital Disqualification Event” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

 

“Closing Date” has the meaning specified in the Purchase Agreement.

 

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act or, if at any time after the execution of this Trust Agreement such Commission is not existing and performing the duties assigned to it, then the body performing such duties at such time.

 

“Common Securities Certificate” means a certificate evidencing ownership of Common Securities, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B.

 

3



 

“Common Security” means an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust, having a Liquidation Amount of $1,000 and having the rights provided therefor in this Trust Agreement.

 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Property Trustee at which any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of this Trust Agreement is located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration.

 

“Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates” means Preferred Securities issued in certificated, fully registered form that are not Global Preferred Securities.

 

“Delaware Statutory Trust Act” means Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del. Code § 3801 et seq., or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

“Delaware Trustee” means the Person identified as the “Delaware Trustee” in the preamble to this Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Delaware Trustee of the Trust and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Delaware Trustee appointed as herein provided.

 

“Depositary” means an organization registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act that is designated as Depositary by the Depositor or any successor thereto.  DTC will be the initial Depositary.

 

“Depositary Participant” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time the Depositary effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Depositary.

 

“Depositor” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Trust Agreement and any successors and permitted assigns.

 

“Depositor Affiliate” has the meaning specified in Section 4.9.

 

“Distribution Date” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1(a)(i).

 

“Distributions” means amounts payable in respect of the Trust Securities as provided in Section 4.1.

 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company or any successor thereto.

 

“Early Termination Event” has the meaning specified in Section 9.2.

 

“Event of Default” means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such event and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

4



 

(a)  the occurrence of a Note Event of Default; or

 

(b)  default by the Trust in the payment of any Distribution when it becomes due and payable, and continuation of such default for a period of thirty (30) days; or

 

(c)  default by the Trust in the payment of any Redemption Price of any Trust Security when it becomes due and payable; or

 

(d)  default in the performance, or breach, in any material respect of any covenant or warranty of the Trustees in this Trust Agreement (other than those specified in clause (b) or (c) above) and continuation of such default or breach for a period of thirty (30) days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Trustees and to the Depositor by the Holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Preferred Securities a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

 

(e)  the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Property Trustee if a successor Property Trustee has not been appointed within ninety (90) days thereof.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

“Expiration Date” has the meaning specified in Section 9.1.

 

“Extension Period” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1(a)(ii).

 

“Federal Reserve” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the staff thereof, or a Federal Reserve Bank, acting through delegated authority, in each case under the rules, regulations and policies of the Federal Reserve System, or if at any time after the execution of this Trust Agreement any such entity is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it , any successor body performing similar duties or functions.

 

“Fiscal Year” shall be the fiscal year of the Trust, which shall be the calendar year, or such other period as is required by the Code.

 

“Global Preferred Security” means a Preferred Securities Certificate evidencing ownership of Book-Entry Preferred Securities.

 

“Guarantee Agreement” means the Guarantee Agreement executed and delivered by the Depositor and The Bank of New York, as guarantee trustee, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Trust Agreement for the benefit of the holders of the Preferred Securities, as amended from time to time.

 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Trust Security or Trust Securities are registered in the Securities Register; any such Person shall be a beneficial owner within the meaning of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.

 

5



 

“Indemnified Person” has the meaning specified in Section 8.10(c).

 

“Indenture” means the Junior Subordinated Indenture executed and delivered by the Depositor and the Note Trustee contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Trust Agreement, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Indenture Redemption Price” has the meaning specified in Section 4.2(c).

 

“Interest Payment Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

 

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

“Investment Company Event” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

 

“LIBOR” has the meaning specified in Schedule A.

 

“LIBOR Business Day” has the meaning specified in Schedule A.

 

“LIBOR Determination Date” has the meaning specified in Schedule A.

 

“Lien” means any lien, pledge, charge, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, adverse ownership interest, hypothecation, assignment, security interest or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever.

 

“Like Amount” means (a) with respect to a redemption of any Trust Securities, Trust Securities having a Liquidation Amount equal to the principal amount of Notes to be contemporaneously redeemed or paid at maturity in accordance with the Indenture, the proceeds of which will be used to pay the Redemption Price of such Trust Securities, (b) with respect to a distribution of Notes to Holders of Trust Securities in connection with a dissolution of the Trust, Notes having a principal amount equal to the Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities of the Holder to whom such Notes are distributed and (c) with respect to any distribution of Additional Interest Amounts to Holders of Trust Securities, Notes having a principal amount equal to the Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities in respect of which such distribution is made.

 

“Liquidation Amount” means the stated amount of $1,000 per Trust Security.

 

“Liquidation Date” means the date on which assets are to be distributed to Holders in accordance with Section 9.4(a) hereunder following dissolution of the Trust.

 

“Liquidation Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 9.4(d).

 

“Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities” means Preferred Securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of all (or a specified group of) then Outstanding Preferred Securities.

 

6



 

“Note Event of Default” means any “Event of Default” specified in Section 5.1 of the Indenture.

 

“Note Redemption Date” means, with respect to any Notes to be redeemed under the Indenture, the date fixed for redemption of such Notes under the Indenture.

 

“Note Trustee” means the Person identified as the “Trustee” in the Indenture, solely in its capacity as Trustee pursuant to the Indenture and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Trustee appointed as provided in the Indenture.

 

“Notes” means the Depositor’s Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture.

 

“Office of Thrift Supervision” means the Office of Thrift Supervision, as from time to time constituted or, if at any time after the execution of this Trust Agreement such Office is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it, then the body performing such duties at such time.

 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or an Executive Vice President, and by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, of the Depositor, and delivered to the Trustees. Any Officers’ Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Trust Agreement (other than the certificate provided pursuant to Section 8.16) shall include:

 

(a) a statement by each officer signing the Officers’ Certificate that such officer has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

 

(b) a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by such officer in rendering the Officers’ Certificate;

 

(c) a statement that such officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

“Operative Documents” means the Purchase Agreement, the Indenture, the Trust Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement, the Notes and the Trust Securities.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for, or an employee of, the Depositor or any Affiliate of the Depositor.

 

“Original Issue Date” means the date of original issuance of the Trust Securities.

 

“Original Trust Agreement” has the meaning specified in the recitals to this Trust Agreement.

 

7



 

“Outstanding”, when used with respect to any Trust Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Trust Securities theretofore executed and delivered under this Trust Agreement, except:

 

(a) Trust Securities theretofore canceled by the Property Trustee or delivered to the Property Trustee for cancellation;

 

(b) Trust Securities for which payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Property Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Trust Securities; provided, that if such Trust Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Trust Agreement; and

 

(c) Trust Securities that have been paid or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Trust Securities have been executed and delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Trust Agreement, unless proof satisfactory to the Property Trustee is presented that any such Trust Securities are held by Holders in whose hands such Trust Securities are valid, legal and binding obligations of the Trust;

 

provided, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Preferred Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Preferred Securities owned by the Depositor, any Trustee or any Affiliate of the Depositor or of any Trustee shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that (i) in determining whether any Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Preferred Securities that such Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded and (ii) the foregoing shall not apply at any time when all of the Outstanding Preferred Securities are owned by the Depositor, one or more of the Trustees and/or any such Affiliate. Preferred Securities so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Administrative Trustees the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Preferred Securities and that the pledgee is not the Depositor, any Trustee or any Affiliate of the Depositor or of any Trustee.

 

“Owner” means each Person who is the beneficial owner of Book-Entry Preferred Securities as reflected in the records of the Depositary or, if a Depositary Participant is not the beneficial owner, then the beneficial owner as reflected in the records of the Depositary Participant.

 

“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Administrative Trustees to pay Distributions or other amounts in respect of any Trust Securities on behalf of the Trust.

 

“Payment Account” means a segregated non-interest-bearing corporate trust account maintained by the Property Trustee for the benefit of the Holders in which all amounts paid in respect of the Notes will be held and from which the Property Trustee, through the Paying Agent, shall make payments to the Holders in accordance with Sections 3.1, 4.1 and 4.2.

 

“Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, company, limited liability company, trust,

 

8



 

unincorporated association or government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

 

“Preferred Security” means an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust, having a Liquidation Amount of $1,000 and having the rights provided therefor in this Trust Agreement.

 

“Preferred Securities Certificate” means a certificate evidencing ownership of Preferred Securities, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C.

 

“Property Trustee” means the Person identified as the “Property Trustee” in the preamble to this Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Property Trustee of the Trust and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Property Trustee appointed as herein provided.

 

“Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement executed and delivered by the Trust, the Depositor and Trapeza CDO III, LLC, as purchaser, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Trust Agreement, as amended from time to time.

 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

“Redemption Date” means, with respect to any Trust Security to be redeemed, the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Trust Agreement; provided, that each Note Redemption Date and the stated maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) of the Notes shall be a Redemption Date for a Like Amount of Trust Securities.

 

“Redemption Price” means, with respect to any Trust Security, the Liquidation Amount of such Trust Security, plus accumulated and unpaid Distributions to the Redemption Date, plus the related amount of the premium, if any, paid by the Depositor upon the concurrent redemption  or payment at maturity of a Like Amount of Notes.

 

“Reference Banks” has the meaning specified in Schedule A.

 

“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Property Trustee, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Trust Officer or Assistant Trust Officer or any other officer of the Corporate Trust Department of the Property Trustee and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, and any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

“Securities Certificate” means any one of the Common Securities Certificates or the Preferred Securities Certificates.

 

9



 

“Securities Register” and “Securities Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 5.7.

 

“Successor Securities” has the meaning specified in Section 9.5(a).

 

“Tax Event” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

 

“Trust” means the Delaware statutory trust known as “First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI,” which was created on August 29, 2003, under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act pursuant to the Original Trust Agreement and the filing of the Certificate of Trust, and continued pursuant to this Trust Agreement.

 

“Trust Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, as the same may be modified, amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, including all Schedules and Exhibits.

 

“Trustees” means the Administrative Trustees, the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, each as defined in this Article I.

 

“Trust Property” means (a) the Notes, (b) any cash on deposit in, or owing to, the Payment Account and (c) all proceeds and rights in respect of the foregoing and any other property and assets for the time being held or deemed to be held by the Property Trustee pursuant to the trusts of this Trust Agreement.

 

“Trust Security” means any one of the Common Securities or the Preferred Securities.

 

ARTICLE II.

 

The Trust

 

SECTION 2.1.                       Name.

 

The trust continued hereby shall be known as “First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI,” as such name may be modified from time to time by the Administrative Trustees following written notice to the Holders of Trust Securities and the other Trustees, in which name the Trustees may conduct the business of the Trust, make and execute contracts and other instruments on behalf of the Trust and sue and be sued.

 

SECTION 2.2.                       Office of the Delaware Trustee; Principal Place of Business.

 

The address of the Delaware Trustee in the State of Delaware is White Clay Center Route 273, Newark, Delaware 19711, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or such other address in the State of Delaware as the Delaware Trustee may designate by written notice to the Holders, the Depositor, the Property Trustee and the Administrative Trustees. The principal executive office of the Trust is c/o First Community Bancorp, 120 Wilshire Blvd., Santa Monica, California 90401. Attention: Chief Financial Officer, as such address may be changed from time to time by the Administrative Trustees following written notice to the Holders and the other Trustees.

 

10



 

SECTION 2.3.                       Initial Contribution of Trust Property; Fees, Costs and Expenses.

 

The Property Trustee acknowledges receipt from the Depositor in connection with the Original Trust Agreement of the sum of ten dollars ($10), which constituted the initial Trust Property. The Depositor shall pay all fees, costs and expenses of the Trust (except with respect to the Trust Securities) as they arise or shall, upon request of any Trustee, promptly reimburse such Trustee for any such fees, costs and expenses paid by such Trustee. The Depositor shall make no claim upon the Trust Property for the payment of such fees, costs or expenses.

 

SECTION 2.4.                       Purposes of Trust.

 

(a)                                  The exclusive purposes and functions of the Trust are to (i) issue and sell Trust Securities and use the proceeds from such sale to acquire the Notes and (ii)  engage in only those activities necessary or incidental thereto. The Delaware Trustee, the Property Trustee and the Administrative Trustees are trustees of the Trust, and have all the rights, powers and duties to the extent set forth herein.  The Trustees hereby acknowledge that they are trustees of the Trust.

 

(b)                                 So long as this Trust Agreement remains in effect, the Trust (or the Trustees acting on behalf of the Trust) shall not undertake any business, activities or transaction except as expressly provided herein or contemplated hereby. In particular, the Trust (or the Trustees acting on behalf of the Trust) shall not (i) acquire any investments or engage in any activities not authorized by this Trust Agreement, (ii) sell, assign, transfer, exchange, mortgage, pledge, set-off or otherwise dispose of any of the Trust Property or interests therein, including to Holders, except as expressly provided herein, (iii) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue any other debt, (iv) take or consent to any action that would result in the placement of a Lien on any of the Trust Property, (v) take or consent to any action that would reasonably be expected to cause the Trust to become taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes, (vi) take or consent to any action that would cause the Notes to be treated as other than indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes or (vii) take or consent to any action that would cause the Trust to be deemed to be an “investment company” required to be registered under the Investment Company Act.

 

SECTION 2.5.                       Authorization to Enter into Certain Transactions.

 

(a)                                  The Trustees shall conduct the affairs of the Trust in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Trust Agreement. In accordance with the following provisions (i) and (ii), the Trustees shall have the authority to enter into all transactions and agreements determined by the Trustees to be appropriate in exercising the authority, express or implied, otherwise granted to the Trustees, under this Trust Agreement, and to perform all acts in furtherance thereof, including the following:

 

(i)                                     As among the Trustees, each Administrative Trustee shall severally have the power and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

 

(A)                              the issuance and sale of the Trust Securities;

 

11



 

(B)                                to cause the Trust to enter into, and to execute, deliver and perform on behalf of the Trust, such agreements as may be necessary or desirable in connection with the purposes and function of the Trust, including, without limitation, a common securities subscription agreement and a junior subordinated note subscription agreement;
 
(C)                                assisting in the sale of the Preferred Securities in one or more transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act, and in compliance with applicable state securities or blue sky laws;
 
(D)                               assisting in the sending of notices (other than notices of default) and other information regarding the Trust Securities and the Notes to the Holders in accordance with this Trust Agreement;
 
(E)                                 the appointment of a Paying Agent and Securities Registrar in accordance with this Trust Agreement;
 
(F)                                 execution of the Trust Securities on behalf of the Trust in accordance with this Trust Agreement;
 
(G)                                execution and delivery of closing certificates, if any, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and application for a taxpayer identification number for the Trust;
 
(H)                               preparation and filing of all applicable tax returns and tax information reports that are required to be filed on behalf of the Trust;
 
(I)                                    establishing a record date with respect to all actions to be taken hereunder that require a record date to be established, except as provided in Section 6.10(a);
 
(J)                                   unless otherwise required by the Delaware Statutory Trust Act to execute on behalf of the Trust (either acting alone or together with the other Administrative Trustees) any documents that such Administrative Trustee has the power to execute pursuant to this Trust Agreement; and
 
(K)                               the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as such Administrative Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Trust Agreement.
 

(ii)                                  As among the Trustees, the Property Trustee shall have the power, duty and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

 

(A)                              the receipt and holding of legal title of the Notes;
 
(B)                                the establishment of the Payment Account;

 

12



 

(C)                                the collection of interest, principal and any other payments made in respect of the Notes and the holding of such amounts in the Payment Account;
 
(D)                               the distribution through the Paying Agent of amounts distributable to the Holders in respect of the Trust Securities;
 
(E)                                 the exercise of all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Trust Agreement;
 
(F)                                 the sending of notices of default and other information regarding the Trust Securities and the Notes to the Holders in accordance with this Trust Agreement;
 
(G)                                the distribution of the Trust Property in accordance with the terms of this Trust Agreement;
 
(H)                               to the extent provided in this Trust Agreement, the winding up of the affairs of and liquidation of the Trust and the preparation, execution and filing of the certificate of cancellation of the Trust with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware; and
 
(I)                                    the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Property Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Trust Agreement and protect and conserve the Trust Property for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder).
 

(b)                                 In connection with the issue and sale of the Preferred Securities, the Depositor shall have the right and responsibility to assist the Trust with respect to, or effect on behalf of the Trust, the following (and any actions taken by the Depositor in furtherance of the following prior to the date of this Trust Agreement are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects):

 

(i)                                     the negotiation of the terms of, and the execution and delivery of, the Purchase Agreement providing for the sale of the Preferred Securities in one or more transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act, and in compliance with applicable state securities or blue sky laws; and

 

(ii)                                  the taking of any other actions necessary or desirable to carry out any of the foregoing activities.

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrative Trustees are authorized and directed to conduct the affairs of the Trust and to operate the Trust so that the Trust will not be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes, so that the Notes will be treated as indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes and so that the Trust will not be deemed to be an “investment company” required to be registered under the Investment Company Act. In this connection, each Administrative Trustee is authorized to take any action, not inconsistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Trust or this Trust Agreement, that such Administrative

 

13



 

Trustee determines in his or her discretion to be necessary or desirable for such purposes, as long as such action does not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Holders of the Outstanding Preferred Securities.  In no event shall the Administrative Trustees be liable to the Trust or the Holders for any failure to comply with this Section 2.5 to the extent that such failure results solely from a change in law or regulation or in the interpretation thereof.

 

(d)                                 Any action taken by a Trustee in accordance with its powers shall constitute the act of and serve to bind the Trust.  In dealing with any Trustee acting on behalf of the Trust, no Person shall be required to inquire into the authority of such Trustee to bind the Trust.  Persons dealing with the Trust are entitled to rely conclusively on the power and authority of any Trustee as set forth in this Trust Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.6.                       Assets of Trust.

 

The assets of the Trust shall consist of the Trust Property.

 

SECTION 2.7.                       Title to Trust Property.

 

(a)                                  Legal title to all Trust Property shall be vested at all times in the Property Trustee and shall be held and administered by the Property Trustee in trust for the benefit of the Trust and the Holders in accordance with this Trust Agreement.

 

(b)                                 The Holders shall not have any right or title to the Trust Property other than the undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust conferred by their Trust Securities and they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of property, profits or rights of the Trust except as described below. The Trust Securities shall be personal property giving only the rights specifically set forth therein and in this Trust Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III.

 

Payment Account; Paying Agents

 

SECTION 3.1.                       Payment Account.

 

(a)                                  On or prior to the Closing Date, the Property Trustee shall establish the Payment Account. The Property Trustee and the Paying Agent shall have exclusive control and sole right of withdrawal with respect to the Payment Account for the purpose of making deposits in and withdrawals from the Payment Account in accordance with this Trust Agreement. All monies and other property deposited or held from time to time in the Payment Account shall be held by the Property Trustee in the Payment Account for the exclusive benefit of the Holders and for Distribution as herein provided.

 

(b)                                 The Property Trustee shall deposit in the Payment Account, promptly upon receipt, all payments of principal of or interest on, and any other payments with respect to, the Notes. Amounts held in the Payment Account shall not be invested by the Property Trustee pending distribution thereof.

 

14



 

SECTION 3.2.                       Appointment of Paying Agents.

 

The Paying Agent shall initially be the Property Trustee. The Paying Agent shall make Distributions to Holders from the Payment Account and shall report the amounts of such Distributions to the Property Trustee and the Administrative Trustees. Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the Payment Account solely for the purpose of making the Distributions referred to above. The Administrative Trustees may revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent in their sole discretion. Any Person acting as Paying Agent shall be permitted to resign as Paying Agent upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Administrative Trustees and the Property Trustee. If the Property Trustee shall no longer be the Paying Agent or a successor Paying Agent shall resign or its authority to act be revoked, the Administrative Trustees shall appoint a successor (which shall be a bank or trust company) to act as Paying Agent.  Such successor Paying Agent appointed by the Administrative Trustees shall execute and deliver to the Trustees an instrument in which such successor Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustees that as Paying Agent, such successor Paying Agent will hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment to the Holders in trust for the benefit of the Holders entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Holders. The Paying Agent shall return all unclaimed funds to the Property Trustee and upon removal of a Paying Agent such Paying Agent shall also return all funds in its possession to the Property Trustee. The provisions of Article VIII shall apply to the Property Trustee also in its role as Paying Agent, for so long as the Property Trustee shall act as Paying Agent and, to the extent applicable, to any other Paying Agent appointed hereunder. Any reference in this Trust Agreement to the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless the context requires otherwise.

 

ARTICLE IV.

 

Distributions; Redemption

 

SECTION 4.1.                       Distributions.

 

(a)                                  The Trust Securities represent undivided beneficial interests in the Trust Property, and Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts) will be made on the Trust Securities at the rate and on the dates that payments of interest (including any Additional Interest) are made on the Notes. Accordingly:

 

(i)                                     Distributions on the Trust Securities shall be cumulative, and shall accumulate whether or not there are funds of the Trust available for the payment of Distributions. Distributions shall accumulate from September 3, 2003, and, except as provided in clause (ii) below, shall be payable quarterly in arrears on March 15th, June 15th, September 15th and December 15th of each year, commencing on December 15, 2003.  If any date on which a Distribution is otherwise payable on the Trust Securities is not a Business Day, then the payment of such Distribution shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day (and no interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts  whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after each such date until the next succeeding Business Day), except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case, with the same force and effect as if made on such date (each date on which

 

15



 

Distributions are payable in accordance with this Section 4.1(a)(i), a “Distribution Date”);

 

(ii)                                  in the event (and to the extent) that the Depositor exercises its right under the Indenture to defer the payment of interest on the Notes, Distributions on the Trust Securities shall be deferred.  Under the Indenture, so long as no Note Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Depositor shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of the Notes, to defer the payment of interest on the Notes for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest on the Notes shall be due and payable (except any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable).  No interest on the Notes shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at the rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.05% per annum, provided, that, the applicable interest rate shall not exceed 12.0% through the Interest Payment Date in September, 2008, compounded quarterly, from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or until funds for the payment thereof have been made available for payment.  If Distributions are deferred, the deferred Distributions (including Additional Interest Amounts) shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates, to Holders of the Trust Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such termination date.

 

(iii)                               Distributions shall accumulate in respect of the Trust Securities at a variable rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.05% of the Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities, such rate being the rate of interest payable on the Notes, provided, that, the applicable Distribution rate shall not exceed 12.0% through the Distribution Date in September, 2008. LIBOR shall be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with Schedule A. The amount of Distributions payable for any period less than a full Distribution period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant Distribution period.  The amount of Distributions payable for any period shall include any Additional Interest Amounts in respect of such period; and

 

(iv)                              Distributions on the Trust Securities shall be made by the Paying Agent from the Payment Account and shall be payable on each Distribution Date only to the extent that the Trust has funds then on hand and available in the Payment Account for the payment of such Distributions.

 

(b)                                 Distributions on the Trust Securities with respect to a Distribution Date shall be payable to the Holders thereof as they appear on the Securities Register for the Trust Securities at the close of business on the relevant record date, which shall be at the close of business on the fifteenth day (whether or not a Business Day) preceding the relevant Distribution Date.’ Distributions payable on any Trust Securities that are not punctually paid on any Distribution Date as a result of the Depositor having failed to make an interest payment under the Notes will cease to be payable to the Person in whose name such Trust Securities are registered on the

 

16



 

relevant record date, and such defaulted Distributions and any Additional Interest Amounts will instead be payable to the Person in whose name such Trust Securities are registered on the special record date, or other specified date for determining Holders entitled to such defaulted Distribution and Additional Interest Amount, established in the same manner, and on the same date, as such is established with respect to the Notes under the Indenture.

 

SECTION 4.2.                       Redemption.

 

(a)                                  On each Note Redemption Date and on the stated maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) of the Notes and on each other date on (or in respect of) which any principal on the Notes is repaid, the Trust will be required to redeem a Like Amount of Trust Securities at the Redemption Price.

 

(b)                                 Notice of redemption shall be given by the Property Trustee by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date to each Holder of Trust Securities to be redeemed, at such Holder’s address appearing in the Securities Register. All notices of redemption shall state:

 

(i)                                     the Redemption Date;

 

(ii)                                  the Redemption Price or, if the Redemption Price cannot be calculated prior to the time the notice is required to be sent, the estimate of the Redemption Price provided pursuant to the Indenture, as calculated by the Depositor, together with a statement that it is an estimate and that the actual Redemption Price will be calculated by the Calculation Agent on the fifth Business Day prior to the Redemption Date (and if an estimate is provided, a further notice shall be sent of the actual Redemption Price on the date that such Redemption Price is calculated);

 

(iii)                               if less than all the Outstanding Trust Securities are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the respective) and Liquidation Amounts of the particular Trust Securities to be redeemed;

 

(iv)                              that on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Trust Security, or portion thereof, to be redeemed and that Distributions thereon will cease to accumulate on such Trust Security or such portion, as the case may be, on and after said date, except as provided in Section 4.2(d);

 

(v)                                 the place or places where the Trust Securities are to be surrendered for the payment of the Redemption Price; and

 

(vi)                              such other provisions as the Property Trustee deems relevant.

 

(c)                                  The Trust Securities (or portion thereof) redeemed on each Redemption Date shall be redeemed at the Redemption Price with the proceeds from the contemporaneous redemption or payment at maturity of Notes. Redemptions of the Trust Securities (or portion thereof) shall be made and the Redemption Price shall be payable on each Redemption Date only to the extent that the Trust has funds then on hand and available in the Payment Account for the payment of such Redemption Price.  Under the Indenture, the Notes may be redeemed by the Depositor on

 

17



 

any Interest Payment Date, at the Depositor’s option, on or after September 15, 2008, in whole or in part, from time to time at a  redemption price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount thereof, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption (the “Indenture Redemption Price”); provided, that the Depositor shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required.  The Notes may also be redeemed by the Depositor, at its option, in whole but not in part, upon the occurrence of a Capital Disqualification Event, an Investment Company Event or a Tax Event at the Indenture Redemption Price.

 

(d)                                 If the Property Trustee gives a notice of redemption in respect of any Preferred Securities, then by 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Redemption Date, the Depositor shall deposit sufficient funds with the Property Trustee to pay the Redemption Price.  If such deposit has been made by such time, then by 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Redemption Date, the Property Trustee will, with respect to Book-Entry Preferred Securities, irrevocably deposit with the Depositary for such Book-Entry Preferred Securities, to the extent available therefor, funds sufficient to pay the applicable Redemption Price and will give such Depositary irrevocable instructions and authority to pay the Redemption Price to the Holders of the Preferred Securities. With respect to Preferred Securities that are not Book-Entry Preferred Securities, the Property Trustee will irrevocably deposit with the Paying Agent, to the extent available therefor, funds sufficient to pay the applicable Redemption Price and will give the Paying Agent irrevocable instructions and authority to pay the Redemption Price to the Holders of the Preferred Securities upon surrender of their Preferred Securities Certificates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Distributions payable on or prior to the Redemption Date for any Trust Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption shall be payable to the Holders of such Trust Securities as they appear on the Securities Register on the relevant record dates for the related Distribution Dates. If notice of redemption shall have been given and funds deposited as required, then upon the date of such deposit, all rights of Holders holding Trust Securities (or portion thereof) so called for redemption will cease, except the right of such Holders to receive the Redemption Price and any Distribution payable in respect of the Trust Securities on or prior to the Redemption Date, but without interest, and, in the case of a partial redemption, the right of such Holders to receive a new Trust Security or Securities of authorized denominations, in aggregate Liquidation Amount equal to the unredeemed portion of such Trust Security or Securities, and such Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption will cease to be Outstanding. In the event that any date on which any Redemption Price is payable is not a Business Day, then payment of the Redemption Price payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day (and no interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after each such date until the next succeeding Business Day), except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case, with the same force and effect as if made on such date. In the event that payment of the Redemption Price in respect of any Trust Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption is improperly withheld or refused and not paid either by the Trust or by the Depositor pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement, Distributions on such Trust Securities(or portion thereof) will continue to accumulate, as set forth in Section 4.1, from the Redemption Date originally established by the Trust for such Trust Securities(or portion thereof) to the date such Redemption Price is actually paid, in which case the actual payment date will be the date fixed for redemption for purposes of calculating the Redemption Price.

 

18



 

(e)                                  Subject to Section 4.3(a), if less than all the Outstanding Trust Securities are to be redeemed on a Redemption Date, then the aggregate Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities to be redeemed shall be allocated pro rata to the Common Securities and the Preferred Securities based upon the relative aggregate Liquidation Amounts of the Common Securities and the Preferred Securities.  The Preferred Securities to be redeemed shall be redeemed on a pro rata basis based upon their respective Liquidation Amounts not more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date by the Property Trustee from the Outstanding Preferred Securities not previously called for redemption; provided, however, that with respect to Holders that would be required to hold less than one hundred (100) but more than zero (0) Trust Securities as a result of such redemption, the Trust shall redeem Trust Securities of each such Holder so that after such redemption such Holder shall hold either one hundred (100) Trust Securities or such Holder no longer holds any Trust Securities, and shall use such method (including, without limitation, by lot) as the Trust shall deem fair and appropriate; and provided, further, that so long as the Preferred Securities are Book-Entry Preferred Securities, such selection shall be made in accordance with the Applicable Depositary Procedures for the Preferred Securities by such Depositary. The Property Trustee shall promptly notify the Securities Registrar in writing of the Preferred Securities (or portion thereof) selected for redemption and, in the case of any Preferred Securities selected for partial redemption, the Liquidation Amount thereof to be redeemed. For all purposes of this Trust Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Preferred Securities shall relate, in the case of any Preferred Securities redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of Preferred Securities that has been or is to be redeemed.

 

(f)                                    The Trust in issuing the Trust Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Property Trustee shall indicate the “CUSIP” numbers of the Trust Securities in notices of redemption and related materials as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Trust Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and related materials.

 

SECTION 4.3.                       Subordination of Common Securities.

 

(a)                                  Payment of Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts) on, the Redemption Price of and the Liquidation Distribution in respect of, the Trust Securities, as applicable, shall be made, pro rata among the Common Securities and the Preferred Securities based on the Liquidation Amount of the respective Trust Securities; provided, that if on any Distribution Date, Redemption Date or Liquidation Date an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, no payment of any Distribution (including any Additional Interest Amounts) on, Redemption Price of or Liquidation Distribution in respect of, any Common Security, and no other payment on account of the redemption, liquidation or other acquisition of Common Securities, shall be made unless payment in full in cash of all accumulated and unpaid Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts) on all Outstanding Preferred Securities for all Distribution periods terminating on or prior thereto, or in the case of payment of the Redemption Price the full amount of such Redemption Price on all Outstanding Preferred Securities then called for redemption, or in the case of payment of the Liquidation Distribution the full amount of such Liquidation Distribution on all Outstanding Preferred Securities, shall have been made or provided for, and all funds immediately available to the Property Trustee

 

19



 

shall first be applied to the payment in full in cash of all Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts) on, or the Redemption Price of or the Liquidation Distribution in respect of, the Preferred Securities then due and payable.

 

(b)                                 In the case of the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Holders of the Common Securities shall have no right to act with respect to any such Event of Default under this Trust Agreement until all such Events of Default with respect to the Preferred Securities have been cured, waived or otherwise eliminated. Until all such Events of Default under this Trust Agreement with respect to the Preferred Securities have been so cured, waived or otherwise eliminated, the Property Trustee shall act solely on behalf of the Holders of the Preferred Securities and not on behalf of the Holders of the Common Securities, and only the Holders of all the Preferred Securities will have the right to direct the Property Trustee to act on their behalf.

 

SECTION 4.4.                       Payment Procedures.

 

Payments of Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts), the Redemption Price, Liquidation Amount or any other amounts in respect of the Preferred Securities shall be made by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant record date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Securities Register.  If any Preferred Securities are held by a Depositary, such Distributions thereon shall be made to the Depositary in immediately available funds. Payments in respect of the Common Securities shall be made in such manner as shall be mutually agreed between the Property Trustee and the Holder of all the Common Securities.

 

SECTION 4.5.                       Withholding Tax.

 

The Trust and the Administrative Trustees shall comply with all withholding and backup withholding tax requirements under United States federal, state and local law.  The Administrative Trustees on behalf of the Trust shall request, and the Holders shall provide to the Trust, such forms or certificates as are necessary to establish an exemption from withholding and backup withholding tax with respect to each Holder and any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Administrative Trustees on behalf of the Trust to assist it in determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding and backup withholding tax obligations.  The Administrative Trustees shall file required forms with applicable jurisdictions and, unless an exemption from withholding and backup withholding tax is properly established by a Holder, shall remit amounts withheld with respect to the Holder to applicable jurisdictions.  To the extent that the Trust is required to withhold and pay over any amounts to any jurisdiction with respect to Distributions or allocations to any Holder, the amount withheld shall be deemed to be a Distribution in the amount of the withholding to the Holder.  In the event of any claimed overwithholding, Holders shall be limited to an action against the applicable jurisdiction.  If the amount required to be withheld was not withheld from actual Distributions made, the Administrative Trustees on behalf of the Trust may reduce subsequent Distributions by the amount of such required withholding.

 

20



 

SECTION 4.6.                       Tax Returns and Other Reports.

 

(a)                                  The Administrative Trustees shall prepare (or cause to be prepared) at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury regulations section 301.7701-7, at the Depositor’s expense, and file, all United States federal, state and local tax and information returns and reports required to be filed by or in respect of the Trust.  The Administrative Trustees shall prepare at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury regulations section 301.7701-7, and furnish (or cause to be prepared and furnished), by January 31 in each taxable year of the Trust to each Holder all Internal Revenue Service forms and returns required to be provided by the Trust. The Administrative Trustees shall provide the Depositor and the Property Trustee with a copy of all such returns and reports promptly after such filing or furnishing.

 

(b)                                 So long as the Property Trustee is the Holder of the Notes, the Administrative Trustees will cause the Depositor’s reports on Form FR Y-9C, FR Y-9LP and FR Y-6 to be delivered to the Property Trustee promptly following their filing with the Federal Reserve.

 

SECTION 4.7.                       Payment of Taxes, Duties, Etc. of the Trust.

 

Upon receipt under the Notes of Additional Tax Sums and upon the written direction of the Administrative Trustees, the Property Trustee shall promptly pay, solely out of monies on deposit pursuant to this Trust Agreement, any Additional Taxes imposed on the Trust by the United States or any other taxing authority.

 

SECTION 4.8.                       Payments under Indenture or Pursuant to Direct Actions.

 

Any amount payable hereunder to any Holder of Preferred Securities shall be reduced by the amount of any corresponding payment such Holder (or any Owner with respect thereto) has directly received pursuant to Section 5.8 of the Indenture or Section 6.10(b) of this Trust Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.9.                       Exchanges.

 

(a)                                  If at any time the Depositor or any of its Affiliates (in either case, a “Depositor Affiliate”) is the Owner or Holder of any Preferred Securities, such Depositor Affiliate shall have the right to deliver to the Property Trustee all or such portion of its Preferred Securities as it elects and receive, in exchange therefor, a Like Amount of Notes.  Such election (i) shall be exercisable effective on any Distribution Date by such Depositor Affiliate delivering to the Property Trustee a written notice of such election specifying the Liquidation Amount of Preferred Securities with respect to which such election is being made and the Distribution Date on which such exchange shall occur, which Distribution Date shall be not less than ten (10) Business Days after the date of receipt by the Property Trustee of such election notice and (ii) shall be conditioned upon such Depositor Affiliate having delivered or caused to be delivered to the Property Trustee or its designee the Preferred Securities that are the subject of such election by 12:00 noon New York time, on the Distribution Date on which such exchange is to occur.  After the exchange, such Preferred Securities will be canceled and will no longer be deemed to be Outstanding and all rights of the Depositor Affiliate with respect to such Preferred Securities will cease.

 

21



 

(b)                                 In the case of an exchange described in Section 4.9(a), the Property Trustee on behalf of the Trust will, on the date of such exchange, exchange Notes having a principal amount equal to a proportional amount of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Common Securities, based on the ratio of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities exchanged pursuant to Section 4.9(a) divided by the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities Outstanding immediately prior to such exchange, for such proportional amount of Common Securities held by the Depositor (which contemporaneously shall be canceled and no longer be deemed to be Outstanding); provided, that the Depositor delivers or causes to be delivered to the Property Trustee or its designee the required amount of Common Securities to be exchanged by 12:00 noon New York time, on the Distribution Date on which such exchange is to occur.

 

SECTION 4.10.                 Calculation Agent.

 

(a)                                  The Property Trustee shall initially, and for so long as it holds any of the Notes, be the Calculation Agent for purposes of determining LIBOR for each Distribution Date.  The Calculation Agent may be removed by the Administrative Trustees at any time.  If the Calculation Agent is unable or unwilling to act as such or is removed by the Administrative Trustees, the Administrative Trustees will promptly appoint as a replacement Calculation Agent the London office of a leading bank which is engaged in transactions in three-month Eurodollar deposits in the international Eurodollar market and which does not control or is not controlled by or under common control with the Administrative Trustee or its Affiliates.  The Calculation Agent may not resign its duties without a successor having been duly appointed.

 

(b)                                 The Calculation Agent shall be required to agree that, as soon as possible after 11:00 a.m. (London time) on each LIBOR Determination Date, but in no event later than 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day immediately following each LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will calculate the interest rate (rounded to the nearest cent, with half a cent being rounded upwards) for the related Distribution Date, and will communicate such rate and amount to the Depositor, Trustee, each Paying Agent and the Depositary. The Calculation Agent will also specify to the Administrative Trustee the quotations upon which the foregoing rates and amounts are based and, in any event, the Calculation Agent shall notify the Administrative Trustee before 5:00 p.m. (London time) on each LIBOR Determination Date that either:  (i) it has determined or is in the process of determining the foregoing rates and amounts or (ii) it has not determined and is not in the process of determining the foregoing rates and amounts, together with its reasons therefor.  The Calculation Agent’s determination of the foregoing rates and amounts for any Distribution Date will (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding upon all parties.  For the sole purpose of calculating the interest rate for the Trust Securities, “Business Day” shall be defined as any day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

 

SECTION 4.11.                 Certain Accounting Matters.

 

(a)                                  At all times during the existence of the Trust, the Administrative Trustees shall keep, or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, full books of account, records and supporting documents, which shall reflect in reasonable detail each transaction of the Trust.  The

 

22



 

books of account shall be maintained on the accrual method of accounting, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

 

(b)                                 The Administrative Trustees shall either (i), if the Depositor is then subject to such reporting requirements, cause each Form 10-K and Form 10-Q prepared by the Depositor and filed with the Commission in accordance with the Exchange Act to be delivered to each Holder, with a copy to the Property Trustee, within thirty (30) days after the filing thereof or (ii) cause to be prepared at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, and delivered to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Property Trustee, within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, annual financial statements of the Trust, including a balance sheet of the Trust as of the end of such Fiscal Year, and the related statements of income or loss.

 

(c)                                  The Trust shall maintain one or more bank accounts in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, in the name and for the sole benefit of the Trust; provided, however, that all payments of funds in respect of the Notes held by the Property Trustee shall be made directly to the Payment Account and no other funds of the Trust shall be deposited in the Payment Account.  The sole signatories for such accounts (including the Payment Account) shall be designated by the Property Trustee.

 

ARTICLE V.

 

Securities

 

SECTION 5.1.                       Initial Ownership.

 

Upon the creation of the Trust and the contribution by the Depositor referred to in Section 2.3 and until the issuance of the Trust Securities, and at any time during which no Trust Securities are Outstanding, the Depositor shall be the sole beneficial owner of the Trust.

 

SECTION 5.2.                       Authorized Trust Securities.

 

The Trust shall be authorized to issue one series of Preferred Securities having an aggregate Liquidation Amount of $10,000,000 and one series of Common Securities having an aggregate Liquidation Amount of $310,000.

 

SECTION 5.3.                       Issuance of the Common Securities; Subscription and Purchase of Notes.

 

On the Closing Date, an Administrative Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall execute and deliver to the Depositor Common Securities Certificates, registered in the name of the Depositor, evidencing an aggregate of 310 Common Securities having an aggregate Liquidation Amount of $310,000, against receipt by the Trust of the aggregate purchase price of such Common Securities of $310,000. Contemporaneously therewith and with the sale by the Trust to the Holders of an aggregate of 10,000 Preferred Securities having an aggregate Liquidation Amount of $10,000,000, an Administrative Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall subscribe for and purchase from the Depositor Notes, to be registered in the name of the Property Trustee on behalf of the Trust and having an aggregate principal amount equal to $10,310,000, and, in

 

23



 

satisfaction of the purchase price for such Notes, the Property Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall deliver to the Depositor the sum of $10,310,000 (being the aggregate amount paid by the Holders for the Preferred Securities and the amount paid by the Depositor for the Common Securities).

 

SECTION 5.4.                       The Securities Certificates.

 

(a)                                  The Preferred Securities Certificates shall be issued in minimum denominations of $100,000 Liquidation Amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, and the Common Securities Certificates shall be issued in minimum denominations of $10,000 Liquidation Amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The Securities Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by manual or facsimile signature of at least one Administrative Trustee.  Securities Certificates bearing the signatures of individuals who were, at the time when such signatures shall have been affixed, authorized to sign such Securities Certificates on behalf of the Trust shall be validly issued and entitled to the benefits of this Trust Agreement, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them shall have ceased to be so authorized prior to the delivery of such Securities Certificates or did not have such authority at the date of delivery of such Securities Certificates.

 

(b)                                 On the Closing Date, upon the written order of an authorized officer of the Depositor, the Administrative Trustees shall cause Securities Certificates to be executed on behalf of the Trust and delivered, without further corporate action by the Depositor, in authorized denominations.

 

(c)                                  The Preferred Securities issued to QIBs shall be, except as provided in Section 5.6, Book-Entry Preferred Securities issued in the form of one or more Global Preferred Securities registered in the name of the Depositary, or its nominee and deposited with the Depositary or a custodian for the Depositary for credit by the Depositary to the respective accounts of the Depositary Participants thereof (or such other accounts as they may direct).  The Preferred Securities issued to a Person other than a QIB shall be issued in the form of Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate.

 

(d)                                 A Preferred Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of an Authorized Officer of the Property Trustee.  Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Preferred Security has been authenticated under this Trust Agreement.  Upon written order of the Trust signed by one Administrative Trustee, the Property Trustee shall authenticate the Preferred Securities for original issue.  The Property Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent that is a U.S. Person acceptable to the Trust to authenticate the Preferred Securities.  A Common Security need not be so authenticated and shall be valid upon execution by one or more Administrative Trustees.  The form of this certificate of authentication can be found in Section 5.13.

 

SECTION 5.5.                       Rights of Holders.

 

The Trust Securities shall have no preemptive or similar rights and when issued and delivered to Holders against payment of the purchase price therefor will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust.  Except as provided in Section 5.11(b), the Holders of the Trust

 

24



 

Securities, in their capacities as such, shall be entitled to the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

SECTION 5.6.                       Book-Entry Preferred Securities.

 

(a)                                  A Global Preferred Security may be exchanged, in whole or in part, for Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates registered in the names of the Owners only if such exchange complies with Section 5.7 and (i) the Depositary advises the Administrative Trustees and the Property Trustee in writing that the Depositary is no longer willing or able properly to discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Global Preferred Security, and no qualified successor is appointed by the Administrative Trustees within ninety (90) days of receipt of such notice, (ii) the Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and the Administrative Trustees fail to appoint a qualified successor within ninety (90) days of obtaining knowledge of such event, (iii) the Administrative Trustees at their option advise the Property Trustee in writing that the Trust elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Depositary or (iv) a Note Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Upon the occurrence of any event specified in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, the Administrative Trustees shall notify the Depositary and instruct the Depositary to notify all Owners of Book-Entry Preferred Securities, the Delaware Trustee and the Property Trustee of the occurrence of such event and of the availability of the Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates to Owners of the Preferred Securities requesting the same. Upon the issuance of Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates, the Trustees shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates as Holders.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Preferred Security wishes at any time to transfer an interest in such Global Preferred Security to a Person other than a QIB, such transfer shall be effected, subject to the Applicable Depositary Procedures, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.6 and Section 5.7, and the transferee shall receive a Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate in connection with such transfer.  A holder of a Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate that is a QIB may, upon request, and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.6 and Section 5.7, exchange such Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate for a beneficial interest in a Global Preferred Security.

 

(b)                                 If any Global Preferred Security is to be exchanged for Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates or canceled in part, or if any Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate is to be exchanged in whole or in part for any Global Preferred Security, then either (i) such Global Preferred Security shall be so surrendered for exchange or cancellation as provided in this Article V or (ii) the aggregate Liquidation Amount represented by such Global Preferred Security shall be reduced, subject to Section 5.4, or increased by an amount equal to the Liquidation Amount represented by that portion of the Global Preferred Security to be so exchanged or canceled, or equal to the Liquidation Amount represented by such Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates to be so exchanged for any Global Preferred Security, as the case may be, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the records of the Securities Registrar, whereupon the Property Trustee, in accordance with the Applicable Depositary Procedures, shall instruct the Depositary or its authorized representative to make a corresponding adjustment to its records. Upon any such surrender to the Administrative Trustees or the Securities Registrar of any Global Preferred Security or Securities by the Depositary, accompanied by registration instructions, the Administrative Trustees, or any one of them, shall

 

25



 

execute the Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates in accordance with the instructions of the Depositary.  None of the Securities Registrar or the Trustees shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying on, such instructions.

 

(c)                                  Every Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate executed and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, a Global Preferred Security or any portion thereof shall be executed and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Preferred Security, unless such Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate is registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary for such Global Preferred Security or a nominee thereof.

 

(d)                                 The Depositary or its nominee, as registered owner of a Global Preferred Security, shall be the Holder of such Global Preferred Security for all purposes under this Trust Agreement and the Global Preferred Security, and Owners with respect to a Global Preferred Security shall hold such interests pursuant to the Applicable Depositary Procedures. The Securities Registrar and the Trustees shall be entitled to deal with the Depositary for all purposes of this Trust Agreement relating to the Global Preferred Securities (including the payment of the Liquidation Amount of and Distributions on the Book-Entry Preferred Securities represented thereby and the giving of instructions or directions by Owners of Book-Entry Preferred Securities represented thereby and the giving of notices) as the sole Holder of the Book-Entry Preferred Securities represented thereby and shall have no obligations to the Owners thereof.  None of the Trustees nor the Securities Registrar shall have any liability in respect of any transfers effected by the Depositary.

 

(e)                                  The rights of the Owners of the Book-Entry Preferred Securities shall be exercised only through the Depositary and shall be limited to those established by law, the Applicable Depositary Procedures and agreements between such Owners and the Depositary and/or the Depositary Participants; provided, solely for the purpose of determining whether the Holders of the requisite amount of Preferred Securities have voted on any matter provided for in this Trust Agreement, to the extent that Preferred Securities are represented by a Global Preferred Security, the Trustees may conclusively rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying on, any written instrument (including a proxy) delivered to the Property Trustee by the Depositary setting forth the Owners’ votes or assigning the right to vote on any matter to any other Persons either in whole or in part.  To the extent that Preferred Securities are represented by a Global Preferred Security, the initial Depositary will make book-entry transfers among the Depositary Participants and receive and transmit payments on the Preferred Securities that are represented by a Global Preferred Security to such Depositary Participants, and none of the Depositor or the Trustees shall have any responsibility or obligation with respect thereto.

 

(f)                                    To the extent that a notice or other communication to the Holders is required under this Trust Agreement, for so long as Preferred Securities are represented by a Global Preferred Security,  the Trustees shall give all such notices and communications to the Depositary, and shall have no obligations to the Owners.

 

26



 

SECTION 5.7.                       Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Preferred Securities Certificates.

 

(a)                                  The Property Trustee shall keep or cause to be kept, at the Corporate Trust Office, a register or registers (the “Securities Register”) in which the registrar and transfer agent with respect to the Trust Securities (the “Securities Registrar”), subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, shall provide for the registration of Preferred Securities Certificates and Common Securities Certificates and registration of transfers and exchanges of Preferred Securities Certificates as herein provided. The Person acting as the Property Trustee shall at all times also be the Securities Registrar.  The provisions of Article VIII shall apply to the Property Trustee in its role as Securities Registrar.

 

(b)                                 Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Preferred Securities Certificate at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 5.7(f), the Administrative Trustees or any one of them shall execute by manual or facsimile signature and deliver to the Property Trustee, and the Property Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Preferred Securities Certificates in authorized denominations of a like aggregate Liquidation Amount as may be required by this Trust Agreement dated the date of execution by such Administrative Trustee or Trustees.  At the option of a Holder, Preferred Securities Certificates may be exchanged for other Preferred Securities Certificates in authorized denominations and of a like aggregate Liquidation Amount upon surrender of the Preferred Securities Certificate to be exchanged at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 5.7(f).  Whenever any Preferred Securities Certificates are so surrendered for exchange, the Administrative Trustees or any one of them shall execute by manual or facsimile signature and deliver to the Property Trustee, and the Property Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Preferred Securities Certificates that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

(c)                                  The Securities Registrar shall not be required, (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Preferred Security during a period beginning at the opening of business fifteen (15) days before the day of selection for redemption of such Preferred Securities pursuant to Article IV and ending at the close of business on the day of mailing of the notice of redemption or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Preferred Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except, in the case of any such Preferred Security to be redeemed in part, any portion thereof not to be redeemed.

 

(d)                                 Every Preferred Securities Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Securities Registrar duly executed by the Holder or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and (i) if such Preferred Securities Certificate is being transferred otherwise than to a QIB, accompanied by a certificate of the transferee substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit E hereto or (ii) if such Preferred Securities Certificate is being transferred to a QIB, accompanied by a certificate of the transferor substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit F hereto.

 

(e)                                  No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Preferred Securities Certificates, but the Property Trustee on behalf of the Trust may require

 

27



 

payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Preferred Securities Certificates.

 

(f)                                    The Administrative Trustees shall designate an office or offices or agency or agencies where Preferred Securities Certificates may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange. The Depositor initially designates the Corporate Trust Office as its office and agency for such purposes. The Administrative Trustees shall give prompt written notice to the Depositor, the Property Trustee and to the Holders of any change in the location of any such office or agency.

 

SECTION 5.8.                       Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities Certificates.

 

(a)                                  If any mutilated Securities Certificate shall be surrendered to the Securities Registrar together with such security or indemnity as may be required by the Securities Registrar and the Administrative Trustees to save each of them harmless, the Administrative Trustees, or any one of them, on behalf of the Trust, shall execute and make available for delivery in exchange therefor a new Securities Certificate of like class, tenor and denomination.

 

(b)                                 If the Securities Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Securities Certificate and there shall be delivered to the Securities Registrar and the Administrative Trustees such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then in the absence of notice that such Securities Certificate shall have been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Administrative Trustees, or any one of them, on behalf of the Trust, shall execute and make available for delivery, and, with respect to Preferred Securities, the Property Trustee shall authenticate, in exchange for or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Securities Certificate, a new Securities Certificate of like class, tenor and denomination.

 

(c)                                  In connection with the issuance of any new Securities Certificate under this Section 5.8, the Administrative Trustees or the Securities Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

 

(d)                                 Any duplicate Securities Certificate issued pursuant to this Section 5.8 shall constitute conclusive evidence of an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust corresponding to that evidenced by the mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed Securities Certificate, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Securities Certificate shall be found at any time.

 

(e)                                  If any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Depositor in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

 

(f)                                    The provisions of this Section 5.8 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities Certificates.

 

28



 

SECTION 5.9.                       Persons Deemed Holders.

 

The Trustees and the Securities Registrar shall each treat the Person in whose name any Securities Certificate shall be registered in the Securities Register as the owner of such Securities Certificate for the purpose of receiving Distributions and for all other purposes whatsoever, and none of the Trustees and the Securities Registrar shall be bound by any notice to the contrary.

 

SECTION 5.10.                 Cancellation.

 

All Preferred Securities Certificates surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Property Trustee, be delivered to the Property Trustee, and any such Preferred Securities Certificates and Preferred Securities Certificates surrendered directly to the Property Trustee for any such purpose shall be promptly canceled by it.  The Administrative Trustees may at any time deliver to the Property Trustee for cancellation any Preferred Securities Certificates previously delivered hereunder that the Administrative Trustees may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Preferred Securities Certificates so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Property Trustee.  No Preferred Securities Certificates shall be executed and delivered in lieu of or in exchange for any Preferred Securities Certificates canceled as provided in this Section 5.10, except as expressly permitted by this Trust Agreement.  All canceled Preferred Securities Certificates shall be disposed of by the Property Trustee in accordance with its customary practices and the Property Trustee shall deliver to the Administrative Trustees a certificate of such disposition.

 

SECTION 5.11.                 Ownership of Common Securities by Depositor.

 

(a)                                  On the Closing Date, the Depositor shall acquire, and thereafter shall retain, beneficial and record ownership of the Common Securities. Neither the Depositor nor any successor Holder of the Common Securities may transfer less than all the Common Securities, and the Depositor or any such successor Holder may transfer the Common Securities only (i) in connection with a consolidation or merger of the Depositor into another Person, or any conveyance, transfer or lease by the Depositor of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person (in which event such Common Securities will be transferred to such surviving entity, transferee or lessee, as the case may be), pursuant to Section 8.1 of the Indenture or (ii) to the Depositor or an Affiliate of the Depositor, in each such case in compliance with applicable law (including the Securities Act, and applicable state securities and blue sky laws). To the fullest extent permitted by law, any attempted transfer of the Common Securities other than as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall be void. The Administrative Trustees shall cause each Common Securities Certificate issued to the Depositor to contain a legend stating substantially “THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW AND SECTION 5.11 OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.”

 

(b)                                 Any Holder of the Common Securities shall be liable for the debts and obligations of the Trust in the manner and to the extent set forth with respect to the Depositor and agrees that it shall be subject to all liabilities to which the Depositor may be subject and, prior to becoming such a Holder, shall deliver to the Administrative Trustees an instrument of assumption satisfactory to such Trustees.

 

29



 

SECTION 5.12.                 Restricted Legends.

 

(a)                                  Each Preferred Security Certificate shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“[IF THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY INSERT: THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) OR A NOMINEE OF DTC.  THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE TRUST AGREEMENT, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY DTC TO A NOMINEE OF DTC OR BY A NOMINEE OF DTC TO DTC OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

 

UNLESS THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO FIRST COMMUNITY/CA STATUTORY TRUST VI OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY PREFERRED SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

 

THE PREFERRED SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  EACH PURCHASER OF ANY PREFERRED SECURITIES IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE TRUST AND THE DEPOSITOR THAT (A) SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (I) TO THE TRUST, (II) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED

 

30



 

INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (V) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND, IN THE CASE OF (III) OR (V), SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE TRUST AND THE DEPOSITOR TO REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL AND OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF ANY PREFERRED SECURITIES FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

 

THE PREFERRED SECURITIES WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF PREFERRED SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN,  IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF PRINCIPAL OF OR INTEREST ON SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN,  BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS PREFERRED SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR

 

31



 

ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN,  IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

 

THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (THE “FDIC”).”

 

(b)                                 The above legend shall not be removed from any of the Preferred Securities Certificates unless there is delivered to the Property Trustee and the Depositor satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of counsel, as may be reasonably required to ensure that any future transfers thereof may be made without restriction under the provisions of the Securities Act and other applicable law.  Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, one or more of the Administrative Trustees on behalf of the Trust shall execute and deliver to the Property Trustee, and the Property Trustee shall deliver, at the written direction of the Administrative Trustees and the Depositor, Preferred Securities Certificates that do not bear the legend.

 

SECTION 5.13.                 Form of Certificate of Authentication.

 

The  Property Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

 

This is one of the Preferred Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Trust Agreement.

 

Dated:

The Bank of New York, not in its individual
capacity, but solely as Property Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized officer

 

32



 

ARTICLE VI.

 

Meetings; Voting; Acts of Holders

 

SECTION 6.1.                       Notice of Meetings.

 

Notice of all meetings of the Holders of the Preferred Securities, stating the time, place and purpose of the meeting, shall be given by the Property Trustee pursuant to Section 10.8 to each Holder of Preferred Securities, at such Holder’s registered address, at least fifteen (15) days and not more than ninety (90) days before the meeting. At any such meeting, any business properly before the meeting may be so considered whether or not stated in the notice of the meeting. Any adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

 

SECTION 6.2.                       Meetings of Holders of the Preferred Securities.

 

(a)                                  No annual meeting of Holders is required to be held. The Property Trustee, however, shall call a meeting of the Holders of the Preferred Securities to vote on any matter upon the written request of the Holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Preferred Securities and the Administrative Trustees or the Property Trustee may, at any time in their discretion, call a meeting of the Holders of the Preferred Securities to vote on any matters as to which such Holders are entitled to vote.

 

(b)                                 The Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Holders of the Preferred Securities.

 

(c)                                  If a quorum is present at a meeting, an affirmative vote by the Holders present, in person or by proxy, holding Preferred Securities representing at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities held by the Holders present, either in person or by proxy, at such meeting shall constitute the action of the Holders of the Preferred Securities, unless this Trust Agreement requires a lesser or greater number of affirmative votes.

 

SECTION 6.3.                       Voting Rights.

 

Holders shall be entitled to one vote for each $10,000 of Liquidation Amount represented by their Outstanding Trust Securities in respect of any matter as to which such Holders are entitled to vote.

 

SECTION 6.4.                       Proxies, Etc.

 

At any meeting of Holders, any Holder entitled to vote thereat may vote by proxy, provided, that no proxy shall be voted at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the Administrative Trustees, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Administrative Trustees may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such vote shall be taken. Pursuant to a resolution of the Property Trustee, proxies may be solicited in the name of the Property Trustee or one or more officers of the Property Trustee. Only Holders of record shall be entitled to vote. When Trust Securities are held jointly by several Persons, any one of them may vote at any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Trust Securities, but if

 

33



 

more than one of them shall be present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to be cast, such vote shall not be received in respect of such Trust Securities. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Holder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger. No proxy shall be valid more than three years after its date of execution.

 

SECTION 6.5.                       Holder Action by Written Consent.

 

Any action that may be taken by Holders at a meeting may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if Holders holding at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of all Preferred Securities entitled to vote in respect of such action (or such lesser or greater proportion thereof as shall be required by any other provision of this Trust Agreement) shall consent to the action in writing; provided, that notice of such action is promptly provided to the Holders of Preferred Securities that did not consent to such action.  Any action that may be taken by the Holders of all the Common Securities may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if such Holders shall consent to the action in writing.

 

SECTION 6.6.                       Record Date for Voting and Other Purposes.

 

Except as provided in Section 6.10(a), for the purposes of determining the Holders who are entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting or to act by written consent, or to participate in any distribution on the Trust Securities in respect of which a record date is not otherwise provided for in this Trust Agreement, or for the purpose of any other action, the Administrative Trustees may from time to time fix a date, not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date of any meeting of Holders or the payment of a Distribution or other action, as the case may be, as a record date for the determination of the identity of the Holders of record for such purposes.

 

SECTION 6.7.                       Acts of Holders.

 

(a)                                  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Trust Agreement to be given, made or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent thereof duly appointed in writing; and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to an Administrative Trustee. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Trust Agreement and conclusive in favor of the Trustees, if made in the manner provided in this Section 6.7.

 

(b)                                 The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than such signer’s

 

34



 

individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such signer’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that any Trustee receiving the same deems sufficient.

 

(c)                                  The ownership of Trust Securities shall be proved by the Securities Register.

 

(d)                                 Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Trust Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Trust Security and the Holder of every Trust Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustees, the Administrative Trustees or the Trust in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Trust Security.

 

(e)                                  Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Trust Security may do so with regard to all or any part of the Liquidation Amount of such Trust Security or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such Liquidation Amount.

 

(f)                                    If any dispute shall arise among the Holders or the Trustees with respect to the authenticity, validity or binding nature of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of such Holder or Trustee under this Article VI, then the determination of such matter by the Property Trustee shall be conclusive with respect to such matter.

 

SECTION 6.8.                       Inspection of Records.

 

Upon reasonable written notice to the Administrative Trustees and the Property Trustee, the records of the Trust shall be open to inspection by any Holder during normal business hours for any purpose reasonably related to such Holder’s interest as a Holder.

 

SECTION 6.9.                       Limitations on Voting Rights.

 

(a)                                  Except as expressly provided in this Trust Agreement and in the Indenture and as otherwise required by law, no Holder of Preferred Securities shall have any right to vote or in any manner otherwise control the administration, operation and management of the Trust or the obligations of the parties hereto, nor shall anything herein set forth, or contained in the terms of the Securities Certificates, be construed so as to constitute the Holders from time to time as partners or members of an association.

 

(b)                                 So long as any Notes are held by the Property Trustee on behalf of the Trust, the Property Trustee shall not (i) direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Note Trustee, or exercise any trust or power conferred on the Property Trustee with respect to the Notes, (ii) waive any past default that may be waived under Section 5.13 of the Indenture, (iii) exercise any right to rescind or annul a declaration that the principal of all the Notes shall be due and payable or (iv) consent to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Notes, where such consent shall be required,

 

35



 

without, in each case, obtaining the prior approval of the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities; provided, that where a consent under the Indenture would require the consent of each holder of Notes (or each Holder of Preferred Securities) affected thereby, no such consent shall be given by the Property Trustee without the prior written consent of each Holder of Preferred Securities. The Property Trustee shall not revoke any action previously authorized or approved by a vote of the Holders of the Preferred Securities, except by a subsequent vote of the Holders of the Preferred Securities.  In addition to obtaining the foregoing approvals of the Holders of the Preferred Securities, prior to taking any of the foregoing actions, the Property Trustee shall, at the expense of the Depositor, obtain an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that such action shall not cause the Trust to be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

(c)                                  If any proposed amendment to the Trust Agreement provides for, or the Trustees otherwise propose to effect, (i) any action that would adversely affect in any material respect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Preferred Securities, whether by way of amendment to the Trust Agreement or otherwise or (ii) the dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Trust, other than pursuant to the terms of this Trust Agreement, then the Holders of Outstanding Preferred Securities as a class will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement, no amendment to this Trust Agreement may be made if, as a result of such amendment, it would cause the Trust to be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

SECTION 6.10.                 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission of Annulment; Waivers of Past Defaults.

 

(a)                                  For so long as any Preferred Securities remain Outstanding, if, upon a Note Event of Default, the Note Trustee fails or the holders of not less than twenty five percent (25%) in principal amount of the outstanding Notes fail to declare the principal of all of the Notes to be immediately due and payable, the Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities then Outstanding shall have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the Property Trustee, the Depositor and the Note Trustee.  At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Note Trustee as provided in the Indenture, the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, by written notice to the Property Trustee, the Depositor and the Note Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

 

(i)                                     the Depositor has paid or deposited with the Note Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

 

(A)                              all overdue installments of interest on all of the Notes;
 
(B)                                any accrued Additional Interest on all of the Notes;

 

36



 

(C)                                the principal of and any premium on any Notes that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest and Additional Interest thereon at the rate borne by the Notes; and
 
(D)                               all sums paid or advanced by the Note Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Note Trustee, the Property Trustee and their agents and counsel; and
 

(ii)                                  all Note Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the principal of the Notes that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13 of the Indenture.

 

Upon receipt by the Property Trustee of written notice requesting such an acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, by Holders of any part of the Preferred Securities, a record date shall be established for determining Holders of Outstanding Preferred Securities entitled to join in such notice, which record date shall be at the close of business on the day the Property Trustee receives such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such notice, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that, unless such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having joined in such notice prior to the day that is ninety (90) days after such record date, such notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, a new written notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, as the case may be, that is identical to a written notice that has been canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.10(a).

 

(b)                                 For so long as any Preferred Securities remain Outstanding, to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the terms of this Trust Agreement and the Indenture, upon a Note Event of Default specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of Section 5.1 of the Indenture, any Holder of Preferred Securities shall have the right to institute a proceeding directly against the Depositor, pursuant to Section 5.8 of the Indenture, for enforcement of payment to such Holder of any amounts payable in respect of Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities of such Holder.  Except as set forth in Section 6.10(a) and this Section 6.10(b), the Holders of Preferred Securities shall have no right to exercise directly any right or remedy available to the holders of, or in respect of, the Notes.

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.10, the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Preferred Securities, waive any Note Event of Default, except any Note Event of Default arising from the failure to pay any principal of or any premium or interest on (including any Additional Interest) the Notes (unless such Note Event of Default has been cured and a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest and all principal and premium on all Notes due otherwise than by acceleration has been deposited with the Note Trustee) or a Note Event of Default in respect of a covenant or provision that under the Indenture cannot be modified or

 

37



 

amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Note.  Upon any such waiver, such Note Event of Default shall cease to exist and any Note Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of the Indenture; but no such waiver shall affect any subsequent Note Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

(d)                                 Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.10, the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Preferred Securities, waive any past Event of Default and its consequences.  Upon such waiver, any such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Trust Agreement, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

(e)                                  The Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Property Trustee in respect of this Trust Agreement or the Notes or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement; provided, that, subject to Sections 8.5 and 8.7, the Property Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Property Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken, or if the Property Trustee in good faith shall, by an officer or officers of the Property Trustee, determine that the proceedings so directed would be illegal or involve it in personal liability or be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders not party to such direction, and provided, further, that nothing in this Trust Agreement shall impair the right of the Property Trustee to take any action deemed proper by the Property Trustee and which is not inconsistent with such direction.

 

ARTICLE VII.

 

Representations and Warranties

 

SECTION 7.1.                       Representations and Warranties of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee.

 

The Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, each severally on behalf of and as to itself, hereby represents and warrants for the benefit of the Depositor and the Holders that:

 

(a)                                  the Property Trustee is a New York banking corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New York;

 

(b)                                 the Property Trustee has full corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Trust Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Trust Agreement;

 

(c)                                  the Delaware Trustee is a Delaware banking corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;

 

(d)                                 the Delaware Trustee has full corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Trust Agreement and has taken all

 

38



 

necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Trust Agreement;

 

(e)                                  this Trust Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of each of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity;

 

(f)                                    the execution, delivery and performance of this Trust Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the part of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee and do not require any approval of stockholders of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee and such execution, delivery and performance will not (i) violate the Articles of Association or By-laws of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee or (ii) violate any applicable law, governmental rule or regulation of the United States or the State of Delaware, as the case may be, governing the banking, trust or general powers of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee or any order, judgment or decree applicable to the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee;

 

(g)                                 neither the authorization, execution or delivery by the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee of this Trust Agreement nor the consummation of any of the transactions by the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee contemplated herein requires the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, the registration with or the taking of any other action with respect to any governmental authority or agency under any existing law of the United States or the State of Delaware governing the banking, trust or general powers of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be; and

 

(h)                                 to the best of each of the Property Trustee’s and the Delaware Trustee’s knowledge, there are no proceedings pending or threatened against or affecting the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee in any court or before any governmental authority, agency or arbitration board or tribunal that, individually or in the aggregate, would materially and adversely affect the Trust or would question the right, power and authority of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, to enter into or perform its obligations as one of the Trustees under this Trust Agreement.

 

SECTION 7.2.                       Representations and Warranties of Depositor.

 

The Depositor hereby represents and warrants for the benefit of the Holders that:

 

(a)                                  the Depositor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation;

 

(b)                                 the Depositor has full corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Trust Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Trust Agreement;

 

(c)                                  this Trust Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Depositor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of the Depositor enforceable

 

39



 

against the Depositor in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity;

 

(d)                                 the Securities Certificates issued at the Closing Date on behalf of the Trust have been duly authorized and will have been duly and validly executed, issued and delivered by the applicable Trustees pursuant to the terms and provisions of, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Trust Agreement and the Holders will be, as of such date, entitled to the benefits of this Trust Agreement;

 

(e)                                  the execution, delivery and performance of this Trust Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the part of the Depositor and do not require any approval of stockholders of the Depositor and such execution, delivery and performance will not (i) violate the articles or certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other organizational documents) of the Depositor or (ii) violate any applicable law, governmental rule or regulation governing the Depositor or any material portion of its property or any order, judgment or decree applicable to the Depositor or any material portion of its property;

 

(f)                                    neither the authorization, execution or delivery by the Depositor of this Trust Agreement nor the consummation of any of the transactions by the Depositor contemplated herein requires the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, the registration with or the taking of any other action with respect to any governmental authority or agency under any existing law governing the Depositor or any material portion of its property; and

 

(g)                                 there are no proceedings pending or, to the best of the Depositor’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Depositor or any material portion of its property in any court or before any governmental authority, agency or arbitration board or tribunal that, individually or in the aggregate, would materially and adversely affect the Trust or would question the right, power and authority of the Depositor, as the case may be, to enter into or perform its obligations under this Trust Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VIII.

 

The Trustees

 

SECTION 8.1.                       Number of Trustees.

 

The number of Trustees shall be five (5), provided, that the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee may be the same Person, in which case the number of Trustees shall be four (4).  The number of Trustees may be increased or decreased by Act of the Holder of the Common Securities subject to Sections 8.2, 8.3, and 8.4.  The death, resignation, retirement, removal, bankruptcy, incompetence or incapacity to perform the duties of an Trustee shall not operate to annul, dissolve or terminate the Trust.

 

SECTION 8.2.                       Property Trustee Required.

 

There shall at all times be a Property Trustee hereunder with respect to the Trust Securities. The Property Trustee shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof, authorized to exercise corporate trust powers,

 

40



 

having a combined capital and surplus of at least fifty million dollars ($50,000,000), subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and having an office within the United States.  If any such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 8.2, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Property Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.2, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article VIII.

 

SECTION 8.3.                       Delaware Trustee Required.

 

(a)                                  If required by the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, there shall at all times be a Delaware Trustee with respect to the Trust Securities. The Delaware Trustee shall either be (i) a natural person who is at least 21 years of age and a resident of the State of Delaware or (ii) a legal entity that has its principal place of business in the State of Delaware, otherwise meets the requirements of applicable Delaware law and shall act through one or more persons authorized to bind such entity.  If at any time the Delaware Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.3, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article VIII.

 

(b)                                 The Delaware Trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any powers, nor shall the Delaware Trustee have any of the duties and responsibilities, of the Property Trustee or the Administrative Trustees set forth herein. The Delaware Trustee shall be one of the trustees of the Trust for the sole and limited purpose of fulfilling the requirements of Section 3807 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act and for taking such actions as are required to be taken by a Delaware trustee under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.  The duties (including fiduciary duties), liabilities and obligations of the Delaware Trustee shall be limited to (a) accepting legal process served on the Trust in the State of Delaware and (b) the execution of any certificates required to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware that the Delaware Trustee is required to execute under Section 3811 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act and there shall be no other duties (including fiduciary duties) or obligations, express or implied, at law or in equity, of the Delaware Trustee.

 

SECTION 8.4.                       Appointment of Administrative Trustees.

 

(a)                                  There shall at all times be one or more Administrative Trustees hereunder with respect to the Trust Securities. Each Administrative Trustee shall be either a natural person who is at least 21 years of age or a legal entity that shall act through one or more persons authorized to bind that entity.  Each of the individuals identified as an “Administrative Trustee” in the preamble of this Trust Agreement hereby accepts his or her appointment as such.

 

(b)                                 Except where a requirement for action by a specific number of Administrative Trustees is expressly set forth in this Trust Agreement, any act required or permitted to be taken by, and any power of the Administrative Trustees may be exercised by, or with the consent of, any one such Administrative Trustee.  Whenever a vacancy in the number of Administrative Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy is filled by the appointment of an Administrative Trustee

 

41



 

in accordance with Section 8.11, the Administrative Trustees in office, regardless of their number (and notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement), shall have all the powers granted to the Administrative Trustees and shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Administrative Trustees by this Trust Agreement.

 

SECTION 8.5.                       Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustees.

 

(a)                                  The rights, immunities, duties and responsibilities of the Trustees shall be as provided by this Trust Agreement and there shall be no other duties (including fiduciary duties) or obligations, express or implied, at law or in equity, of the Trustees; provided, however, that if an Event of Default known to the Property Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Property Trustee shall, prior to the receipt of directions, if any, from the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by the Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Trust Agreement shall require any of the Trustees to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its or their rights or powers, if it or they shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not herein expressly so provided, every provision of this Trust Agreement relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustees shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 8.5. To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Trustee has duties and liabilities relating to the Trust or to the Holders, such Trustee shall not be liable to the Trust or to any Holder for such Trustee’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Trust Agreement. The provisions of this Trust Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Trustees otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Depositor and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Trustees.

 

(b)                                 All payments made by the Property Trustee or a Paying Agent in respect of the Trust Securities shall be made only from the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property and only to the extent that there shall be sufficient revenue or proceeds from the Trust Property to enable the Property Trustee or a Paying Agent to make payments in accordance with the terms hereof. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Trust Security, agrees that it will look solely to the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property to the extent legally available for distribution to it as herein provided and that the Trustees are not personally liable to it for any amount distributable in respect of any Trust Security or for any other liability in respect of any Trust Security. This Section 8.5(b) does not limit the liability of the Trustees expressly set forth elsewhere in this Trust Agreement.

 

(c)                                  No provisions of this Trust Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Property Trustee from liability with respect to matters that are within the authority of the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement for its own negligent action, negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i)                                     the Property Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by an authorized officer of the Property Trustee, unless it shall be proved that

 

42



 

the Property Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts upon which such judgment was made;

 

(ii)                                  the Property Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Property Trustee hereunder or under the Indenture, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement;

 

(iii)                               the Property Trustee’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safe keeping and physical preservation of the Notes and the Payment Account shall be to deal with such Property in a similar manner as the Property Trustee deals with similar property for its own account, subject to the protections and limitations on liability afforded to the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement;

 

(iv)                              the Property Trustee shall not be liable for any interest on any money received by it except as it may otherwise agree with the Depositor; and money held by the Property Trustee need not be segregated from other funds held by it except in relation to the Payment Account maintained by the Property Trustee pursuant to Section 3.1 and except to the extent otherwise required by law; and

 

(v)                                 the Property Trustee shall not be responsible for monitoring the compliance by the Administrative Trustees or the Depositor with their respective duties under this Trust Agreement, nor shall the Property Trustee be liable for the default or misconduct of any other Trustee or the Depositor.

 

SECTION 8.6.                       Notices of Defaults and Extensions.

 

(a)                                  Within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of a default actually known to the Property Trustee, the Property Trustee shall transmit notice of such default to the Holders, the Administrative Trustees and the Depositor, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Trust Security, the Property Trustee shall be fully protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Property Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Trust Securities.  For the purpose of this Section 8.6, the term “default” means any event that is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

 

(b)                                 Within five (5) Business Days after the receipt of notice of the Depositor’s exercise of its right to defer the payment of interest on the Notes pursuant to the Indenture, the Property Trustee shall transmit, in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 10.8, notice of such exercise to the Holders and the Administrative Trustees, unless such exercise shall have been revoked.

 

(c)                                  The Property Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Event of Default unless the Property Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the

 

43



 

Depositor, any Administrative Trustee or any Holder or unless an officer of the Property Trustee charged with the administration of this Trust Agreement shall have obtained actual knowledge of such Event of Default.

 

(d)                                 The Property Trustee shall notify all Holders of the Preferred Securities of any notice of default received with respect to the Notes.

 

SECTION 8.7.                       Certain Rights of Property Trustee.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.5:

 

(a)                                  the Property Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith and in accordance with the terms hereof upon any resolution, Opinion of Counsel, certificate, written representation of a Holder or transferee, certificate of auditors or any other resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

 

(b)                                 if (i) in performing its duties under this Trust Agreement the Property Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action, (ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Trust Agreement the Property Trustee finds a provision ambiguous or inconsistent with any other provisions contained herein or (iii) the Property Trustee is unsure of the application of any provision of this Trust Agreement, then, except as to any matter as to which the Holders of the Preferred Securities are entitled to vote under the terms of this Trust Agreement, the Property Trustee shall deliver a notice to the Depositor requesting the Depositor’s written instruction as to the course of action to be taken and the Property Trustee shall take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Property Trustee shall be instructed in writing to take, or to refrain from taking, by the Depositor; provided, that if the Property Trustee does not receive such instructions of the Depositor within ten (10) Business Days after it has delivered such notice or such reasonably shorter period of time set forth in such notice, the Property Trustee may, but shall be under no duty to, take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Property Trustee shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the Holders, in which event the Property Trustee shall have no liability except for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct;

 

(c)                                  any direction or act of the Depositor contemplated by this Trust Agreement shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate unless otherwise expressly provided herein;

 

(d)                                 any direction or act of an Administrative Trustee contemplated by this Trust Agreement shall be sufficiently evidenced by a certificate executed by such Administrative Trustee and setting forth such direction or act;

 

(e)                                  the Property Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument (including any financing or continuation statement or any filing under tax or securities laws) or any re-recording, re-filing or re-registration thereof;

 

(f)                                    the Property Trustee may consult with counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Property Trustee, the Depositor or any of its Affiliates, and may include any of its

 

44



 

employees) and the advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon and in accordance with such advice; the Property Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Trust Agreement from any court of competent jurisdiction;

 

(g)                                 the Property Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Trust Agreement at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Trust Agreement, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Property Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction, including reasonable advances as may be requested by the Property Trustee;

 

(h)                                 the Property Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by one or more Holders, but the Property Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Property Trustee shall determine to make such inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Depositor, personally or by agent or attorney;

 

(i)                                     the Property Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees and the Property Trustee shall not be responsible for any negligence or misconduct on the part of any such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder;

 

(j)                                     whenever in the administration of this Trust Agreement the Property Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right hereunder, the Property Trustee (i) may request instructions from the Holders (which instructions may only be given by the Holders of the same proportion in Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities as would be entitled to direct the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement in respect of such remedy, right or action), (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received and (iii) shall be protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

 

(k)                                  except as otherwise expressly provided by this Trust Agreement, the Property Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Trust Agreement;

 

(l)                                     without prejudice to any other rights available to the Property Trustee under applicable law, when the Property Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with a Bankruptcy Event, such expenses (including legal fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law or law relating to creditors rights generally; and

 

45



 

(m)                               whenever in the administration of this Trust Agreement the Property Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Property Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence or bad faith on its part, request and rely on an Officers’ Certificate which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Depositor.

 

No provision of this Trust Agreement shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on any Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which such Person shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts, or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation.

 

SECTION 8.8.                       Delegation of Power.

 

Any Trustee may, by power of attorney consistent with applicable law, delegate to any other natural person over the age of 21 its, his or her power for the purpose of executing any documents contemplated in Section 2.5.  The Trustees shall have power to delegate from time to time to such of their number or to the Depositor the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient, to the extent such delegation is not prohibited by applicable law or contrary to the provisions of this Trust Agreement.

 

SECTION 8.9.                       May Hold Securities.

 

Any Trustee or any other agent of any Trustee or the Trust, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Trust Securities and except as provided in the definition of the term “Outstanding” in Article I, may otherwise deal with the Trust with the same rights it would have if it were not an Trustee or such other agent.

 

SECTION 8.10.                 Compensation; Reimbursement; Indemnity.

 

The Depositor agrees:

 

(a)                                  to pay to the Trustees from time to time such reasonable compensation for all services rendered by them hereunder as may be agreed by the Depositor and the Trustees from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

 

(b)                                 to reimburse the Trustees upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustees in accordance with any provision of this Trust Agreement (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of their agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to their gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct; and

 

(c)                                  to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Trustee, (ii) any Affiliate of any Trustee, (iii) any officer, director, shareholder, employee, representative or agent of any Trustee or any Affiliate of any Trustee and (iv) any employee or agent of the Trust (referred to herein as an “Indemnified Person”) from and against

 

46



 

any loss, damage, liability, tax (other than income, franchise or other taxes imposed on amounts paid pursuant to Section 8.10(a) or (b) hereof), penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the Trust hereunder, including the advancement of funds to cover the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

 

The Trust shall have no payment, reimbursement or indemnity obligations to the Trustees under this Section 8.10.  The provisions of this Section 8.10 shall survive the termination of this Trust Agreement and the earlier removal or resignation of any Trustee.

 

No Trustee may claim any Lien on any Trust Property whether before or after termination of the Trust as a result of any amount due pursuant to this Section 8.10.

 

In no event shall the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, including, but not limited to, lost profits, even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

In no event shall the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder because of circumstances beyond its control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, flood, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, embargo, government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations, governmental action or the like which delay, restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Trust Agreement.

 

SECTION 8.11.                 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

 

(a)                                  No resignation or removal of any Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article VIII shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 8.12.

 

(b)                                 A Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Depositor and, in the case of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, to the Holders.

 

(c)                                  Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, or both of them, may be removed (with or without cause) at any time by Act of the Holder of Common Securities.  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, or both of them, may be removed (with or without cause) at such time by Act of the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, delivered to the removed Trustee (in its individual capacity and on behalf of the Trust).  An Administrative Trustee may be removed (with or without cause) only by Act of the Holder of the Common Securities at any time.

 

(d)                                 If any Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting as Trustee, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of any Trustee for any reason, at a time when no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Holder of the Common Securities, by Act of

 

47



 

the Holder of the Common Securities, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees, and such successor Trustee and the retiring Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 8.12.  If the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of continuing to act as the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, at a time when an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Holders of the Preferred Securities, by Act of the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, shall promptly appoint a successor Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee, and such successor Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee and the retiring Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 8.12.  If an Administrative Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting as Administrative Trustee, at a time when an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Holder of the Common Securities by Act of the Holder of Common Securities shall promptly appoint a successor Administrative Trustee and such successor Administrative Trustee and the retiring Administrative Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 8.12.  If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Holder of the Common Securities or Holders of the Preferred Securities, as the case may be, and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 8.12 within thirty (30) days after the giving of a notice of resignation by a Trustee, the removal of a Trustee, or a Trustee becoming incapable of acting as such Trustee, any Holder who has been a Holder of Preferred Securities for at least six (6) months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, and any resigning Trustee may, in each case, at the expense of the Depositor, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(e)                                  The Depositor shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee and each appointment of a successor Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee to all Holders in the manner provided in Section 10.8.  Each notice shall include the name of the successor Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office if it is the Property Trustee.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Trust Agreement, in the event any Administrative Trustee or a Delaware Trustee who is a natural person dies or becomes, in the opinion of the Holder of Common Securities, incompetent or incapacitated, the vacancy created by such death, incompetence or incapacity may be filled by (i) the unanimous act of the remaining Administrative Trustees if there are at least two of them or (ii) otherwise by the Holder of the Common Securities (with the successor in each case being a Person who satisfies the eligibility requirement for Administrative Trustees or Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, set forth in Sections 8.3 and 8.4).

 

(g)                                 Upon the appointment of a successor Delaware Trustee, such successor Delaware Trustee shall file a Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Trust in accordance with Section 3810 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.

 

SECTION 8.12.                 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

 

(a)                                  In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, each successor Trustee shall execute and deliver to the Depositor and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee

 

48



 

shall become effective and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Trust or any successor Trustee such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all Trust Property, all proceeds thereof and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Trust Securities and the Trust.

 

(b)                                 Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Trust (or the retiring Trustee if requested by the Depositor) shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in the preceding paragraph.

 

(c)                                  No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article VIII.

 

SECTION 8.13.                 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

 

Any Person into which the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of such Trustee, shall be the successor of such Trustee hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided, that such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VIII.

 

SECTION 8.14.                 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

 

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities Certificates shall be taken as the statements of the Trust and the Depositor, and the Trustees do not assume any responsibility for their correctness.  The Trustees make no representations as to the title to, or value or condition of, the property of the Trust or any part thereof, nor as to the validity or sufficiency of this Trust Agreement, the Notes or the Trust Securities.  The Trustees shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Depositor of the proceeds of the Notes.

 

SECTION 8.15.                 Property Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

(a)                                  In case of any Bankruptcy Event (or event that with the passage of time would become a Bankruptcy Event) relative to the Trust or any other obligor upon the Trust Securities or the property of the Trust or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Property Trustee (irrespective of whether any Distributions on the Trust Securities shall then be due and payable and irrespective of whether the Property Trustee shall have made any demand on the Trust for the payment of any past due Distributions) shall be entitled and empowered, to the fullest extent permitted by law, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

(i)                                     to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of any Distributions owing and unpaid in respect of the Trust Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Property Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and

 

49



 

advances of the Property Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

(ii)                                  to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Property Trustee and, in the event the Property Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Property Trustee first any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Property Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Property Trustee.

 

(b)                                 Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Property Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or compensation affecting the Trust Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Property Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

SECTION 8.16.                 Reports to and from the Property Trustee.

 

(a)                                  The Depositor and the Administrative Trustees shall deliver to the Property Trustee, not later than sixty (60) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of the Depositor and not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Trust ending after the date of this Trust Agreement, an Officers’ Certificate covering the preceding fiscal period, stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signers thereof the Depositor and the Trust are in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Trust Agreement (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Depositor or the Trust shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they have knowledge.

 

(b)                                 The Depositor shall furnish to Trapeza Manager, Inc. (at 507 Carew Tower, 441 Vine Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202, or such other address as designated by Trapeza Manager, Inc.) a duly completed and executed certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G, including the financial statements referenced in such Exhibit, which certificate and financial statements shall be so furnished by the Depositor not later than forty five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Depositor and not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Depositor.

 

(c)                                  The Property Trustee shall obtain all reports, certificate and information, which it is entitled to obtain under each of the Operative Documents.

 

50



 

ARTICLE IX.

 

Termination, Liquidation and Merger

 

SECTION 9.1.                       Dissolution Upon Expiration Date.

 

Unless earlier dissolved, the Trust shall automatically dissolve on September 15, 2038 (the “Expiration Date”), and the Trust Property shall be liquidated in accordance with Section 9.4.

 

SECTION 9.2.                       Early Termination.

 

The first to occur of any of the following events is an “Early Termination Event”, upon the occurrence of which the Trust shall be dissolved:

 

(a)                                  the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event in respect of, or the dissolution or liquidation of, the Depositor, in its capacity as the Holder of the Common Securities, unless the Depositor shall have transferred the Common Securities as provided by Section 5.11, in which case this provision shall refer instead to any such successor Holder of the Common Securities;

 

(b)                                 the written direction to the Property Trustee from the Holder of the Common Securities at any time to dissolve the Trust and, after satisfaction of any liabilities of the Trust as required by applicable law, to distribute the Notes to Holders in exchange for the Preferred Securities (which direction is optional and wholly within the discretion of the Holder of the Common Securities), provided, that the Holder of the Common Securities shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required;

 

(c)                                  the redemption of all of the Preferred Securities in connection with the payment at maturity or redemption of all the Notes; and

 

(d)                                 the entry of an order for dissolution of the Trust by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 9.3.                       Termination.

 

The respective obligations and responsibilities of the Trustees and the Trust shall terminate upon the latest to occur of the following: (a) the distribution by the Property Trustee to Holders of all amounts required to be distributed hereunder upon the liquidation of the Trust pursuant to Section 9.4, or upon the redemption of all of the Trust Securities pursuant to Section 4.2; (b) the satisfaction of any expenses owed by the Trust; and (c) the discharge of all administrative duties of the Administrative Trustees, including the performance of any tax reporting obligations with respect to the Trust or the Holders.

 

SECTION 9.4.                       Liquidation.

 

(a)                                  If an Early Termination Event specified in Section 9.2(a), (b) or (d) occurs or upon the Expiration Date, the Trust shall be liquidated by the Property Trustee as expeditiously as the Property Trustee shall determine to be possible by distributing, after satisfaction of

 

51



 

liabilities to creditors of the Trust as provided by applicable law, to each Holder a Like Amount of Notes, subject to Section 9.4(d). Notice of liquidation shall be given by the Property Trustee not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the Liquidation Date to each Holder of Trust Securities at such Holder’s address appearing in the Securities Register. All such notices of liquidation shall:

 

(i)                                     state the Liquidation Date;

 

(ii)                                  state that from and after the Liquidation Date, the Trust Securities will no longer be deemed to be Outstanding and (subject to Section 9.4(d)) any Securities Certificates not surrendered for exchange will be deemed to represent a Like Amount of Notes; and

 

(iii)                               provide such information with respect to the mechanics by which Holders may exchange Securities Certificates for Notes, or if Section 9.4(d) applies, receive a Liquidation Distribution, as the Property Trustee shall deem appropriate.

 

(b)                                 Except where Section 9.2(c) or 9.4(d) applies, in order to effect the liquidation of the Trust and distribution of the Notes to Holders, the Property Trustee, either itself acting as exchange agent or through the appointment of a separate exchange agent, shall establish a record date for such distribution (which shall not be more than forty-five (45) days prior to the Liquidation Date nor prior to the date on which notice of such liquidation is given to the Holders) and establish such procedures as it shall deem appropriate to effect the distribution of Notes in exchange for the Outstanding Securities Certificates.

 

(c)                                  Except where Section 9.2(c) or 9.4(d) applies, after the Liquidation Date, (i) the Trust Securities will no longer be deemed to be Outstanding, (ii) certificates representing a Like Amount of Notes will be issued to Holders of Securities Certificates, upon surrender of such Certificates to the exchange agent for exchange, (iii) the Depositor shall use its best efforts to have the Notes listed on the New York Stock Exchange or on such other exchange, interdealer quotation system or self-regulatory organization on which the Preferred Securities are then listed, if any, (iv) Securities Certificates not so surrendered for exchange will be deemed to represent a Like Amount of Notes bearing accrued and unpaid interest in an amount equal to the accumulated and unpaid Distributions on such Securities Certificates until such certificates are so surrendered (and until such certificates are so surrendered, no payments of interest or principal will be made to Holders of Securities Certificates with respect to such Notes) and (v) all rights of Holders holding Trust Securities will cease, except the right of such Holders to receive Notes upon surrender of Securities Certificates.

 

(d)                                 Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 9.4, if distribution of the Notes in the manner provided herein is determined by the Property Trustee not to be permitted or practical, the Trust Property shall be liquidated, and the Trust shall be wound up by the Property Trustee in such manner as the Property Trustee determines.  In such event, Holders will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution to Holders, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as provided by applicable law, an amount equal to the Liquidation Amount per Trust Security plus accumulated and unpaid Distributions thereon to the date of payment (such amount being the “Liquidation Distribution”). If, upon any such

 

52



 

winding up the Liquidation Distribution can be paid only in part because the Trust has insufficient assets available to pay in full the aggregate Liquidation Distribution, then, subject to the next succeeding sentence, the amounts payable by the Trust on the Trust Securities shall be paid on a pro rata basis (based upon Liquidation Amounts). The Holder of the Common Securities will be entitled to receive Liquidation Distributions upon any such winding up pro rata (based upon Liquidation Amounts) with Holders of all Trust Securities, except that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Preferred Securities shall have a priority over the Common Securities as provided in Section 4.3.

 

SECTION 9.5.                       Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations or Replacements of Trust.

 

The Trust may not merge with or into, consolidate, amalgamate, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to, any Person except pursuant to this Article IX. At the request of the Holders of the Common Securities, without the consent of the Holders of the Preferred Securities, the Trust may merge with or into, consolidate, amalgamate, or be replaced by or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to a trust organized as such under the laws of any State; provided, that:

 

(a)                                  such successor entity either (i) expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Trust under this Trust Agreement with respect to the Preferred Securities or (ii) substitutes for the Preferred Securities other securities having substantially the same terms as the Preferred Securities (such other Securities, the “Successor Securities”) so long as the Successor Securities have the same priority as the Preferred Securities with respect to distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise;

 

(b)                                 a trustee of such successor entity possessing substantially the same powers and duties as the Property Trustee is appointed to hold the Notes;

 

(c)                                  if the Preferred Securities or the Notes are rated, such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not cause the Preferred Securities or the Notes (including any Successor Securities) to be downgraded by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization that then assigns a rating to the Preferred Securities or the Notes;

 

(d)                                 the Preferred Securities are listed, or any Successor Securities will be listed upon notice of issuance, on any national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which the Preferred Securities are then listed, if any;

 

(e)                                  such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Preferred Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect;

 

(f)                                    such successor entity has a purpose substantially identical to that of the Trust;

 

(g)                                 prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Depositor has received an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (i) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Preferred Securities

 

53



 

(including any Successor Securities) in any material respect; (ii) following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, neither the Trust nor such successor entity will be required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act and (iii) following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Trust (or the successor entity) will continue to be classified as a grantor trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and

 

(h)                                 the Depositor or its permitted transferee owns all of the common securities of such successor entity and guarantees the obligations of such successor entity under the Successor Securities at least to the extent provided by the Guarantee Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust shall not, except with the consent of Holders of all of the Preferred Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any other Person or permit any other entity to consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or replace, the Trust if such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease would cause the Trust or the successor entity to be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes or cause the Notes to be treated as other than indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

ARTICLE X.

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

SECTION 10.1.                 Limitation of Rights of Holders.

 

Except as set forth in Section 9.2, the death, bankruptcy, termination, dissolution or incapacity of any Person having an interest, beneficial or otherwise, in Trust Securities shall not operate to terminate this Trust Agreement, nor annul, dissolve or terminate the Trust nor entitle the legal representatives or heirs of such Person or any Holder for such Person, to claim an accounting, take any action or bring any proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of the arrangements contemplated hereby, nor otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto or any of them.

 

SECTION 10.2.                 Agreed Tax Treatment of Trust and Trust Securities.

 

The parties hereto and, by its acceptance or acquisition of a Trust Security or a beneficial interest therein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a beneficial interest in, such Trust Security intend and agree to treat the Trust as a grantor trust for United States federal, state and local tax purposes, and to treat the Trust Securities (including all payments and proceeds with respect to such Trust Securities) as undivided beneficial ownership interests in the Trust Property (and payments and proceeds therefrom, respectively) for United States federal, state and local tax purposes.  The provisions of this Trust Agreement shall be interpreted to further this intention and agreement of the parties.

 

54



 

SECTION 10.3.                 Amendment.

 

(a)                                  This Trust Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Property Trustee, the Administrative Trustees and the Holder of all the Common Securities, without the consent of any Holder of the Preferred Securities, (i) to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Trust Agreement, which shall not be inconsistent with the other provisions of this Trust Agreement, (ii) to modify, eliminate or add to any provisions of this Trust Agreement to such extent as shall be necessary to ensure that the Trust will neither be taxable as a corporation nor be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes at all times that any Trust Securities are Outstanding or to ensure that the Notes are treated as indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes, or to ensure that the Trust will not be required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act or (iii) to add to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Depositor; provided, that in the case of clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), such action shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holder.

 

(b)                                 Except as provided in Section 10.3(c), any provision of this Trust Agreement may be amended by the Property Trustee, the Administrative Trustees and the Holder of all of the Common Securities and with (i) the consent of Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities and (ii) receipt by the Trustees of an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment or the exercise of any power granted to the Trustees in accordance with such amendment will not cause the Trust to be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes or affect the treatment of the Notes as indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes or affect the Trust’s exemption from status (or from any requirement to register) as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement, without the consent of each Holder, this Trust Agreement may not be amended to (i) change the accrual rate, amount, currency or timing of any Distribution on or the redemption price of the Trust Securities or otherwise adversely affect the amount of any Distribution or other payment required to be made in respect of the Trust Securities as of a specified date, (ii) restrict or impair the right of a Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date, (iii) reduce the percentage of aggregate Liquidation Amount of Outstanding Preferred Securities, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such amendment, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with any provision of this Trust Agreement or of defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Trust Agreement; (iv) impair or adversely affect the rights and interests of the Holders in the Trust Property, or permit the creation of any Lien on any portion of the Trust Property; or (v) modify the definition of “Outstanding,” this Section 10.3(c), Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 6.10(e) or Article IX.

 

(d)                                 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement, no Trustee shall enter into or consent to any amendment to this Trust Agreement that would cause the Trust to be taxable as a corporation or to be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes or that would cause the Notes to fail or cease to be treated as indebtedness

 

55



 

of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes or that would cause the Trust to fail or cease to qualify for the exemption from status (or from any requirement to register) as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

 

(e)                                  If any amendment to this Trust Agreement is made, the Administrative Trustees or the Property Trustee shall promptly provide to the Depositor a copy of such amendment.

 

(f)                                    No Trustee shall be required to enter into any amendment to this Trust Agreement that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Trust Agreement.  The Trustees shall be entitled to receive an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate stating that any amendment to this Trust Agreement is in compliance with this Trust Agreement and all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such action have been met.

 

(g)                                 No amendment or modification to this Trust Agreement that adversely affects in any material respect the rights, duties, liabilities, indemnities or immunities of the Delaware Trustee hereunder shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Delaware Trustee.

 

SECTION 10.4.                 Separability.

 

If any provision in this Trust Agreement or in the Securities Certificates shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and there shall be deemed substituted for the provision at issue a valid, legal and enforceable provision as similar as possible to the provision at issue.

 

SECTION 10.5.                 Governing Law.

 

THIS TRUST AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF EACH OF THE HOLDERS, THE TRUST, THE DEPOSITOR AND THE TRUSTEES WITH RESPECT TO THIS TRUST AGREEMENT AND THE TRUST SECURITIES SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS.

 

SECTION 10.6.                 Successors.

 

This Trust Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor to the Depositor, the Trust and any Trustee, including any successor by operation of law. Except in connection with a transaction involving the Depositor that is permitted under Article VIII of the Indenture and pursuant to which the assignee agrees in writing to perform the Depositor’s obligations hereunder, the Depositor shall not assign its obligations hereunder.

 

SECTION 10.7.                 Headings.

 

The Article and Section headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Trust Agreement.

 

56



 

SECTION 10.8.                 Reports, Notices and Demands.

 

(a)                                  Any report, notice, demand or other communication that by any provision of this Trust Agreement is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon any Holder or the Depositor may be given or served in writing delivered in person, or by reputable, overnight courier, by telecopy or by deposit thereof, first-class postage prepaid, in the United States mail, addressed, (a) in the case of a Holder of Preferred Securities, to such Holder as such Holder’s name and address may appear on the Securities Register; and (b) in the case of the Holder of all the Common Securities or the Depositor, to First Community Bancorp, 120 Wilshire Blvd., Santa Monica, California 90401, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, or to such other address as may be specified in a written notice by the Holder of all the Common Securities or the Depositor, as the case may be, to the Property Trustee. Such report, notice, demand or other communication to or upon a Holder or the Depositor shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, within one (1) Business Day following delivery by overnight courier, when telecopied with receipt confirmed, or within three (3) Business Days following delivery by mail, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

 

(b)                                 Any notice, demand or other communication that by any provision of this Trust Agreement is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee, the Administrative Trustees or the Trust shall be given in writing by deposit thereof, first-class postage prepaid, in the U.S. mail, personal delivery or facsimile transmission, addressed to such Person as follows: (a) with respect to the Property Trustee to The Bank of New York, 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, facsimile no. (212) 815-5707; (b) with respect to the Delaware Trustee, to The Bank of New York (Delaware), White Clay Center Route 273, Newark, Delaware 19711, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, facsimile no. (302) 283-8279; (c) with respect to the Administrative Trustees, to them at the address above for notices to the Depositor, marked “Attention: Administrative Trustees of First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI,” and (d) with respect to the Trust, to its principal executive office specified in Section 2.2, with a copy to the Property Trustee. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon the Trust, the Property Trustee or the Administrative Trustees shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of the writing by the Trust, the Property Trustee or the Administrative Trustees.

 

SECTION 10.9.                 Agreement Not to Petition.

 

Each of the Trustees and the Depositor agree for the benefit of the Holders that, until at least one year and one day after the Trust has been terminated in accordance with Article IX, they shall not file, or join in the filing of, a petition against the Trust under any Bankruptcy Law or otherwise join in the commencement of any proceeding against the Trust under any Bankruptcy Law. If the Depositor takes action in violation of this Section 10.9, the Property Trustee agrees, for the benefit of Holders, that at the expense of the Depositor, it shall file an answer with the applicable bankruptcy court or otherwise properly contest the filing of such petition by the Depositor against the Trust or the commencement of such action and raise the defense that the Depositor has agreed in writing not to take such action and should be estopped

 

57



 

and precluded therefrom and such other defenses, if any, as counsel for the Property Trustee or the Trust may assert.

 

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

58



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Trust Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

[Company],
as Depositor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as
Property Trustee

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK (DELAWARE), as
Delaware Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Administrative Trustee

 

 

Administrative Trustee

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Administrative Trustee

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

59



 

Exhibit A

 

CERTIFICATE OF TRUST

 

OF

 

First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI

 

This Certificate of Trust of First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI  (the “Trust”), dated August 29, 2003, is being duly executed and filed on behalf of the Trust by the undersigned, as trustees, to form a statutory trust under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (12 Del. C. §3801 et seq.) (the “Act”).

 

1.                                       Name.  The name of the statutory trust formed by this Certificate of Trust is:  First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI.

 

2.                                       Delaware Trustee.  The name and business address of the trustee of the Trust with its principal place of business in the State of Delaware are The Bank of New York (Delaware), White Clay Center, Route 273, Newark, Delaware 19711, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration.

 

3.                                       Effective Date.  This Certificate of Trust shall be effective upon its filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Certificate of Trust in accordance with Section 3811(a)(1) of the Act.

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, not in its individual
capacity, but solely as Property Trustee

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK (DELAWARE), not
in its individual capacity, but solely as Delaware
Trustee

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

A-1



 

Exhibit B

 

[FORM OF COMMON SECURITIES CERTIFICATE]

 

THIS COMMON SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION.  THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW AND SECTION 5.11 OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT

 

Certificate Number

 

 

          Common Securities

C-

 

 

 

 

Certificate Evidencing Common Securities

 

of

 

First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI

 

Floating Rate Common Securities

 

(liquidation amount $1,000 per Common Security)

 

First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that                         (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of             common securities of the Trust representing undivided common beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust and designated the First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI Floating Rate Common Securities (liquidation amount $1,000 per Common Security) (the “Common Securities”). Except in accordance with Section 5.11 of the Trust Agreement (as defined below), the Common Securities are not transferable and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any attempted transfer hereof other than in accordance therewith shall be void. The designations, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Common Securities are set forth in, and this certificate and the Common Securities represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of the Trust, dated as of September 3, 2003, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Trust Agreement”), among First Community Bancorp, as Depositor, The Bank of New York, as Property Trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware Trustee, the Administrative Trustees named therein and the Holders, from time to time, of Trust Securities. The Trust will furnish a copy of the Trust Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Trust at its principal place of business or registered office.

 

B-1



 

Upon receipt of this certificate, the Holder is bound by the Trust Agreement and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

 

This Common Securities Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Terms used but not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

 

In Witness Whereof, one of the Administrative Trustees of the Trust has executed on behalf of the Trust this certificate this      day of                 .

 

 

First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Administrative Trustee

 

B-2



 

Exhibit C

 

[FORM OF PREFERRED SECURITIES CERTIFICATE]

 

“[IF THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY INSERT: THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) OR A NOMINEE OF DTC.  THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR PREFERRED SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE TRUST AGREEMENT, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY DTC TO A NOMINEE OF DTC OR BY A NOMINEE OF DTC TO DTC OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

 

UNLESS THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO FIRST COMMUNITY/CA STATUTORY TRUST VI OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY PREFERRED SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

 

THE PREFERRED SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  EACH PURCHASER OF ANY PREFERRED SECURITIES IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE TRUST AND THE DEPOSITOR THAT (A) SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (I) TO THE TRUST, (II) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE

 

C-1



 

SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (V) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND, IN THE CASE OF (III) OR (V), SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE TRUST AND THE DEPOSITOR TO REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL AND OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF ANY PREFERRED SECURITIES FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

 

THE PREFERRED SECURITIES WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF PRINCIPAL OF OR INTEREST ON SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS PREFERRED SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR

 

C-2



 

ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

 

THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (THE “FDIC”).

 

C-3



 

Certificate Number

 

          Preferred Securities

 

 

         Aggregate Liquidation Amount

 

CUSIP NO.

 

 

Certificate Evidencing Preferred Securities

 

of

 

First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI

 

Floating Rate Preferred Securities
(liquidation amount $1,000 per Preferred Security)

 

First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that                     (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of             Preferred Securities [if the Preferred Security is a Global Security, then insert—,or such other number of Preferred Securities represented hereby as may be set forth in the records of the Securities Registrar hereinafter referred to in accordance with the Trust Agreement (as defined below), of the Trust representing an undivided preferred beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust and designated the First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI Floating Rate Preferred Securities (liquidation amount $1,000 per Preferred Security) (the “Preferred Securities”). The Preferred Securities are transferable on the books and records of the Trust, in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this certificate duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer as provided in Section 5.7 of the Trust Agreement (as defined below). The designations, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Preferred Securities are set forth in, and this certificate and the Preferred Securities represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of the Trust, dated as of September 3, 2003, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Trust Agreement”), among First Community Bancorp, a California corporation, as Depositor, The Bank of New York, as Property Trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware Trustee, the Administrative Trustees named therein and the Holders, from time to time, of Trust Securities. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee Agreement entered into by First Community Bancorp and The Bank of New York, as Guarantee Trustee, dated as of September 3, 2003, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Guarantee Agreement”), to the extent provided therein. The Trust will furnish a copy of each of the Trust Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Property Trustee at its principal place of business or registered office.

 

Upon receipt of this certificate, the Holder is bound by the Trust Agreement and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

 

C-4



 

This Preferred Securities Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Preferred Securities Certificate are used with the meanings specified in the Trust Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits thereto.

 

In Witness Whereof, one of the Administrative Trustees of the Trust has executed on behalf of the Trust this certificate this    day of           ,              .

 

 

First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Administrative Trustee

 

This is one of the Preferred Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Trust Agreement.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

The Bank of New York, not in its individual
capacity, but solely as Property Trustee

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Authorized officer

 

C-5



 

[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

 

The Trust promises to pay Distributions from September 3, 2003, or from the most recent Distribution Date to which Distributions have been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 15th, June 15th, September 15th and December 15th of each year, commencing on December 15, 2003, at a variable rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 3.05% of the Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities represented by this Preferred Securities Certificate, provided, that, the applicable Distribution rate shall not exceed 12.0% through the Distribution Date in September, 2008, together with any Additional Interest Amounts, in respect to such period.

 

Distributions on the Trust Securities shall be made by the Paying Agent from the Payment Account and shall be payable on each Distribution Date only to the extent that the Trust has funds then on hand and available in the Payment Account for the payment of such Distributions.

 

In the event (and to the extent) that the Depositor exercises its right under the Indenture to defer the payment of interest on the Notes, Distributions on the Preferred Securities shall be deferred.

 

Under the Indenture, so long as no Note Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Depositor shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of the Notes, to defer the payment of interest on the Notes for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable).  No interest on the Notes shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at the rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.05% per annum (provided, that, the applicable interest rate shall not exceed 12.0% through the Interest Payment Date in September, 2008), compounded quarterly, from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or until funds for the payment thereof have been made available for payment.  If Distributions are deferred, the deferred Distributions (including Additional Interest Amounts) shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates to Holders (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Trust Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such termination date.

 

Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the payment of such Distributions in the Payment Account of the Trust.  The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Preferred Securities will be limited to payments received from the Depositor.  The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Depositor pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement.

 

During any such Extension Period, the Depositor shall not, unless waived by the requisite holders of the Preferred Securities and the requisite holders of the Notes in accordance with the

 

C-6



 

Indenture (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Depositor’s capital stock or (ii) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Depositor that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Notes (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Depositor in connection with (1) any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (2) a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or (3) the issuance of capital stock of the Depositor (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Depositor’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a Subsidiary (as defined in the Indenture) of the Depositor) for any class or series of the Depositor’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Depositor’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Depositor’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Depositor’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any Rights Plan (as defined in the Indenture), the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any Rights Plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock).

 

On each Note Redemption Date, on the stated maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) of the Notes and on each other date on (or in respect of) which any principal on the Notes is repaid, the Trust will be required to redeem a Like Amount of Trust Securities at the Redemption Price.  Under the Indenture, the Notes may be redeemed by the Depositor on any Interest Payment Date, at the Depositor’s option, on or after September 15, 2008 in whole or in part from time to time at a redemption price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount thereof or the redeemed portion thereof, as applicable, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption; provided, that the Depositor shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required.  The Notes may also be redeemed by the Depositor, at its option, at any time, in whole but not in part, upon the occurrence of a Capital Disqualification Event, an Investment Company Event or a Tax Event at the Indenture Redemption Price.

 

The Trust Securities redeemed on each Redemption Date shall be redeemed at the Redemption Price with the proceeds from the contemporaneous redemption or payment at maturity of Notes. Redemptions of the Trust Securities (or portion thereof) shall be made and the Redemption Price shall be payable on each Redemption Date only to the extent that the Trust has funds then on hand and available in the Payment Account for the payment of such Redemption Price.

 

Payments of Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts), the Redemption Price, Liquidation Amount or any other amounts in respect of the Preferred Securities shall be made by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United

 

C-7



 

States as may be designated in writing at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant record date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Security Register.  If any Preferred Securities are held by a Depositary, such Distributions shall be made to the Depositary in immediately available funds.

 

The indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt (as defined in the Indenture), and this Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto.

 

C-8



 

ASSIGNMENT

 

For Value Received, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Preferred Securities Certificate to:

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)

 

 

(Insert address and zip code of assignee)

 

 

and irrevocably appoints

 

 

agent to transfer this Preferred Securities Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Preferred Securities Certificate)

 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

 

C-9



 

Exhibit D

 

Junior Subordinated Indenture

 

D-1



 

Exhibit E

 

FORM OF TRANSFEREE CERTIFICATE
TO BE EXECUTED BY TRANSFEREES OTHER THAN QIBS

 

          , [     ]

 

First Community Bancorp

First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI

120 Wilshire Blvd.

Santa Monica, California 90401

 

 

 

Re:

Purchase of $1,000 stated liquidation amount of Floating Rate Preferred

 

 

 

Securities (the “Preferred Securities”) of First Community/CA Statutory

 

 

 

 

Trust VI

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with our purchase of the Preferred Securities we confirm that:

 

1.                                       We understand that the Floating Rate Preferred Securities (the “Preferred Securities”) of First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI (the “Trust”) (including the guarantee (the “Guarantee”) of First Community Bancorp (the “Company”) executed in connection therewith) and the Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Notes due 2033 of the Company (the “Subordinated Notes”) (the Preferred Securities, the Guarantee and the Subordinated Notes together being referred to herein as the “Offered Securities”), have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing the Offered Securities that, if we decide to offer, sell or otherwise transfer any such Offered Securities, (i) such offer, sale or transfer will be made only (a) to the Trust, (b) to a person we reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” (a “QIB”) (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (c) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of subparagraph (a) (1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act that is acquiring Offered Securities for its own account, or for the account of such an “accredited investor,” for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act, (d) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (e) pursuant to an exemption from the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction and, in the case of (c) or (e), subject to the right of the Trust and the depositor to require an opinion of counsel and other information satisfactory to each of them. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the date on which, in the written opinion of counsel, the Preferred Securities are not “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  If any resale or other transfer of the Offered Securities is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (c) or (e) above, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Property Trustee as Transfer Agent, which shall provide as applicable, among other things, that the transferee is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of subparagraph (a) (1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501 under the

 

E-1



 

Securities Act that is acquiring such Securities for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We acknowledge on our behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Securities that the Trust and the Company reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer pursuant to clause (c) or (e) to require the delivery of any opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Trust and the Company.  We understand that the certificates for any Offered Security that we receive will bear a legend substantially to the effect of the foregoing.

 

2.                                       We are an “accredited investor” within the meaning of subparagraph (a) (1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an “accredited investor,” and we are acquiring the Offered Securities for investment purposes and not with view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act, and we have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Offered Securities, and we and any account for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risks of our or its investment.

 

3.                                       We are acquiring the Offered Securities purchased by us for our own account (or for one or more accounts as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion and have authority to make, and do make, the statements contained in this letter) and not with a view to any distribution of the Offered Securities, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of our property will at all times be and remain within our control.

 

4.                                       In the event that we purchase any Preferred Securities or any Subordinated Notes, we will acquire such Preferred Securities having an aggregate stated liquidation amount of not less than $100,000 or such Subordinated Notes having an aggregate principal amount not less than $100,000, for our own account and for each separate account for which we are acting.

 

5.                                       We acknowledge that we either (A) are not a fiduciary of a employee benefit, individual retirement account or other plan or arrangement subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (each a “Plan”), or an entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets” by reason of any Plan’s investment in the entity, and are not purchasing the Offered Securities on behalf of or with “plan assets” by reason of any Plan’s investment in the entity, (B) are eligible for the exemptive relief available under one or more of the following prohibited transaction class exemptions (“PTCEs”) issued by the U.S. Department of Labor:  PTCE 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 or 84-14 or another applicable exemption, or (C) our purchase and holding of this security, or any interest therein, is not prohibited by Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code with respect to such purchase or holding.

 

6.                                       We acknowledge that the Trust and the Company and others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing acknowledgments, representations, warranties and agreements and agree that if any of the acknowledgments, representations, warranties and agreements deemed to have been made by our purchase of the Offered Securities are no longer accurate, we shall promptly notify the Company.  If we are acquiring any Offered Securities as a fiduciary or agent for one or more investor accounts, we represent that we have sole discretion

 

E-2



 

with respect to each such investor account and that we have full power to make the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and agreement on behalf of each such investor account.

 

 

(Name of Purchaser)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Upon transfer, the Offered Securities would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows.

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Taxpayer ID Number:

 

 

 

E-3



 

Exhibit F

 

FORM OF TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE
TO BE EXECUTED FOR QIBs

 

          , [     ]

 

First Community Bancorp

First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI

120 Wilshire Blvd.
Santa Monica, California 90401

 

 

 

Re:

Purchase of $1,000 stated liquidation amount of Floating Rate

 

 

 

Preferred Securities (the “Preferred Securities”) of First Community/CA

 

 

 

 

Statutory Trust VI

 

 

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI, dated as of September 3, 2003 (the “Trust Agreement”), among Matthew P. Wagner, Lynn M. Hopkins and Jared M. Wolff, as Administrative Trustees, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware Trustee, The Bank of New York, as Property Trustee, First Community Bancorp, as Depositor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Trust Agreement.

 

This letter relates to $                         aggregate liquidation amount of Preferred Securities which are held in the name of             (the “Transferor”).

 

In accordance with Article V of the Trust Agreement, the Transferor hereby certifies that such Preferred Securities are being transferred in accordance with (i) the transfer restrictions set forth in the Preferred Securities and (ii) Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”), to a transferee that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the Preferred Securities for its own account or an account with respect to which the transferee exercises sole investment discretion and the transferee and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

 

You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

 

(Name of Transferor)

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

F-1



 

Exhibit G

 

Officer’s Certificate

 

The undersigned, the [Chief Financial Officer] [Treasurer] [Executive Vice President] hereby certifies, pursuant to Section 8.16(b) of the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of September 3, 2003, among First Community Bancorp (the “Company”), The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee and the administrative trustees named therein, that, as of [date], [20  ], the Company had the following ratios and balances:

 

BANK HOLDING COMPANY
As of [Quarterly Financial Dates]

 

Tier 1 Risk Weighted Assets

 

 

%

Ratio of Double Leverage

 

 

%

Non-Performing Assets to Loans and OREO

 

 

%

Tangible Common Equity as a Percentage of Tangible Assets

 

 

%

Ratio of Reserves to Non-Performing Loans

 

 

%

Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Loans

 

 

%

Return on Average Assets (annualized)

 

 

%

Net Interest Margin (annualized)

 

 

%

Efficiency Ratio

 

 

%

Ratio of Loans to Assets

 

 

%

Ratio of Loans to Deposits

 

 

%

Double Leverage (exclude trust preferred as equity)

 

 

%

Total Assets

 

$

 

 

Year to Date Income

 

$

 

 

 


* A table describing the quarterly report calculation procedures is provided on page   

 

[FOR FISCAL YEAR END: Attached hereto are the audited consolidated financial statements (including the balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows, and notes thereto, together with the report of the independent accountants thereon) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the three years ended        , 20   .]

 

[FOR FISCAL QUARTER END: Attached hereto are the unaudited consolidated and consolidating financial statements (including the balance sheet and income statement) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter] ended [date], 20  .

 

G-1



 

The financial statements fairly present in all material respects, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, and the results of operations and changes in financial condition as of the date, and for the [    quarter interim] [annual] period ended [date], 20  , and such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period involved (expect as otherwise noted therein).

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Officer’s Certificate as of this       day of              , 20  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

First Community Bancorp

 

 

120 Wilshire Blvd.

 

 

Santa Monica, California 90401

 

 

(714) 674-5330

 

 

G-2



 

Financial Definitions

 

Report Item

 

Corresponding FRY-9C or LP Line Items with
Line Item corresponding Schedules

 

Description of
Calculation

Tier 1 Risk Weighted Assets

 

BHCK7206
Schedule HC-R

 

Tier 1 Risk Ratio: Core Capital (Tier 1)/ Risk-Adjusted Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Double Leverage

 

(BHCP0365)/(BCHCP3210)
Schedule PC in the LP

 

Total equity investments in subsidiaries divided by the total equity capital. This field is calculated at the parent company level. “Subsidiaries” include bank, bank holding company, and non-bank subsidiaries.

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Performing Assets to Loans and OREO

 

(BHCK5525-BHCK3506+BHCK5526-BHCK3507+BHCK2744)/(BHCK2122+BHCK2744)
Schedules HC-C, HC-M & HC-N

 

Total Nonperforming Assets (NPLs+Foreclosed Real Estate+Other Nonaccrual & Repossessed Assets)/Total Loans+Foreclosed Real Estate

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible Common Equity as a Percentage of Tangible Assets

 

(BHDM3210-BHCK3163)/(BHCK2170-BHCK3163)
Schedule HC

 

(Equity Capital –Goodwill)/(Total Assets –Goodwill)

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Reserves to Non-Performing Loans

 

(BHCK3123+BHCK3128)/(BHCK5525-BHCK3506+BHCK5526-BHCK3507)
Schedules HC & HC-N & HC-R

 

Total Loan Loss and Allocated Transfer Risk Reserves/ Total Nonperforming Loans (Nonaccrual + Restructured)

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Loans

 

(BHCK4635-BHCK4605)/(BHCK3516)
Schedules HC-B & HC-K

 

Net charge offs for the period as a percentage of average loans.

 

 

 

 

 

Return on Average Assets (annualized)

 

(BHCK4340/BHCK3368)
Schedules HI & HC-K

 

Net Income as a percentage of Assets.

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Margin

 

(BHCK4519)/(BHCK3515+BHCK3365+BHCK3516+BHCK3401+BHCKB985)

 

(Net Interest Income Fully Taxable

 

G-3



 

Report Item

 

Corresponding FRY-9C or LP Line Items with
Line Item corresponding Schedules

 

Description of
Calculation

(annualized)

 

Schedules HI Memorandum and HC-K

 

Equivalent, if available/Average Earning Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

Efficiency Ratio

 

(BHCK4093)/(BHCK4519+BHCK4079)
Schedule HI

 

(Non-interest Expense)/(Net Interest Income Fully Taxable Equivalent, if available, plus Non-interest Income)

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Loans to Assets

 

(BHCKB528+BHCK5369)/(BHCK2170)
Schedule HC

 

Total Loans & Leases (Net of Unearned Income & Gross of Reserve)/Total Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Loans to Deposits

 

(BHCKB528+BHCK5369)/(BHDM6631+BHDM6636+BHFN6631+BHFN6636)
Schedule HC

 

Total Loans & Leases (Net of Unearned Income & Gross of Reserve)/Total Deposits (Includes Domestic and Foreign Deposits)

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

(BHCK2170)
Schedule HC

 

The sum of total assets. Includes cash and balances due from depository institutions; securities; federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell; loans and lease financing receivables; trading assets; premises and fixed assets; other real estate owned; investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies; customer’s liability on acceptances outstanding; intangible assets; and other assets.

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

(BHCK4300)
Schedule HI

 

The sum of income (loss)before extraordinary items and

 

G-4



 

Report Item

 

Corresponding FRY-9C or LP Line Items with
Line Item corresponding Schedules

 

Description of
Calculation

 

 

 

 

other adjustments and extraordinary items; and other adjustments, net of income taxes.

 

G-5



 

Schedule A

 

With respect to the Trust Securities, the London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) shall be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the following provisions (in each case rounded to the nearest .000001%):

 

(1)                                  On the second LIBOR Business Day (as defined below) prior to a Distribution Date (except, with respect to the first distribution payment date, on August 29, 2003) (each such day, a “LIBOR Determination Date”), LIBOR for any given security shall, for the following distribution period, equal the rate, as obtained by the Calculation Agent from Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News, for three-month Eurodollar deposits that appears on Dow Jones Telerate Page 3750 (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 1991 Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Definitions), or such other page as may replace such Page 3750, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date.

 

(2)                                  If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Dow Jones Telerate Page 3750 or such other page as may replace such Page 3750, the Calculation Agent shall determine the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations of the Reference Banks (as defined below) to leading banks in the London interbank market for three-month Eurodollar deposits in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent by reference to requests for quotations as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the LIBOR Determination Date made by the Calculation Agent to the Reference Banks.  If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, at least two of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall equal such arithmetic mean of such quotations.  If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, only one or none of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations that leading banks in the City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent are quoting on the relevant LIBOR Determination Date for three-month Eurodollar deposits in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent by reference to the principal London offices of leading banks in the London interbank market; provided, that if the Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in accordance with at least one of the procedures provided above, LIBOR shall be LIBOR as determined on the previous LIBOR Determination Date.

 

(3)                                  As used herein: “Reference Banks” means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent; and “LIBOR Business Day” means a day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in London.

 

Schedule A-1



EX-10.18 10 a2121280zex-10_18.htm EX-10.18

 

Exhibit 10.18

 


 

 

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

 

by and between

 

FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP

 

and

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

Dated as of August 15, 2003

 

 


 

 



 

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

 

This GUARANTEE AGREEMENT (this “Guarantee”), dated as of August 15, 2003, is executed and delivered by First Community Bancorp, a California corporation (the “Guarantor”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, organized under the laws of the United States of America, as trustee (the “Guarantee Trustee”), for the benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Capital Securities (as defined herein) of First Community/CA Statutory Trust V, a Connecticut statutory trust (the “Issuer”).

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration”), dated as of the date hereof among U.S. Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as institutional trustee, the administrators of the Issuer named therein, the Guarantor, as sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer, the Issuer is issuing on the date hereof those undivided beneficial interests, having an aggregate liquidation amount of $10,000,000.00 (the “Capital Securities”); and

 

WHEREAS, as incentive for the Holders to purchase the Capital Securities, the Guarantor desires irrevocably and unconditionally to agree, to the extent set forth in this Guarantee, to pay to the Holders of Capital Securities the Guarantee Payments (as defined herein) and to make certain other payments on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the purchase by each Holder of the Capital Securities, which purchase the Guarantor hereby agrees shall benefit the Guarantor, the Guarantor executes and delivers this Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders.

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

Section 1.1.           Definitions and Interpretation.  In this Guarantee, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)           capitalized terms used in this Guarantee but not defined in the preamble above have the respective meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1;

 

(b)           a term defined anywhere in this Guarantee has the same meaning throughout;

 

(c)           all references to “the Guarantee” or “this Guarantee” are to this Guarantee as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;

 

(d)           all references in this Guarantee to “Articles” or “Sections” are to Articles or Sections of this Guarantee, unless otherwise specified;

 

(e)           terms defined in the Declaration as at the date of execution of this Guarantee have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee, unless otherwise defined in this Guarantee or unless the context otherwise requires; and

 

(f)            a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

 

Affiliate” has the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor rule thereunder.

 



 

Beneficiaries” means any Person to whom the Issuer is or hereafter becomes indebted or liable.

 

Capital Securities” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Guarantee.

 

Common Securities” means the common securities issued by the Issuer to the Guarantor pursuant to the Declaration.

 

Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Guarantee Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Guarantee Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered, which office at the date of execution of this Guarantee is located at 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut  06103.

 

Covered Person” means any Holder of Capital Securities.

 

Debentures” means the debt securities of the Guarantor designated the Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2033 held by the Institutional Trustee (as defined in the Declaration) of the Issuer.

 

Declaration Event of Default” means an “Event of Default” as defined in the Declaration.

 

Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

 

Guarantee Payments” means the following payments or distributions, without duplication, with respect to the Capital Securities, to the extent not paid or made by the Issuer:  (i) any accrued and unpaid Distributions (as defined in the Declaration) which are required to be paid on such Capital Securities to the extent the Issuer shall have funds available therefor, (ii) the Redemption Price to the extent the Issuer has funds available therefor, with respect to any Capital Securities called for redemption by the Issuer, (iii) the Special Redemption Price to the extent the Issuer has funds available therefor, with respect to Capital Securities redeemed upon the occurrence of a Special Event, and (iv) upon a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Issuer (other than in connection with the distribution of Debentures to the Holders of the Capital Securities in exchange therefor as provided in the Declaration), the lesser of (a) the aggregate of the liquidation amount and all accrued and unpaid Distributions on the Capital Securities to the date of payment, to the extent the Issuer shall have funds available therefor, and (b) the amount of assets of the Issuer remaining available for distribution to Holders in liquidation of the Issuer (in either case, the “Liquidation Distribution”).

 

Guarantee Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association, until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee and thereafter means each such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

 

Guarantor” means First Community Bancorp and each of its successors and assigns.

 

Holder” means any holder, as registered on the books and records of the Issuer, of any Capital Securities; provided, however, that, in determining whether the Holders of the requisite percentage of Capital Securities have given any request, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, “Holder” shall not include the Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Guarantor.

 

Indemnified Person” means the Guarantee Trustee, any Affiliate of the Guarantee Trustee, or any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives, nominees, custodians or agents of the Guarantee Trustee.

 

2



 

Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of the date hereof between the Guarantor and U.S. Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee, and any indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which the Debentures are to be issued to the institutional trustee of the Issuer.

 

Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph to this Guarantee.

 

Liquidation Distribution” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Guarantee Payments” herein.

 

Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities” means Holder(s) of outstanding Capital Securities, voting together as a class, but separately from the holders of Common Securities, of more than 50% of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all Capital Securities then outstanding.

 

Obligations” means any costs, expenses or liabilities (but not including liabilities related to taxes) of the Issuer other than obligations of the Issuer to pay to holders of any Trust Securities the amounts due such holders pursuant to the terms of the Trust Securities.

 

Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Authorized Officer of such Person. Any Officer’s Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Guarantee shall include:

 

(a)           a statement that the officer signing the Officer’s Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

 

(b)           a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by the officer in rendering the Officer’s Certificate;

 

(c)           a statement that the officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(d)           a statement as to whether, in the opinion of the officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

 

Redemption Price” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

 

Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Guarantee Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Guarantee Trustee including any Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any other officer of the Guarantee Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

Special Event” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

 

3



 

Special Redemption Price” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

 

Successor Guarantee Trustee” means a successor Guarantee Trustee possessing the qualifications to act as Guarantee Trustee under Section 3.1.

 

Trust Securities” means the Common Securities and the Capital Securities.

 

ARTICLE II

 

POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF
GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

 

Section 2.1.           Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee.

 

(a)           This Guarantee shall be held by the Guarantee Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not transfer this Guarantee to any Person except a Holder of Capital Securities exercising his or her rights pursuant to Section 4.4(b) or to a Successor Guarantee Trustee on acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment to act as Successor Guarantee Trustee.  The right, title and interest of the Guarantee Trustee shall automatically vest in any Successor Guarantee Trustee, and such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered pursuant to the appointment of such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

 

(b)           If an Event of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Guarantee Trustee shall enforce this Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

 

(c)           The Guarantee Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default and after curing all Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee, and no implied covenants shall be read into this Guarantee against the Guarantee Trustee.  In case an Event of Default has occurred (that has not been waived pursuant to Section 2.4) and is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise thereof, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

 

(d)           No provision of this Guarantee shall be construed to relieve the Guarantee Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i)            prior to the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default that may have occurred:

 

(A)          the duties and obligations of the Guarantee Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Guarantee, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Guarantee against the Guarantee Trustee; and
 
(B)           in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished

 

4



 

to the Guarantee Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Guarantee; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Guarantee;
 

(ii)           the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless it shall be proved that such Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee or the Guarantee Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts upon which such judgment was made;

 

(iii)          the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the written direction of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee, or relating to the exercise of any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee; and

 

(iv)          no provision of this Guarantee shall require the Guarantee Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if the Guarantee Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds is not reasonably assured to it under the terms of this Guarantee or security and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the Guarantee Trustee, against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

Section 2.2.           Certain Rights of Guarantee Trustee.

 

(a)           Subject to the provisions of Section 2.1:

 

(i)            The Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon, any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties.

 

(ii)           Any direction or act of the Guarantor contemplated by this Guarantee shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate.

 

(iii)          Whenever, in the administration of this Guarantee, the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate of the Guarantor which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Guarantor.

 

(iv)          The Guarantee Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument (or any re-recording, refiling or re-registration thereof).

 

(v)           The Guarantee Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel with respect to legal matters shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and

 

5



 

in accordance with such advice or opinion. Such counsel may be counsel to the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates and may include any of its employees.  The Guarantee Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Guarantee from any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(vi)          The Guarantee Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Guarantee at the request or direction of any Holder, unless such Holder shall have provided to the Guarantee Trustee such security and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the Guarantee Trustee, against the costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses and the expenses of the Guarantee Trustee’s agents, nominees or custodians) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction, including such reasonable advances as may be requested by the Guarantee Trustee; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 2.2(a)(vi) shall relieve the Guarantee Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, of its obligation to exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee.

 

(vii)         The Guarantee Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Guarantee Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit.

 

(viii)        The Guarantee Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, nominees, custodians or attorneys, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

 

(ix)           Any action taken by the Guarantee Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind the Holders of the Capital Securities, and the signature of the Guarantee Trustee or its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any such action.  No third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Guarantee Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of the terms and provisions of this Guarantee, both of which shall be conclusively evidenced by the Guarantee Trustee’s or its agent’s taking such action.

 

(x)            Whenever in the administration of this Guarantee the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (i) may request instructions from the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received, and (iii) shall be protected in conclusively relying on or acting in accordance with such instructions.

 

(xi)           The Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith, without negligence, and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Guarantee.

 

(b)           No provision of this Guarantee shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Guarantee Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal or in which the Guarantee Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law to perform any such act or acts or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation.  No permissive power or authority available to the Guarantee Trustee shall be construed to be a duty.

 

6



 

Section 2.3.           Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Guarantee.  The recitals contained in this Guarantee shall be taken as the statements of the Guarantor, and the Guarantee Trustee does not assume any responsibility for their correctness.  The Guarantee Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Guarantee.

 

Section 2.4.           Events of Default; Waiver.

 

(a)           An Event of Default under this Guarantee will occur upon the failure of the Guarantor to perform any of its payment or other obligations hereunder.

 

(b)           The Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, voting or consenting as a class, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Capital Securities, waive any past Event of Default and its consequences.  Upon such waiver, any such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Guarantee, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 2.5.           Events of Default; Notice.

 

(a)           The Guarantee Trustee shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of an Event of Default, transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Holders of the Capital Securities and the Guarantor, notices of all Events of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless such defaults have been cured before the giving of such notice, provided, however, that the Guarantee Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

 

(b)           The Guarantee Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Event of Default unless the Guarantee Trustee shall have received written notice from the Guarantor or a Holder of the Capital Securities (except in the case of a payment default), or a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee charged with the administration of this Guarantee shall have obtained actual knowledge thereof.

 

ARTICLE III

 

GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

 

Section 3.1.           Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility.

 

(a)           There shall at all times be a Guarantee Trustee which shall:

 

(i)            not be an Affiliate of the Guarantor, and

 

(ii)           be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any State or Territory thereof or of the District of Columbia, or Person authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000), and subject to supervision or examination by Federal, State, Territorial or District of Columbia authority.  If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the supervising or examining authority referred to above, then, for the purposes of this Section 3.1(a)(ii), the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

 

7



 

(b)           If at any time the Guarantee Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 3.1(a), the Guarantee Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set out in Section 3.2(c).

 

(c)           If the Guarantee Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Guarantee Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to this Guarantee.

 

Section 3.2.           Appointment, Removal and Resignation of Guarantee Trustee.

 

(a)           Subject to Section 3.2(b), the Guarantee Trustee may be appointed or removed without cause at any time by the Guarantor except during an Event of Default.

 

(b)           The Guarantee Trustee shall not be removed in accordance with Section 3.2(a) until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by written instrument executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor.

 

(c)           The Guarantee Trustee appointed to office shall hold office until a Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed or until its removal or resignation.  The Guarantee Trustee may resign from office (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing executed by the Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor, which resignation shall not take effect until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by an instrument in writing executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor and the resigning Guarantee Trustee.

 

(d)           If no Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed and accepted appointment as provided in this Section 3.2 within 60 days after delivery of an instrument of removal or resignation, the Guarantee Trustee resigning or being removed may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a Successor Guarantee Trustee.  Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Guarantee Trustee.

 

(e)           No Guarantee Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions to act of any Successor Guarantee Trustee.

 

(f)            Upon termination of this Guarantee or removal or resignation of the Guarantee Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.2, the Guarantor shall pay to the Guarantee Trustee all amounts owing to the Guarantee Trustee under Sections 7.2 and 7.3 accrued to the date of such termination, removal or resignation.

 

8



 

ARTICLE IV

 

GUARANTEE

 

Section 4.1.           Guarantee.

 

(a)           The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to pay in full to the Holders the Guarantee Payments (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by the Issuer), as and when due, regardless of any defense (except the defense of payment by the Issuer), right of set-off or counterclaim that the Issuer may have or assert.  The Guarantor’s obligation to make a Guarantee Payment may be satisfied by direct payment of the required amounts by the Guarantor to the Holders or by causing the Issuer to pay such amounts to the Holders.

 

(b)           The Guarantor hereby also agrees to assume any and all Obligations of the Issuer and in the event any such Obligation is not so assumed, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to each Beneficiary the full payment, when and as due, of any and all Obligations to such Beneficiaries.  This Guarantee is intended to be for the benefit of, and to be enforceable by, all such Beneficiaries, whether or not such Beneficiaries have received notice hereof.

 

Section 4.2.           Waiver of Notice and Demand.  The Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance of this Guarantee and of any liability to which it applies or may apply, presentment, demand for payment, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer or any other Person before proceeding against the Guarantor, protest, notice of nonpayment, notice of dishonor, notice of redemption and all other notices and demands.

 

Section 4.3.           Obligations Not Affected.  The obligations, covenants, agreements and duties of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall in no way be affected or impaired by reason of the happening from time to time of any of the following:

 

(a)           the release or waiver, by operation of law or otherwise, of the performance or observance by the Issuer of any express or implied agreement, covenant, term or condition relating to the Capital Securities to be performed or observed by the Issuer;

 

(b)           the extension of time for the payment by the Issuer of all or any portion of the Distributions, Redemption Price, Special Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or any other sums payable under the terms of the Capital Securities or the extension of time for the performance of any other obligation under, arising out of or in connection with, the Capital Securities (other than an extension of time for payment of Distributions, Redemption Price, Special Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or other sum payable that results from the extension of any interest payment period on the Debentures or any extension of the maturity date of the Debentures permitted by the Indenture);

 

(c)           any failure, omission, delay or lack of diligence on the part of the Holders to enforce, assert or exercise any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred on the Holders pursuant to the terms of the Capital Securities, or any action on the part of the Issuer granting indulgence or extension of any kind;

 

(d)           the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale of any collateral, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of debt of, or other similar proceedings affecting, the Issuer or any of the assets of the Issuer;

 

9



 

(e)           any invalidity of, or defect or deficiency in, the Capital Securities;

 

(f)            the settlement or compromise of any obligation guaranteed hereby or hereby incurred; or

 

(g)           any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 4.3 that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances.

 

There shall be no obligation of the Holders to give notice to, or obtain consent of, the Guarantor with respect to the happening of any of the foregoing.

 

Section 4.4.           Rights of Holders.

 

(a)           The Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee in respect of this Guarantee or to direct the exercise of any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee; provided, however, that (subject to Section 2.1) the Guarantee Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Guarantee Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Guarantee Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or trustees, executive committees or a trust committee of directors or trustees and/or Responsible Officers shall determine that the action or proceedings so directed would involve the Guarantee Trustee in personal liability.

 

(b)           Any Holder of Capital Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Guarantor to enforce the Guarantee Trustee’s rights under this Guarantee, without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Issuer, the Guarantee Trustee or any other Person.  The Guarantor waives any right or remedy to require that any such action be brought first against the Issuer, the Guarantee Trustee or any other Person before so proceeding directly against the Guarantor.

 

Section 4.5.           Guarantee of Payment.  This Guarantee creates a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

 

Section 4.6.           Subrogation.  The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all (if any) rights of the Holders of Capital Securities against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holders by the Guarantor under this Guarantee; provided, however, that the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by mandatory provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any right that it may acquire by way of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as a result of payment under this Guarantee, if, after giving effect to any such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee.  If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence, the Guarantor agrees to hold such amount in trust for the Holders and to pay over such amount to the Holders.

 

Section 4.7.           Independent Obligations.  The Guarantor acknowledges that its obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Capital Securities and that the Guarantor shall be liable as principal and as debtor hereunder to make Guarantee Payments pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee notwithstanding the occurrence of any event referred to in subsections (a) through (g), inclusive, of Section 4.3 hereof.

 

Section 4.8.           Enforcement by a Beneficiary.  A Beneficiary may enforce the obligations of the Guarantor contained in Section 4.1(b) directly against the Guarantor and the Guarantor waives any right or remedy to require that any action be brought against the Issuer or any other person or entity

 

10



 

before proceeding against the Guarantor.  The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights (if any) of any Beneficiary against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to the Beneficiaries by the Guarantor under this Guarantee; provided, however, that the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by mandatory provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any rights that it may acquire by way of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as a result of payment under this Guarantee, if at the time of any such payment, and after giving effect to such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee.

 

ARTICLE V

 

LIMITATION OF TRANSACTIONS; SUBORDINATION

 

Section 5.1.           Limitation of Transactions.  So long as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if (a) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default or a Declaration Event of Default or (b) the Guarantor shall have selected an Extension Period as provided in the Declaration and such period, or any extension thereof, shall have commenced and be continuing, then the Guarantor shall not and shall not permit any Affiliate to (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Guarantor’s or such Affiliate’s capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Guarantor) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (y) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Guarantor or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (x) and (y) above, (i) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Guarantor in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Guarantor (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default, Declaration Event of Default or Extension Period, as applicable, (ii) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Guarantor) for any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Guarantor’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock, (iii) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Guarantor’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (iv) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (v) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, or (vi) payments under this Guarantee).

 

Section 5.2.           Ranking.  This Guarantee will constitute an unsecured obligation of the Guarantor and will rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all present and future Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture) of the Guarantor.  By their acceptance thereof, each Holder of Capital Securities agrees to the foregoing provisions of this Guarantee and the other terms set forth herein.

 

The right of the Guarantor to participate in any distribution of assets of any of its subsidiaries upon any such subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization or otherwise is subject to the prior claims of creditors of that subsidiary, except to the extent the Guarantor may itself be recognized as a creditor of that subsidiary.  Accordingly, the Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee will be effectively

 

11



 

subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of the Guarantor’s subsidiaries, and claimants should look only to the assets of the Guarantor for payments hereunder.  This Guarantee does not limit the incurrence or issuance of other secured or unsecured debt of the Guarantor, including Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantor, under any indenture that the Guarantor may enter into in the future or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

TERMINATION

 

Section 6.1.           Termination.  This Guarantee shall terminate as to the Capital Securities (i) upon full payment of the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price of all Capital Securities then outstanding, (ii) upon the distribution of all of the Debentures to the Holders of all of the Capital Securities or (iii) upon full payment of the amounts payable in accordance with the Declaration upon dissolution of the Issuer.  This Guarantee will continue to be effective or will be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any Holder of Capital Securities must restore payment of any sums paid under the Capital Securities or under this Guarantee.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 7.1.           Exculpation.

 

(a)           No Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Guarantor or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Indemnified Person in good faith in accordance with this Guarantee and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Guarantee or by law, except that an Indemnified Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person’s negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions.

 

(b)           An Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Issuer or the Guarantor and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Issuer or the Guarantor by any Person as to matters the Indemnified Person reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who, if selected by such Indemnified Person, has been selected with reasonable care by such Indemnified Person, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to Holders of Capital Securities might properly be paid.

 

Section 7.2.           Indemnification.

 

(a)           The Guarantor agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person for, and to hold each Indemnified Person harmless against, any and all loss, liability, damage, claim or expense incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Indemnified Person, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including, but not limited to, the costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of the Indemnified Person defending itself against, or investigating, any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the Indemnified Person’s powers or duties hereunder.  The obligation to indemnify as set forth in this Section 7.2 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Guarantee Trustee and the termination of this Guarantee.

 

12



 

(b)           Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Person under this Section 7.2 of notice of the commencement of any action, such Indemnified Person will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Guarantor under this Section 7.2, notify the Guarantor in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Guarantor (i) will not relieve the Guarantor from liability under paragraph (a) above unless and to the extent that the Guarantor did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the Guarantor of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the Guarantor from any obligations to any Indemnified Person other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) above.  The Guarantor shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the Guarantor’s choice at the Guarantor’s expense to represent the Indemnified Person in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the Guarantor shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the Indemnified Person or Persons except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person.  Notwithstanding the Guarantor’s election to appoint counsel to represent the Guarantor in an action, the Indemnified Person shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the Guarantor shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the Guarantor to represent the Indemnified Person would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the Indemnified Person and the Guarantor and the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other Indemnified Person(s) which are different from or additional to those available to the Guarantor, (iii) the Guarantor shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the Guarantor shall authorize the Indemnified Person to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Guarantor.  The Guarantor will not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Persons, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Persons are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Person from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

 

Section 7.3.           Compensation; Reimbursement of Expenses.  The Guarantor agrees:

 

(a)           to pay to the Guarantee Trustee from time to time such compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as the parties shall agree to from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and

 

(b)           except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Guarantee Trustee upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by it in accordance with any provision of this Guarantee (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct.

 

For purposes of clarification, this Section 7.3 does not contemplate the payment by the Guarantor of acceptance or annual administration fees owing to the Guarantee Trustee for services to be provided by the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee or the fees and expenses of the Guarantee Trustee’s counsel in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Guarantee.  The provisions of this Section 7.3 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Guarantee Trustee and the termination of this Guarantee.

 

13



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 8.1.           Successors and Assigns.  All guarantees and agreements contained in this Guarantee shall bind the successors, assigns, receivers, trustees and representatives of the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities then outstanding.  Except in connection with any merger or consolidation of the Guarantor with or into another entity or any sale, transfer or lease of the Guarantor’s assets to another entity, in each case, to the extent permitted under the Indenture, the Guarantor may not assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this Guarantee without the prior approval of the Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.

 

Section 8.2.           Amendments.  Except with respect to any changes that do not adversely affect the rights of Holders of the Capital Securities in any material respect (in which case no consent of Holders will be required), this Guarantee may be amended only with the prior approval of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.  The provisions of the Declaration with respect to amendments thereof apply to the giving of such approval.

 

Section 8.3.           Notices.  All notices provided for in this Guarantee shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied or mailed by first class mail, as follows:

 

(a)           If given to the Guarantee Trustee, at the Guarantee Trustee’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Guarantee Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Capital Securities and the Guarantor):

 

U.S. Bank National Association

225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square

Hartford, Connecticut  06103

Attention:  Corporate Trust Services Division

Telecopy:  860-241-6889

 

With a copy to:

 

U.S. Bank National Association

1 Federal Street — 3rd Floor

Boston, Massachusetts  02110

Attention:  Paul D. Allen, Corporate Trust Services Division

Telecopy:  617-603-6665

 

(b)           If given to the Guarantor, at the Guarantor’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Guarantor may give notice of to the Holders of the Capital Securities and to the Guarantee Trustee):

 

First Community Bancorp

275 North Brea Boulevard

Brea, California  92821

Attention:  Lynn M. Hopkins

Telecopy:  714-674-5381

 

14



 

(c)           If given to any Holder of the Capital Securities, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Issuer.

 

All such notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

 

Section 8.4.           Benefit.  This Guarantee is solely for the benefit of the Beneficiaries and, subject to Section 2.1(a), is not separately transferable from the Capital Securities.

 

Section 8.5.           Governing Law.  THIS GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

 

Section 8.6.           Counterparts.  This Guarantee may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 8.7            Separability.  In case one or more of the provisions contained in this Guarantee shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Guarantee, but this Guarantee shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

Signatures appear on the following page

 

15



 

THIS GUARANTEE is executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Guarantee Trustee

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

16



EX-10.19 11 a2121280zex-10_19.htm EX-10.19

Exhibit 10.19

 

 

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

 

between

 

FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP,
As Guarantor,

 

and

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
As Guarantee Trustee

 

Dated as of September 3, 2003

 

FIRST COMMUNITY/CA STATUTORY TRUST VI

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I

INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1

Interpretation.

SECTION 1.2

Definitions.

 

 

ARTICLE II

REPORTS

SECTION 2.1

List of Holders.

SECTION 2.2

Periodic Reports to the Guarantee Trustee.

SECTION 2.3

Event of Default; Waiver.

SECTION 2.4

Event of Default; Notice.

 

 

ARTICLE III

POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

SECTION 3.1

Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee.

SECTION 3.2

Certain Rights of the Guarantee Trustee.

SECTION 3.3

Compensation.

SECTION 3.4

Indemnity.

SECTION 3.5

Securities.

 

 

ARTICLE IV

GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

SECTION 4.1

Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility.

SECTION 4.2

Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Guarantee Trustee.

 

 

ARTICLE V

GUARANTEE

SECTION 5.1

Guarantee.

SECTION 5.2

Waiver of Notice and Demand.

SECTION 5.3

Obligations Not Affected.

SECTION 5.4

Rights of Holders.

SECTION 5.5

Guarantee of Payment.

SECTION 5.6

Subrogation.

SECTION 5.7

Independent Obligations.

SECTION 5.8

Enforcement.

 

 

ARTICLE VI

COVENANTS AND SUBORDINATION

SECTION 6.1

Dividends, Distributions and Payments.

SECTION 6.2

Subordination.

SECTION 6.3

Pari Passu Guarantees.

 

 

ARTICLE VII

TERMINATION

SECTION 7.1

Termination.

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 8.1

Successors and Assigns.

SECTION 8.2

Amendments.

SECTION 8.3

Notices.

SECTION 8.4

Benefit.

 

i



 

SECTION 8.5

Governing Law.

SECTION 8.6

Submission to Jurisdiction.

SECTION 8.7

Counterparts.

 

ii



 

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT, dated as of September 3, 2003, executed and delivered by FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP, a California corporation (the “Guarantor”) having its principal office at 6110 El Tordo, P.O. Box 2388, Rancho Santa Fe, California 92067, and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Guarantee Trustee”), for the benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Preferred Securities (as defined herein) of First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Issuer”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “Trust Agreement”), among the Guarantor, as Depositor, the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees named therein and the holders from time to time of the Preferred Securities (as hereinafter defined), the Issuer is issuing $10,000,000 aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of its Floating Rate Preferred Securities (Liquidation Amount $1,000 per preferred security) (the “Preferred Securities”) representing preferred undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer and having the terms set forth in the Trust Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Preferred Securities will be issued by the Issuer and the proceeds thereof, together with the proceeds from the issuance of the Issuer’s Common Securities (as defined below), will be used to purchase the Notes (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Guarantor; and

 

WHEREAS, as incentive for the Holders to purchase Preferred Securities the Guarantor desires irrevocably and unconditionally to agree, to the extent set forth herein, to pay to the Holders of the Preferred Securities the Guarantee Payments (as defined herein) and to make certain other payments on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the purchase by each Holder of Preferred Securities, which purchase the Guarantor hereby agrees shall benefit the Guarantor, the Guarantor executes and delivers this Guarantee Agreement to provide as follows for the benefit of the Holders from time to time of the Preferred Securities:

 



 

ARTICLE I

 

INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.1                          Interpretation.

 

In this Guarantee Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                  capitalized terms used in this Guarantee Agreement but not defined in the preamble hereto have the respective meanings assigned to them in Section 1.2;

 

(b)                                 the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”;

 

(c)                                  all references to “the Guarantee Agreement” or “this Guarantee Agreement” are to this Guarantee Agreement as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;

 

(d)                                 all references in this Guarantee Agreement to Articles and Sections are to Articles and Sections of this Guarantee Agreement unless otherwise specified;

 

(e)                                  the words “hereby”, “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Guarantee Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

 

(f)                                    a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa; and

 

(g)                                 the masculine, feminine or neuter genders used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

 

SECTION 1.2                          Definitions.

 

As used in this Guarantee Agreement, the terms set forth below shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings:

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person; provided, that the Issuer shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Guarantor.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

“Beneficiaries” means any Person to whom the Issuer is or hereafter becomes indebted or liable.

 

2



 

“Board of Directors” means either the board of directors of the Guarantor or any duly authorized committee of that board.

 

“Common Securities” means the securities representing common undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer.

 

“Debt” means with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person, whether currently existing or hereafter incurred, and whether or not contingent and without duplication, (i) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed; (ii) every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (iii) every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person; (iv) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business); (v) every capital lease obligation of such Person; (vi) all indebtedness of such Person, whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Guarantee Agreement or thereafter incurred, for claims in respect of derivative products, including interest rate, foreign exchange rate and commodity forward contracts, options, swaps and similar arrangements; (vii) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor or otherwise; and (viii) any renewals, extensions, refundings, amendments or modifications of any obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vii).

 

“Event of Default” means a default by the Guarantor on any of its payment or other obligations under this Guarantee Agreement; provided, that except with respect to a default in payment of any Guarantee Payments, the Guarantor shall have received notice of default from the Guarantee Trustee and shall not have cured such default within sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice.

 

“Guarantee Payments” means the following payments or distributions, without duplication, with respect to the Preferred Securities, to the extent not paid or made by or on behalf of the Issuer: (i) any accumulated and unpaid Distributions (as defined in the Trust Agreement) required to be paid on the Preferred Securities, to the extent the Issuer shall have funds on hand available therefor at such time, (ii) the Redemption Price with respect to any Preferred Securities to the extent the Issuer shall have funds on hand available therefor at such time, and (iii) upon a voluntary or involuntary termination, winding up or liquidation of the Issuer, unless Notes are distributed to the Holders, the lesser of (a) the aggregate of the Liquidation Amount of $1,000 per Preferred Security plus accumulated and unpaid Distributions on the Preferred Securities to the date of payment, to the extent that the Issuer shall have funds available therefor at such

 

3



 

time and (b) the amount of assets of the Issuer remaining available for distribution to Holders in liquidation of the Issuer after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Issuer in accordance with applicable law (in either case, the “Liquidation Distribution”).

 

“Guarantee Trustee” means The Bank of New York, until a Successor Guarantee Trustee, as defined below, has been appointed and has accepted such appointment pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee Agreement, and thereafter means each such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

 

“Holder” means any holder, as registered on the books and records of the Issuer, of any Preferred Securities; provided, that, in determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of Preferred Securities have given any request, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, “Holder” shall not include the Guarantor, the Guarantee Trustee or any Affiliate of the Guarantor or the Guarantee Trustee.

 

“Indenture” means the Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of the date hereof, as supplemented and amended, between the Guarantor and The Bank of New York, as trustee.

 

“List of Holders” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

 

“Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities” means a vote by the Holder(s), voting separately as a class, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of all then outstanding Preferred Securities issued by the Issuer.

 

“Obligations” means any costs, expenses or liabilities (but not including liabilities related to taxes) of the Issuer, other than obligations of the Issuer to pay to holders of any Trust Securities the amounts due such holders pursuant to the terms of the Trust Securities.

 

“Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President or a Vice President of such Person, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person, and delivered to the Guarantee Trustee.  Any Officers’ Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Guarantee Agreement (other than the certificate provided pursuant to Section 2.4) shall include:

 

(a)                                  a statement that each officer signing the Officers’ Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

 

(b)                                 a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by each officer in rendering the Officers’ Certificate;

 

(c)                                  a statement that each officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to

 

4



 

express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(d)                                 a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

“Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity of whatever nature.

 

“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Guarantee Trustee, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Trust Officer or Assistant Trust Officer or any other officer of the Corporate Trust Department of the Guarantee Trustee and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

“Senior Debt” means the principal of and any premium and interest on (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Guarantor whether or not such claim for post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) all Debt of the Guarantor, whether incurred on or prior to the date of the Indenture or thereafter incurred, unless it is provided in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, that such obligations are not superior in right of payment to the Preferred Securities; provided, however, that if the Guarantor is subject to the regulation and supervision of an “appropriate Federal banking agency” within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 1813(q),  the Guarantor shall have received the approval of such appropriate Federal banking agency prior to issuing any obligation which is junior in right of payment to the Preferred Securities; provided further, that Senior Debt shall not include any other debt securities, and guarantees in respect of such debt securities, issued to any trust other than the Issuer (or a trustee of such trust), partnership or other entity affiliated with the Guarantor that is a financing vehicle of the Guarantor (a “financing entity”), in connection with the issuance by such financing entity of equity securities or other securities that are treated as equity capital for regulatory capital purposes guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to an instrument that ranks pari passu with or junior in right of payment to this Guarantee Agreement, including, without limitation, securities issued by First Community/CA Statutory Trust I, First Community/CA Statutory Trust II, First Community/CA Statutory Trust III, First Community/CA Statutory Trust IV and First Community/CA Statutory Trust V.

 

“Successor Guarantee Trustee” means a successor Guarantee Trustee possessing the qualifications to act as Guarantee Trustee under Section 4.1.

 

5



 

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended and as in effect on the date of this Guarantee Agreement.

 

Capitalized or otherwise defined terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Trust Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

 

ARTICLE II

 

REPORTS

 

SECTION 2.1                          List of Holders.

 

The Guarantor shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Guarantee Trustee at such times as the Guarantee Trustee may request in writing, within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Guarantor of any such request, a list, in such form as the Guarantee Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders (the “List of Holders”) as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the time such list is furnished, in each case to the extent such information is in the possession or control of the Guarantor and is not identical to a previously supplied list of Holders or has not otherwise been received by the Guarantee Trustee in its capacity as such.  The Guarantee Trustee may destroy any List of Holders previously given to it on receipt of a new List of Holders.

 

SECTION 2.2                          Periodic Reports to the Guarantee Trustee.

 

The Guarantor shall deliver to the Guarantee Trustee, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Guarantor ending after the date of this Guarantee Agreement, an Officers’ Certificate covering the preceding fiscal year, stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signers thereof the Guarantor is in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms or provisions or any of the conditions of this Guarantee Agreement (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Guarantor shall be in default thereof, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they have knowledge.

 

SECTION 2.3                          Event of Default; Waiver.

 

The Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities may,  on behalf of the Holders, waive any past Event of Default and its consequences.  Upon such waiver, any such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Guarantee Agreement, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent therefrom.

 

6



 

SECTION 2.4                          Event of Default; Notice.

 

(a)                                  The Guarantee Trustee shall, within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of a default, transmit to the Holders notices of all defaults actually known to the Guarantee Trustee, unless such defaults have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice, provided, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of a Guarantee Payment, the Guarantee Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the Board of Directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Guarantee Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders.  For the purpose of this Section 2.4, the term “default” means any event that is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

 

(b)                                 The Guarantee Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Event of Default unless the Guarantee Trustee shall have received written notice, or a Responsible Officer charged with the administration of this Guarantee Agreement shall have obtained written notice, of such Event of Default from the Guarantor or a Holder.

 

ARTICLE III

 

POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 3.1                          Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee.

 

(a)                                  This Guarantee Agreement shall be held by the Guarantee Trustee for the benefit of the Holders, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not transfer this Guarantee Agreement to any Person except a Holder exercising its rights pursuant to Section 5.4(d) or to a Successor Guarantee Trustee upon acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment to act as Successor Guarantee Trustee.  The right, title and interest of the Guarantee Trustee shall automatically vest in any Successor Guarantee Trustee, upon acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment hereunder, and such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered pursuant to the appointment of such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

 

(b)                                 The rights, immunities, duties and responsibilities of the Guarantee Trustee shall be as provided by this Guarantee Agreement and there shall be no other duties or obligations, express or implied, of the Guarantee Trustee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provisions of this Guarantee Agreement shall require the Guarantee Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.  Whether or not herein expressly so provided, every provision of this Guarantee Agreement relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Guarantee Trustee shall be

 

7



 

subject to the provisions of this Section 3.1.  To the extent that, at law or in equity, the Guarantee Trustee has duties and liabilities relating to the Guarantor or the Holders, the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable to any Holder for the Guarantee Trustee’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Guarantee Agreement.  The provisions of this Guarantee Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Guarantee Trustee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Guarantor and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Guarantee Trustee.

 

(c)                                  No provision of this Guarantee Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Guarantee Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, negligent failure to act or own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i)                                     the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Guarantee Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts upon which such judgment was made; and

 

(ii)                                  the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee Agreement.

 

SECTION 3.2                          Certain Rights of the Guarantee Trustee.

 

(a)                                  Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1:

 

(i)                                     the Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith and in accordance with the terms hereof upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties;

 

(ii)                                  any direction or act of the Guarantor contemplated by this Guarantee Agreement shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate unless otherwise prescribed herein;

 

(iii)                               the Guarantee Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon and in accordance with such advice.  Such counsel may be counsel to the Guarantee Trustee,

 

8



 

the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates and may be one of its employees.  The Guarantee Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Guarantee Agreement from any court of competent jurisdiction;

 

(iv)                              the Guarantee Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Guarantee Agreement at the request or direction of any Holder, unless such Holder shall have provided to the Guarantee Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction, including such reasonable advances as may be requested by the Guarantee Trustee; provided, that, nothing contained in this Section 3.2(a)(iv) shall be taken to relieve the Guarantee Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, of its obligation to exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee Agreement;

 

(v)                                 the Guarantee Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Guarantee Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and if the Guarantee Trustee shall determine to make such inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Guarantor, personally or by agent or attorney;

 

(vi)                              the Guarantee Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder;

 

(vii)                           whenever in the administration of this Guarantee Agreement the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (A) may request instructions from the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, (B) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received and (C) shall be protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

 

(viii)                        except as otherwise expressly provided by this Guarantee Agreement, the Guarantee Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Guarantee Agreement; and

 

9



 

(ix)                                whenever, in the administration of this Guarantee Agreement, the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before taking, suffering or omitting to take any action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and rely upon an Officers’ Certificate which, upon receipt of such request from the Guarantee Trustee, shall be promptly delivered by the Guarantor.

 

(b)                                 No provision of this Guarantee Agreement shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Guarantee Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which the Guarantee Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation.  No permissive power or authority available to the Guarantee Trustee shall be construed to be a duty to act in accordance with such power and authority.

 

SECTION 3.3                          Compensation.

 

The Guarantor agrees to pay to the Guarantee Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provisions of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) and to reimburse the Guarantee Trustee upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its attorneys and agents) incurred or made by the Guarantee Trustee in accordance with any provisions of this Guarantee Agreement.

 

SECTION 3.4                          Indemnity.

 

The Guarantor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Guarantee Trustee and any of its Affiliates and any of their officers, directors, shareholders, employees, representatives or agents from and against any loss, damage, liability, tax (other than income, franchise or other taxes imposed on amounts paid pursuant to Section 3.3), penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Guarantee Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.  The Guarantee Trustee will not claim or exact any lien or charge on any Guarantee Payments as a result of any amount due to it under this Guarantee Agreement.  This indemnity shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the resignation or removal of the Guarantee Trustee.

 

In no event shall the Guarantee Trustee be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, including, but not limited to, lost profits, even if the Guarantee Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

10



 

In no event shall the Guarantee Trustee be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder because of circumstances beyond its control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, flood, war (declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, embargo, government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations, governmental action or the like which delay, restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Guarantee Agreement.

 

SECTION 3.5                          Securities.

 

The Guarantee Trustee or any other agent of the Guarantee Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Common or Preferred Securities.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 4.1                          Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility.

 

(a)                                  There shall at all times be a Guarantee Trustee which shall:

 

(i)                                     not be an Affiliate of the Guarantor; and

 

(ii)                                  be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any State thereof, authorized to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least fifty million dollars ($50,000,000), subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority and having an office within the United States. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of such supervising or examining authority, then, for the purposes of this Section 4.1, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

 

(b)                                 If at any time the Guarantee Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 4.1(a), the Guarantee Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set out in Section 4.2(c).

 

(c)                                  If the Guarantee Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Guarantee Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign in the manner and with the effect set out in Section 4.2(c).

 

SECTION 4.2                          Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Guarantee Trustee.

 

11



 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 4.2(b), the Guarantee Trustee may be appointed or removed without cause at any time by the Guarantor, except during an Event of Default.

 

(b)                                 The Guarantee Trustee shall not be removed until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by written instrument executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor.

 

(c)                                  The Guarantee Trustee appointed hereunder shall hold office until a Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed or until its removal or resignation.  The Guarantee Trustee may resign from office (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing executed by the Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor, which resignation shall not take effect until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by instrument in writing executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor and the resigning Guarantee Trustee.

 

(d)                                 If no Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed and accepted appointment as provided in this Section 4.2 within thirty (30) days after delivery to the Guarantor of an instrument of resignation, the resigning Guarantee Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Guarantor, any court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a Successor Guarantee Trustee.  Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Guarantee Trustee.

 

ARTICLE V

 

GUARANTEE

 

SECTION 5.1                          Guarantee.

 

(a)                                  The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to pay in full to the Holders the Guarantee Payments (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by or on behalf of the Issuer), as and when due, regardless of any defense (except for the defense of payment by the Issuer), right of set-off or counterclaim which the Issuer may have or assert.  The Guarantor’s obligation to make a Guarantee Payment may be satisfied by direct payment of the required amounts by the Guarantor to the Holders or by causing the Issuer to pay such amounts to the Holders.  The Guarantor shall give prompt written notice to the Guarantee Trustee in the event it makes any direct payment to the Holders hereunder.

 

(b)                                 The Guarantor hereby also agrees to assume any and all Obligations of the Issuer, and, in the event any such Obligation is not so assumed, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and

 

12



 

unconditionally guarantees to each Beneficiary the full payment, when and as due, of any and all Obligations to such Beneficiaries.  This Guarantee is intended to be for the Beneficiaries who have received notice hereof.

 

SECTION 5.2                          Waiver of Notice and Demand.

 

The Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance of the Guarantee Agreement and of any liability to which it applies or may apply, presentment, demand for payment, any right to require a proceeding first against the Guarantee Trustee, Issuer or any other Person before proceeding against the Guarantor, protest, notice of nonpayment, notice of dishonor, notice of redemption and all other notices and demands.

 

SECTION 5.3                          Obligations Not Affected.

 

The obligations, covenants, agreements and duties of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement shall in no way be affected or impaired by reason of the happening from time to time of any of the following:

 

(a)                                  the release or waiver, by operation of law or otherwise, of the performance or observance by the Issuer of any express or implied agreement, covenant, term or condition relating to the Preferred Securities to be performed or observed by the Issuer;

 

(b)                                 the extension of time for the payment by the Issuer of all or any portion of the Distributions (other than an extension of time for payment of Distributions that results from the extension of any interest payment period on the Notes as provided in the Indenture), Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or any other sums payable under the terms of the Preferred Securities or the extension of time for the performance of any other obligation under, arising out of, or in connection with, the Preferred Securities;

 

(c)                                  any failure, omission, delay or lack of diligence on the part of the Holders to enforce, assert or exercise any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred on the Holders pursuant to the terms of the Preferred Securities, or any action on the part of the Issuer granting indulgence or extension of any kind;

 

(d)                                 the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale of any collateral, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of debt of, or other similar proceedings affecting, the Issuer or any of the assets of the Issuer;

 

(e)                                  any invalidity of, or defect or deficiency in, the Preferred Securities;

 

(f)                                    the settlement or compromise of any obligation guaranteed hereby or hereby incurred; or

 

13



 

(g)                                 any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 5.3 that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances.

 

There shall be no obligation of the Holders to give notice to, or obtain the consent of, the Guarantor with respect to the happening of any of the foregoing.

 

SECTION 5.4                          Rights of Holders.

 

The Guarantor expressly acknowledges that:  (a) this Guarantee Agreement will be deposited with the Guarantee Trustee to be held for the benefit of the Holders; (b) the Guarantee Trustee has the right to enforce this Guarantee Agreement on behalf of the Holders; (c) the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee in respect of this Guarantee Agreement or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee Agreement; and (d) any Holder may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Guarantor to enforce its rights under this Guarantee Agreement, without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Guarantee Trustee, the Issuer or any other Person.

 

SECTION 5.5                          Guarantee of Payment.

 

This Guarantee Agreement creates a guarantee of payment and not of collection.  This Guarantee Agreement will not be discharged except by payment of the Guarantee Payments in full (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by the Issuer) or upon distribution of Notes to Holders as provided in the Trust Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.6                          Subrogation.

 

The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all (if any) rights of the Holders against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to the Holders by the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement and shall have the right to waive payment by the Issuer pursuant to Section 5.1; provided, that, the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by mandatory provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any rights it may acquire by way of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as a result of payment under this Guarantee Agreement, if, at the time of any such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee Agreement.  If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence, the Guarantor agrees to hold such amount in trust for the Holders and to pay over such amount to the Holders.

 

SECTION 5.7                          Independent Obligations.

 

The Guarantor acknowledges that its obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Preferred Securities and that the Guarantor shall be liable as principal and as debtor hereunder to make Guarantee Payments pursuant

 

14



 

to the terms of this Guarantee Agreement notwithstanding the occurrence of any event referred to in subsections (a) through (g), inclusive, of Section 5.3.

 

SECTION 5.8                          Enforcement.

 

A Beneficiary may enforce the Obligations of the Guarantor contained in Section 5.1(b) directly against the Guarantor, and the Guarantor waives any right or remedy to require that any action be brought against the Issuer or any other person or entity before proceeding against the Guarantor.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

COVENANTS AND SUBORDINATION

 

SECTION 6.1                          Dividends, Distributions and Payments.

 

So long as any Preferred Securities remain outstanding, if there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default or the Guarantor shall have entered into an Extension Period as provided for in the Indenture and such period, or any extension thereof, shall have commenced and be continuing, then the Guarantor may not, unless waived by the requisite holders of the Preferred Securities and the requisite holders of the Notes in accordance with Section 10.7 of the Indenture, (a) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Guarantor’s capital stock or (b) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Guarantor that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Preferred Securities (other than (i) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Guarantor in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Guarantor (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the occurrence of such Event of Default or the applicable Extension Period, (ii) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Guarantor) for any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock or any class of series of the Guarantor’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock, (iii) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Guarantor’s capital stock pursuant to the conversions or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (iv) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any rights plan, the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any rights plan or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (v) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock).

 

15



 

SECTION 6.2                          Subordination.

 

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement will constitute unsecured obligations of the Guarantor and will rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all Senior Debt of the Guarantor.

 

SECTION 6.3                          Pari Passu Guarantees.

 

(a)                                  The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement shall rank pari passu with the obligations of the Guarantor under any similar guarantee agreements issued by the Guarantor with respect to preferred securities (if any) similar to the Preferred Securities, issued by trusts other than the Issuer established or to be established by the Guarantor (if any), in each case similar to the Issuer, including, without limitation, the Guarantee Agreement, dated September 7, 2000, issued by the Guarantor with respect to the preferred securities issued by First Community/CA Statutory Trust I, the Guarantee Agreement, dated November 28, 2001, issued by the Guarantor with respect to the preferred securities issued by First Community/CA Statutory Trust II, the Guarantee Agreement, dated December 18, 2001, issued by the Guarantor with respect to the preferred securities issued by First Community/CA Statutory Trust IIII, the Guarantee Agreement, dated June 26, 2002, issued by the Guarantor with respect to the preferred securities issued by First Community/CA Statutory Trust IV, the Guarantee Agreement, dated August 15, 2003, issued by the Guarantor with respect to the preferred securities issued by First Community/CA Statutory Trust V.

 

(b)                                 The right of the Guarantor to participate in any distribution of assets of any of its subsidiaries upon any such subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization or otherwise is subject to the prior claims of creditors of that subsidiary, except to the extent the Guarantor may itself be recognized as a creditor of that subsidiary.  Accordingly, the Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of the Guarantor’s subsidiaries, and claimants should look only to the assets of the Guarantor for payments thereunder. This Guarantee does not limit the incurrence or issuance of other secured or unsecured debt of the Guarantor, including Senior Debt of the Guarantor, under any indenture or agreement that the Guarantor may enter into in the future or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

TERMINATION

 

SECTION 7.1                          Termination.

 

This Guarantee Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) full payment of the Redemption Price of all Preferred Securities, (b) the distribution of Notes to the Holders in exchange for all of the Preferred Securities or (c) full payment of the amounts payable in accordance with the Trust Agreement upon liquidation of the Issuer.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guarantee Agreement will

 

16



 

continue to be effective or will be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any Holder must restore payment of any sums paid with respect to Preferred Securities or this Guarantee Agreement.  The obligations of the Guarantor under Sections 3.3 and 3.4 shall survive any such termination or the resignation and removal of the Guarantee Trustee.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 8.1                          Successors and Assigns.

 

All guarantees and agreements contained in this Guarantee Agreement shall bind the successors, assigns, receivers, trustees and representatives of the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Holders of the Preferred Securities then outstanding.  Except in connection with a consolidation, merger or sale involving the Guarantor that is permitted under Article VIII of the Indenture and pursuant to which the successor or assignee agrees in writing to perform the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, the Guarantor shall not assign its rights or delegate its obligations hereunder without the prior approval of the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities.

 

SECTION 8.2                          Amendments.

 

Except with respect to any changes that do not adversely affect the rights of the Holders in any material respect (in which case no consent of the Holders will be required), this Guarantee Agreement may only be amended with the prior approval of the Guarantor, the Guarantee Trustee and the Holders of not less than a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities.  The provisions of Article VI of the Trust Agreement concerning meetings or consents of the Holders shall apply to the giving of such approval.

 

SECTION 8.3                          Notices.

 

Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and delivered, telecopied or mailed by first class mail as follows:

 

(a)                                  if given to the Guarantor, to the address or facsimile number set forth below or such other address, facsimile number or to the attention of such other Person as the Guarantor may give notice to the Guarantee Trustee and the Holders:

 

First Community Bancorp

120 Wilshire Blvd.

Santa Monica, California 90401

Facsimile No.: (714) 674-5377

Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

 

17



 

(b)                                 if given to the Issuer, at the Issuer’s address or facsimile number set forth below or such other address, facsimile number or to the attention of such other Person as the Issuer may give notice to the Guarantee Trustee and the Holders:

 

First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI

120 Wilshire Blvd.

Santa Monica, California 90401

Facsimile No.: (714) 674-5377

Attention: Administrative Trustee

 

(c)                                  if given to the Guarantee Trustee, at the address or facsimile number set forth below or such other address, facsimile number or to the attention of such other Person as the Guarantee Trustee may give notice to the Guarantor and the Holders:

 

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street

New York, New York 10286

Facsimile No.: (212) 896-7299

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

(d)                                 if given to any Holder, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Issuer.

 

All notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

 

SECTION 8.4                          Benefit.

 

This Guarantee Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Holders and is not separately transferable from the Preferred Securities.

 

SECTION 8.5                          Governing Law.

 

This Guarantee Agreement and the rights and obligations of each party hereto, shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflict of laws provisions (other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law).

 

SECTION 8.6                          RESERVED.

 

18



 

SECTION 8.7                          Counterparts.

 

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

[THE NEXT PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE]

 

19



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Guarantee Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

FIRST NATIONAL BANCORP

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, not in its
individual capacity, but solely as Guarantee
Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

Title:

 



EX-31.1 12 a2121280zex-31_1.htm EXHIBIT 31.1
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 31.1


CERTIFICATION

I, Matthew P. Wagner, certify that:

    1.
    I have reviewed this report on Form 1O-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2003 of First Community Bancorp;

    2.
    Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

    3.
    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

    4.
    The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

    (a)
    Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

    (b)
    Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

    (c)
    Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

    5.
    The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

    (a)
    All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

    (b)
    Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:    November 7, 2003    

 

 

/s/  
MATTHEW P. WAGNER      
Name:    Matthew P. Wagner
Title:        President and Chief Executive Officer



QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION
EX-31.2 13 a2121280zex-31_2.htm EXHIBIT 31.2
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 31.2


CERTIFICATION

I, Victor R. Santoro, certify that:

    1.
    I have reviewed this report on Form 1O-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2003 of First Community Bancorp;

    2.
    Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

    6.
    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

    7.
    The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

    (a)
    Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

    (b)
    Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

    (c)
    Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

    8.
    The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

    (a)
    All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

    (b)
    Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:    November 7, 2003        

 

 

/s/  
VICTOR R. SANTORO      
    Name:   Victor R. Santoro
    Title:   Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer



QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION
EX-32.1 14 a2121280zex-32_1.htm EXHIBIT 32.1
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 32.1


Certification Pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

        The undersigned officer of First Community Bancorp (the "Company"), hereby certifies that, to such officer's knowledge, the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003 (the "Report") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:    November 7, 2003    

 

 

/s/  
MATTHEW P. WAGNER      
Name:    Matthew P. Wagner
Title:      President and Chief Executive Officer



QuickLinks

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
EX-32.2 15 a2121280zex-32_2.htm EXHIBIT 32.2
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 32.2


Certification Pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

        The undersigned officer of First Community Bancorp (the "Company"), hereby certifies that, to such officer's knowledge, the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003 (the "Report") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: November 7, 2003        

 

 

/s/  
VICTOR R. SANTORO      
    Name:   Victor R. Santoro
    Title:   Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer



QuickLinks

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----